Journal of the New York Entomological Society

JOURNAL

OF THE

NEW YORK

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

to tEntomologg in (Btntmi

VOLUME XLVI, 1938

Published Quarterly by the Society
North Queen St. and McGovern Ave. Lancaster, Penna.

New York, N. Y.

THE SCIENCE PRESS PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PENNSYLVANIA

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XLVI

Abbott, Cyril E. Page

The Development and General Biology of Creophilns

villosns Gray 49

Alexander, Charles P.

Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies

(Tipulidse, Diptera) X 327

Allard, H. A.

Notes on Some Cicada in Virginia and West Virginia 449

Baerg, W. J.

Tarantula Studies 31

Balduf, W. V.

Bionomic Notes on Exartema ferriferanum Walk.
(Lepid. Olethreutidse) and its Parasites (Hym. Brae.

Chalc.) 23

Barber, George W.

A Study of the Elliptical Goldenrod Gall Caused by

Gnorimoschema Gallgesolidaginis Riley 155

Barber, H. G.

A Review of the Genus Crophius Stal, with Descriptions
of Three New Species (Hemiptera Heteroptera:

Lyggeidge) 313

Bishop, S. C. and C. R. Crosby

Studies in American Spiders : Miscellaneous Genera of

Erigonege, Part II 55

Book Review 10, 30, 146, 154, 416, 439

Breeland, Osmond P.

Phytogeny of Some Callimomid Genera (Parasitic

Hymenoptera) 355

Chamberlin, W. J.

New Buprestidge from California 445

Creighton, William Steel

On Formicid Nomenclature 1

Crosby, C. R.

See Bishop, S. C.

iii

Page

Cumley, Russell W. and Sol. Haberman

Serological Investigation of Drosophila Antigens with

the Complement Fixation Reaction 401

Davis, William T.

New North American Cicadas with Notes on Described

Species 291

Enzmann, E. V.

See Haskins, C. P.

Felt, E. P.

A Note on Lasioptera Murtfeldtiana Felt 44

Forbes, Wm. T. M.

Acentropus in America (Lepidoptera, Pyralididae) 338

Haberman, Sol.

See Cumley, Russell W.

Hadley, C. H.

Progress of Japanese Beetle Investigations 203

Haskins, C. P.

On a Characteristic Somatic Modification Induced by

Adverse Environmental Conditions in Drosophila 453

Hatch, Melville H.

Theophrastus of Eresos as an Economic Entomologist 223

See Pratt, Robert Y.

Jacot, Arthur Paul

More Box-mites of the Northeastern United States 109

Kaston, Benjamin Julian

Mantispidge Parasitic on Spider Egg Sacs 147

Klots, Alexander B.

Book Review 416

Knowlton, G. F. and C. F. Smith

The Aphid Genus Pseudcepameibaphis 217

Marsh, Frank L.

Biology of the New Chalcid Parasite Cirrospilus in-

imicus Gahan 27

Middlekauff, Woodrow W.

Occurrence of a European Sawfly Acantholyda Erythro-

cephala (L.) in New York State 438

Milne, Margery J.

The “Metamorphotype Method” in Trichoptera 435

IV

Page

Pechuman, L. L.

Additions to the New York State List of Tabanidae 457

Plummer, C. C.

The Genus Atymna Stal and a New Related Genus

( Ilomoptera : Membracidae) 235

Pratt, Robert Y. and Melville H. Hatch

The Food of the Black Widow Spider on Whidby

Island, Washington 191

Correction 290

Pritchard, A. Earl

Synopsis of North and Central American Holcocephala
with a Description of a New Species (Diptera:

Asilidae) 11

Revision of the Robberfly Genus Taracticus Loew with
Descriptions of Three New Species (Diptera : Asilidae) 179

Proceedings of the Society 229

Richards, A. Glenn, Jr.

Review of McDunnough’s New Check List of Macro-

lepidoptera 439

Sabrosky, Curtis W.

Taxonomic Notes on the Dipterous Family Chloropidae 417
Smith, C. F.

See Knowlton, G. F.

Soraci, Frank A.

Persistence of Tortilia viatrix Busck 320

Occurrence of a Sawfly, Acantholyda erythrocephala L.

in New Jersey 326

Distribution of the Sawfly (Acantholyda erythrocephala

L.) in New Jersey 444

Tinkham, E. R.

Western Orthoptera Attracted to Lights 339

Wade, J. S.

Book notice 10, 146

Weiss, Harry B.

Book notice 30, 154

Some Historical Material Relating to Professor S. S.

Haldeman 45

An Overlooked Title by C. V. Riley on the Colorado
Potato Beetle 194

Page

Entomology and Nursery Rhymes 195

Paper from Wasp’s Nests 244

Thomas Martyn’s “English Entomologist” 321

Whelan, Don B.

Relocation of the Type Locality of Porosagrotis or-

thogonia 22

Williams, Inez W.

The Comparative Morphology of the Monthparts of the
Order Coleoptera Treated from the Standpoint of
Phylogeny 245

vi

VoL XL VI

No. 1

MARCH, 1938

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS J. D. SHERMAN, Jr.

C. H. CURRAN E. L. BELL

Subscription $3.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
LIME AND GREEN STREETS,

LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1938

CONTENTS

On Formicid Nomenclature.

By William Steel Creighton 1

Book Notice 10

Synopsis of North and Central American Holcocephala
with a Description of a New Species (Diptera: Asilidae).

By A. Earl Pritchard 11

Relocation of the Type Locality of Porosagrotis ortho-
gonia Morr.

By Don B. Whelan 22

i .

Bionomic Notes on Exartema ferriferanum Walk. (Lepid.,
Olethreutidae) and Its Parasites (Hym: Brae., Chalc.).

By W. V. Balduf 23

Biology of the New Chalcid Parasite Cirrospilus inimicus
Gahan.

By Frank L. Marsh 27

Book Notice 30

Tarantula Studies.

By W. J. Baerg 31

A Note on Lasioptera Murtfeldtiana Felt.

By E. P. Felt 44

Some Historical Material Relating to Professor S. S. Halde-
man.

By Harry B. Weiss 45

The Development and General Biology of Creophilus vil-
losus Grav.

By Cyril E. Abbott 49

Studies in American Spiders: Miscellaneous Genera of
Erigoneae, Part II.

By S. C. Bishop and C. R. Crosby 55

NOTICE : Volume XLV, Nos. 3-4, of the Journal of the New
York Entomological Society was published on Novem-
ber 2, 1937.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103,
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. XL VI March, 1938 No. 1

ON FORMICID NOMENCLATURE

By William Steel Creighton
College of the City of New York

For a number of years the author has had under consideration
certain proposals which might aid in simplifying our unwieldy
system of formicid nomenclature. The need for improvement
has been evident to all who have struggled with our intricate
pentanomial designations. I had supposed, however, that myr-
mecologists themselves understood the system well enough to
avoid being confused by its complexity. I am no longer sure that
this is the case since there has come to my attention a short paper
from the pen of A. C. Cole1 which indicates that the present
status of formicid nomenclature is so intricate that even some
students of ants fail to appreciate its varied ramifications. Thus
Cole confounds the obvious need for nomenclatorial simplification
with what he seems to regard as inherently chaotic taxonomy. I
can put no other interpretation upon several of his statements,
one of which is as follows :

“It is apparent that in order to prevent the classification of
Formicidaa from attaining a more chaotic condition, the rules of
nomenclature must be followed more conscientiously. The rather
vague and unsatisfactory methods of the past must be discarded
and replaced by thoroughly scientific procedure. ’ ’

1 Cole, A. C. 1 1 Suggestions Concerning Taxonomic Nomenclature of the
Hymenopterous Family Formicidee, etc. ’ ’ The Amer. Midland Entomologist,
Yol. 19, No. 1, p. 236-241 (1938).

2

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

It is no purpose of mine to appear as an apologist for formicid
taxonomy. Anyone who has taken the trouble to familiarize him-
self with the field will appreciate that it is in little need of de-
fense. It may he truly stated that there are few other families of
insects in which conservative taxonomic practice has been more
generally or more carefully followed. It is largely because of
this hyperconservatism that our present nomenclatorial difficul-
ties have arisen. But, while it may be agreed that our nomen-
clature is involved, this by no means implies that the taxonomy
on which it rests is chaotic. On the contrary it is obvious that
students of ant taxonomy, in common with those who deal with
other families of social insects, enjoy advantages inherent in
social organisms. The inevitable variability of any long series
from a single nest makes for conservatism in dealing with varia-
tion. When it is so readily apparent that the offspring of a single
female may show considerable variation or, in the polymorphic
species, may be wholly unlike, a natural check is placed upon the
evaluation of differences which appear in new material. Further-
more the large series available to the descriptor has facilitated the
exchange of type material. There is seldom an occasion where
the author of a species cannot supply other workers with cotypes
from the original nest series. The stabilizing effect on the field is
too obvious to require comment. In the face of such facts anyone
who contends that ant taxonomy is chaotic is merely demonstrat-
ing his ignorance of the true conditions.

I further find myself at odds with Cole in his contention that
myrmecologists have violated the rules of nomenclature. This
opinion is implied in the paragraph quoted above but finds full
expression in the opening lines of Cole ’s paper which I quote :

“The writer is convinced that authors of descriptions of new
ants who deal with categories less than species have very often vio-
lated our accepted rules of nomenclature. The status of a great
many described kinds of ants is definitely insecure at present
because of these inaccuracies. ’ ’

It may be admitted that the use of infra-specific names in
myrmecology is a peculiar one but this does not justify Cole’s
charge. Carlo Emery appears to have been the first to employ two
infra-specific ranks with the variety subordinated to the subspe-

Mar., 1938]

Creighton: Nomenclature

3

cies. I take it that this is the practice to which Cole objects. It
may be pointed out, however, that there is nothing in the Interna-
tional Rules of Nomenclature that forbids such procedure which
was an accepted rule of myrmecological nomenclature years before
the International Rules were adopted. Nor can I see where this
method is inaccurate. Emery was an exceptionally careful ob-
server and he appreciated the fact that variations which occur
within a species are not always of the same degree of magnitude.
Emery therefore used the term variety to apply to very minor
differences and the term subspecies to apply to the differences of
somewhat greater magnitude. If this method is inaccurate I
count myself no judge of accuracy. The question of its expedi-
ency from a nomenclatorial standpoint is wholly another thing.
It is this aspect of the matter that I wish to discuss in the present
paper.

Formicid taxonomy is usually spoken of as a pentanomial sys-
tem because it employs four categories below the genus. These
are subgenus, species, subspecies and variety. It might with equal
propriety be called a hexanomial system for, in addition to the
four recognized categories just cited, there is a fifth known as the
‘‘group.” As yet the group has not made its appearance in
formal nomenclatorial designations for the obvious reason that
it is always designated by a specific name. Thus we have the rufa
group in the genus Formica which may be distinguished from the
sanguined, microgyna, exsecta and fusca groups in the same genus.
This arrangement is valuable for indicating relationships and,
since it does not add any burden to the nomenclature, there is no
reason to discard the practice. Similar considerations apply to
the subgenus which may be employed in consonance with an abbre-
viated generic notation that does not add undue nomenclatorial
burden. As the subgenus and the group are by no means myrme-
cological monopolies I take it that taxonomists in other fields have
also found these groupings useful. On the other hand I believe,
and trust, that our method of handling the subspecies and the
variety is a unique taxonomic phenomenon. Although as origi-
nally envisaged the plan for the use of two infra-specific ranks
was wholly conservative the unforeseen end result has been to com
plicate the nomenclature to such an extent that conservatism seems.

4

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

apt to perish in a situation of its own devising. It may, therefore,
be instructive to follow the steps by which this singular situation
arose. The introduction of infra-specific ranks into the field of
myrmecology is the joint contribution of Emery and Forel. Prior
to the appearance of these two workers formicid taxonomy had
been dominated by Gustav Mayr, a man whose invaluable contri-
butions have been overshadowed by the more voluminous writings
of his successors. Mayr’s ability for generic delimitation has
never been surpassed and it may be added that as early as 1861
he was able to produce a very creditable system of classification
covering most of the European ant fauna without recourse to a
single infra-specific name. This condition was not to last. It is
difficult to ascertain the first appearance of the infra-specific unit.
It is certain, however, that by 1874 Forel had definitely embarked
on a course of specific subdivision. His Fourmis de la Suisse ,
which appeared in that year, lists numerous “races” assigned to
species with which they showed relationship. Emery was not slow
to follow Forel ’s lead and at first used the same term to apply to
such forms. About 1885, however, Emery threw over Forel’s
term race and employed a new but equivalent one, the variety.
Up to this point no particular difficulty in nomenclature had
arisen. All infra-specific units, whether races or varieties, were
assumed to be of equal rank. A trinomial was, therefore, the
limit to which terminology could go. In the early 1890 ’s Emery
began to draw a distinction between such units. He introduced a
new rank, which he called the subspecies, and discriminated be-
tween the status of this form and that of the variety. The effect
of this novelty upon Forel was at once noticeable. Although he
did not accept Emery’s term subspecies for more than ten years he
immediately recognized the existence of a second infra-specific
rank. Forel appears to have had a soft spot in his heart for his
own term race. At least he continued to employ it to apply to
any infra-specific variant. Thus in his writings from 1895 to
1905 there are numerous references to races which are varieties
and races which are “stirps.” This last was a term adopted by
Forel to designate the subspecific rank. At length Forel was
won over to Emery’s terminology and, since Wheeler had followed
Emery’s plan from the start, by 1910 we find the three dominant

Mar., 1938]

Creighton: Nomenclature

5

figures in the field of myrmecology supporting the present system
of infra-specific nomenclature. Support in this case did not mean
that the system was accepted as wholly satisfactory. In 1913,
when Wheeler published his book Ants , he discussed the short-
comings of the arrangement and in that volume followed a prac-
tice which was, in effect, a return to binomial nomenclature. Two
years later Donisthorpe in his book British Ants reduced his
nomenclature to a trinomial status by elevating subspecies to
specific rank. Under other circumstances such efforts might have
produced more general results. That they did not is unquestion-
ably an outcome of the publication of the formicid section of the
Genera Insectorum. Throughout this colossal work Emery
adhered to the pentanomial system. The magnitude of his contri-
bution was so great that further dissent was stifled. Hence we
find myrmecologists struggling to control a situation which with
each succeeding publication becomes more unmanageable.

Much has been claimed for the supposed phyletic value of the
pentanomial system. The worth of this claim appears to have been
considerably overestimated. Although the following remarks are
restricted to the three lower categories, the species, subspecies and
the variety, they will apply with equal cogency to the higher cate-
gories as well. When we write F. rufa subsp. integroides var.
coloradensis Wheeler how much phylogeny is expressed? Not a
great deal, for all that we are doing is to give a very partial view
of a much more intricate series of relationships. True the system
shows that the variety coloradensis “belongs” to the subspecies
integroides but this, in itself, is apt to create an erroneous impres-
sion. Bather we should say that the subspecies integroides exists
only as a combination of the seven varieties of which it is com-
posed. Bear in mind that each of these varieties is supposed to
show the same subspecific characteristic which delimits the group
and, hence, all are coequal as regards this character. It may be
admitted that one variant bears the distinction of having been first
described. It is therefore not usually given its full name which
would be subsp. integroides var. integroides but is simply desig-
nated as the “typical” integroides. Typical of what? Surely
not of any phyletic consideration for in this particular there is no
typical form. All seven variants are phyletically equal and to

6

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

demark one of them on the purely taxonomic basis of priority is
to destroy whatever phyletic value the arrangement may have.
Yet I do not believe that I am overstating the case when I say that
after years of standing such “typical” subspecies acquire, in the
minds of many myrmecologists, the status of stem forms. The
same considerations apply to the relationship between subspecies
and species. There are eight described subspecies clustered under
the sheltering wing of the “typical” rufa. Unless one stops to
remember that the “typical” rufa itself constitutes the ninth
subspecies in the complex and is “typical” only because Linnaeus
happened to describe it before any of the others were recognized,
a faulty phyletic impression results. I contend that the penta-
nomial system is more apt to cause phyletic confusion than the
reverse.

If we admit, as I think we must, that the pentanomial system
is undesirable both from the standpoint of nomenclature and
phyletics what remedial measures are possible? We may follow
Donisthorpe’s lead and elevate all the subspecies to specific rank.
It may surprise those who regard the late W. M. Wheeler as a
champion of the pentanomial system to learn that he favored this
method. In 1935 he wrote me as follows :

4 4 Of late I have been trying to get rid of many of the subspecies
and varieties of ants by elevating them to species and subspecies,
kicking them upstairs so to speak, largely because the nomencla-
ture is becoming too complicated.”

While one must heartily agree to the truth of this last statement
it may be questioned that the proposed solution is entirely satis-
factory. It places a value on the subspecies which some myrme-
cologists would hesitate to accept. I do not doubt that both
Wheeler and Donisthorpe had in mind the supposed 4 4 specific
incipience” of the subspecies. It has been held that subspecies
are a sort of embryonic species which can be hatched into the adult
condition either by natural selection or by the help of the taxono-
mist. For a number of reasons this latter sort of incubation
seems more apt to be effective. Not the least among these is the
utility of this rank as a repository for questionable forms. Into it
could be dropped those confusing variants whose status as separate
species might be called in question. As 4 4 incipient species” they

Mar., 1938]

Creighton: Nomenclature

7

conlcl remain subspecies indefinitely or, if more mature considera-
tion showed them to be defensible as species, they could later be
elevated to that rank with perfect propriety. I suppose that every
myrmecologist has resorted to this method at times but one should
look for better reasons than this before putting much stress on
specific incipience as a basis for elevating subspecies. In this
connection I would like to call attention to the fact that, although
the subspecies has been in use as a rank in ant taxonomy for more
than forty years the merest handful of forms have been raised
from this rank to specific status. It may be argued that the time
was not ripe for such taxonomic translation but this is not, in my
opinion, the real reason. For all his conservatism the myrmecolo-
gist has never been loath to describe new species when these are
sharply defined. We may grant that a considerable personal
factor can enter here. This in no way weakens the argument.
Whatever the personal equation governing specific delimitation
may be, the description of a subspecies is proof that it shows a
closer relationship to some other form than the describer would
permit in the case of a species. Unless I am sadly mistaken by the
time that this sort of incipience blossoms into full specific status
there may be no myrmecologists to record the fact. Nor do I
believe, even if we take the subjective viewpoint, that the elevation
of the subspecies will give permanent nomenclatorial relief. If
we accord specific status to the subspecies this automatically
creates a superspecies. Let me illustrate what I mean. There
are nine described subspecies in the case of Formica rufa L. The
differences by which they may be separated are small variations
of proportion, pilosity and color. Suppose that we kick all nine
of these subspecies upstairs and make each a species. What shall
we then call F. foreliana, ciliata, dakotensis and the other species
which are now included in the ‘ ‘ rufa group ’ 7 ? The relationship
of each one to rufa, as long as rufa is a complex, is logical and
satisfactory. Their cospecific status with the elevated subspe-
cies of rufa would be quite another matter. With the “group”
already enjoying a sub-rosa existence in formicid classification
c&n anyone doubt that it will soon develop into another taxonomic
rank if we elevate the subspecies ?

8

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlyi

Of recent years I have ceased to worry about subspecies as in-
cipient species because of the greater interest which attaches to
them as geographical races or choromorphs. In this I claim no
originality for the idea has been repeatedly advanced by myrme-
cologists. Indeed one may point out that when Forel set about
using the infra-specific unit for the first time it was as a geographi-
cal race. We cannot too much regret that the clarity of Forel ’s
original stand, based as it was on intensive field work, should have
been stultified by his subsequent acceptance of Emery’s two sub-
specific ranks. Once Forel became enmeshed in this system his
earlier views concerning the choromorph suffered considerable
damage. It seems certain that no small part of this was due to
his increasing preoccupation with cabinet specimens whose exotic
sources prevented field analysis. Adequate studies of this sort
have been rare in myrmecology. This may surprise those who
rightly regard the myrmecologist as an active field worker.
There is a world of difference between taking specimens in the
field and zoogeographical analysis. The first requires mainly
patience, the second demands a working knowledge of previously
described variants plus a highly organized survey type of col-
lecting which must cover hundreds or thousands of miles in the
field. It is not surprising that the results of the two methods
differ. A beautiful example of this is to be found in W. M.
Wheeler’s two papers on the Australian genus Leptomyrmex.
The first of these, published in 1915, was based largely on cabinet
specimens. Wheeler had, it is true, collected a few forms in
Queensland and New South Wales but the records based upon
preserved material from other sources outnumbered these six to
one. In this first paper Wheeler described a number of new
varieties several of which were known from a single small nest
series and one or two from unique specimens. As to what these
varieties represented Wheeler made no attempt to state. His
second publication on Leptomyrmex appeared in 1934. In 1931-2
he had spent considerable time in Australia and had made a much
more extensive first-hand acquaintance with these insects. In this
paper his personal field records constitute a third of the total.
Moreover he had the advantage of his previous knowledge of the
group. It is, therefore, not surprising that the introduction of
the second paper carries the following remarks :

Mar., 1938]

Creighton: Nomenclature

9

“At the present time 14 species are known. Several of them
exhibit well marked color forms which Emery, Forel and I re-
garded as ‘varieties.’ Their constancy and local distribution,
however, have convinced me that we are really dealing with dis-
tinct races or ‘ Formenkreise. ’ I have therefore raised all these
varieties to subspecific rank. ’ ’

I am convinced that this concept will apply to most if not all
of the valid infra-specific variants. I believe that adequate field
studies on such complexes will show that their constituents,
whether subspecies or varieties, are choromorphs. I am certain
that this is true in the case of a number of infra-specific complexes
in the genera Formica, Pogonomyrmex and Aphaenogaster. It
seems to me that this suggests a very sound treatment for nomen-
clatorial simplification. If most subspecies and varieties are
choromorphs why need we longer attempt to distinguish between
the two ranks ? Such a separation has always rested on an auc-
torial basis which cannot be subjected to analytical evaluation.
The merging of the two ranks does away with this difficulty and
promotes the concept of the infra-specific unit as a zoogeographical
entity. As such its status can be tested by field observation. The
nomenclatorial gain is too obvious to require comment; the most
troublesome term of all is thereby relegated to limbo. In addition
the present specific status quo is preserved in such a manner that
no need for additional ranks should be felt. In opposition the
worst that can be said is that the change gives too much promi-
nence to a number of variants of doubtful validity. This is a
fault of the describers and not of the suggested change.

I propose, therefore, that myrmecologists continue to exercise
the conservatism for which they are famous and give over a
taxonomic practice based largely upon auctorial evaluation for
one more susceptible to factual proof. Let us reduce all infra-
specific variants to a single rank, the subspecies, and thereafter
eschew all temptation to return to varietal description. Most im-
portant of all let us refrain from describing additional infra-
specific variants unless these have first been validated by adequate
field observation.

10

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

BOOK NOTICE

How to Know the Insects. By H. E. Jaques, professor of Biology,
Iowa Wesleyan College. 12 m., 140 pp., 254 illus. Iowa Acad-
emy of Science, Biol. Bull. no. 1. Chicago. John S. Swift Co.,
1937. paper $1.00. cloth $1.80. (Planographed.)

An illustrated key to the more common families of insects, with
suggestions for collecting, mounting and studying them, this pub-
lication has been designed to make it easier to acquire a ready
knowledge of the various kinds of insects. While it has been writ-
ten wdth special reference to the insects of Iowa, it should be
applicable throughout the Middle West and of real practical help-
fulness wherever insects are being studied. Not only are illus-
trated keys provided for the identifications of the orders and of
the principal families, but one common representative of each
included family is pictured and briefly described. In all, 195
species of common insects are thus treated. This feature alone
makes the work of much value to students particularly beginners
in entomology and those in elementary status. Reference also
has been made to many keys and descriptions by other authors.
Many of the illustrations are original ; others have been gathered
from various sources by permission, recognition for which is indi-
cated. A large number of these drawings have been made by the
author’s students from specimens in the Iowa Survey collections.
Publication and distribution of this valuable little book has been
made possible by the technical and financial support of the Iowa
Academy of Science. Its use for the purpose for which it has
been prepared is very heartily recommended. — J. S. W.

Mar., 1938]

Pritchard : Holcocephala

11

SYNOPSIS OF NORTH AND CENTRAL AMERICAN
HOLCOCEPHALA WITH A DESCRIPTION OF
A NEW SPECIES (DIPTERA : ASILID^)

By A. Earl Pritchard
University of Minnesota

The genus Discocephala was erected by Macquart (1838) to
include rufithorax Wiedemann (Brazil) previously ascribed to
Dasypogon, oculata Fabricius (S. Amer.) previously ascribed to
Dioctria, and a further species rufiventris Macquart (Eastern
U. S.) which is a synonym of abdominalis Say described under
Dasypogon. Discocephala, preoccupied by Laporte-Castelnau in
Hemiptera (1832), was renamed Holcocephala by Jaennicke
(1867). Loew has misspelled the genus as Helcocephala and
Williston as Holocephala. Hermann (1924) designated rufi-
thorax as genotype and removed the African species and part of
the South American species to the genus Rhipidocephala.

The genus Holcocephala is limited in distribution to the new
world. A new genus is needed to take care of de Meijere’s hir-
tipes (Java) described under Holcocephala and will probably in-
clude hirsuta van der Wulp (Sumatra) described under Disco-
cephala and closely related to hirtipes. De Meijere’s hirtipes is
related to Holcocephala but differs by having a small spine at the
tip of the third antennal segment above the single segmented
style, the bristle at the end of the style curved in a hook, the anal
cell open, the body and legs very hairy, and by lacking the supra-
oral groove. Holcocephala has a single segmented style with a
straight distal bristle, a closed anal cell, a supra-oral groove, and
is usually nearly bare. Hirtipes is more closely related to Rhi-
pidocephala but differs in having the antennae as described rather
than with a two segmented style. It is more distantly related to
Damalina and Trigonomima (Formosa, East Indies) which have
a curved spine at the tip of the third antennal segment as well as
a terminal arista, to Damalis (Asia, E. Indies, Afr., Amer.) and
to the four related African genera that have been proposed which
have only a terminal arista, lacking a style. Walker’s three spe-

12

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

cies, concolor (Celebes), dorsalis (Moluccas, Borneo), and pry-
tanis (Bengal), which he referred to Disco cephala, may belong to
Damalis or Damalina.

These genera, Holco cephala , Bhipido cephala, the genus left un-
named, Damalina , Trigonomima , Damalis, Lasiodamalis, Lophuro-
damalis, Icariomima, and Discodamalis form a homogeneous
group of the subfamily Dasypogonince which is characterized by
having an open marginal cell, a prosternal plate directly contigu-
ous with the pronotum, an absence of acanthophorites and spines
in the female ovipositor, seven normally visible abdominal seg-
ments in the male, and by having the head over twice as wide as
high with a “goggle-eye” appearance. This group of genera is
closely related to Hermann ’s tribe Prytanini which differs by
having the male abdomen reduced to six visible segments in the
male, and by having the eyes normal, about one and one-half
times as broad as high. The genera may be further subdivided
into groups on the basis of the structure of the metasternum and
the presence or absence of an antennal style or arista. The
former will probably be more valuable in this connection than the
latter. Holocephala has the metasternum broken down, leaving
the median part that is in junction with the abdominal sternum
unsclerotized ; Damalis has the metasternum extending as a sclero-
tized plate behind the posterior coxae.

In the United States the species of Holcocephala are rather well
known, but the Mexican species have been largely unrecognized
since described by early workers. As a result of the collecting of
Dr. K. H. Painter in Honduras and of the author in southern
Mexico, a considerable amount of material has been accumulated.
New synonymy, the occurrence of South American species in
Central America, and one new species are included in this paper.
For the sake of completeness, diagnostic descriptions of all the
North and Central American species are given and a key is in-
cluded to facilitate their determination. Specimens from which
descriptions are here drawn are designated as plesiotypes.

Holcocephala Jaennicke

1838. Discocephala Macquart, Dipt. Exot., i: 166 (preocc.).
1867. Holcocephala Jaennicke, Neue Exot. Dipt. : 51.

Mar., 1938]

Pritchard : Holcocephala

13

1874. Helcocephala Loew. Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., xviii : 377.

1891. Holocephala Williston, Trans. Ent. Soc. Amer., xviii: 72.
1924. Holcocephala Hermann, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, lxxiv:
153.

Hermann (1924) has presented a partial key to the Holco-
cephala which will be a valuable aid for identification of Sonth
American forms.

Enderlein has proposed the genus Arthriticopus for nodo sipes
Enderlein (Columbia) on the basis of abnormally enlarged pos-
terior metatarsi and distal part of posterior tibiae. Further study
will quite likely show this species to be a synonym of Holco-
cephala scopifer Schiner (Venezuela, Peru) which Hermann did
not consider worthy of generic rank.

Key to North and Central American Species
1. Posterior femora with several large, elongate tubercles below (Venezuela,
southern Mexico) spinipes Hermann

Posterior femora without tubercles 2

2. Abdomen strongly coarctate on proximal part 3

Abdomen not coarctate 4

3. Thoracic pleura light gray pollinose (eastern U. S.) calva (Loew)

Thoracic pleura dark brown pollinose (southern Mexico) stylata n. sp.

4. Pace with a dark, inverted UY” shaped marking 5

Face without .such a marking 6

5. Abdomen wholly brown pollinose; the three dark mesonotal vittae united

anteriorly (South America to southern Mexico) oculata (Wiedemann)

Abdomen with ochreous fasciae on proximal segments; mesonotal vittae
separated (southern Mexico, Venezuela) nitida (Wiedemann)

6. Wings with a hyaline band on distal half 7

Wings entirely fuscous, sometimes lighter on distal half 8

7. Mystax brown; abdomen unicolored, black pollinose (Mexico).

affinis (Bellardi)

Mystax yellowish; abdomen dark brown pollinose with lateral margin

considerably lighter (southern Mexico) divisa (Walker)

8. Mesonotum conspicuously clothed with brown hairs; brown species with

brown legs (Texas) l)ullata Bromley

Mesonotum practically bare; legs blackish or yelkrwish 9

9. Legs largely yellowish; wings paler distally (eastern U. S.).

aidominalis (Say)

Legs largely black; wings darker on costal margin, not paler distally
(southern Mexico) deltoidea (Bellardi)

Holcocephala spinipes Hermann

1924. Holcocephala spinipes Hermann, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges.
Wien, lxxiv : 165.

14

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

Black; head brown pollinose anteriorly, cinereous posteriorly;
mystax an oral row of brown bristles and brown hairs thinly on
lower half of face ; two ocellars, bristles on proximal two antennal
segments, and palpal hairs, brown ; antennal style about one-fifth
the length of third segment. Thorax cinereous pollinose, the
mesonotum mostly brown ; three wide mesonotal vittae dark brown
and hardly differentiated ; mesonotum and scutellum with white
hairs except on vittae; pleura white haired. Legs castaneous;
vestiture whitish or pale yellowish, on tarsi and tips of tibiae,
brown ; hind femora on distal half below with two or three strong,
elongate tubercles. Wings lightly fuscous, very long and slender.
Abdomen dorsally brown pollinose, cinereous on posterior two-
thirds of lateral margin of each segment and on anterior third of
second segment; venter grayish pollinose; lateral margins white
pilose, longer on proximal segments. Length, 6.5 to 8 mm.

Type material. — One male, two females from Venezuela in the
collection of the Natural History Museum in Wien.

Plesiotype. — Male, Jalapa, Vera Cruz, Mexico, July 8, 1935
(A. E. Pritchard), in collection of the University of Minnesota.

Additional specimens examined. — Three males, seven females,
Jalapa, Mexico.

Holcocephala stylata new species

Black, with dark brown and luteous pollen; legs brown; wings fumose.
Especially characterized by the strongly developed antennal style, the
strongly spatulate abdomen, and the occurrence of r-m beyond the middle of
cell 1st M2. Length, 8 mm.

Female. — Head white pollinose, with brown pollen on vertex, oral margin,
face around antennal bases, and weakly in two diverging lines, one from each
antennal base to lower, lateral margin of face ; bristles on palpi and proboscis
yellowish ; mystax composed of fine white hairs over lower half of face, thicker
on oral margin ; antennae black, the three segments brown pollinose ; first pale
haired below; second black haired above and below; third gradually incras-
sate with several microchaetae above near tip; style shining, tapering, three-
fourths as long as third segment and bearing a small distal bristle.

Thorax brown pollinose, with cinereous pollen present as a spot above each
wing articulation continued mesad in a line along transverse suture, a small
spot above each posterior callus, broad margin of scutellum, and on either
side of metanotum; mesonotum and scutellum thinly clothed with fine white
hairs ; pleura thinly white pilose.

Legs castaneous, the posterior femora below and posterior tibiae except
incrassate apex, a little paler; vestiture mostly white and yellowish, the

Mar., 1938]

Pritchard : Holcocephala

15

bristles of anterior four tarsi and sometimes part of those of hind tarsi,
black.

Wings long and slender, evenly fumose; crose vein r-m a little beyond mid-
dle of cell 1st M2.

Abdomen with second and part of third segments strongly constricted,
beyond this widened and flattened; tergum one with pollen on proximal
division brown, on distal division luteous, the lateral margin and venter with
long white hairs; second luteous with a large brown spot covering most of
proximal third, and continued posteriorly in a narrow dorsal line that falls
short of the caudal margin, the lateral margin and venter white pilose;
third brown with a large luteous triangle on either side, their apices directed
inwardly and nearly meeting on middorsal line; fourth brown except narrow
caudal margin, luteous ; sternites one to four cinereous, five to seven brown.

Holotype. — Female, Oaxaca, Oaxaca, Mexico, July 12, 1935
(A. E. Pritchard) in collection of the University of Minnesota.

Paratypes. — One specimen, Oaxaca, Oaxaca, Mexico, July 12,
1935 (A. E. Pritchard).

H. stylata is related to calva, differing mainly in the large
antennal style, the thickly white haired oral margin, the brown
pollinose thoracic pleura, and the luteous pollinose maculations
of the abdomen. This species was found on tips of dead oak
branches on a very dry hillside near Oaxaca in the arid western
part of Mexico, while the other Mexican species were taken on the
verdant and humid Gulf slopes on the eastern side of the Kepublic.

Holcocephala calva (Loew)

1872. Discocephala calva Loew, Cent., x: 35.

1909. Holcocephala calva Back, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxv:
309.

Black ; head brown pollinose in front, cinereous behind ; mystax
a few pale yellowish oral bristles and a few fine, white hairs on
lower half of face; antennae brown pollinose, the proximal two
segments with brown bristles ; style shining black, about one-third
as long as third segment. Thorax cinereous pollinose, otherwise
practically bare. Legs castaneous, the vestiture pale, on the tarsi
and tips of tibiae light brownish. Wings long and slender, evenly
brownish ; cross vein r-m just before middle of cell 1st M2. Ab-
domen coarctate, the second segment constricted, longer than
broad ; tergum brown pollinose, the incisures and lateral margins
of proximal segments grayish pollinose ; sternum cinereous polli-
nose. Length, 7 to 9 mm.

16

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Type. — Female from Texas in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology.

Plesiotype. — Male, Hugo, Oklahoma, June 20, 1934 (A. E. Prit-
chard).

Additional material examined. — Numerous specimens from
eastern Okla., Tenn., Miss., and Kans.

A common species, often found in company with abdominalis
in forested areas. Occurs from New Jersey to Florida west to
Texas and Kansas.

Holcocephala nitida (Wiedemann)

1830. Dasypogcm nitida Wiedemann, Aussereur. Zweifl. Ins., ii :
643.

?1860. Discocephala interlineata Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lon-
don, n. ser., v: 279 (new synonymy).

1861. Discocephala nitida Bellardi, Saggio di Ditterol. Messic.,
ii: 84.

1901. Holcocephala nitida Williston, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Dipt.,
i: 308.

Black; head ochreous pollinose anteriorly, the face with two
diverging lines of brown pollen, one from each antenna to the
lower lateral side of the face ; head cinereous pollinose posteriorly
except broadly ochreous around occiput; oral bristles and bristles
of palpi yellowish; antennas with small bristles on proximal two
segments brown; style one-fourth the length of third segment.
Mesonotum bright ochreous pollinose with three separate vittae
(anterior brown suffusion, when present, not uniting them) ;
lateral mesonotal vittae falling well short of anterior and posterior
calli ; dorsum sparsely clothed with minute, yellow hairs ; pleura
with the few hairs present, yellowish. Legs dark brown, the tro-
chanters and femora proximally light brown; vestiture pale yel-
lowish. Wings wide proximally, fumose, darker on costal side of
basal half ; cross vein r-m just before middle of cell 1st M2. Ab-
domen brown pollinose; ochreous on segment one, on two except
on proximal third, and very broadly on sides of three ; cinereous
on sides of four to seven. Length, 5 to 9 mm., usually 7 or 8.

Type material. — Nitida was described from specimens from
Mexico in the Berlin museum; interlineata was described from
female from Mexico in the British museum.

Mar., 1938]

Pritchard : Holcocephala

17

Plesiotype. — Male, Jalapa, Vera Cruz, Mexico, July 8, 1935
(A. E. Pritchard).

Sixty-one additional specimens from Jalapa, Mexico, maintain
the constancy of this characterization. Hermann mentions simi-
lar specimens from Venezuela in his discussion of oculata. H.
interlineata (Walker) is very likely the same species; the inter-
lineation of the middorsal mesonotal stripe with yellowish is a
variable and unimportant character. H. minuta (Bellardi) is not
recognized here as a synonym of this species as Williston con-
sidered it.

Holcocephala oculata (Fabricius)

1805. Dioctria oculata Fabricius, Syst. Antliat. : 151.

1821. Dasypogon oculatus Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot. : 230.

1838. Discocephala oculata Macquart, Dipt. Exot., i : 166.

1849. Dasypogon agalla Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., ii : 361.
?1861. Discocephala minuta Bellardi, Saggio di Ditterol. Messic.,
ii: 83 (new synonymy).

1924. Holcocephala oculata Hermann, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges.
Wien, lxxiv : 161.

Differs from nitida in having the abdomen dorsally brown polli-
nose with narrow lateral margin cinereous, the mesonotal vittae
broadly united anteriorly with the lateral mesonotal vittae con-
tinued posteriorly to the scutellum, and in averaging smaller in
size. The genitalia of the species are the same, but a series main-
taining the constancy of characters stated does not call for mak-
ing nitida a synonym of oculata at the present time.

Type material. — Of oculata from South America in the mu-
seum at Copenhagen; of agalla from Venezuela in the British
Museum; of minuta from Tuxpango, Mexico, in the zoological
museum at Torino.

Hermann recognized the typical oculata from Brazil, Peru, Bo-
livia, and Venezuela. Specimens from Puerto Castilla, Hon-
duras (R. H. Painter), are indistinguishable from material from
Brazil. Specimens at hand from Peru differ in having the palpi
black haired. H. minuta (Bellardi) (Southern Mexico) is here
considered a synonym of oculata ; Bellardi separated this species
from nitida by the more extensive, black mesonotal vittae and
smaller size. Hermann reduced urruguayensis Arribalzaga to a

18

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

variety of oculata and described another variety at the same time.
It is possible that both of these are worthy of specific rank.

Holcocephala divisa (Walker)

1860. Discocephala divisa Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, n.

ser., v: 279.

1861. Discocephala longipennis Bellardi, Saggio di Ditterol.

Messic., ii: 86.

Black; head brown pollinose anteriorly, cinereous posteriorly;
mystax a few yellowish hairs on lower half of face and a row of
yellowish oral bristles; palpi with yellow bristles; antennae with
style one-third the length of third segment. Mesonotum mostly
brown pollinose with three very wide, dark brown vittae ; pleura
below with pollen tending towards cinereous, thoracic dorsum
noticeably clothed with fine white hairs, pleura rather thickly so.
Legs castaneous ; vestiture brownish, the thick, appressed hairs on
inside of anterior tibiae and tarsi, white. Wings wide proximally,
dark fumose with a wide, hyaline band on distal half leaving the
wing tip fumose to a variable extent or hyaline. Abdomen with
dorsum dark brown pollinose, the wide lateral margin somewhat
paler ; venter light brown pollinose. Length, 7 to 9 mm.

Type material. — Divisa was described from a female from
Mexico in the British Museum; longipennis was described from
specimens from Mexico in the zoological museum at Torino.

Plesiotype. — Male, Jalapa, Yera Cruz, Mexico, July 8, 1935
(A. E. Pritchard).

Additional specimens examined. — Six males and eleven females
from Jalapa, Mexico.

Hermann has suggested the synonymy of divisa and longi-
pennis and this has been followed here. H. divisa, however, has
priority as used by Kertesz in his Catalogue of Asilidas. This
species is known only from Mexico.

Holcocephala affinis (Bellardi)

1861. Discocephala affinis Bellardi, Saggio di Ditterol. Messic.,
ii: 86.

Bellardi describes affinis stating that it differs from longipennis
in that the proportional length of the body in somewhat less ; the

Mar., 1938]

Pritchard : Holcocephala

19

mystax is brown ; the thorax is almost entirely black ; the abdo-
men is not lighter on the sides ; the wings are shorter, their pos-
terior margin almost straight, and their markings more intensely
black. This species has not been recognized again.

Type material from Mexico in the collection of the Zoolog. Mns.
of Paris and in the Zool. Museum at Torino.

Holcocephala Imllata Bromley

1934. Holcocephala bullata Bromley, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.,
xxvii: 89.

“Male. — Head black, face dark gray pollinose, vestiture pale
golden brown, antennal style spine-like, pointed at tip, directed
forward and slightly downward, and about three-fourths the
length of the third segment. Thorax dark brown pollinose, scu-
tellum slightly lighter. Halteres pale brown. Wings brown,
basal half opaque. Legs and abdomen brown, vestiture pale
golden brown. Genital forceps from above slender, widely sepa-
rate.

“Female. — Similar, ovipositor with pale hairs.”

Holotype. — Male, Bexar Co., Texas, in collection of Texas
Agric. Exp. Station.

Known only from type material from Texas.

Holcocephala deltoidea (Bellardi)

1861. Discocephala deltoidea Bellardi, Saggio di Ditterol. Messic.,
ii: 85.

Black ; head pale yellowish gray pollinose anteriorly, sometimes
with a greenish tinge, brown on ocellar tubercle and on sides of
vertex, and cinereous posteriorly ; mystax a thin row of yellowish
bristles and several small, yellowish hairs above; hairs on palpi
and below on proximal two antennal segments yellowish; anten-
nal style one-fourth the length of third segment. Thorax dull
ochreous pollinose, sometimes with a few white hairs posteriorly
and on scutellum ; pleura with hairs white. Legs black, the tibiae
proximally and sometimes femora proximally, narrowly dark red-
dish; vestiture pale yellowish, the tarsal bristles partly brown.
Wings long and slender, fumose, darker along the costa. Abdo-
men dorsally brown pollinose, usually dull ochreous on caudal

20

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. xlvi

half of segment one, on median third of two, base of three, and
sides of proximal segments ; venter light ochreous ; a few whitish
hairs on sides and venter of proximal segments.

Type material from Mexico in the collection of the Zool. Mns.
of Paris and in the Zool. Mus. at Torino; not again recognized
until now.

Plesiotype. — Male, Jalapa, Vera Cruz, Mexico, July 8, 1935
(A. E. Pritchard).

Additional specimens examined. — Three females, Jalapa,
Mexico.

Holcocephala abdominalis (Say)

1823. Dasypogon abdominalis Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,
iii : 50.

1838. Discocephala rufiventris Macquart, Dipt. Exot., i : 166.
1849. Dasypogon ceta Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus., ii : 360.

1867. Dasypogon laticeps v. d. Wulp, Tijd. v. Entom., x: 137.
1909. Holcocephala abdominalis Back, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.,
xxxv : 309.

Black; head brownish ochreous anteriorly, brown on ocellar
tubercle and vertex or sides of vertex, and cinereous posteriorly ;
palpal and oral bristles yellowish ; antennal style one-fourth as
long as third antennal segment. Thorax ochreous pollinose above,
cinereous on sides below ; mesonotum with three brown vittse, the
median one anteriorly reaching pronotum, the lateral ones cau-
dally falling short of posterior calli and sometimes very small;
mesonotum with a few very short, brown setae on vittae, and a f ewT
small white hairs posteriorly and on scutellum ; pleura with hairs
white. Legs yellowish, brownish on tips of tibiae and tarsal seg-
ments; vestiture yellowish. Wings rather wide proximally,
fumose, the distal half or less paler to a variable extent. Length,
4.5 to 7 mm.

Types. — Say’s type is lost; ceta was described from specimens
from Florida and Massachusetts in the British Museum; rufi-
ventris was described from material of both sexes from Carolina
and is probably at Lille ; laticeps was described from a male from
North America and is in the museum at Leiden.

Neotype. — Male, Hugo, Oklahoma, June 20, 1934 (A. E. Prit-
chard).

Mar., 1938]

Pritchard : Holcocephala

21

Numerous other specimens examined from Okla., Ga., Maryl.,
N. C., Kans., Va., Kans., N. Y., N. J., Tenn. Back records the
species from New Hampshire to Florida west to Texas and Ne-
braska. In Oklahoma, abdominalis is found only along the east-
ern side of the state. There are, however, specimens in the col-
lection at the University of Kansas from New Mexico and from
Alberta, Canada, which are larger, but indistinguishable, and
have identical male genitalia.

22

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

RELOCATION OF THE TYPE LOCALITY OF
POROSAGROTIS ORTHOGONIA MORR.

Don B. Whelan

University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebraska

This species of noctuid moth was first described by H. K. Mor-
rison,1 in 1876, from Glencoe, Nebraska. The moth was one sent
to him by Gen. G. M. Dodge, one of the construction engineers
of the Union Pacific Railroad. For over fifty years this place has
not been printed on the Nebraska maps and students of the
Noctuidae have had difficulty in locating it. The old maps show it
to be a small village, situated on Pebble Creek, in the northwestern
part of Dodge County. Its site is six miles south of the town of
Dodge and nine ‘miles west of Scribner. This is over three hun-
dred miles east of the hearest known infestation of the larvae, since
they were reported from Chadron, Nebraska, last summer.

i Descriptions of New North American Noctuidae. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist. XVIII, 1876, p. 239.

Mar., 1938]

Balduf: Exartema

23

BIONOMIC NOTES ON EXARTEMA FERRIFERANUM
WALK. (LEPID., OLETHREUTID^E) AND ITS
PARASITES (HYM: BRAC., CHALC.)*

By W. V. Balduf
University op Illinois

The genus Exartema is a group of Tortricoid moths which has
interfered but little with the cultivation of economic plants in
North America. Slingerland and Crosby (14) gave brief ac-
counts of E. malanum Fernald, the apple bud worm, and E. per-
mundanum Clem., the raspberry leaf-roller. The food plants of
several other members of the genus are cited by Kearfott (07)
and Heinrich (23). E. ferriferanum Walker was described in
1863 from Virginia and subsequently renamed by Clemens and
Zeller (Dyar, 02), but nothing seems to have been recorded con-
cerning its bionomics. The writer submits observations on ap-
proximately twenty individuals of ferriferanum found on Hy-
drangea in and near Urbana, Illinois, in May and June of 1936.

Attention was attracted to it by the conspicuous cases formed
by the larva from the succulent and still immature terminal leaves.
The majority of these leaf-cases occurred on the cultivated species,
Hydrangea arborescens grandiflora, a few on the wild form, H.
arbor escens growing in the writer’s garden, and one dried case
Avas taken on a wild plant in nature early in September. In most
instances the cases were composed of a pair of opposite leaves
whose upper surfaces were brought face to face, but united by
]ar\ral silk only along the margins which were precisely coexten-
sive, while the discal areas of the two blades bulged out roundly.
In several instances the case consisted of but a single leaf, the leaf
blade then being doubled symmetrically upon itself along the mid-

* Contribution Number 185 from the entomological laboratories of the
University of Illinois.

The writer gratefully acknowledges the services of Messrs. A. B. Gahan,
Carl Heinrich and C. F. W. Muesebeck, all of the U. S. National Museum, in
determining the insects, and of Mr. James Hutchinson, University of Illinois,
who identified the plants, concerned in this paper.

24

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

rib, and the margins of the leaf held together neatly with silk.
The leaf-cases of E. ferriferanum therefore assume two distinct
shapes, but are alike in possessing an inflated appearance. Only
a relatively small part of the lumen of the case is utilized by the
inhabiting insect. In the center of the interior, the larva con-
structs a rather light cocoon which appears to consist of bits of
excreta or vegetable substance united and lined inside with silk.
In this cocoon within the leaf-case the larva transforms to the
adult state.

When discovered on May 31, this insect had largely completed
its larval life. One larva had begun to shorten and thicken in
preparation for pupation, and all others had already become
chrysalises or ceased development owing to parasitism. During
the period of June 2 to 10, ten moths issued from their leaf-cases,
invariably leaving the empty chrysalises sticking cephalic end
outward through a circular hole in the leaf. The hole was, in
all probability, cut by the mature larva and always occurred at a
point near the head end of the cocoon with which the aperture
seemed to be joined by a short silken runway. Since the leaves
involved in the construction of the leaf cases bore no noticeable
evidence of larval feeding, it is possible that the cases are built
exclusively to shelter the insect during its pupal period. Failure
to find such leaf-cases again during July, August and September
suggests that E. ferriferanum undergoes only one generation per
year in central Illinois and may spend most of the summer as well
as the winter in the adult or egg stage, if, indeed, it has no alter-
nate food plants.

The following brief descriptions of the three stages observed
may serve to distinguish this species from similar species that may
frequent Hydrangea.

Adult. — Very similar to the codling moth in size and shape of
the wings ; hind pair plain, moderately smoky above, dull silvery
below ; front pair largely smoky black beneath, the upper surface
with a basal rusty brown patch and another of the same color but
roughly spindle-shaped extending obliquely across the outer-
anterior quarter, rest of surface whitish-yellow and irregularly
speckled rusty brown.

Mature larva. — Length 15 mm., body medium green with head

Mar., 1938]

Balduf: Exartema

25

and pronotal shield dark brown, thoracic legs and month parts
more or less chitin-brown ; surface microscopically and densely
setose, and very sparsely hairy; crochets of first fonr pairs of
prolegs forming a complete circlet, those of anal pair horse-shoe
like in pattern, open behind.

Chrysalis. — Length 9-11 mm. (2 specimens) ; pale to deep
brown, shiny; surface densely and microscopically setose; cre-
master of eight feebly curved hooks ; subapieal longitudinal slit on
venter of last abdominal segment; seven pairs of abdominal
spiracles, pairs 3 to 7 situated beyond tips of wing cases ; each
spiracle-bearing segment provided dorsally with two transverse
rows of short pointed stout creeping spurs none of which extend
beyond spiracles laterally; the number of spurs per row per seg-
ment is given in the accompanying table, the numbers in the
squares referring to the first and the second specimens, respec-
tively :

Segment Number |

1

2

1 3

4

5

6

First Eow |

7,8

13,12

18,17

15,17

16,18

14,15

Second Eow j

21,23

28,30

21,33

23,31

21,28

10,13

Two species of Hymenoptera were reared from the material of
Exartema described above. One male of the Braconid, Micro-
gaster epagoges Gahan issued on June 6, 1936, from a plain white
elongate-oval cocoon measuring 5.5 mm. long and found within
the rather flimsy cocoon of E. ferriferanum in the usual leaf-case.
No trace of the host’s chrysalis was present. Accordingly, the
larva was the host stage parasitized, which, however, succeeded in
maturing and constructing its cocoon for pupation but was over-
come by the Microgaster before changing to the pupal state.
Gahan (17) described M. epagoges from specimens reared by C. C.
Hill from the larvae of the Tortricid, Epagoge sulfur eana Clem.,
in Tennessee, and Knull (32) bred it as a parasite of the larvae of
Tortrix argyrospila Walk.

Three other larvae of ferriferanum were killed by what doubt-
lessly were M. epagoges; the cocoons of each of these caterpillars
contained a white cocoon similar in every way to that above from
which the male epagoges issued. However, these cocoons were in
turn parasitized by the Eulophid Chalcid, Dimmockia pallipes

26

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

(Mues.). Thirty-four pallipes came from the three cocoons; dis-
section of one produced the pupal exuviae of no less than ten indi-
viduals. Muesebeck (27) described D. pallipes from specimens
hyperparasitic on another Braconid, Apanteles melanoscelus
(Ratz.), an imported parasite of the gipsy moth. Records avail-
able in the Review of Applied Entomology, Ser. A, 1913-1934,
show that also other species of Dimmockia have been reared as
secondary parasites.

REFERENCES CITED

Dyar, H. G. (02), A list of North American Lepidoptera, Bui. 52, U. S.
National Museum, 723 pp., 1902.

Gahan, A. B. (17), Descriptions of some new parasitic Hymenoptera, Proc.

U. S. National Museum, 53, 197-198, 1917.

Heinrich, Carl. (23), New Olethreutidse from Eastern United States, Proc.
Ent. Soc, Wash., 25, 105-122, 1923.

Kearfott, W. D. (07), Microlepidoptera from the Black Mountain region
of North Carolina, with descriptions of new species, Bui. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist. N. Y., 23, 156-157, 1907.

Knull, J. N. (32), Observations on three important forest insects, Jour.
Econ. Ent., 25, 1196-1203, 1932.

Muesebeck, C. F. W. (27), New spcies of Chalcid flies parasitic on the
gipsy-moth parasite, Apanteles melanoscelus (Ratz.), Jour. Agr. Res.,
Bui. 34, 333, 1927.

Slingerland, M. Y. and Crosby, C. R. (14), Manual of fruit insects, 503
pp., 396 figs., Macmillan Co., 1914.

Mar., 1938]

Marsh: Cirrospilus

27

BIOLOGY OF THE NEW CHALCID PARASITE
CIRROSPILUS INIMICUS GAHAN

By Frank L. Marsh
Union College, Lincoln, Nebraska

While making a study of hymenopterous parasites associated
with Samia cecropia Linnaeus in the Chicago area (Marsh ’34),
the writer found a black-and-yellow chalcid which A. B. Gahan
determined as a new species of Cirrospilus Westwood. Upon
request Mr. Gahan has kindly described this species (Gahan ’34)
and assigned to it the name C. inimicus. Opportunity is here
taken to present some life-history details which were discovered
during further study of this new species.

In the Chicago area this chalcid was found to be a secondary
parasite of the ichneumonid Spilocryptus extermatis Cresson
which served as the principal primary parasite of Cecropia in
that region. 8. extrematis is present in the field in the larval
form throughout the year and C. inimicus is an active parasite of
it whenever temperature conditions will permit. Adults of the
latter may emerge as early as the last of April. A cycle is com-
pleted every eighteen to twenty-one days and the number of these
cycles is determined by the duration of warm weather. At least
three cycles are completed each summer. Males average 1.4 mm.
in length, females 2.1 mm.

Upon emergence the adults of C. inimicus find themselves im-
prisoned within the host cocoon which, with numerous others, lies
within the cecropian cocoon. They gnaw through the thin host
cocoon. Escape from the cecropian cocoon occurs via the valve
or holes made by those of their host which escaped parasitization,
or through openings made by woodpeckers or mice.

Copulation occurs upon infected cecropian cocoons often within
the first hour after emergence. The males are very ardent. Pre-
copulatory behavior always consists of the male mounting the
thorax of the female and engaging in a vigorous shadow-boxing
performance with his head and antennas. The antennae are
curved rigidly downward and the tips brushed across those of the

28

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

female or occasionally touching her lightly in the face. This
hammering action, achieved mostly by the motion of the long
neck, goes on rapidly for from ten to twenty-five times, then a
rest of about a second, then a repetition of the motions. He ap-
pears in a state of intense excitement evidenced by the stiffening
of the posterior pair of legs. Following the second or third series
of boxing he backs, curves the tip of his abdomen under one side
of the abdomen of the female and copulates at the base of the
ovipositor for a brief ten seconds. Following this he usually
remounts and repeats the boxing a time or two then dismounts
and hurries away. If a second male comes along during the
mounting the first male will frequently quickly dismount and
drive him away with a great show of violence in the form a beat-
ing with his antennge. However, about as frequently, the first
male is too busy with his boxing to see the second male approach
from the rear. The latter usually copulates with the female
while she is thus distracted. One male has been observed to alter-
nate between two females with great activity. The normal life
of the male is about four days while the female usually lives about
seven days.

The inseminated female immediately reenters the cecropian
cocoon and searches for her host larvas by palpation of the ich-
neumon cocoons with her antennae tips. She works very ener-
getically and persistently at the egg laying. After a hasty ex-
amination of a cocoon containing a live larva or pupa of her host
she quickly curves the end of her abdomen down, places the tip
of the ovipositor, then vigorously thrusts it through the silk.
Such force is used that the ovipositor plunges through and usu-
ally strikes the larva or pupa inside, which immediately begins to
writhe and twist under repeated proddings. In one instance a
female was seen to pierce from beneath, a cocoon containing a
nearly mature pupa. For twenty-one minutes she clung to the
cocoon vigorously jabbing the writhing pupa, the latter repeatedly
bending the ovipositor aside by a spiral, twisting motion. The
activity of the pupa gradually slowed until finally the ovipositor
was driven through its cuticle and twisted about for a time inside
the abdomen. Then withdrawing the ovipositor the chalcid
placed five eggs on the surface of the pupa. The host larva or

Mar., 1938]

Marsh: Cirrospilus

29

pupa invariably dies within a few hours after being pierced. In
spite of its vigorous egg-laying habits, C. inimicus is not prolific.
The female seldom lays over one hundred eggs.

The eggs are club-shaped and quite smooth, measuring about
1.0 x 0.3 mm. Never more than eight were observed in any single
cocoon of S. extrematis. Being only slightly adhesive when laid
they may fall from the side of the host. In about forty-eight
hours the larva suddenly breaks through the tough egg skin,
punctures the host cuticle, and begins to drink the body fluids.
It shifts constantly from one point to another over the surface
until maturity is reached in about nine days. Larvae have been
removed from the host, studied under a microscope and replaced
at random repeatedly without any apparent disturbance in their
development. Eggs laid by females which have not been insemi-
nated always develop into males.

The pupa is quite flat, measuring 1.5-2. 5 mm. in length. It
differs from most chalcid pupae in that it turns a glossy black in
an hour or two after the larval skin flakes off. C. inimicus passes
the winter in the host cocoon. It hibernates in the pupal form.
Larvae which are caught by cold weather invariably die.

LITERATURE CITED

Gahan, A. B. 1934. A New Species of Cirrospilus Westwood (Chal-
cidoidse). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. 36, No. 5, May.

Marsh, F. L. 1934. “A Regional Study of Samia cecropia and Nine Asso-
ciated Primary Parasites and Hyperparasites. ’ ’ A Master ’s thesis.
Northwestern University Library, Evanston, Illinois.

30

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

BOOK NOTICE

Source Book of Biological Terms. By Axel Leonard Melander,
Department of Biology, The City College, The College of the
City of New York, 1937. 8.5 x 5.5 in. VI + 157 p. $1.10.

This book, by all means, should be owned and consulted by
everyone who has any curiosity at all about biological terms in
current use. It is really a series of short adventures into the
romance, sources, evolution, phylogeny and origin of words used
in biology. And in addition, the author has written short chap-
ters on uncertain and mistaken derivations, ancient customs and
biological beliefs, unnatural history, accentuation, pronunciation,
suffixes, prefixes, plurals, etc., all dealing with biological words and
terms. And lastly, there is an “Alphabetical List of the Com-
ponents of Biological Vocabulary.”

Knowing the history and meaning of the scientific words one
uses, affords added interest and pleasure to both amateur and
professional biologists. For example, the name of the book louse
Troctes divinatorius means literally, “an instinctive epicure.”
And the word toadstool is a Germanic term meaning “death
sprout,” and has nothing to do with a seat for toads. In addition,
if this book had been available years ago, many of us would not
have been taught so many mispronunciations by our professors,
nor would such careless usage have become so fixed as to seem
correct.

Professor Melander ’s book is both instructive and entertaining,
and it gains by the latter quality because it is easy to remember
something that is aptly and whimsically written. Even some of
the page headings of the second portion have an amusing appeal —
Brachy to Butter, Buzzard to Camel, Flagellum to Fox, Growth to
Halibut, Serpent to Siphon, Vermis to Viper, etc. — H. B. W.

Mar., 1938]

Baerg: Tarantula

31

TARANTULA STUDIES*

By W. J. Baerg
University of Arkansas

INTRODUCTION

The task of observing development, behavior, and other matters
constituting the life history of tarantulas is a long time problem,
and will require, owing to their longevity, probably not less than
25 years, and possibly 30 years. In view of this fact progress
reports are perhaps justified. Preliminary biological studies and
results of poison tests have previously been reported.

Taxonomic studies of tarantulas undertaken by various arach-
nologists, usually as a part of general spider taxonomy, are seem-
ingly in a very unsatisfactory state. The difficulty lies mainly in
a serious lack of constant and distinctive characters by which the
various species may be recognized. These can in time be deter-
mined and they should be supported by extensive biological data.
With this in view, I am attempting to follow the course of events
in several tarantula colonies located on nearby hillsides and in
addition I am maintaining, in the laboratory, a number of live
tarantulas including all the species that can be secured. This
paper pertains to development, regeneration, food and water
requirements, and a method of extracting the poison. Unless
otherwise stated, the species concerned is Eurypelma calif ornica
Ausserer.

DEVELOPMENT

Oviposition. This and cocoon-making are described in a pre-
vious publication. The number of eggs, based on the contents of
5 cocoons, varies from 631 to 1018 with an average of 812. Mak-
ing the cocoon is an important event in which the construction of
the cradle, preceding oviposition, requires about 9^ hours. The
entire process, as observed in one instance, consumes 15 hours and
15 minutes. The making of two additional cocoons was observed
when the cradle was nearly complete. One of these and the one

* Research Paper No. 603, Journal Series, University of Arkansas.

32

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

Figure 1. Tarantula under canopy.

mentioned above were in general like a hammock with one edge
attached to the jar and the other raised so as to hold the egg mass.
The third cocoon was begun by constructing, in addition to the
liammock-like cradle, a semi-transparent canopy over it. This was
about 4 inches in diameter and 3 inches high. The time consumed
in the making of this and the previous cocoon was estimated at
about 14 hours. Of eight cocoons constructed in the laboratory,
three were constructed out of a hammock-like sheet ; three included
the making of a canopy over the sheet ; and two were constructed
in a cavity. In the latter cases the female apparently dug the
cavity for this particular purpose. On completing the cavity it
was at once lined with a dense covering of silk. The eggs after
being deposited were, as in the other situations, covered with a
dense sheet of silk. In making up the cocoon, the floor as well as
the lining of the cavity, are taken up.

Mar., 1938]

Baerg: Tarantula

33

In the field cocoons are made, as observed in 4 cases, in two
kinds of situations. (1) The hole is close to a rock lying at an
angle but nearly on edge. At a depth of about 8 inches the hole
has a pocket about 3" by ; beyond it the hole continues for
about 4 inches. In this pocket the cocoon is presumably con-
structed. Remnants of a lining and an empty cocoon are the only
evidence. (2) The hole in the ground opens into some vacant
space under a rock. Here this natural cavity at the entrance is
utilized for cocoon making. Construction of the cocoon has not
actually been observed here but circumstantial evidence as
described above seems conclusive.

Figure 2. Canopy and sheet partly rolled up.

Incubation. The time spent in the cocoon, i.e., the egg stage
and the first instar combined, has until recently not been deter-
mined. Cocoons may be seen, in the field throughout the months
of June, July, August, and early September. Observations on
these cocoons, without knowing definitely the date of oviposition,

34

Journal New York Entomological Society

LVol. xlvt

indicate that the young emerge from the cocoon in from 40-53
days. One cocoon opened on August 6 was found to contain
what appeared to be newly hatched spiders. These emerged from
the cocoon, which had been sewed up with needle and thread,
25 days later. A rough estimate is that the eggs hatch in 3 weeks
and the spiderlings emerge 3 weeks later.

Figure 3. Cocoon practically finished, silken strand, for orientation, still
remaining.

Out of a number of cocoons constructed in the laboratory and
kept there under observation only two have so far produced young.
Since cocoons in the field are brought into the entrance of the hole
to be exposed to direct sunlight and possibly turned over to warm
the eggs evenly, it has been assumed that failures to secure hatch-
ing in the laboratory result from unfavorable temperatures. In
a few instances the contents of the cocoons have been destroyed
by the females that produced them. This has happened 4 weeks
after oviposition, when the eggs had presumably hatched.

Mar., 1938]

Baerg: Tarantula

35

Recently (1935) a cocoon having been made in the laboratory
was put in a battery jar containing several inches of soil ; this was
placed in a south room, but protected by means of black paper
against direct rays of the sun. Frequent wetting of the soil pro-
vided adequate humidity. Apparently outdoor conditions, though
not matched, were approached within reasonable degree for the
spiderlings emerged 47 days after oviposition.

Subsequently another cocoon constructed in the laboratory on
June 27 (1936) and kept in a room on the north side of the build-
ing, thus without any direct sunlight, produced young on August
15, i.e., in 49 days. It may be assumed that out of doors, under
favorable conditions, the time spent in the cocoon is somewhat
shorter. Both temperature and humidity probably play an impor-
tant role. The excessively dry season of 1936 caused many of the
eggs in the laboratory to shrivel up soon after oviposition.

The young spiders when emerging have either already gone
through the first molt or they do so very soon afterward. There-
after they presently scatter out on foot. If the cocoon is under
a large stone dispersal may be delayed for two weeks ; if the family
emerges from an uncovered hole it may scatter in a week or in
less time. This method of dispersal naturally results in local
settlements of tarantulas and it tends to prevent the young from
locating in an unfavorable habitat as they well might if they
spread like many other spiders by ballooning as do even some near
relatives of the tarantula such as the trapdoor spider, Pachy-
lomerus carabivorus, and incidentally also the notorious black
widow.

Infant mortality is high, 1-2-year-old tarantulas are very rarely
seen. The few that survive live in small holes which for a large
part of the year are closed.

Young tarantulas in the laboratory, if confined in considerable
numbers, i.e., an entire family (600-1000 young), will maintain
themselves so far as food is concerned for nearly a year. Can-
nibalism has been observed about the middle of May when the
spiderlings are about 8 months old. It increases rapidly so that
by the middle of July the family may dwindle to 3 or 4 indi-
viduals. Termites are readily accepted and devoured; they may
be used for food, provided once or twice a week, till the spiders

36

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

are about 3 years old. During the winter season (October to
April) they require no food.

During the second year of their existence the young spiderlings
molt 4 times, in May, June, July, and August. Some of them
apparently molt but 3 times. The skins when mixed with the
soil are easily overlooked. In the third year there may be 4 molts,
or 3, or even 2. In the fourth and fifth year they shed twice under
favorable conditions. Subsequently they have but one molt a
year and they may go two years between molts.

Well supplied with food and water in the laboratory, the males
may mature in about 8 years. Under out-of-door conditions, as
stated in a previous publication, the required time has been esti-
mated at 11 or 12 years. As pointed out elsewhere in this paper
tarantulas can and probably do fast for considerable periods
of time.

Definite and complete records on the time required for reach-
ing maturity under laboratory conditions have finally been ob-
tained. From a family that emerged late in July or early August,
1926, two individuals have been reared to maturity. One (A2),
a male, matured on August 23, 1936; another (A4), a female,
matured on August 25, 1936. Maturity in the male is, owing to
the palpal organs, easily recognized. Maturity in the female has
been proved by the fact that it mates readily. Development in
these instances thus required 10 years and is the same for both
sexes.

The following table of weights and measurements of a male is
based largely on one individual.

Shrinkage in the length of the carapace, as indicated in this and
the next table, is due to the somewhat crude method of measuring.
A sharp-pointed caliper is used. One point is placed at the middle
of the anterior margin; the other in the notch of the posterior
margin.

Females apparently vary, like the males, in the time required
for reaching maturity. Two individuals (¥Hj Mcl5) taken in
November, 1925, when they were about 4 years old (length 22.6
mm., carapace 9.0 mm.) have been in the laboratory for 11 years
and are now at least 15 years old. WH1 and Mcl5 are mature
females as proved by recent mating. How long they have been

Mar., 1938]

Baerg: Tarantula

37

Measurements and Weights of a Male Tarantula (A2) from Hatching,
about August 1, 1926, till Maturity, August 23, 1936

Year

Age

Length of
body in
millimeters

Length of
carapace in
millimeters

Weight in
grams

10/11/2 6

2\ mos.

*4.2

*1.5

*.0051

2/9/27

5.5

1/7/28

1 yr. 5 mos.

8.1

2.5

3/5/29

2 yrs. 7 mos.

14.5

4.8

.2407

10/7/29

3 yrs. 2 mos.

20.5

6.2

.8339

4/1/30

3 yrs. 8 mos.

20.5

6.8

.8045

10/17/30

4 yrs. 2\ mos.

2.6190

4/1/31

4 yrs. 8 mos.

2.4443

10/14/31

5 yrs. 2| mos.

38.0

11.3

5.3955

4/13/32

5 yrs. 8£ mos.

37.8

11.8

5.4810

10/11/32

6 yrs. 2\ mos.

40.5

14.7

7.1107

4/14/33

6 yrs. 8£ mos.

42.6

14.2

7.3520

10/9/33

7 yrs. 2\ mos.

46.5

15.7

10.1100

4/18/34

7 yrs. 8^ mos.

45.5

16.0

9.7215

10/30/34

8 yrs. 3 mos.

47.1

17.1

10.9365

4/12/35

8 yrs. 8^ mos.

47.5

17.2

10.6616

11/6/35

9 yrs. 3 mos.

49.5

17.3

11.9282

4/18/36

9 yrs. 8^ mos.

48.0

16.8

11.4255

9/5/36

10 yrs. 1 mo.

47.7

18.6

11.8336

* Represents another individual.

Another male (WH2) taken in 1925 when it was about 1 year and 3 months
old (length 6.8 mm., carapace 2.3 mm.) matured in September, 1932, when
it was about 8 years old. It lived till February, 1934, and thus attained an
age of 9£ years.

mature is not known. A third individual (Mcle) taken at the
same time as these above, but only 2 years old (length 10 mm.,
carapace 3.7 mm.), is now a mature female as proved by mating.
It is at least 13 years old and has been in the laboratory for 11
years. The date of attaining maturity is not known.

Molting and Regeneration. Some observations on molting and
regeneration have already been reported in earlier papers. When
the male has reached maturity it has also gone through its last
molt even though it may live as long as a year and 8 months (the
maximum so far observed) . The female, however, after becoming
of age contiues to shed the skin approximately every year.

38

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

Measurements and Weights of a Female Tarantula (A4) from Hatch-
ing, about August 1, 1926, to Maturity, August 25, 1936

Year

Age

Length of
body in
millimeters

Length of
carapace in
millimeters

Weight in
grams

10/11/26

2| mos.

*4.3

*1.6

*.0052

2/9/27

6 mos.

5.5

1/7/28

1 yr. 5 mos.

9.8

3.7

3/5/29

2 yrs. 7 mos.

16.4

5.6

.3386

10/7/29

3 yrs. 2 mos.

20.3

7.1

.8200

4/1/30

3 yrs. 8 mos.

21.1

6.9

.8668

10/17/30

4 yrs. 2 -§ mos.

2.8316

4/1/31

4 yrs. 8 mos.

2.6175

10/20/31

5 yrs. 2\ mos.

39.7

14.0

6.0550

4/13/32

5 yrs. 8-§ mos.

38.5

14.0

5.7878

10/11/32

6 yrs. 2| mos.

43.4

15.5

7.3144

4/14/33

6 yrs. 8f mos.

42.7

15.5

7.8457

10/9/33

7 yrs. 2-§ mos.

50.0

16.8

11.2522

4/18/34

7 yrs. 8^ mos.

47.6

16.8

10.6800

10/30/34

8 yrs. 3 mos.

48.4

18.5

11.3900

4/12/35

8 yrs. 8i mos.

48.9

17.7

10.9556

11/6/35

9 yrs. 3 mos.

48.0

17.7

10.3416

4/18/36

9 yrs. 8| mos.

47.5

18.0

10.5289

9/5/36

10 yrs. 1 mo.

49.0

18.6

11.7001

* Represents another individual.

The first symptom of an approaching molt is a refusal to feed.
For 2-3 weeks no food is accepted. Then as a rule, the tarantula
lays down a fairly thick silken sheet and just preceding the molt
it may be observed lying ventral side up on the silken bed. Imme-
diately before shedding begins the tarantula gets back on her
feet. Now the carapace may be seen to rise in front and presently
the anterior half separates all around and the tarantula rises till
it gets top heavy and drops to one side. Thus lying, the wave-like
movement of oozing out of the old skeleton continues till all the
legs and the abdomen are out. The entire process requires about
one hour.

Associated with molting appears the only sign of old age that
tarantulas seem to exhibit. The old carapace fails to separate
entirely from the new one. As a rule a slender portion at the

Mar., 1938]

Baerg: Tarantula

39

middle of the rear end remains attached; rarely the entire cara-
pace adheres and is shed sometime (2 weeks in one case) later.
In all cases, whether the tarantula succeeds in discarding the cara-
pace, or whether it is removed with the aid of a scissors, there
remains a small fragment at the junction of the abdomen. In all
instances so far observed tarantulas exhibiting this fragment have
lived approximately but one year longer. During the last year
they are, however, quite normal even to the extent of mating if
a male is provided at the proper time.

Females in retaining the juvenile character of molting also
retain the capacity to regenerate lost appendages throughout life.
If a leg is seriously damaged in the tibia, patella, or femur, the
entire leg is discarded within one or two days and the severed
appendage may be consumed if the tarantula has sufficient
appetite.

A new leg is always appreciably shorter and thinner than the
corresponding one on the other side. Its size depends largely on
the time elapsing between the loss of the leg and the following
molt. Observations on a number of cases of regeneration show
that 53 days is sufficient time for growing a leg that is functional
and with an about normal covering of hairs. If but 36 days inter-
vene between the loss of a leg and molting, the new member is
quite thin, pale, sparsely covered with hair, and scarcely used in
walking. If the tarantula has but 20 days to grow a new leg,
no visible attempt at regeneration is made before molting; the
spider emerges from the old skin with scar tissue covering the end
of the coxa ; replacement is postponed till about a year later.

Food Requirements

Even limited observations on the activities of tarantulas bv day
and by night indicate that they are truly stay-at-homes. Their
cruising radius about the hole is probably not more than a few
inches. As a rule they are in the hole, just visible from the out-
side. Hence it follows that meals are not only irregular but often
very far apart; that the regularity with which they feed in the
laboratory, once every 5 to 7 days, is not a necessity. More direct
evidence for a capacity to fast is the observed fact that during

40

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

the six months, October to April, when those in the laboratory
get only water, they commonly gain in weight.

To determine the limit in the tarantula ’s ability to endure fast-
ing, three mature females were deprived of food, but given water,
until they died of starvation. The limits of endurance for the
three were : 2 years — less 12 days ; 2 years, 2 months, and 5 days ;
2 years, 4 months, and 6 days. One of the females (L. D.) when
molting after nine months’ fasting replaced a missing leg. It
molted again a year later.

The following tables show the changes in weight during the
period of fasting.

10/17/30

4/1/31

10/14/31

4/11/32

10/10/32

Death occurred 12/6/32.

15.3495 grams
15.3705 grams
11.8640 grams
12.6084 grams
9.3828 grams

Another female in this test gave the following changes in weight.

10/14/31

4/11/32

10/10/32

4/6/33

10/9/33

Tarantula died 2/20/1934.

9.2180 grams
8.1261 grams
6.5580 grams
6.4900 grams
5.6400 grams

The rate of feeding is exceedingly slow. A mature tarantula
given a large bird locust, Schistocerca americana, began the meal
at 11 : 05 a.m. and finished at 4 : 22 p.m. Not counting short rest
periods, 11 of them, ranging from 30 seconds to 1 minute each, the
meal occupied 5 hours and 17 minutes.

The large species, Dugesiella crinita, occurring in northern
Mexico (maximum length 85. mm. ; maximum weight 54.7240
grams), will accept more food than the local species and more
frequently. One or two large grasshoppers or cicadas satisfy the
appetite for no longer than a day. Incidentally this species takes
grasshoppers or other creatures when recently killed. It is a
rather general feeder, accepting, besides various large insects, also
crayfish, small lizards, small snakes, and even small fish.

Mar., 1938]

Baerg: Tarantula

41

Water Requirements

That spiders require water is well known. How much and how
often has apparently not been determined. In all probability the
requirement depends largely on the moisture content of the soil
and the relative humidity of the air. The following observations
and determinations are intended to give no more than a general
indication of the amount of water required by tarantulas.

In seasons of severe drouth tarantulas, lacking the migratory
instinct that induces black widows and other spiders to seek the
necessary moisture, probably die in considerable numbers for want
of water. Specimens all but dead have been found and speedily
revived when supplied with water.

In north central Mexico, near Tlahualilo (State of Durango) a
large colony of Dugesiella crinita, comprising probably many
thousands of tarantulas, all but disappeared following a year
(1929) when the rainfall amounted to only about 3 inches instead
of the normal 9 inches.

Incidentally the water need not be clean and can be mixed with
remains of insects, and may have a generous admixture of alcohol.
Tarantulas will drink of this to the extent that intoxication be-
comes evident in spite of the eight legs to keep them steady.

A male in an advanced stage of senescence drank 1.185 grams
of water (determined by weighing the tarantula before and after
drinking) ; remaining over the dish, if not actually drinking, for
3 hours and 8 minutes. The weight of the water represented 15.7
per cent of the tarantula ’s weight.

Two mature females were put on a no-water diet on July 19
(1935). They were placed in battery jars containing about 4
inches of soil. Their food was catalpa caterpillars supplied as to
the other tarantulas about once a week. One of the females died
after 81 days (July 19 to Oct. 8, 1935). The other, placed in a
cement-lined cave (where a part of the colony spends the winter),
died between February 20 and 27, i.e., after about 219 days or
approximately 7 months.

Extracting the Poison

To study the effect of the poison various investigators have pre-
pared extracts by removing and macerating the glands in physio-
logical salt solution or some other carrier. In the case of the black

42

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

widow it has been shown by Bogen that such extracts fail to pro-
duce the effects resulting from a bite. Investigators in the Mex-
ican Public Health Service have found evidence indicating that
grinding up the last segment or telson of scorpions introduces anti-
bodies that in part neutralize the poison. For this reason studies
of scorpion venom, conducted by these investigators, are now based
on poison extracted by electrical stimulation.

A so-called tetanus battery, formerly a common item in physio-
logical laboratories, is used. The electrodes are applied to the
telson and the poison is caught in a watch crystal. This method is
readily adapted to tarantulas and with certain refinements can be
used on the black widow. In lieu of a high-priced apparatus, now
called inductometer, I used a home-made device (constructed by
my colleague H. H. Schwardt). The primary coil is made of 3
turns of No. 28 magnet wire ; the secondary coil is a hollow ignition
coil from an automobile ; and the circuit breaker consists of Ford
coil points. Three dry cells provide the current. Its voltage,
when the secondary coil is set so as to provide an adequate stimu-
lus, is about 100 (measured by an electrostatic voltmeter).

Figure 4. Tetanus battery used for extracting poison.

The electrodes are applied to the basal segment of both chelic-
erae while the fangs, bent forward, are held over the edge of a
small weighing bottle. The tarantulas squirm vigorously but pro-
duce the poison without delay and have so far shown no harmful
effects.

One female, having emerged early from winter quarters (about
February 15), produced at the first extraction 11.2 milligrams of
poison. A week later 7.9 milligrams were extracted. Early in

Mar., 1938]

Baerg: Tarantula

43

spring (April 16) when the tarantulas had become active, but had
not fed, another extraction was made from a number of females
representing in addition to the local species, four species from
Mexico. The maximum quantity obtained was 58 mg., the mini-
mum was 4 mg. ; three individuals yielded almost identical
amounts, 21, 20, 21 mgs.

Females as well as males of the local species, E. calif ornica, are
easily obtained in reasonable numbers. In addition, I have gradu-
ally acquired a fair-sized “ foreign colony.” During the coming
season an attempt will be made to continue the study of the poison
with reference to its physical and chemical properties.

LIST OF LITERATURE

Baerg, W. J. 1922. Regarding the habits of tarantulas and the effects of
their poison. Scientific Monthly, Yol. XIV, No. 5, pp. 482-489, 4
figs.

. 1926. Regeneration of appendages in the tarantula Eury-

pelma calif ornica Ausserer. Annals. Ent. Soc. America, Vol. XIX,
No. 4, pp. 512-513.

. 1928. The life cycle and mating habits of the male taran-
tula. Quarterly Rev. Biol., Vol. Ill, No. 1, pp. 109-116, 3 figs.

. 1929. Cocoon-making by the tarantula. Annals Ent. Soc.

America, Vol. XXII, pp. 161-164, 3 pis.

. 1929. Some poisonous arthropods of North and Central

America.

Trans. IV Intern. Congress Entom., Vol. II, pp. 418-438.

Berland, Lucien. 1932. Les Arachnides. Pp. 193-298.

Bogen, Emil. 1926. Arachnidism. Arch. Int. Med., Vol. XXXVIII.
Pp. 623-632, 3 figs.

Bonnet, Pierre. 1927. Etude et considerationes sur la fecundite chez les
araneides. Mem. Soc. Zool. France Tome XXVIII, pp. 1-47.

. 1927. L’eclosion des cocons chez les araignees. Bui. Soc.

d’Hist. Nat. Toulouse Tome LVI 4 trimestre, pp. 505-512, 4 figs.

. 1928. Notre preliminaire sur les phenomenes de la mue, de

Pautotomie et de la regeneration chez lesi araneides. Compt. Rend.
Seances Soc. Biol. Tome XCIX, pp. 1711-1713.

. 1929. Sur le transport a longue distance des araignees

vivantes. Bui. Mus. d’Histoire naturelle 2 Serie, Tome I, No. 5, pp.
332-334.

. 1935. La longevite chez les araignees. Bull. Soc. Ent. de

France Vol. XL, No. 19, pp. 272-277.

Brazil, Vital. 1926. Contribucao ao estudo do veneno das aranhas. In
Memorias do Instituto do Butantan, Tomo III, Fasciculo Unico,
pp. 34-41, pis. 18-20.

44

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

A NOTE ON LASIOPTERA MURTFELDTIANA FELT

By E. P. Felt

Stamford, Conn.

This species was described in 1909 (see Journal of Economic
Entomology, Vol. 2, page 288) and more fully characterized in
1916 in New York State Museum Bulletin 198, page 170, the
description being drafted from U. S. National Museum material
labelled August 25, 1884, from Ottawa, Kansas. The species was
reared from wild sunflower seeds, only males being represented.
Recently a large series of this species was received from Professor
Osmond P. Breland, North Dakota Agricultural College, having
been reared by him from sunflower seeds collected at Artesia,
Miss., Brownsville, Tenn., Pulton, Ky., and Braidwood, 111. The
female being previously unknown it is described below, specimens
being deposited in the National Museum.

Female : Length, 2.5 mm. Antennas, short, dark brown, 19 to 21
segments, the fifth with a length about three-fourths its diameter,
the terminal segim Jightly produced and broadly rounded api-
cally. Palpi, first segment short, second one-half longer, slender,
the third as long as the second, the fourth one-half longer than the
third, and somewhat dilated. Mesonotum, shining dark brown.
Scutellum and postscutellum fuscous yellowish. Abdomen, dark
brown, the segments narrowly margined with silvery. Ovipositor,
nearly as long as the body, dark brown, yellowish apically, the
lobes with a length three times the width. Wings hyaline, the
third vein uniting with the margin at the distal third, the fifth at
the distal fourth, its branch at the basal third. Halteres, yellow-
ish transparent. Legs, a nearly uniform fuscous yellowish.

Mar., 1938]

Weiss: Haldeman

45

SOME HISTORICAL MATERIAL RELATING TO
PROFESSOR S. S. HALDEMAN

Eventually, the activities and lives of our early entomologists
are going to be written about more fully, and as the science of
entomology becomes older, its devotees will become more conscious
of its historical background. For this reason it is desirable to
place on record the ownership and location of collections of letters,
manuscripts, etc., which future historians will need to utilize. One
of such collections is in the possession of Mr. Albert E. Lownes, of
Providence, R. I., and Mr. Lownes has kindly permitted me to
examine it and to make the following annotations. Mr. Lownes
purchased this collection at auction some ten or twelve years ago
in the shape of an album containing letters addressed to Professor
Haldeman, sketches, pieces of manuscripts, etc. This album had
been formerly in the possession of Mr. George M. Greene, to whom
it had been presented in May, 1920, by Mr. Guy K. Haldeman
(Professor Haldeman ’s grandson). A brief description of its
contents follows.

Two engraved portraits of Professor Haldeman, one by A. H.
Ritchie and the other by Samuel Sartain. Sartain was a skilled
engraver and painter of miniatures and portraits who came to
America from London in 1830.

Agassiz, Louis J. R. (L. S.) Cambridge, Nov. 13, no year.

In this letter Agassiz asks for specimens of three species of
Etheastonids for a monograph on which he is working, also
for alcoholic larvae for his son who is interested in insects.
He apologizes for his dictated letter, due to the feeble state
of his eyes.

Agassiz, Louis J. R. (A. N. S.)

Written on the top of a four-page printed pamphlet en-
titled “Directions for Collecting Fishes/’ Cambridge, 1853.

Baird, Spencer, F. (A. L. S.) Carlisle, April 29, 1846.

Baird apologizes for not calling upon Haldeman and for
not getting the insect pins that Haldeman wanted. Mentions
John Le Conte, Gould, Storer, Binney, Audubon, and various
books.

Binney, Amos. (A. L. S.) Boston, Sept. 15, 1840.

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

Thanks Haldeman for shells and asks for their history.
Mentions death of Dr. C. I. Ward, of Ohio. Also refers to
Gould, Lea.

Binney, W. G. (A. L. S.) Burlington, N. J., March 21, 1863.

Thanks Haldeman for the loan of shells, now being re-
turned, except for one that was deposited in the Smithsonian
Institution.

Charlesworth, Edw. (A. L. S.) Museum York ( ?), August 31,
1846.

Mentions that he has sent to Dr. Lea, some copies of a
prospectus relating to a palaentological periodical that he is
editing and which Haldeman should admire. Subscribers are
needed.

Couper, J. Hamilton (A. L. S.) Near Darien, Ga., June 10,
1841.

Refers to various shells and their habitats and to the ab-
sence of an artist in his neighborhood.

Dana, James D. (A. L. S.) New Haven, Conn., May 10, 1849.

Mentions a long article submitted by Haldeman to Dana
and Dana’s policy of not accepting, for publication, long
articles devoted to descriptions of new species. Dana sug-
gests that Haldeman ’s paper be published in two parts and
expresses the hope that this will not result in hurt feelings.

Girard, Charles (A. L. S.) Washington, Feb. 7, 1855.

In French.

Gould, Augustus A. (A. L. S.) Boston, June 22, 1841.

Sends Haldeman the names of new subscribers.

Gray, Asa (A. L. S.) Cambridge, March 25, 1863.

Acknowledges with thanks the receipt of Haldeman ’s gift
and promises him any of the Academy’s publication that he
desires. He returns postage that Haldeman used and ex-
presses regret that Haldeman and his family have suffered
from the flood.

Haldemann, S. S. (A. M. S.)

“ Description of a New Genus of Scarids.” Description of
Cryptopus nitens.

Harris, Thaddeus W. (A. M. S.)

“Specimens of Nomadse in the Collection of T. W. H. lent
to Professor Haldeman to be described. ’ ’ A list.

Mar., 1938]

Weiss: Haldeman

47

Hentz, Nicholas M. (A. L. S.) Florence, Ala., August 22, 1842.

Mentions a collection of insects being shipped by a boat
that will carry it to the mouth of the Tennessee. From there
it will be forwarded to Pittsburgh and then to Philadelphia
where it is directed to Messrs. Rich’d Paxson & Sons who will
deliver it. Camphor was placed in every drawer. Every
pin was secured. Every insect was washed three times in a
mixture which Hentz had mentioned in a previous letter.
Paper was pasted over every joint and crack. The case was
enclosed in a water-tight box.

Lea, Isaac (A. L. S.) (Philadelphia) May 7, 1860.

Thanks Haldeman for a tracing made from a Rafinesque
manuscript and for a reference. Mentions Say, Rafinesque,
Binney, and scientific matters.

LeConte, John E. (A. L. S.) New York, November 29, 1858.

As for news about Haldeman and other entomologists.
Mentions his son John, in California, and his several hundred
new species, also the fact that John had found all Eschscholz’s
species except three. Asks if Academy had received any in-
sects from John Bell. John E. LeConte was a coleopterist and
the father of John L. LeConte.

LeConte, John L. (A. L. S.) Philadelphia, Feb. 18, 1857.

Inquires about Haldeman, also of Horace. Mentions a
trip south which his father expects to take and hopes that he
can pay Haldeman a visit before spring. Requests that
Haldeman have forwarded a letter addressed to John LeConte
presumably in the Columbia Post Office.

Melsheimer, F. E. (A. L. S.) Dover, York County, April 8,
1853.

Acknowledges letter from Haldeman. Speaks of having
been ill during the winter of 1852 and during much of the
previous summer and autumn. This illness kept him away
from entomological matters, etc. States that he has not been
in York since Dr. LeConte left insects in care of Mr. Ziegler,
etc. Ends with 4 ‘ God bless you. ’ ’

Morris, John G. (A. L. S.) Philadelphia, May 10, no year.

Morris mentions his visit to New York. Expects to see
Haldeman next week. Asks him to prepare a letter to
Morton, the librarian of the Academy.

48

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Motschulsky, Victor I. (A. L. S.) St. Petersburg, May 28,
1859.

In French.

Osten-Sacken, Baron R. (A. L. S.) Washington, Oct. 24,
(1856?).

Asks if Haldeman had received a previous letter relative
to Neuroptera desired by Dr. Hagen.

Rafinesque, C. S. (A. M. S.).

‘ 1 On a new Salamander and a new Stellio from Kentucky, ’ ’
discovered in 1823. Second page contains a poem that
appears to be in Rafinesque ’s handwriting.

Say, Lucy (A. L. S.) New Harmony, Apr. 13, 1840.

Relates to shells.

Schaum, Herman R. (A. L. S.) New Orleans, April 3, 1848.

In German.

Silliman, Jr. B. (A. L. S.) Louisville, Ky., February 23, 1854.

Refers to a manuscript on the numerals of the Waco In-
dians sent to Haldeman by Silliman.

Sturm, J. H. C. (A. N. S.)

Inscription on a pamphlet about beetles, Niirnberg, Dec. 10,
1861.

Tryon, George W., Jr. (A. L. S.) Philadelphia, Oct. 31, 1863.

Relates to shells. Wants photograph of Haldeman in ex-
change for his own which is enclosed. Written on a letter-
head of Tryon & Brother, “Wholesale Gun Dealers,” of
Philadelphia.

Vaux, William S. (A. L. S.) Philadelphia, March 27, 1868.

Refers to express package containing parts of Journal, new
series.

Ziegler, Daniel (A. L. S.) York, Pa., Oct. 13, 1848.

Describes Cryptoceph. venustus and C. ornatus.

Original paintings for plates 6, 9, 12, 15, 26, 32, 33, 35 and 36,
for Say’s “Entomology,” by Peale, LeSueur, Wood, and
Bridport, with uncolored proofs of 26, 32, 33, 35 and 36.

Thirteen drawings by Joseph Leidy, one by W. W. Wood, and
twenty-three by unnamed artists, principally of insects.

Thirty original paintings by Helen E. Lawson for Haldeman ’s
“Monograph of Limniades,” etc. Two title-pages for this
work and proof of one engraving. jj g Weiss

Mar., 1938]

Abbott: Creophilus

49

THE DEVELOPMENT AND GENERAL BIOLOGY OF
CREOPHILUS VILLOSUS GRAV.

By Cyril E. Abbott
Chicago, Illinois

As the largest and most conspicuous of our native Staphylinidae,
Creophilus villosus Grav. is of unusual interest. This paper pro-
poses to discuss the results of observations on the development,
general biology, and certain aspects of anatomy; a summary of
work carried on for several years past.

General Habits

Adult specimens of the beetle are generally found on or about
the carcasses of animals lying in the open country. Although
they may also be found in wooded regions, the species is pri-
marily one of open fields, where it may occur in great numbers.
Specimens sometimes are attracted from a considerable distance ;
for instance, one flew into the open window of an elevated car in
the heart of Chicago. Although the beetles apparently orient to
decaying material chiefly in flight, they will also emerge from their
subterranean resting-places if a carcass is not too far distant.

Very few adults occur in midsummer. They appear in greatest
numbers in the Chicago region in late May, and again in some-
what lesser numbers in September. The following record of num-
bers at various periods of the summer will indicate this more
clearly :

May 2

12

May 22

35

May 8

18

July 19

5

May 11

19

Aug. 2

5

May 12

34

Aug. 27

1

May 15

24

Oct. 6

11

Unfortunately I have no exact records for September, but the
number for October given above indicates a decline due to the
coming of cold weather. It should also be remembered that these
records are not of a few observations during one season, but merely
samples of what has been observed over a period of years.

50

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

Creophilus feeds on fly maggots and other insects found on and
about decaying matter. This has been proved not only by labo-
ratory experiments but by observations in the field. When
pressed, the adults will often attack decaying meat, but the larvas
never have been observed doing so. Both larvae and adults are
highly predatory ; of some thirty larvae, kept in a large container
of earth, only five escaped being eaten and so reached maturity.
When placed together in a small container, both adults and larvae
“snap” vigorously at one another in a manner which is almost
repulsive to the onlooker.

Both larvae and adults feign death, when touched or suddenly
exposed, by flexing the abdomen ventrally until the body forms
a ring. This condition never lasts more than a few seconds, nor
can it, like that of some insects, be readily reinduced.

Mating usually occurs with the copulatory organs alone in con-
tact, so that the insects lie with their heads pointed in opposite
directions. Sometimes the stronger of the pair drags the protest-
ing mate over the ground as it runs. Mating may last at least an
hour, although external factors easily disrupt the union.

Description of Stages

Egg: Length, 2. 0-3.0 mm.; width, 1. 5-2.0 mm.; ovoid, symmet-
rical, nearly prolate; opaque, white to cream; thin-shelled; col-
lapsing when preserved. (Fig. 1.)

Larva: When newly emerged the larva is from 5. 5-6.0 mm. in
length, with the greatest width 1.2-1. 5 mm. Prior to pupation it
reaches a length of 25.0-30.0 mm., with a width of from 5.0 to 7.0
mm. The head of the larva, like that of the adult, is circular and
compressed ; the eyes consisting of four simple ocelli on either side
of the head (Fig. 6) ; the antennas, placed far forward, almost
between the jaws, are 3-segmented and about 2.0 mm. long.
Dorsally the prothorax is broad, sclerotized, and dark ; the sternal
plate is triangular, with the apex caudad, and covers only the
anterior half of the prothorax. The mesothorax and metathorax
are essentially similar. Dorsally each is supplied with a pair of
dark, sclerous plates; bilaterally arranged, and separated by a
space about .01 mm. in width. There is no ventral sclerotization.
All the abdominal segments, excepting the terminal one, are simi-

Mar., 1938]

Abbott: Creophilus

51

lar. Each has, like the thoracic segments jnst described, two
dorsal plates, separated by a space of about .05 mm. ; two bilater-
ally arranged, hexagonal, ventral plates; two epipleural plates,
on either side of the segment, the larger anterior and elongated,
the smaller posterior and circular; and on either side one sub-
pleural, elongated plate. All these plates are dull brown and
sparsely set with short hairs. The intervening spaces appear
white from subcuticular fat. The terminal abdominal segment
differs from the others in being heavily sclerotized throughout, as
well as dark and hirsute; the cerci, which are attached dorsally
and project dorso-caudally, are 3.0 mm. in length, sclerotized and
hirsute ; they are 3-segmented, the 2nd segment being considerably
shorter than the other two. Ventrally the terminal abdominal
segment forms a tubular prolongation (2.0 mm.) through which
the anus opens. (See Fig. 5, and the student drawing, Fig. 6.)

The legs of the larva are all similar. The subcoxa is reduced
and apparently double; the coxa large, elongated, and broad at
the base ; the trochanter prominent and sclerous ; the femur mod-
erately long and enlarged distally; the tibia narrow and about
the same length as the femur (1.0 mm.), the tarsus a mere spike
(0.5 mm.). All parts of the leg are set with spines, those on the
femur being arranged in two ordered rows. (These are not shown
in Fig. 8.)

The mesothoracic spiracle is conspicuously large; the meta-
thoracic located between the 2nd and 3rd pairs of legs, very small.
The abdominal spiracles are moderately conspicuous, but decrease
regularly in size as the termination of the abdomen is approached.
They are all sclerous and dark.

Pupa: Length, 15.0 mm.; greatest width, 5.0 mm.; translucent
brown when newly formed, gradually becoming black. The legs,
posterior wings, and jaws are folded against the sternum; the
antennce cross the bases of the jaws just under the eyes to fold
back, the distal ends directed caudad. The elytra are folded close
to the body over the wings, with their distal ends directed caudo-
ventrally, but not completely covering the wings; in fact not
reaching beyond the pleura. The abdominal spiracles are dorsal,
elevated, and conspicuous. The eyes are somewhat darker than
the rest of the body. A conspicuous, narrow, transverse ridge,

52

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

nearly black, and set with a single row of hairs evenly spaced,
traverses the anterior part of the pronotum. (Figs. 3 and 4.)

Adult: The adult is too well known to require description.
When newly emerged it is very glossy. (Fig. 2.)

Developmental Behavior

The duration of incubation is about 48 hours. An average taken
from twenty-two specimens places the larval stage in summer at
about 23 days. The average duration of the pupal stage is 12 days.
This makes the total duration of development approximately
37 days.

Although eggs may be deposited upon the surface of the ground,
it is more usual to find them from 1-5 cm. below the surface. I
have not seen larvae emerge from eggs, but those emerging from
molt are nearly white. It requires about 3 hours for the larva to
reach full coloration after ecdysis. The number of instars is
not known.

Larvae normally remain pretty much below the surface of the
soil. When about to pupate the larva shortens, thickens, and
remains partially flexed ventrally. It may remain in this con-
dition 2 or 3 days before the final transformation to pupa. The
nature of the soil permitting, the insect forms an oval cavity in
which the pupa lies. This is probably produced by movements
of the larva prior to pupation.

I wish to extend a word of thanks to my pupil, Wm. Gedzun,
for permission to use the drawing constituting Fig. 7.

PLATE I

Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Figure 6.

Figure 7.
Figure 8.

CreopJiilus villosus, eggs.

C. villosus , adult.

C. villosus, ventral aspect of pupa.

C. villosus, lateral aspect of pupa.

C. villosus, larva.

C. villosus, sketch of larval head, left lateral aspect, showing
the ocelli.

C. villosus. Student sketch, left lateral aspect, of larva.

C. villosus. Larval leg. The parts indicated are: S, subcoxa;
C, coxa; Tr, trochanter; F, femur; Tb, tibia; Ta, tarsus.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), VOL. XLYI

(Plate I)

CREOPHILUS VILLOSUS

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

55

STUDIES IN AMERICAN SPIDERS: MISCELLANEOUS
GENERA OF ERIGONEZE, PART II

By S. C. Bishop and C. R. Crosby

We take this opportunity to express our thanks to the author-
ities of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, especially to Pro-
fessor Nathan Banks and to Miss Elizabeth B. Bryant, for the
privilege of studying the types of the species described by Emer-
ton, Banks and Chamberlin. We have always received a cordial
welcome at the Museum and have been given every facility for
carefully studying the specimens and for making drawings of
unique types. Without this cooperation it would have been
impossible to prepare this series of revisions of the Erigoneae.

SCOTINOTYLUS Simon
Ar. Fr. 5 : 501. 1884

Type : Erigone antennata Cambridge.

The embolic division has a spirally coiled tail-piece and a very
long slender coiled embolus. The tibia of the male palpus is
armed with two enlarged spines. Scotinotylus is related to Spirem-
bolus, Tortembolus and Cochlembolus.

A single specimen of the type species has been collected in
America, near snow on Mt. Rainier, Washington.

Scotinotylus antennatus Cambridge
(Figures 1-3)

Erigone antennata Cambridge, Zool. Soc. Lond. Proc. 1875, p. 197,
pi. 27, f . 7.

Erigone aries Kulczynski, Pam. Akad. Krakow. 8 : 17, pi. 2, f . 11.
1882.

Scotynotylus antennatus Simon, Ar. Fr. 5 : 502, f. 287-290. 1884.

Scotynotylus antennatus Calloni, Fauna nivale, p. 134, 264, 265.
1889.

Scotynotylus aries Chyzer & Kulczynski, Ar. Hung. 2 : 95. 1894.
Scotynotylus antennatus Kulczynski, Bui. Intern. Acac. Sci. Cra-
covie, 1905, p. 552.

56

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

Scotynotylus antennatus de Lessert, Cat. Ar. Suisse, p. 169. 1910.

Scotynotylus antennatus Simon, Ar. Fr. 6 : 373, f. 665. 1926.

Male. Length, 1.5 mm. Cephalothorax dull orange yellow,
lightly suffused with dusky, darker along the margin; viewed
from above, rather broad, the sides rounded on the posterior half,
converging in front, broadly rounded across the front; viewed
from the side steeply ascending behind, then more gradually to
back of the head, rounded over the back of the head to the posterior
median eyes ; top of head nearly level. Clypeus very wide, slightly
concave just below the eyes and then convex and somewhat pro-
truding. Sternum nearly black over yellow, convex, smooth and
shining, posterior coxge separated by almost the diameter. Endites
pale orange yellow lightly suffused with dusky. Legs light orange
yellow. Abdomen gray.

Posterior eyes in a recurved line, the median separated by a
little more than the diameter and from the lateral by three times
the radius. Anterior eyes in a slightly procurved line, the median
smaller than the lateral, separated by two-thirds the diameter and
from the lateral by twice the diameter. On each side just back
of the anterior median eye there is a long, stout, blunt spine
directed forward.

Femur of palpus rather stout, compressed, curved inward.
Patella long, curved downward, thicker distally. Katio of length
of femur to that of patella as 20 to 16. Tibia very short ventrally,
dorsally elevated and produced forward into a pointed process
which in dorsal view is broadly rounded on the mesal side, exca-
vated laterally, armed with a stiff spine at the edge of the excava-
tion ; in side view the tip of this process appears strongly incurved.
The tibia is armed at base, dorsolaterally with a very long, stout,
spine. Cymbium dorsally angulate at base, truncate at tip, with
a broad, deep groove near the lateral margin. Paracymbium thin,
lying nearly in one plane, bent at a right angle, broader beyond
the bend, rounded at tip with a shallow, rounded notch. Bezel
narrow and high. Tail-piece of the embolic division broad and
spirally curved, the tip rounded with a rounded projection next
to the cymbium. The tail-piece gives rise directly to a very long,
slender, style-like embolus which after making one turn inside the
bulb emerges on the mesal side of the bezel and then makes a

Mae., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

57

larger, flat turn around the end of the bulb, the very fine tip lying
behind the bezel. The median apophysis appears as a finger-like
process lying between the inner and outer turns of the embolus.
Type locality : Col des Ayes, Casset, France.

Washington : Mt. Rainier, Paradise Camp, near snow, Aug. 22,
1927. 1

Compared with a specimen from France, determined by Simon.

SISICOTTUS new genus
Type : Tmeticus montanus Emerton

In this genus the tibia of the male palpus is armed with a dorsomesal
process of only moderate length. The embolic division has a bulb-like tail-
piece from which there arises a style-like embolus which lies in an open coil
of one turn on the end of the bulb.

Key to Species, Males

Dorsomesal process of the tibia long, as in figures 5 and 6 montanus Em.

Dorsomesal process shorter, as in figures 9 and 10 montigenus n. sp.

Sisicottus montanus Emerton
(Figures 4-8)

Tmeticus montanus Emerton, Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 6 : 55, pi.
16, fig. 3. 1882.

Erigone collina Marx, U. S. Mus. Proc. 12 : 533, 538, 593. 1890.

( Edothorax montanus Crosby, Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc. 1905,
p. 312.

Grammonota orites Chamberlin, Ent. Soc. Am. An. 12 : 249, pi. 17,
figs. 7-8. 1919.

Gongylidium montanus Emerton, Royal Can. Inst. Trans. 12 : 315.
1919.

(Edothorax nesides Chamberlin, N. Y. Ent. Soc. Jour. 29 : 36, pi.
3, f. 1. 1921.

( Edothorax pidacitis Crosby and Bishop, N. Y. Ent. Soc. Jour. 35,
p. 151, pi. 16, f. 17-18. 1927.

t Edothorax orites Chamberlin and Ivie, Univ. Utah Bui. 23 (4) :
22, pi. 5, fig. 48. 1933.

Male. Length, 1.7 mm. Cephalothorax dark dusky orange,
darker at the margin ; viewed from above evenly rounded on the
sides, only slightly convergent towards the front, bluntly rounded
across the front ; viewed from the side, steeper behind but rounded
to the posterior eyes. Clypeus slightly convex and protruding.

58

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Sternum dusky orange, nearly black, rather broad, rounded on
the sides behind, bluntly produced between the posterior coxae
which are separated by less than the diameter. Endites orange
yellow. Legs and palpi bright orange yellow. Abdomen dark
greenish gray, almost black. Posterior eyes in a slightly pro-
curved line, equal, the median usually separated by less than the
diameter and a little closer to the lateral but in some specimens
they are separated by the diameter. Anterior eyes in a straight
line, the median smaller than the lateral, separated by less than
the radius, a little closer to the lateral. Clypeus as wide as median
ocular area.

Femur of palpus long, slender, and quite strongly curved.
Patella short and strongly arched over the back. Katio of length
of femur to that of patella as 20 to 6. Tibia short and deeply
excavated, the dorsolateral angle deeply and broadly emarginate
with a very short, broad lobe in the middle of the excavation ; the
excavation bounded on the dorsal side by a broad triangular
process tipped with a short black tooth directed laterally, and
bounded laterally with a broad, triangular, round-pointed tooth.
The paracymbium consists of two parts; a thick, rounded basal
part and a slender, strongly hooked terminal part. The embolic
division has a large pear-shaped tail-piece which connects directly
with the base of the embolus, the latter stout and black and lying
back under the cymbium. The terminal, whip-like part of the
embolus arises deep back in the alveolus and curves around to
emerge from the edge of the cymbium on the lateral side some
distance from the tip. It is protected by a conspicuous pointed
conductor. The median apophysis appears as a sharp, black
tooth lying within the curve of the embolus.

Female. Length, 1.7 mm. Similar to the male in form and
color. Epigynum convex, broader behind, with a broad emargi-
nation which is convexly rounded on the sides and square across
the middle. In this notch the middle lobe can be seen as a short,
transverse, inverted T-shaped plate. The curved inner margins
of the lateral lobe diverging in front can be seen through the
integument.

Type locality : Mt. Washington, N. H.

This species varies somewhat in different parts of its range and

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

59

has received several names. Emerton described montanus from
Mt. Washington, New Hampshire. In 1921 Chamberlin de-
scribed nesides from St. Paul Island, Alaska. The type of nesides
in the Museum of Comparative Zoology has lost all but the front
right leg. The abdomen is loose and shriveled. The palpi are
practically the same as in typical montanus; the posterior eyes
are separated by about the diameter of an eye and the relative
width of the eye-group is greater. In 1919 Chamberlin described
orites from the mountains of Utah. A comparison of types shows
that orites is identical with montanus. In 1927 we described
pidacitis from Pingree Park, Colorado. This form of montanus
is a little larger and usually somewhat paler than typical speci-
mens from the east. The genital bulb is the same. The tibia of
the male palpus of the two forms are shown together in Figs. 5
and 6. We at first thought we might be able to distinguish these
forms by the distance between the posterior median eyes but have
decided that this character cannot be depended upon. We first
separated our male specimens into two lots, placing in pidacitis
the larger paler forms with the tibia of the type shown in Fig. 5 ;
in montanus we placed the smaller, darker forms with the tibia
as in Fig. 6. We then measured the distance between the posterior
eyes with the results shown in the tabulation on the following page.

For the present at least it seems best to consider these forms
merely as races of montanus. On the mountains of New England
and New York only typical montanus is to be found. In the
Western States both forms may occur in the same localities.

Quebec: lie d’Alma, Lac St- Jean, July 28, 1934, 3 J'; Bagot-
ville, July 26, 1934, 6

Maine: Presque Isle, Aug. 26, 1925, 3 J' 16 2; Long Island,
April 27, 1906, 1 (Bryant).

New Hampshire: Franconia, 1 J1 (Banks).

New York: Uphill Brook and Opalescent River, Essex Co.;
July 1918, 2 7 ? ; High Falls, Essex Co., Aug. 23, 1921, 1^1?;

Mt. MacIntyre, Essex Co., July 1, 1923, 5 12; July 24, 1925,

2 J'; Mt. Whiteface, Essex Co., Aug. 24, 1916, 27^ 14 2; Sept. 13,
1931, 8 J1 7 2 (Hammer) ; Aug. 25, 1921, 2 ^2}; Lake Tear,
Mt. Marcy, Essex Co., Sept. 4, 1922, 8^ 4 2; Artist’s Brook,
Chapel Pond, Essex Co., Aug. 24, 1930, 2rf; Sept. 7, 1931, 3

60

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlyi

2 5 ; June 11, 1933, 6 ; Oct. 20, 1934, 3 3 5 ; Avalanche Lake,

July 24, 1925, 2 J'.

Vermont : Mt. Mansfield, June 4, 1927, 3 <$ ; July 5, 1935, 7^7 5-
Wyoming: Grand Canyon, Yellowstone Park, Ang. 30, 1927,
1 ; Sylvan Pass, Aug. 31, 1927, 1 J1.

Washington: Seattle, Spring, 1932, 3 J1 (Exline).

Alberta : Sulfur Mt., Banff, Aug. 2, 1927, 1
British Columbia: Metlakatla, several J' J (Emerton) ; Yoho
Glacier, Aug. 5, 1914, many J (Emerton).

Number of specimens
posterior median eyes
separated :

By the By less than

diameter the diameter

pidacitis

Mt. Bainier Hi. 1 1

Sylvan Pass, Yellowstone Park 1

Grand Canyon, Yellowstone Park 2

Yoho Glacier, B. C 1

Metlakatla, B. C 1

montanus

Presque Isle, Me 2

Mt. Mansfield, Yt. 3

High Falls, N. Y 2

Avalanche Lake, N. Y. ..„ 2

Chapel Pond, N. Y 1 4

Mt. Whiteface, N. Y 1 12

Uphill Brook & Opalescent B., N. Y. 1

Mt. MacIntyre, N. Y 3 4

Banff, Alta 1

Grand Canyon, Yellowstone Park 1

This species has also been recorded by Emerton from Labrador :
Battle Harbor; Quebec: Lake Megantic; Maniwaki; Ontario:
Minaki; British Columbia: Laggan; Jasper; Saskatchewan:
Prince Albert.

Sisicottus montigenus new species
(Figures 9-11)

Male. Length 1.5 mm. Cephalothorax dark gray over yellowish, evenly
rounded on the sides, narrowed towards the front, broadly rounded across

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

61

the front; viewed from the side rather steeply ascending behind to the
cervical groove, than more gently ascending to the back of the head and
then evenly and gently rounded over to the posterior median eyes. Clypeus
nearly straight and slightly protruding. Sternum and labium dark gray over
yellow. Endites somewhat lighter. Legs and palpi orange yellow. Abdo-
men gray.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, the median separated by the diameter
and a little nearer to the lateral. In another specimen taken with the type
the posterior eyes are separated by less than the diameter. Anterior eyes
in a slightly procurved line, the median smaller than the lateral, separated by
the radius and from the lateral by a little more.

Femur of palpus slightly curved inward, a little wider distally. Patella short.
Ratio of length of femur to that of patella as 19 to 6. Tibia longer than
patella, widened distally, the dorsal margin on the mesal half evenly rounded,
the dorsolateral margin with a broad, shallow excavation bounded mesally
with a short black tooth. The paracymbium armed at base with a row of
three short stiff hairs ; on the ventral side of the palpus greatly enlarged and
reaching the opposite edge of the cymbium, the tip relatively slender with a
shallow notch before tip. The embolic division has a large pear-shaped tail-
piece which connects directly with the base of the embolus, the latter stout
and black and lying back under the cymbium. The embolus is a black style
that arises deep back in the alveolus and curves around to emerge from the
edge of the cymbium on the lateral side some distance from the tip. The
genital bulb is closely similar to that of montanus.

In the specimens from Mt. MacIntyre there is some variation in the size of
the tooth on the tibia of the male palpus and in the number and size of the
hairs on the base of the paracymbium. See figures 9 and 10.

Female. Similar to the male in form and color. Posterior eyes equal,
in a slightly procurved line, the median separated by three-fourths the
diameter, a little closer to the lateral. Anterior eyes in a very slightly pro-
curved line, the median distinctly smaller than the lateral, separated by two-
thirds the diameter and from the lateral by a little more. The epigynum is
distinctly protuberant, the median fovea squarish, rounded in front, the
lateral walls convex mesally. A median septum slightly widened anteriorly
faintly indicated.

Holotype, J1, allotype 2, Mt. Mitchell, N. C., Oct. 12, 1923. 1

and 3 2 paratypes from the same locality.

New York : Mt. MacIntyre, Sept. 4, 1927, 2 g ; July 1, 1923, 1 ;

Lake Tear, Mt. Marcy, Sept. 4, 1922, 1

SISICUS new genus

Type : Sisicus penifusiferus n. sp.

In this genus the tibia of the male palpus is broadly produced into a
rounded lobe. The tail-piece of the embolic division is broad, flat, rounded ;

62

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

the embolus is long, slender and coiled into a spiral along with the extra-
ordinarily elongate median apophysis.

Sisicus penifusiferus new species
(Figures 12-13)

Male. Length, 1 mm. Cephalothorax yellow lightly suffused with dusky,
darker at margin and in a small patch at the cervical groove; viewed from
above, noticeably broad, evenly rounded on the sides without any constric-
tion at the cervical groove, broadly rounded across the front; viewed from
the side, evenly and steeply ascending in a straight line to the cervical
groove, then evenly and broadly rounded over to the posterior median eyes.
Clypeus nearly straight and slightly protruding. Sternum gray over dull
yellow, broad, convex; labium gray; endites yellow, lighter distally. Legs
pale yellow. Abdomen dark gray.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, the median separated by the
diameter and a little farther from the lateral. Anterior eyes in a straight
line, the median smaller than the lateral, separated by a little less than the
radius and from the lateral by the diameter.

Femur of palpus moderately long, slightly curved, slightly widened dis-
tally. Patella short and broad. Ratio of length of femur to that of patella
as 15 to 6. Tibia obconic with the mesodorsal angle produced into a broad,
thin, rounded lobe. Paracymbium at point of attachment square and thick-
ened. It then narrows gradually to the beginning of the curve, this basal
part provided with a sharp longitudinal keel, branched at base; the curved
part of the paracymbium very slender, the tip widened. The tail-piece of the
embolic division quadrate, with a rounded excavation distally, the lateral angle
bluntly angulate. The tail-piece gives rise to a long, moderately slender,
style-like embolus which is coiled around a grooved spool, the tip lying in a
pointed projection on the end of the spool. This spool seems to represent the
median apophysis; it is, however, a separate sclerite being articulated with
the tegulum by means of an elongate, thin, flat, process. The spool proper
is black and is spirally grooved for the reception of the embolus. It is armed
at base, ventrolaterally, with a long, slender, curved tooth.

Female. Length, 1 mm. Similar to the male but lighter. The epigynum
is nearly circular and is largely occupied by an immense cavity, divided in
front by a double median line indicating the position of the ducts; the
anterior half of the rim is narrowly chitinized; a broader band borders the
cavity on the sides, behind, and in the middle there is an erect rounded lobe.

Holotype, male, Avalanche Lake, N. Y., July 24, 1925 ; allotype,
female, Arnprior, Ontario, April, 1934.

New York: Lake Pleasant, April 27, 1924, 1 J'; Peru, Oct. 22,
1934, 1

Maine : Molunkus Pond, Aug. 25, 1925, 1 <$.

Ontario: Arnprior, April, 1934, 4<^ 3 J (C. Macnamara).

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

63

SCOLOPEMBOLUS new genus
Type: Arceoncus littoralis Emerton.

In this genus the tibial armature of the male palpus consists of two
processes of moderate length. The tail-piece of the embolic division is long,
slender, undulating and gives rise directly to a pointed embolus.

Key to Species, Males

Dorsal process of tibia pointed melacrus Chamb.

Dorsal process of tibia broader and rounded littoralis Em.

Scolopembolus littoralis Emerton
(Figures 14^15)

Arceoncus littoralis Emerton. Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 18 : 214,

pi. 1, fig. 6, 1913.

Male. Length, 1.5 mm. Cephalothorax chestnut brown, head
lighter ; viewed from above, evenly rounded on the sides without
a constriction at the cervical groove, broadly rounded across the
front ; viewed from the side, evenly and gently rounded over from
the posterior margin to the posterior median eyes. Clypeus broad,
gently convex and slightly protruding, clothed with a few erect
hairs. Sternum orange, strongly suffused with dusky, darker at
the margin. Endites dull orange, lighter distally. Legs orange
yellow. Abdomen dark gray.

Posterior eyes in a slightly procurved line, equal, the median
separated by the diameter and from the. lateral by nearly twice
the diameter. Anterior eyes in a procurved line, the median
smaller than the lateral, separated by less than the radius and
from the lateral by twice the diameter.

Tibia obconic, with a smooth rounded notch in the dorsal mar-
gin, mesal angle broadly rounded, the dorsolateral angle pro-
duced into a short rounded tooth. Tegulum strongly developed,
protuberant ventrally. Tail-piece of the embolic division thin,
extending beyond the edge of the tegulum. The embolus is a
short black tooth arising from the base of the tail-piece.

Type locality : Lyme, Conn.

Described from the type, 1 J1, Oct. 8, 1911. In wet hay on edge
of marsh.

64

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Scolopembolus melacrus Chamberlin
(Figures 16-17)

C Edothorax melacra Chamberlin. Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull. 60 :
236, pi. 17, f. 6, 7. 1916.

Male. Length, 2 mm. Cephalothorax yellowish orange with
a faint tinge of reddish, narrowly margined with gray; viewed
from above broadly rounded on the side, slightly constricted at
the cervical groove, broadly rounded across the front; viewed
from the side, gradually ascending to the posterior median eyes,
gently rounded over the head. Clypeus straight and slightly
protruding. Sternum dark gray over yellow, strongly convex,
produced between the posterior coxae which are separated by less
than the diameter. Endites pale orange-yellow, chelicerae with
a tooth on face. Legs long and slender, pale yellow. Abdomen
pale in front, blackish posteriorly.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, the median separated
by three-fourths the diameter and from the lateral by the radius.
Anterior eyes in a very slightly recurved line, the median smaller
than the lateral, separated by half the radius and from the lateral
by the same distance.

Femur of palpus gently curved inward and downward. Ratio
of length of femur to that of patella as 26 to 10. Tibia narrow
at base, gradually widened distally, the dorsal margin thin and
smooth, evenly rounded on the mesal corner, strongly concave at
the base of the dorsolateral process. The latter rather broad,
ending in two points, the upper one black, triangular ; the lower
one has the tip bent abruptly downward to form a blunt tooth.
Paracymbium large, strongly curved ; the flattened outer part has
the mesal angle square, the tip tongue-like, without notch. Tail-
piece of embolic division long extending beyond the edge of tegu-
lum to the edge of the cymbium, the tip broad and rounded, con-
stricted from the broader basal part. The embolus, borne on the
mesal angle of the tail-piece, is a rather stout, gently curved style
which lies in a channel in the median apophysis.

Type locality. Cuzco, Peru.

California: Ocean Beach, Ingleside, Nov. 29, 1919, 1 J' (H.
Dietrich).

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

65

Washington: Seattle, Oct. 28, 1932, 1 ^ (Exline).

We compared the California specimen with the type in M.C.Z.
and found that they are undoubtedly identical except that the
type is considerably larger and more maturely colored.

Female. Very similar to the male from Peru. The epigynum
has a nearly quadrate middle lobe, greatly narrowed in front
where it separates two large, nearly circular openings. The
receptacles are small and show through the integument close to
the lateral edges of the openings.

TRiEMATOSISIS new genus

Type : Arceoncus bispinosus Emerton.

This genus is very close to Sisis but the male is provided with cephalic pits.
The patella of the male palpus is long and swollen. The tibia is provided
with a very long slender process.

Traematosisis bispinosus Emerton
(Figures 18-21)

Arceoncus bispinosus Emerton. Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 16 : 389,
pi. 1, fig. 7. 1911.

Male. Length, 1.4 mm. Cephalo thorax dull brownish with
darker radiating lines ; viewed from above broad, rounded on the
sides, rapidly narrowing forward, truncate in front, the eyes
borne on a narrow lobe. Cephalothorax viewed from the side,
gently arched behind to the base of the cephalic lobe, then strongly
elevated and arched over the back of the head to the posterior
median eyes; the median ocular area straight, slanting slightly
forward. Cephalic pits very small, circular, lying close behind
the posterior lateral eyes in a shallow groove. Clypeus concave
below the eyes, then convex and slightly protruding. Sternum
dark brown, broad, the posterior coxae widely separated. Endites
dull orange yellow mottled with dusky. Legs yellowish. Ab-
domen dark gray.

Posterior eyes when viewed from directly above slightly pro-
curved, nearly straight. Anterior eyes in a gently procurved
line, the median smaller than the lateral, separated by the radius
and a little farther from the lateral. The posterior median eyes
are borne on the top of the cephalic lobe.

Femur of palpus relatively short, nearly straight. Patella

66

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

straight, stouter than femur. Ratio of length of femur to that
of patella as 17 to 13. Tibia swollen and enlarged dorso-mesally ;
the dorsal margin depressed and thin, armed with a very long,
slender process that lies close to the back of the cymbium. Back
of the depressed area there is a diagonal ridge, highest at the
mesal end and armed mesally with a row of four evenly spaced
stiff hairs. On the right palpus there is only one tibial process
but on the left one there is another shorter curved one just back
of the base of the long one. Paracymbium small, thin, strongly
curved. Tail-piece of the embolic division slender in the basal
part ; the tip, which lies over the edge of the cymbium is sharply
angulate and hooked back with the apex acute. The embolus is
a long slender style, double basally, which first makes one large
turn and then ends in a much smaller coil.

In the form of the embolic division and the armature of the
tibia of the male palpus the species approaches Spirembolus.

Female. Length, 1.4 mm. Similar to male but the head is
less elevated. The epigynum has the lateral lobes nearly meeting
in the middle with the inner margin semicircularly rounded, leav-
ing the middle lobe hour-glass-shaped. Female described from
specimens from Oswego County, N. Y.

Type locality : Springfield, Mass.

Redescribed from the type, 1 J1, Sept. 20, 1909.

New York: Mud Pond, Oswego, Oct. 15, 1935, 1 J* 4§. Sifted
from moss in a bog.

SISIS new genus

Type : Lophocarenum rotundum Emerton.

In this genus the tail-piece of the embolic division is long and slender ; the
embolus is very long, arises from the base of the tail-piece in the interior of
the bulb and lies in a flat coil on the ventrolateral face of the bulb. The
tibia is armed with a rather long process.

Sisis rotundus Emerton
(Figures 22-24)

Lophocarenum rotundum Emerton. Can. Ent. 57 : 67, fig. 3.
1925.

Male. Length 1.8 mm. Cephalothorax chestnut brown with
faintly developed darker radiating lines and darker margin.

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

67

Viewed from above, noticeably broad, the sides evenly rounded
without any constriction at the cervical groove, strongly converg-
ing to the bluntly rounded front. Anterior eyes in profile.
Cephalothorax viewed from the side steeply ascending behind
and then very gradually ascending in an almost straight line to
the posterior median eyes ; the median ocular area slanting sharply
forward; clypeus nearly straight and slightly retreating. Ster-
num reddish-brown strongly suffused with dusky, darker at the
margin, broad, convex, smooth and shining. Labium brown;
endites orange yellow suffused with dusky, lighter distally. Legs
and palpi orange ; the patellae lighter, the coxae below with a nar-
row band of black at tip. Abdomen dark greenish gray.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal and equidistant, sepa-
rated by the diameter. Anterior eyes in an almost straight line,
median only slightly smaller than the lateral, separated by the
radius and from the lateral by nearly the diameter.

Femur of palpus long, slender, curved inward, only slightly
widened distally. Patella moderately long, curved downward.
Ratio of length of femur to that of patella as 11 to 6. Tibia
produced into a long apophysis which arises on the mesodorsal
angle and curves laterally over the base of the cymbium ; the tip
is bluntly rounded with the edge minutely dentate. Laterally
from the apophysis there is a deep rounded emargination ; the
dorsolateral angle produced into a blunt tooth. Paracymbium
very broad at base, stout and strongly curved. The tail-piece of
the embolic division long, slender, and pointed at the tip, which
extends beyond the edge of the cymbium. The terminal part of
the tail-piece consists of two layers or leaves attached at one side
like a partly opened book. The embolus arises directly from the
tail-piece in the interior of the bulb ; it is a very long, slender style
and makes one large flat turn on the ventrolateral side of the bulb.

Female. Length, 1.9 mm. Similar to male in form but
stouter. Cephalothorax dull yellow suffused with dusky, legs
somewhat lighter than in the male. Posterior eyes in a straight
line, the median a little larger than the lateral, separated by the
radius and from the lateral by a little more. Anterior eyes in a
slightly procurved line ; the median small, round, the lateral elon-

68

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

gate oval ; the median separated by less than the radius and from
the lateral by the radius.

The epigynnm has the median fovea long and slender, broader
in front than behind and overhung in front by a small pale tri-
angular lobe. On each side of the fovea in front there is a shal-
low furrow which is bounded laterally by a distinct ridge. These
ridges curve inward in front.

Described from the type, a male, in the collection of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Mass. The female speci-
men preserved with the male is apparently not the specimen whose
epigynnm was described by Emerton.

Type locality : Terrace, B. C.

British Columbia: Terrace, 1923, 2 several 5; Mar., 1933,
2 J1 (Mrs. Hippisley).

Labrador : Cabot Lake, 1 (F. W. Waugh) .

Washington : Sol Due Hot Springs, Aug. 12, 1927, 5^45-

Alaska : Admiralty Island, 1933, 6 J1 9 § (Sheppard) .

DICYMBIUM Menge
Preuss. Spinn. p. 193. 1868

Type : Dicymbium clavipes Menge, which equals Neriene tibialis
Blackwall. Designated by Simon (Ar. Fr. 5 : 541. 1884).

That clavipes was considered as the type of Menge is indicated
by the fact that he refers to the figures of this species in the
description of the genus. In 1884 Simon designated tibialis
(clavipes) as the type but in 1894 (Hist. Nat. Ar. 1: 659) he
designated nigrum (gracilipes) . His later action was unjusti-
fied in view of the earlier designation of tibialis.

This genus is distinguished by the form of the cephalothorax,
the form of the tibia of the male palpus and the peculiar develop-
ment of the median apophysis of the genital bulb.

Dicymbium elongatum Emerton
(Figures 25-30)

Lophomma elongatum Emerton. Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 6 : 44,

pi. 10, fig. 2. 1882.

Male. Length, 2 mm. Cephalothorax dark yellowish brown
with darker radiating lines and a dark triangular area in front
of the dorsal furrow. Head yellowish with a double median

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

69

brownish line extending from between the eyes backward.
Cephalothorax viewed from above elongate ovate, evenly rounded
on the sides behind, the sides rounded, convergent to the anterior
median eyes which are borne on a blunt snout far in advance of
the lateral eyes; viewed from the side, ascending rather steeply
behind, then nearly flat along the back to the head, then rounded
upward to the posterior median eyes ; from the posterior median
to the anterior median eyes slanting downward in a straight line.
Clypeus very high, slightly concave and strongly retreating. Top
of the head between the eyes and the median ocular area clothed
with hairs directed forward; just back of the anterior median
eyes the hairs are directed upward and backward. Sternum and
labium dark brown, finely rugose. Sternum produced between
the hind coxae in a truncate inflexed point. Hind coxae separated
by a little more than the diameter. Endites yellow orange, deeply
suffused with gray. Legs and palpi yellow, tinged with orange,
the coxae suffused with gray below. Chelicerae orange yellow,
nearly normal in form, slightly divaricate, the upper margin of
the furrow armed with 3 or 4 long teeth. Abdomen dark gray.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, the median separated by
three times the diameter and from the lateral by l1/^ times the
diameter. Anterior eyes in a recurved line, the median borne on
the tip of a conical projection of the head, separated from each
other by the radius and from the lateral by five times the diameter.

Femur of palpus gradually enlarged distally and curved in-
ward. Patella short, gently convex above. Patio of length of
femur to that of patella as 25 to 11. Tibia short but provided
with an extremely large dorsal apophysis which extends over
three-fourths the length of the cymbium. The basal part is broad,
curved mesally and clothed with hairs, thin and smoothly emargi-
nate mesally, finely dentate at base on the lateral margin and
armed with a broad triangular, nearly transparent tooth just
before the bend. The apical third is bent sharply backward and
outward at an acute angle ; it is thinner, destitute of hairs, gently
curved, and lies close to the cymbium. Paracymbium short, broad
and strongly bent with a deep rounded notch before the tip. Bezel
rather small. The mesal side of tegulum conspicuous, strongly
chitinized and dark in color. The embolic division lies across the

70

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLVI

tip of the bulb. The tail-piece is twisted, its basal part is large
and broad, the tip small and twisted. The embolus is coiled
spirally in two small turns ; at its base there are two processes, a
hyaline spine-like one directed towards the tip of the tarsus and
a short, black, curved one at the base. The median apophysis
extends across the tail-piece as a long, thin, slender, hyaline proc-
ess. On the opposite side, visible only in the expanded bulb, it
bears a stout tooth.

Female. Length 1.6 mm. Similar to the male, but the head
is normal and the cephalothorax relatively broader. Posterior
eyes in a straight line, the median slightly larger than the lat-
eral, equidistant, separated by three-fourths the diameter of the
median. Anterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, the median
smaller than the lateral, separated by the radius and from the
lateral by a little more than the diameter. The epigynum con-
sists of an oval transverse plate divided in the middle by a narrow
fovea entirely occupied by a T-shaped middle lobe.

Type localities : Salem, Boston and Mt. Tom, Mass.

New York: Beaver River Flow, Aug. 8, 1931, 1 Wawbeek,
June 13, 1927, 1 2 5 ; Raquette Falls, Aug. 24, 1922, 1 ; Mc-

Lean, May; Ringwood, Tompkins Co., May 20, 1919, 1 (Diet-
rich) ; Prattsburg, July 16, 1926, 1 ^7 ?; Pinekill, Sullivan Co.,
May 11, 1922, 1 J1.

North Carolina : Summit Mt. Michell, Oct. 22, 1923, 2^4 5-

This species is not related to Lophomma but is very close to the
type of Dicymbium.

SCIRITES new genus

Type : Dicymbius pectinatum Emerton.

This genus is closely related to Scolopembolus having the same type of
embolic division, but the tibia of the male palpus is of a different type, lack-
ing the two teeth present in that genus. The anterior metatarsi are armed
with a row of long curved spines.

Scirites pectinatus Emerton
(Figures 31-34)

Dicymhium pectinatum Emerton, Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 16 : 389,
. pi. 1, f. 8, 1911.

Male. Length, 1 mm. Cephalothorax orange yellow strongly

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

71

suffused with dusky, darker along the radiating lines and along
the margin; viewed from above evenly and broadly rounded on
the sides without any constriction at the cervical groove, broadly
rounded across the front ; viewed from the side, steeply ascending
behind to the cervical groove, then more gently to the posterior
eyes with a slight depression just in front of the cervical groove.
Clypeus slightly convex and slightly protruding. Sternum dark
gray, broad, strongly convex, smooth and shining. Endites and
coxaa yellow suffused with dusky. Legs orange yellow, patella
lighter. Abdomen dark gray, almost black. Metatarsus of first
leg armed dorsomesally with a series of seven long strong, out-
wardly curving spines.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal and equidistant, sepa-
rated by three times the radius. Anterior eyes in a slightly pro-
curved line, the median only slightly smaller than the lateral, sepa-
rated by the radius and from the lateral by the diameter.

Femur of palpus almost straight. Patella distinctly swollen.
Ratio of length of femur to that of patella as 18 to 10. Tibia
narrow at base, long, very obliquely truncate with the tarsus so
inserted that it stands at nearly a right angle to the tibia ; viewed
from above broadly lanceolate, narrow at base, slightly curved
mesally, bluntly rounded at tip, the dorsolateral margin, thin and
incurved, ending laterally in a square point which at certain
angles appears as a tooth. Paracymbium very small and very
strongly curved. Tegulum protuberant ventrally ; the bezel
straight, dark gray to black and with the surface thickly and
minutely denticulate; a few denticles present in the tegulum.
Tail-piece of the embolic division rather long and slender, extend-
ing beyond the edge of the tegulum, broadened basally and then
narrowed to a minute black point, the embolus. The embolus is
protected by a broad, concave, membranous conductor. The
median apophysis appears as a delicate, short, flattened process
behind the embolus.

Female. Length, 1 mm. Similar to male. The epigynum
consists of a convex plate with a rectangular fovea occupied by a
light colored median lobe overhung from in front by a thin plate
rounded behind. The abdomen extends farther forward over the
posterior part of the thorax than usual.

72

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Type locality: Three Mile Island, Lake Winnipesaukee, N. H.

New York : McLean, April 30, 1930, 1 J' ; May 8, 1919, 2^2$;
May 30, 1919, 1 § ; May 6, 1920, 1 J* ; Montank Point, May 24,
1924,2^3?.

SCIRONIS new genus

Type : Tmeticus tarsalis Emerton.

This genus is characterized by the peculiar position occupied by the base
of the embolic division, in the middle of the tegular ring.

Scironis tarsalis Emerton
(Figures 35-37)

Tmeticus tarsalis Emerton. Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 16 : 394, pi.

3, fig. 2, 1911.

Male. Length, 1.5 mm. Cephalothorax dusky yellowish with
darker radiating lines ; viewed from above, evenly rounded on the
sides, gently convergent towards the front, broadly rounded in
front ; viewed from the side, steeply ascending to the dorsal groove,
then gradually rounded to the posterior eyes. Clypeus gently
convex and slightly protruding. Sternum dark greenish gray
with minute light spots, surface minutely pebbled, rather broad,
convex, rounded on the sides convergent behind and produced
in a truncated point between the hind coxae which are separated
by two-thirds of the diameter. Labium dark. Endites dusky
yellow. Legs and palpi dusky orange yellow. Coxae below mot-
tled with grayish, narrowly marginated with gray. No tooth on
face of chelicera. Abdomen dark greenish gray.

Posterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, equal, and equidis-
tant, separated by a little less than the diameter. Anterior eyes
in a straight line, the median smaller than the lateral, separated
by less than the radius and from the lateral by the radius.
Clypeus is as wide as the median ocular area.

Femur of palpus moderately long and stout, rather strongly
curved. Patella short. Ratio of length of femur to that of
patella as 12 to 4. Tibia as long as patella, strongly convex
dorsally. The dorsal margin opposite the paracymbium thin, the
lateral corner square, the front margin with a very small, rounded
tooth and laterally with a minute pointed tooth. Paracymbium
large, broad, strongly curved, notched before the tip, head round.

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

73

The lateral edge of the cymbium folded under forming a very deep
groove, the lateral edge, towards the tip produced into an oblique,
rounded lobe. The embolus arises at the middle of the tegular
ring as an enlarged bulb. It is very long and slender; it first
runs to the base of the tarsus then follows the edge of the cymbium
around to the lateral side, then curves across the face of the bulb ;
the tip being very fine. The median apophysis consists of a black,
sharp-pointed, slender process near the base of the embolus and
serves to hold the first turn of the coiled embolus in position.

Type localities : Fall River, Mass. ; Mt. Mansfield, Vt. ; Crawford
Notch, N. H.

New York: Great Pond, Riverhead, May 23, 1924, 1 J'; Mt.
Whiteface, Sept. 13, 1931, 2 (Hammer) ; East Aurora, May 13,
1928, 1 (Dietrich).

Vermont: Mt. Mansfield, Sept. 26, 1908, 2<J 1J.

Massachusetts : Holliston, Apr. 26, June 24, Oct. 14, 3

SINORIA new genus

Type : Sinoria rapidula n. sp.

In this genus the tibia of the male palpus has the lateral angle broadly
produced into a concave rounded lobe. The embolic division has the tail-
piece greatly developed and deeply cleft by a narrow fissure into two parts.
The embolus is short.

Sinoria repidula new species
(Figures 38-39)

Male. Length, 1.5 mm. The whole specimen seems to have been faded
and the colors are probably not normal. Cephalothorax pale yellowish ;
viewed from above decidedly broad, rounded on the sides, the sides strongly
converging towards the front, rounded across the front, the eyes in profile;
viewed from the side, rather high, steeply arched over the back to the eyes,
highest back of the posterior median eyes. A median row of four stiff hairs
back of the eyes. Clypeus broad, gently concave, nearly vertical. Sternum
lightly suffused with gray, endites paler. Chelicerae with a tooth on the face.
Legs and palpi pale yellow. Abdomen light gray.

Posterior eyes in a gently recurved line, equal, the median separated by
the radius and from the lateral by a little more. Anterior eyes in a straight
line, the median smaller than the lateral, separated by less than the radius
and from the lateral by the radius.

Femur of palpus rather slender, a little thicker distally. Patella short.
Ratio of length of femur to that of patella as 27 to 18 Tibia short, obconic,
produced dorsally into a large, thin, smooth, broad, concave process or lobe,

74

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

rounded at apex and on the mesal side, lateral margin concave. Paracym-
bium strongly curved, widened in the distal third, curved and pointed at tip
without a distinct notch. The tail-piece of the embolic division is a very
large double structure occupying the greater part of the bulb; the two sides
of the tail-piece are folded together so as to leave a narrow groove between;
the lateral half has the inner margin thickened and black so as to be easily
mistaken for a long black process ; the embolus is short and attached to the
distal angle of the mesal half; the tip bears a small tooth on each side, the
duct opens in the lower one.

Holotype, male, Bocas del Toro, Panama. P. R. Swift, collector.

SITALCAS new genus

Type : Sitalcas ruralis n. sp.

In some respects this genus is related to Gnathonarium but it is dis-
tinguished by the form of the embolic division as a whole and by the course
followed by the long, slender embolus.

Sitalcas ruralis new species
(Figures 40-42)

Male. Length, 1 mm. Cephalothorax orange yellow lightly suffused
with gray, narrowly margined with gray ; viewed from above broadly rounded,
the sides convergent toward the front, the eyes in profile; viewed from the
side ascending in a straight line behind and then broadly arched over the
back to the eyes, highest behind the eyes; the eyes on the anterior declivity.
Sternum large, smooth, convex, light gray over pale orange. Endites pale
orange. Legs pale orange yellow. Abdomen light gray.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, the median smaller than the lateral,
equidistant, separated by the diameter. Anterior eyes in a straight line, the
median much smaller than the lateral, separated by the radius and from the
lateral by the diameter.

Femur of palpus moderately long and slender, slightly curved inward.
Patella short. Ratio of length of femur to that of patella as 14 to 5.
Tibia with the dorsal margin thin and smoothly rounded, the lateral excava-
tion shallow and evenly rounded. Paracymbium wide at base, then slender
and curved and enlarged at tip. Tail-piece of the embolic division trans-
verse, laterally bluntly rounded; basally it is armed with an irregular pro-
tuberance and gives rise to a very long, style-like embolus which makes a
loop across the face of the bulb, passes around back of the greatly enlarged
median apophysis and the tip lies in a groove in a short process arising from
the outer face of the median apophysis.

Female. Length 1.1 mm. Similar to male. The epigynum a quadrate
plate with the fovea transverse, bounded in front by an overhanging lobe,
slightly notched in the middle.

Holotype, male; allotype, female and one male paratype.

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

75

Ithaca (Six-mile Creek), N. Y., April 24, 1926 (Seeley and
Fletcher).

SCIASTES new genus

Type : Tmeticus truncatus Emerton.

In this genus we place a group of species in which the tibia of the male
palpus is not produced over the base of the cymbium or only slightly so.
The embolic division is very simple, the tail-piece being a nearly flat, elongate
plate that gives rise directly to a short pointed embolus. The most aberrant
member of the group is terrestris, but we place it here because of the form of
the tibia.

Sciastes acuminatus Emerton
(Figures 43-45)

Tmeticus acuminatus Emerton. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bui. 32 :
256, pi. 48, fig. 3. 1913.

Male. Length, about 1 mm. (abdomen off). Cephalothorax
dull honey-yellowish, viewed from above rather broad across the
middle, the sides converging in nearly straight lines towards the
front, rounded across the front; viewed from the side, rather
steeply ascending behind, then very gently arched over the back
to the posterior eyes. Clypeus nearly straight, slanting forward.
Sternum light gray over yellow, triangular with the sides some-
what rounded towards the front. In the other specimen the
sternum is much narrower with the sides straight, a condition
probably due to shrinkage. Endites paler than sternum. Chelic-
eras rather weak, retreating, without a tooth on face. Legs and
palpi dull yellowish. Abdomen gray.

Posterior eyes in a procurved line, separated by less than the
diameter. Anterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, the median
smaller than the lateral, all very close together.

Femur of palpus nearly straight, fairly thick and compressed.
Patella short. Ratio of length of femur to that of patella as 11
to 4 ; tibia on ventral side 4, on dorsal, 6. Tibia dorsally produced
forward in a broad, thin, truncate process, the anterior margin
of which is distinctly concave and the corners angulate, the inner
one more acute. Paracymbium very small and strongly curved.
The embolic division consists of a thin, flat plate with a short
curved tooth on the anterior edge, through which the ejaculatory
duct opens.

76

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. XLVI

Type locality : Lakehurst, N. J.

New Jersey: Lakehurst, May 1, 1912, 2 J*, the types.

Massachusetts: Hammonds Pond, May 1, 1906, 1 J' (Bryant).

Sciastes concavus Emerton
(Figures 46-47)

Tmeticus concavus Emerton. Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 6 : 57, pi.

17, fig. 3. 1882.

C Edothorax concavus Crosby. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc. 1905,

p. 311.

Male. Length 1.8. Cephalothorax yellow orange, viewed from
above, evenly rounded on the sides to the cervical groove and then
converging towards the front, evenly and broadly rounded across
the front; viewed from the side rather low, gently ascending be-
hind, then very gently rounded over the top to the posterior
median eyes. A median row of 5 long hairs directed forward.
Clypeus nearly straight and slightly protruding. Sternum yel-
low-orange suffused with gray, convex, the sides crenulate, some-
what produced between the hind coxse. Labium and endites
lighter. Legs yellow-orange. Abdomen light gray.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, separated by three-
fourths the diameter and from the lateral by the radius. An-
terior eyes in a straight line, the median smaller than the lateral,
separated by two-thirds the diameter and a little farther from the
lateral.

Femur of palpus moderately long, gradually widened distally,
curved inward. Patella short and broad, convex above. Ratio
length of femur to that of patella as 24 to 8. Tibia obconie, the
margin unmodified by processes or emarginations. The para-
cymbium extraordinarily developed, the basal part very wide and
concave, armed at base with two small hairs, the terminal part
very broad and thin, separated from the basal part by a thin ridge
armed with two or three small hairs. The tail-piece of the embolic
division, broad and flat, the tip turned inward at nearly a right
angle; the ejaculatory duct opens on it through a short pointed
embolus.

Type localities: Clarendon Hills near Boston, Mass., and New
Haven, Conn.

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

77

Massachusetts: Readville, Nov. 6, 1913, 2 (Emerton) ; 1908,
23 J1 (Emerton) ; Blue Hills, Nov. 28, 1914, 1 <$ (Emerton) ; Mon-
ponset, June 12, 1915, 1 (Emerton) ; Hyde Park, May 14, 1875,
J1 (type) ; Ipswich, May 18, 1919, 2 J1.

New York : Raquette Lake, June 11, 1927, 4 ; Mendon Ponds,

Monroe Co., May 18, 1930; Cinnamon Lake, Schuyler Co., June
10, 1934, 1

Quebec : lie d Alma, Lac St-Jean, July 28, 1934, 1^2$.

Vermont : Mt. Mansfield, July 5, 1935, 2 $ .

Sciastes microtarsus Emerton
(Figures 48^9a)

Tmeticus microtarsus Emerton. Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 6 : 57,

pi 17, fig. 4. 1882.

(Edothorax microtarsus Crosby. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc.

1905, p. 311.

Male. Length, 1.5 mm. Cephalo thorax dusky yellowish,
darker at the margin with darker radiating lines, eye area black ;
viewed from above evenly rounded, convergent toward the front,
truncated in front, the eyes not occupying the whole width of the
head. Cephalothorax viewed from the side steeply ascending to
the cervical groove, then rounded evenly over the head to the
posterior eyes, highest just behind the posterior eyes. Clypeus
straight and vertical. Sternum gray, pebbled with yellowish,
rather long, gently rounded on the sides and narrowly produced
between the hind coxae which are separated by a little less than
the diameter. Endites dusky orange-yellow. No tooth on face
of chelicera. Legs and palpi pale orange-yellow. Abdomen
greenish gray, lighter below.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, the median separated
by the radius and a little farther from the lateral. Anterior eyes
in a slightly recurved line, median smaller than the lateral, oval,
convergent and subcontiguous below, almost touching the lateral.
Clypeus only a little more than half as wide as the ocular area.

Femur of palpus rather short and stout, a little widened distally
and rather strongly bent. Patella short and widened distally.
Ratio of length of femur to that of patella as 18 to 7. Tibia longer
than broad, evenly widened distally without an apophysis but the

78

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

margin slightly thickened at the point where it usually occurs.
Cymbium small. Paracymbium a broad plate bent at a right
angle with a sharp triangular notch before the tip, base swollen
and bearing a few hairs. Subtegulum narrow • bezel with a sharp
tooth on the edge. The tail-piece of the embolic division consists
of a broad, flat, semicircular plate which is pointed at the ventral
corner and has the embolus attached to it by a stalk. The em-
bolus is very small, broadly pyriform and ends in a sharp black
point which is strongly curved to the side. The median apophy-
sis curves around the embolus and ends in a minute black point.

Female. Length, 1.6 mm. Colored like the male. The an-
terior median eyes more nearly round, sub contiguous, but sepa-
rated from the lateral by the radius. Epigynum is a strongly
chitinized convex plate produced to a blunt point behind, gently
emarginate on the sides.

Type locality : Mt. Washington, N. H., in moss under the highest
trees.

New York : Mt. Whiteface, Essex Co., Aug. 22, 1916, 3 5 5 ;

Oct. 21, 1934, 2 £ 1 ?.

Colorado : Pingree Park, Larimer Co., Aug. 20, 1924, 2 J'.

Sciastes simplex Chamberlin
(Figures 50-53)

Grammonota simplex Chamberlin. Ent. Soc. Am. An. 12 : 250,

pi. 18, fig. 1, 2. 1919.

Male. Length, 2 mm. Cephalothorax dusky orange-yellow,
viewed from above evenly rounded, convergent towards the front,
rounded on the frontal angles, straight across in front; viewed
from the side posterior declivity steeply ascending, then gradually
•rounded over to the posterior eyes. Clypeus straight and almost
vertical.

Sternum yellow suffused with dusky, darker at margin, broad,
convex, rounded on the sides, produced in a truncate point between
the hind coxae, which are separated by a little less than the diam-
eter. Labium and endites dusky orange-yellow. Legs and palpi
yellowish. Abdomen grayish black.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, equidistant, separated
by the diameter. Anterior eyes in a very slightly recurved line,

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

79

the median smaller than the lateral, separated by a little less
than the radius and from the lateral by a little more. Clypeus as
wide as median ocular area. No tooth on face of chelicera.

Femur of palpus rather slender, moderately long, rather
strongly curved. Patella moderately convex above. Ratio of
length of femur to that of patella as 20 to 8. Tibia longer than
patella, only moderately enlarged distally, dorsal margin thin,
evenly rounded without teeth or apophysis. Paracymbium very
large, nearly flat, broadly rounded on the side toward the tip of
the palpus, straight on the mesal side where it is opposed by a
prolongation of the base of the cymbium, with a broad rounded
notch on the side next to the base, armed at base with three short
hairs. Bezel high and produced into a rounded apophysis. Tail-
piece of the embolic division long, rounded at tip and extending
to the edge of the cymbium. At the base on the ventral side it
gives rise directly to the black, sharp, pointed style-like embolus,
the tip of which lies next to the apophysis on the bezel. The
median apophysis appears as a broad, blackish rounded lobe with
a serrate edge lying back under the tip of the cymbium.

Female. Length, 2 mm. Similar to the male. Posterior eyes
in a straight line, the median a little larger than the lateral, equi-
distant, separated by a little less than the diameter. Anterior
eyes in a straight line, the median smaller than the lateral, sepa-
rated by the radius and a little farther from the lateral. The
epigynum is a transverse plate overlain in the middle by a trans-
parent plate which projects a little back of the margin.

Described from 1 $ 1 5, paratypes, Chalk Creek, Uintah Mts.,
7500 ft., Utah.

Colorado : Pingree Park, Aug. 20, 1923, 1 § (sifted from moss).

Idaho: Emigration Canyon, Aug. 29, 1928, 2 £ (Gertsch).

Wyoming: Yellowstone Park, Grand Canyon, Aug. 30, 1927,

3<m.

British Columbia: Terrace, June 1-10, 1931, 1 £ (Hippisley).

Utah : Teacup Lake, Uintah Mts., Sept. 5, 1931, 2

Sciastes terrestris Emerton
(Figures 54—56)

Tmeticus terrestris Emerton, Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 6 : 57, pi.

17, fig. 6. 1882.

80

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

(Edothorax terrestris Crosby, Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc. 1905,

p. 313.

Microneta clavata Emerton, Can. Ent. 49 : 265, f. 17. 1917.

(Types compared.)

Male. Length, 1.5 mm. Cephalothorax dusky orange ; viewed
from above rather narrow, evenly rounded on the sides, slightly
convergent towards the front, broadly rounded in front ; viewed
from the side rather steeply ascending behind, then evenly
rounded over to the eyes. Clypeus slightly convex and protrud-
ing. Sternum orange-yellow, convex, rounded on the sides, con-
vergent behind and produced in a broad truncated point between
the hind coxge which are separated by the diameter. Labium and
endites same color as sternum. No tooth on face of chelicera.
Legs and palpi yellowish orange. Abdomen yellowish gray.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, equidistant, separated
by a little more than the diameter. Anterior eyes in a straight
line, the median smaller than the lateral, separated by a little less
than the diameter and from the lateral by three times the radius.
Clypeus about as wide as the median ocular area.

Femur of palpus moderately long and slender, slightly curved.
Patella short, rather strongly arched above. Ratio of length of
femur to that of patella as 15 to 5. Tibia a little longer than
patella, widened distally but not produced into teeth ; armed back
of the margin by a regular, transverse row of long hairs. The
paracymbium very strongly curved, with three rounded teeth on
the inner margin. Tegulum strongly developed, a distinct tooth
on the bezel. Tail-piece of the embolic division very large, quad-
rate, the tip greatly narrowed, pointed and extending to the edge
of the cymbium. The lateral corner farthest from the cymbium
black, sharply angulate; at the opposite angle there is a longer
pointed process; behind this arises the rather elongate embolus.
The median apophysis appears as a rather long, slightly curved
black process back of the embolus.

Female. Length, 1.5 mm. Similar to male in form and color.
The epigynum is a transverse, convex plate with a very large oval
opening in the middle. Behind the opening there is a transverse
middle lobe. Female described from a specimen from Roslyn,
New York.

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

81

Type localities : Mt. Tom, Holyoke and Salem, Massachusetts.

Massachusetts : Blue Hills, Milton, near Boston, Oct. 8, 1904,
1^1?; Nov. 23, 1914, 1<?; Nov. 28, 1914, 1^1? (Emerton) ;
Clarendon Hills, Nov. 12, 1908, 1 £ (Bryant); Hammonds
Pond, Nov. 8, 1904, 1 (Bryant) ; Ipswich, May 18, 1919, 2 g
(Emerton).

New York : Roslyn, 3 2 2 (Banks) ; Coram, April 3, 1931,

lj'; Poughkeepsie, April 19, 1931, 1 Ithaca, May 16, 1926,
1 £ 2 5 (Seeley & Fletcher) ; Wilmington Notch, Aug., 1916, 1
the type of Microneta clavata Em., not the Fish Pond Creek,
Franklin Co., Sept. 6, 1931, 1 3 J.

Ontario : Toronto, April 9, 1934, 3 (Dymond).

Michigan : Albion, April 12, 1933, 3 2 J ; Dec. 18, 1933, 1 J'

(Chickering).

Sciastes truncatus Emerton
(Figures 57-59)

Tmeticus truncatus Emerton. Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 6 : 57, pi.

17, fig. 5. 1882.

(Edothorax truncatus Crosby. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc. 1905,

p. 313.

Gongylidium truncatus Emerton. Royal Can. Inst. Trans. 12 :

316. 1919.

Male. Length, 2 mm. Cephalothorax orange-yellow, viewed
from above rather long, rounded on the sides, slightly convergent
towards the front, nearly straight across the front, the eyes occu-
pying the whole width ; viewed from the side, steeply ascending
behind, then more gradually ascending to the back of the head,
rounded over the top of the head. Clypeus almost vertical and
slightly convex. Sternum dusky orange, darker at the margin,
broad and convex, rounded on the sides, tapering behind and pro-
duced in a blunt point between the hind coxge which are separated
by a little less than the diameter. Labium dusky. Endites dusky
orange. Legs and palpi bright orange-yellow. Legs long and
somewhat hairy. Abdomen grayish yellow with narrow indis-
tinct transverse light lines. Chelicerse rather large, somewhat
divaricate.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, the median separated

82

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

by a little less than the diameter and from the lateral by the
diameter. Anterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, the median
smaller than the lateral, subcontiguous, separated from the lateral
by the diameter. Clypens as wide as median ocular area.

Femur of palpus rather stout, moderately long and moderately
curved. Patella rather long and almost straight. Ratio of length
of femur to that of patella as 25 to 10. Tibia about as long as
patella, widened distally and produced dorsally into a thin, wide,
squarely truncated lobe; dorsolateral angle with a deep, evenly
rounded notch. Paracymbium very large, surrounding the base
of the bulb, and reaching to the base of the cymbium on the oppo-
site side where it is armed with two long, slender hairs. The
extreme base armed with five small stiff hairs. The base, sepa-
rated from the main part by a deep cleft. Bezel rather low,
rounded on the edge. Tail-piece of the embolic division short and
broad and rounded at tip with a finger-like process on the side
next to the cymbium. The embolus arises directly from it and
is obliquely narrowed, rather short and ends in a sharp point.

Female. Length, 2 mm. Similar to the male, the legs more
distinctly hairy, the chelicerae robust but not so divaricate. Pos-
terior eyes in a straight line, equal, equidistant, separated by
three-fifths of the diameter. Anterior eyes in a very slightly re-
curved line, the median smaller than the lateral, separated by less
than the radius and from the lateral by a little less than the diam-
eter. The epigynum is a transverse oval plate notched behind by
a truncate triangular fovea, filled by a pale yellow, smooth, convex,
middle lobe.

Type locality : Mt. Washington, N. H., in moss under the highest
trees.

Maine : Molunkus Pond, Aug. 25, 1925, 1 ; Presque Isle, Aug.

26, 1925, 3^3?.

Massachusetts: Carlisle Pines, Oct. 26, 1907, 1 (Bryant).

New York: Artist Brook, June 11, 1933, 1 J'; Auger Pond,
Essex Co., Nov. 16, 1916, 1 J1; Black Brook, June 10, 1933, 1
Brant Lake, Oct. 3, 1931, 1 $ ; Cadyville, June 9, 1933, 1 1 9 ;

Mt. Marcy, Aug. 27, 1930, 2 J'; Mt. Whiteface, Essex Co., Aug.
1916, 3 J'; Aug. 25, 1921, 2 J1; Wawbeek, Oct. 22, 1934, 4 4 9;

Peru, Oct. 22, 1934, 1

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

83

Quebec : Bagotville, July 26, 1934, 1^2$.

British Columbia : Terrace, March, 1933, 1 J' 1 J (Hippisley).
Alaska : Admiralty Island, 1933, 1 J' 6 J (Sheppard).

Sciastes ursinus new species
(Figures 60-61)

Male. Length, 1.4 mm. In the series of specimens before us there is
great variation in the depth of coloring. The following description is from
the best colored male. Cephalothorax dull chestnut brown with darker
radiating lines and a dark patch on the back of the head connected with the
eyes by dark lines; viewed from above evenly rounded on the sides with
scarcely any constriction at the cervical groove, rounded across the front;
viewed from the side, steeply ascending behind, then more gradually, gently
rounded over the head. Clypeus concave below the eyes, then straight and
slightly protruding. Sternum nearly black, with minute yellowish dots.
Endites dull yellowish' suffused with dusky except at tip. Legs dull yellow.
Abdomen nearly black.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal and equidistant, separated by the
diameter. Anterior eyes in a straight line, the median smaller than the
lateral, equidistant, separated by the radius.

Femur of palpus nearly straight. Patella short. Ratio of length of femur
to that of patella as 18 to 7. Tibia short, obconic, the dorsal margin squarely
truncate, the edge black, minutely dentate; the lateral margin thin, smoothly
rounded, the outer angle armed with three long spines. Paracymbium large,
strongly curved, only slightly hooked at tip. The embolic division roughly
triangular with the tail-piece at the lateral basal angle, the short nipple-like
embolus at the apex and with the mesal angle sharply bent and produced into
a fan-shaped process the outer edge of which is thickened like the ray in a
fish ’s fin. The tail-piece is broad and ends in a rounded point ; it is crossed
diagonally by a ridge which continues to form the rounded tip that bears
the short black nipple-like embolus.

Holotype, male, Longmire, Wash. Aug. 22, 1927, 3 male para-
types with same data.

Sciastes vicosanus new species
(Figures 62-64)

Male. Length, 1.1 mm. Cephalothorax clear pale orange yellow with a
median row of 4 hairs back of the eyes; viewed from above rather broad,
evenly rounded on the sides without any constriction whatever at the cervical
groove, broadly rounded across the front ; the anterior eyes in profile ; viewed
from the side, steeply ascending behind to the cervical groove and then more
gradually to the eyes, very gently arched back of the eyes. Clypeus straight
and nearly vertical. Sternum rather broad, yellow, slightly suffused with

84

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

dusky. Endites slightly brownish. Legs pale yellow. Chelicera armed with
a lateral row of three teeth, a blunt tooth on the face. Abdomen pale, nearly
white.

Posterior eyes in very slightly recurved line, equal and equidistant, sepa-
rated by less than the radius. Anterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, the
median smaller than the lateral, subcontiguous, a little farther from the
lateral.

Femur of palpus moderately stout, slightly thicker distally, curved inward,
armed ventrolaterally with a row of 3 stiff hairs. Patella short, cylindrical.
Patio of length of femur to that of patella as 17 to 5. Tibia obconic, the
dorsal margin very thin and depressed transversely, excavated, the edge
smoothly rounded, back of the excavation there is a secondary margin which
is nearly straight. Paracymbium relatively very large, angulate mesally, the
tip broadly pointed, the notch very deep. Tail-piece of the embolic division
broad and nearly flat, rounded at tip with a broad projection towards the
edge of the cymbium. The embolus very small, thin and spirally arising
just under the edge of the base of the tail-piece where there is a blackish
lump bearing two minute teeth.

Female. Length, 1.1 mm. Similar to the male in form and color. Teeth
on the outer edge and face of chelicerae lacking. The epigynum nearly flat
with the openings in the posterior margin; the receptacles ovate, separated
by about half the diameter.

Holotype male, allotype female. Vicosa, Minas Gerais, Brazil,
July 6, 1933, also $ and § paratypes. E. J. Hambleton, collector.

GNATHONAROIDES new genus

Type: Arceoncus pedalis Emerton.

This genus is closely related to Gnathonarium in the structure of the genital
bulb but differs from it in the form of the tibial armature; this process
is long, nearly straight and sharp-pointed.

Gnathonaroides pedalis Emerton
(Figures 65-66)

Arceoncus pedalis Emerton. Can. Ent. 55 : 239, fig. 2. 1923.

Male. Length, 1.3 mm. Cephalothorax light yellowish, the
extreme margin blackish ; viewed from above, rather broad, evenly
rounded on the sides to the eyes, broadly rounded in front ; viewed
from the side, gently rounded over the posterior declivity to the
cervical groove, then gently and broadly curved over to the pos-
terior eyes. Highest part back of the eyes. Clypeus almost
straight and very slightly protruding. Sternum pale greenish
gray, strongly convex, evenly rounded on the sides, produced in

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

85

a truncated point between the hind coxae which are separated by
the diameter. Labium and endites yellowish. Two small setiger-
ous tubercles on the face of the chelicera. Legs and palpi nearly
white. Abdomen greenish gray.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, the median separated
by the diameter and a little farther from the lateral. Anterior
eyes in a straight line, the median much smaller than the lateral,
the median separated by the radius and from the lateral by a
little more than the diameter. Clypeus about as wide as median
ocular area. A long median hair on clypeus and a shorter one
on each side just below and to the side of the anterior median eyes.

Femur of palpus moderately long, rather strongly curved and
widened distally. Patella rather short and evenly rounded above.
Ratio of length of femur to that of patella as 16 to 7. Tibia a
little shorter than patella, widened distally and armed with a very
long, basally stout and apically slender, incurved, dorsal apophy-
sis. Lateral margin of the cymbium with a broad rounded lobe.
The paracymbium moderately slender and very strongly curved ;
the base obliquely truncate and corners produced as sharp points ;
the tip is widened and twisted half-way around, armed at base
with a longitudinal row of 4 stiff hairs. The bezel is high, nar-
row, and roundly truncate at tip. The tail-piece of the embolic
division lanceolate with its margin parallel with that of the cym-
bium; the tip of the tail-piece is directed toward the tip of the
cymbium; on the side away from the cymbium it bears a small
rounded lobe. The embolus arises at the extreme base of the
tarsus and is very long and slender ; it makes an S-shaped loop
across the face of the genital bulb and the very fine tip lies near
the bezel. The median apophysis consists of a long, erect process,
basally stout and reddish, apically more slender and black, and
ending in a very fine, spirally twisted tip. At the base of the
apophysis is a small, erect, round tooth. The conductor is a
prominent, lanceolate process somewhat twisted and with a sharp
beak-like tip.

Type locality : Dauphin, Manitoba.

New York: Altamont, April 12, 1924, 8rf; Mountain Lake,
Fulton Co., April 26, 1923, 1

86

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

SISYRBE new genus

Type: Tmeticus rusticus Banks.

We find it necessary to establish a new genus for this species because it
seems to be unrelated to any of the Erigoneae known to us either in America
or Europe. It is characterized by the peculiar form of the paracymbium,
the deeply incised cymbium, the remarkable length of the embolus and its
peculiar course. Only the unique type is known.

Sisyrbe rustica Banks
(Figures 67-68)

Tmeticus rusticus Banks. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc. 1892, p.
39, pi. 2, fig. 17.

CEdothorax rusticus Crosby. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc. 1905,
p. 313.

Tmeticus rusticus Banks. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc. 1916, p.

74, pi. 10, fig. 10.

Male. Length, 1.5 mm. Cephalothorax evenly and broadly
rounded on the sides, abruptly constricted at the cervical groove,
broadly rounded across the front; viewed from the side, rather
low, moderately ascending in a nearly straight line to the cervical
groove and then gently rounded over the head to the posterior
eyes. Clypeus straight and nearly vertical. Sternum rather
broad, strongly convex. Endites lighter. Legs orange-yellow.
Abdomen gray.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, and equidistant, sepa-
rated by the diameter. Anterior eyes in a very slightly procurved
line, the median only slightly smaller than the lateral, equidistant,
separated by a little less than the diameter.

Tibia short, viewed from above diagonally quadrate, the angles
rounded, the lateral angle lies over the tip of the dorsal branch
of the paracymbium. Paracymbium extraordinarily developed,
consisting of a broad, thin, triangular basal part which gives rise
to two branches, the tip of the first lies under the lateral margin
of the tibia, the other branch is very much larger and longer and
ends in a broadly pointed outer angle and a deeply notched and
hooked inner angle. The cymbium is very deeply notched on
both sides before the middle, the mesal notch is occupied by the
tip of the tail-piece of the embolic division. The tail-piece of the
embolic division rather stout and dumbbell-shaped; it gives rise

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

87

within the bnlb to a very long, slender, styliform embolus which
lies in a flat coil of about one and one-half turns on the side of
the tip of the bulb.

Type locality : Buttermilk Creek, Ithaca, N. Y.

Kedescribed from the type.

SCOTOUSSA new genus

Type: Tmeticus bidentata Emerton.

This genus is distinguished by the form of the embolic division of the male
palpus which bears a long ventral branch or process. The dorsal margin of
the tibia has a shallow, rounded notch.

Scotoussa bidentata Emerton
(Figures 69-71)

Tmeticus bidentatus Emerton. Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 6 : 56, pi.

17, fig. 2, 1882.

(Edothorax bidentatus Crosby. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc. 1905,

p. 310.

Tmeticus bidentatus Emerton. Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 14, pi. 4,

fig. 6, 1909. (Figure of epigynum of another species.)

Male. Length, 1.5 mm. Cephalothorax orange-yellow, lightly
dusted with gray ; viewed from above rather broad, rounded on the
sides, not constricted at the cervical groove, convergent towards
the front, rounded in front ; viewed from the side, rather steeply
ascending behind, nearly flat on top, feebly depressed at the cer-
vical groove, gently rounded over the head to the posterior eyes,
highest just behind the eyes. Clypeus straight and nearly verti-
cal, a little narrower than the median ocular area. Sternum and
labium greenish gray over yellow, endites orange-yellow. Sternum
rather long, gradually narrowed to the hind coxae, then abruptly
narrowed to a slender piece which separates the hind coxae by less
than the diameter. Legs and palpi pale yellowish. Abdomen
gray. Epigastric plates pale yellowish, finely striate.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, the median separated by
a little less than the diameter and from the lateral by the radius.
Anterior eyes in a gently recurved line, the median smaller than
the lateral, subcontiguous and separated from the lateral by the
radius.

88

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Femur of palpus long, slender, thicker distally and distinctly
curved inward. Patella short, only a little longer than broad.
Ratio of length of femur to that of patella as 12 to 4. Tibia in a
full back-view shows a broad, square-tipped process and a smaller
and shorter acute one on the side next to the paracymbium,
separated by a small rounded notch. To show the two teeth as
Emerton has figured them, it must be viewed from far over on
the side. Paracymbium strongly curved with a sharp recurved
hook at tip and armed at the base with a row of three stiff hairs.
The embolic division consists of a rather thick, round-pointed tail-
piece, the tip of which is much narrower than the main part and
when viewed from the side appears notched below. The terminal
part of the embolic division arises directly from the tail-piece from
which it is separated by a distinct constriction ; it is rather broad
and thin, narrower at base and widened distally ; it is arched up-'
ward and concave below, the surface marked with three strong
radiating ridges, each ridge continued at the tip to form a sharp
point. The outer (ventral) point contains the ejaculatory duct
and bears a rounded lobe beneath it, the middle point is hyaline,
and the inner point is stouter and black. At the base of the
terminal part of the embolic division there is a rather long, stout,
black, curved horn.

Female. Length, 1.8 mm. Similar to the male in form and
color. Epigynum when cleared is seen to consist of two lobes ; the
anterior lobe extends back over the posterior lobe so that the
latter appears as a narrow transverse plate. The hind margin of
the anterior lobe is rounded in the middle and gently concave on
the sides. When not cleared and viewed directly from below the
posterior lobe is invisible and the anterior lobe appears more
pointed behind. There seems to be a slight depression on the face
of the anterior lobe.

The female is described from a series of specimens taken with
males on Mt. Whiteface, N. Y. Emerton ’s figure of the epigynum
(1909) is apparently from another species.

Type locality: Mt. Washington, N. H.

Quebec: Bagotville, July 26, 1934, 10 J'; Herbertville, July
29, 1934, 8 ?.

Maine : Presque Isle, Aug. 26, 1925. 3 J* 3 J.

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

New Hampshire : Base Station, Mt. Washington, Ang. 18, 1925,
9 J; under highest trees, July 5, 1925, 1 4 2-

New York : Mt. Whiteface, Essex Co., Aug. 22, 1916, 17 <£ 16 2 ;
Aug. 25, 1921, 1 6 $ ; Oct. 21, 1934, 5 18 $ ; Mt. MacIntyre,

Essex Co., July 1, 1923, 4 1 2 ; Mt. Marcy, Ang. 27, 1930, 7 J'

11 J ; Lake Tear, Sept. 14, 1922, 2^32; Avalanche Lake, July
24, 1925, 2 ; Uphill Brook and Opalescent River, Essex Co., July

1918, 6 Chapel Pond, June 27, 1923, 1 3 2; Artist’s Brook,

Essex Co., June 11, 1933, 2 ; Oct. 20, 1934, 14 lCf 15 5 ; Sept. 7,

1931, 2^2?; Slide Mt., Ulster Co., June 24, 1934, 1 J' 4 2-

Vermont: Top of Mt. Mansfield, June 14, 1927, 1 1 §.

Alberta : Sulfur Mt., Banff, Aug. 22, 1927, 2 2 $.

This species has also been recorded by Emerton from Vermont :
Mt. Mansfield ; Maine : Mt. Katahdin ; Fort Fairfield ; New Hamp-
shire : Sandwich Mts. ; Labrador : Battle Harbor ; Alberta : Banff ;
Jasper.

SCYLETRIA new genus

Type: Scyletria inflatus new species.

In this genus we place two species because of the similarity in the struc-
ture of the embolic division of the male palpus. There is a sharp turn
between’ the tail-piece and the base of the flattened embolus. The tibia has
a notch leaving the two processes of about equal length. The two species
included in this genus can be separated by the form of the tibia of the male
palpus as shown in the figures.

Scyletria inflata new species
(Figures 72-74)

Male. Length, 1.6 mm. Cephalothorax dusky over dull yellow, darker at
the margin; viewed from above evenly and broadly rounded on the sides,
rather abruptly convergent toward the front, eyes in profile ; viewed from the
side, rather steeply ascending behind to the cervical groove where there is a
rather broad depression, gently rounded over the head to the posterior median
eyes. Median ocular area sloping steeply downward. Clypeus nearly ver-
tical, concave. Sternum dark gray, nearly black. Labium gray, endites
dusky orange, lighter distally. Legs pale yellow. Abdomen dark gray,
almost black.

Posterior eyes in a very slightly recurved line, equal and equidistant,
separated by the diameter. Anterior eyes in a straight line, the median
slightly smaller than the lateral, separated by a little less than the radius
and from the lateral by a little less.

Femur of palpus long, slender, curved inward. Patella short and rather

90

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

thick. Eatio of length of femur to that of patella 21 to 7. Tibia dark,
contrasting in color with the femur and patella, strongly compressed laterally.
Viewed from the mesal side strongly convex above the distal margin with a
broad, rounded lobe ; the dorsolateral process viewed from this angle appears
to end in two teeth; the upper nearly straight and stouter, the lower one
stout at base, slender at tip, upturned. Tibia viewed from above shows the
broad, rounded lobe on the mesal side with a shallow rounded emargination
between it and the dorsolateral process, armed in the middle of the excavation
with a stout, triangular tooth. In this view only the upper tooth of the dorso-
lateral process is visible. The lateral margin of the tibia has a very deep,
rounded excavation. Paracymbium slender at base, thick and heavily chiti-
nized, the nearly flat, terminal portion roughly triangular, the tip very broad,
divided into two lobes by a deep, oblique rounded notch. The tail-piece of the
embolic division is triangular with the proximal angle acute, rounded next to
the edge of the cymbium. It gives rise to a broad, thin embolus which is
folded lengthwise on itself, the two parts being nearly parallel. The duct
opens in the lateral corner of the ventral layer.

Holotype, male. Raquette Lake, N. Y., June 11, 1927.

North Carolina : Summit of Mt. Mitchell, Oct. 12, 1923, 3 J'.

Scyletria jona new species
(Figures 75-76)

Male. Length, 1.1 mm. Cephalothorax pale orange yellow slightly darker
towards the head; viewed from above evenly and broadly rounded on the
sides without any constriction at the cervical groove, broadly rounded across
the front ; viewed from the side broadly and evenly rounded over the back to
the posterior median eyes. Clypeus very slightly concave and slightly re-
treating. Sternum broad, strongly convex, pale yellow. Labium and endites
slightly darker. Chelicerae armed with a distinct tooth on face. Legs and
palpi pale yellow. Abdomen dull yellowish white.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, the median, oval, separated by the
short diameter, the same distance from the lateral. Anterior eyes in a very
slightly recurved line, the median very much smaller than the lateral, sub-
contiguous, separated from the lateral by the radius.

Femur and patella of palpus normal. Eatio of length of femur to that of
patella as 15 to 5. Tibia darker than patella, strongly compressed and
widened ventrodorsally. Viewed from the mesal side evenly convex above
and below, with two large blunt teeth above, the distal margin concave, with
a broad, triangular tooth in the middle, dorsally the tibia is produced into a
broad, oblique process which is separated into two parts by a deep notch the
sides of which are parallel. The paracymbium is extraordinarily developed,
the terminal part quadrate with the mesal angle acutely produced and the tip
with a very broad, rounded hook. The tail-piece of the embolic division is
represented by a triangular plate the lateral edge of which is rolled up

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

91

to form a rounded ridge. Laterally from this ridge, and separated from it
by a deep furrow, is another parallel ridge which ends in a sharp point. The
embolus itself arises back of these ridges and is short, rather stout, curved
and ends in a black point. The median apophysis appears as a broad,
quadrate plate.

Holotype, male. Ithaca, N. Y., May 17, 1924, found in stomach
of brook trout by H. J. Pack.

SCYLACEUS new genus

Type : Tmeticus pallidus Emerton.

Here we place two species in which the tibia of the male palpus has a
rather long process on the dorsomesal angle. The embolic division has an
elongate tail-piece. In pallidus the embolus is long and slender while in
obtusus it is shorter. The duct opens in the mesal branch of the embolus in
both species. The lateral branch is much longer in obtusus.

Scylaceus pallidus Emerton
(Figures 77-80)

Tmeticus 'pallidus Emerton, Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 6 : 55, pi. 16,

fig. 4, 1882.

Erigone pallescens Marx, U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc. 12 : 535, 538, 593,

1890.

Gongylidiellum pallidum Crosby, Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. Proc.

1905, p. 339.

Male. Length, 1 mm. Cephalothorax dusky orange-yellow
sometimes narrowly margined with black; viewed from above
evenly rounded on the sides, convergent towards the front, trun-
cate in front, the eyes not occupying the whole width of head ;
viewed from the side steeply ascending behind to the dorsal groove
and then gently rounded over the head to the posterior eyes.
Clypeus straight and vertical.

Sternum dusky orange, darker at the margin, as wide as long,
convex, sides rounded, produced into a truncate point between
the hind coxas which are separated by the diameter. Labium and
endites dusky orange. No tooth on face of chelicera. Legs and
palpus dull yellowish. Abdomen gray with scattered light spots
and transverse lines.

Posterior eyes in a slightly procurved line, equal, the median
separated by the diameter and slightly closer to the lateral. An-
terior eyes in a straight line, median eyes smaller than the lateral,

92

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

oval, oblique, all separated by about the diameter of the median.
A bunch of long hairs in median ocular area on a black spot. A
single long hair on each side between the anterior median and
posterior lateral eyes. Clypeus a little narrower than the median
ocular area.

Femur of palpus long, slender, gently curved. Patella long,
stout, widened distally, slightly arched above, armed with a row
of 4 or 5 stiff hairs. Patio of length of femur to that of patella
as 18 to 10. Tibia strongly convex dorsally and dorsally pro-
duced into a very long, apically slender, long-pointed process
which bears on the lateral side two triangular teeth, the basal one
the larger. Paracymbium rather slender, very strongly curved
and hooked. The bezel is moderately high with an evenly convex
margin. Tail-piece of the embolic division short, rounded at tip
with a rounded tooth on the side toward the middle of the palpus.
The embolus arises directly from the tail-piece and is rather long,
slender process curved in an open spiral. Median apophysis
appears as a small, bluntly rounded tooth.

Female. Length, 1.2 mm. Similar to male in form and color.
The epigynum has the middle lobe narrowed in front and broadly
widened and triangular behind.

Type locality : New Haven, Conn.

Illinois : Augerville, Oct. 4, 1928, 1 $ ; Nov. 27, 1928, 1 J' (Ruth-
erford) ; Brownfield, Aug. 25, 1925, 2 2 (Smith) ; Salts, May 24,
1926, 1 J1 (Smith) ; Urbana, June 29, 1925, 1 § (Smith) ; Feb. 22,
1926, 6 $ 7 $ (Smith) ; May 3, 1926, 1 $ (Smith) ; May 14, 1926,
2 c? 1 ? (Smith) ; June 21, 1926, 1 ? (Smith).

Iowa: Traer, Nov. 5, 1931, 3 , J1 1 2 (H. M. Harris) ; McGregor,
winter, 1934, 1 2 2 (Andre).

Kansas: Blue Mound, Douglas Co., 1924, 1 J1 1 5 (Baemer).

Maryland : Rockville, Apr. 29, 1924, 1

Minnesota: Lake Minnetonka, July 31, 1924, 1 J (Fletcher) ;
Aug. 8, 1924, 1 2 (Fletcher) ; Aug. 28, 1924, 3 2 (Fletcher) ; June
22, 1926, 1 2 (Fletcher) ; June 30, 1926, 1 2 (Fletcher).

Missouri : Columbia, Feb., 5 $ 9 2 ; Mar. 1906, 82 J1 and 2 ; Apr.,
1 2 ; May, 1 $ ; Oct., 2^22; Nov., 5^32-

New York : Albany, Apr. 9, 1931, 8 4 2 ; Accord, Mar. 15,

1919, 3 £ 1 2; Belden Hill, Broome Co., May 19, 1923, 1 1 2;

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

93

Enfield Glen, Apr. 22, 1925, 1 ^2?; Apr. 5, 1930, 4 ; English

Church, Rockland Co., 1 Freeville, Oct. 12, 1924, 1 J1 1 5;
Hither Hills, Apr. 5, 1931, 1 <$ ; Ithaca, Feb., 1 2; Mar., 3 2;
Apr., 3 J'; Dec., 1 2; Jamaica, Apr. 7, 1923, 1^52 (A. Wolf) ;
Juanita Island, Lake George, Aug. 5, 1920, 1 2; Lake Keuka, Dec.
1903, 1 2 ; Dec. 1905, 1 $ 1 2 ; Larchmont, Sept. 26, 1925, 4 1 2

(A. Wolf) ; Montour Falls, Oct. 12, 1924, 1 2; Mountain Lake,
Fulton Co., Apr. 26, 1923, 2 J* 1 2 ; Pomona, Rockland Co., Apr.
12, 1923, 3 2 ; Sylvan Beach, July 1904, 1 2 ; Wells, Apr. 27, 1923,
1 c? 1 2 ; Wolcott, May 23, 1923, 2 J* 1 2-

North Carolina: Cowee Mts., Swain Co., Oct. 15, 1926, 1 J';
Raleigh, Oct. 26, 1923, 1 J'; Asheville, Sept.-Oct. 1934, 1 <$
(Jacot).

Vermont : Pittsford, May 8, 1929, 2^22.

Virginia : Alberta, Oct. 27, 1923, 2 2 2 ; Great Falls, Apr. 3,

1921, 1

Scylaceus obtusus Emerton
(Figures 81-83)

Tmeticus obtusus Emerton. Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 20 : 149, pi.

2, fig. 4, 1915.

Male. Length, 1.5 mm. Cephalothorax greenish with indis-
tinct darker radiating lines; viewed from above rather broad,
rounded on the sides, strongly converging toward the front, nearly
straight across the eyes. The head projects forward so that the
anterior eyes are in profile. Cephalothorax viewed from the side
gently ascending on the posterior declivity, then gently rounded
over to the eyes, highest just behind the eyes. Clypeus straight
and slightly protruding. Sternum and labium dark gray.
Endites pale yellowish, grayish distally. Chelicerae pale gray-
ish yellow. Legs and palpi pale, dull grayish yellow, coxae more
grayish beneath, narrowly margined with black distally. Abdo-
men dark gray, nearly black. The epigastric plates abnormally
developed, swollen, contiguous, the surface roughly pebbled. The
spine on the posterior angle of the hind coxae much larger than
usual.

Posterior eyes in a very slightly procurved line, equal, the
median separated by the diameter and from the lateral by the

94

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

radius. The anterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, the median
separated by a little more than the radius and from the lateral by
the diameter. Clypeus a little narrower than the median ocular
area.

Femur of palpus rather stout, slightly widened toward the tip,
strongly curved inward. Patella narrower than femur, slightly
arched above, not concave below. Katio of length of femur to that
of patella as 17 to 7. Tibia produced dorsally into a broad, thin,
truncate lobe with rounded corners; dorsolaterally there is a
broad, rounded lobe separated from the dorsal lobe by a shallow
rounded notch ; the tip of the dorsal process thicker and darker in
color, proximally from which it is thinner and lighter, a row of
long stiff hairs just back of the margin of the lateral lobe. Para-
cymbium slender, strongly curved. Tail-piece of the embolic
division a thin, elongate, pyriform lobe which lies across the tip
of the bulb. From the base of the tail-piece there arises two
black processes at right angles to- each other, the one in line
with the tail-piece ends in two sharp points twisted around each
other, the other is shorter, truncate at tip, and has a minute notch
at the tip, the opening of the ejaculatory duct. The median
apophysis appears as a beak-shaped tooth under the edge of the
cymbium, not shown in view given of the palpus.

Female. Length, 1.4 mm. Similar to the male in form and
color. The epigynum consists of a strongly convex plate, evenly
rounded behind, with a large triangular notch in the middle
occupied by the smooth white middle lobe.

Type localities : Jasper and Lake Louise, Alberta.

Colorado : Pingree Park, Larimer Co., Aug. 20, 1924, 5 g 11 5,
in moss by pond.

This species has also been recorded by Emerton from Canada :
Jasper Park, Alberta.

SMODIX new genus

Type : Tmeticus reticulatus Emerton.

In this genus the stridulating plate on the under side of the abdomen is
extraordinarily developed. The tibia of the male palpus is without a distinct
process. The embolic division has a small triangular tail-piece. The
embolus is fairly long, flat, and curved.

Mar., 1938]

Bishop & Crosby: Spiders

95

Smodix reticulata Emerton
(Figures 84^86)

Tmeticus reticulatus Emerton, Conn. Acad. Sci. Trans. 20 : 148,

pi. 2, fig. 3. 1915.

Male. Length, 2 mm. Cephalothorax dusky over orange,
darker at the margin and along the radiating lines ; viewed from
above, evenly and broadly rounded on the sides with scarcely any
constriction at the cervical groove, broadly truncate across the
front ; viewed from the side, rounded over the posterior declivity
and then gradually ascending to a slight hump back of the
cervical groove where there is a broad shallow depression, then
gradually ascending to a point in front of the posterior median
eyes. Clypeus slightly convex and vertical. Median ocular area
rugose, armed with a bunch of long, curved stiff hairs directed
backward ; back of the eyes a group of 5 or 6 stiff hairs directed
forward and crossing the others. Sternum broad, dark brown,
strongly convex. Endites dusky orange-yellow. Legs orange-
yellow, coxge suffused with dusky. Abdomen dark gray. On the
ventral side of the abdomen in front of the epigastric furrow is a
swollen, strongly chitinized plate ; the middle part is hexagonally
reticulate and the sides transversely striate. This is an extreme
development of the stridulating organ.

Posterior eyes in a straight line, equal, the median separated
by twice the diameter and from the lateral by about the diameter.
Anterior eyes in a slightly recurved line, the median much smaller
than the lateral, separated by the radius and from the lateral by
nearly twice the diameter.

Femur of palpus moderately long, rather stout and curved in-
ward, armed on the ventrolateral side with a row of 6 stiff hairs.
Patella short, straight, slightly widened distally. Ratio of length
of femur to that of patella as 22 to 9. Tibia ventrally as long as
patella, broadly produced dorsally with the margin truncate,
gently sinuate, the lateral angle armed with a black triangular
incurved tooth ; the margin next to the paracymbium broadly and
evenly excavated. Paracymbium rather stout and strongly
curved, base armed with a row of five slender, stiff hairs. The
tegulum somewhat protuberant ventrally. The tail-piece of the
embolic division ends in a flat triangular piece which lies over the

96

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

end of the tegulum. This is connected with the base of the
embolus proper by a broad, thin section which is folded back
toward the center of the bulb. The embolus itself is a stout, black
style gradually narrowed toward the tip, the basal part is nearly
straight ; it then makes a sharp bend and terminates in two points.

Female. Length, 1.7 mm. Similar to the male. The epigy-
num is a convex plate deeply notched behind. The openings are
at the anterior end of the median fovea. The fovea is occupied
by three plates, an anterior median one, pointed behind and two
triangular lateral ones, the tips of which meet on the middle line.

Type localities : Lake Louise, Alta., and Laggan, B. C.

Alberta : Lake Louise, Aug. 12, 1927, 6 1 ?.

Plate II

1. Scotinotylus antennatus, $ , right palpus, lateral view.

2. Scotinotylus antennatus, $ , right palpus, mesal view.

3. Scotinotylus antennatus, $ , cephalothorax, dorsal view.

4. Sisicottus montanus, type of nesides, $ , right palpus, tibia, full dorsal

view.

5. Sisicottus montanus, pidacitis form, $ , right tibia, dorsolateral view.

6. Sisicottus montanus, eastern form, $ , right tibia, dorsolateral view.

7. Sisicottus montanus, type, $ , right palpus, mesoventral view.

8. Sisicottus montanus, $ , epigynum.

9. Sisicottus montigenus, $ , right tibia, dorsolateral view, Mt. MacIntyre

specimen.

10. Sisicottus montigenus, $ , right tibia, dorsolateral view, Mt. Mitchell

specimen.

11. Sisicottis montigenus, $ , epigynum.

12. Sisicus penifusiferus, $ , right palpus, mesal view.

13. Sisicus penifusiferus, $ , right tibia, dorsolateral view.

13a. Sisicus penifusiferus, $ , epigynum.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLYI

(Plate 2)

13a

ERIGONEiE

98

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Plate III

14. Scolop embolus littoralis, $ , right palpus, mesoventral view.

15. Scolop embolus littoralis, $ , right tibia, dorsal view.

16. S colop emb olus melacrus, $,left palpus, mesoventral view (from type).

17. Scolopembolus melacrus, $ , left tibia, dorsal view.

18. Trcematosisis bispinosus, $ , right palpus, mesal view (from type).

19. Trcematosisis bispinosus, $ , right palpus, ventral view.

20. Trcematosisis bispinosus, $ , right tibia, dorsal view.

21. Trcematosisis bispinosus, $ , left tibia, dorsal view.

22. Sisis rotundus, $ , right palpus, mesoventral view.

23. Sisis rotundus, $ , right tibia, dorsal view.

24. Sisis rotundus, $ , epigynum.

ERIGONEiE

100

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Plate IV

25. Dicymbium elongatum, $ , right palpus, dorsal view.

26. Dicymbium elongatum, $ , right palpus, ventral view.

27. Dicymbium elongatum, $ , right palpus, mesal view.

28. Dicymbium elongatum, $ , right palpus, lateral view.

29. Dicymbium elongatum, $ , cephalothorax, dorsal view.

30. Dicymbium elongatum, $ , epigynum.

31. Scirites pectinatus, $ , right palpus, mesoventral view.

32. Scirites pectinatus, $ , right tibia, dorsolateral view.

33. Scirites pectinatus, $ , tarsus and metatarsus of first leg.

34. Scirites pectinatus, $ , epigynum.

35. Scironis tarsalis, $ , right palpus, ventral view.

36. Scironis tarsalis, $ , right tibia, dorsal view.

37. Scironis tarsalis, $ , right tibia, dorsolateral view.

38. Sinoria rapidula, $ , right palpus, mesoventral view.

39. Sinoria rapidula, $ right tibia, dorsal view.

40. Sitalcas ruralis, $ , right palpus, lateral view.

41. Sitalcas ruralis, $ , right tibia, dorsal view.

42. Sitalcas ruralis, $ , epigynum.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XL VI

(Plate 4)

EEIGONE^E

102

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Plate V

43. Sciastes acuminatus, $ , right embolus.

44. Sciastes acuminatus , $ , right tibia, dorsolateral view.

45. Sciastes acuminatus, $ right tibia, dorsal view.

46. Sciastes concavus, $ , right palpus, dorsal view.

47. Sciastes concavus, $ , right palpus, mesal view.

48. Sciastes microtarsus, $ , right palpus, mesal view.

49. Sciastes microtarsus, $ , epigynum.

49a. Sciastes microtarsus, $ , right tibia, dorsal view.

50. Sciastes simplex, $ , right palpus, mesoventral view.

51. Sciastes simplex, $ , right tibia, dorsal view.

52. Sciastes simplex, $ , right palpus, dorsolateral view.

53. Sciastes simplex, $ , epigynum.

54. Sciastes terrestris, $ , right palpus, mesal view.

55. Sciastes terrestris, $ , right tibia, dorsal view.

56. Sciastes terrestris, $ , epigynum.

57. Sciastes truncatus, $ , right palpus, mesoventral view.

58. Sciastes truncatus, $ , right tibia, dorsal view.

59. Sciastes truncatus, $, epigynum.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.)> Vol. XLYI

(Plate 5)

ERIGONE^E

104

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. XLVI

Plate YI

60. Sciastes ur sinus, $ , right palpus, mesoventral view.

61. Sciastes ursinus, $ , right tibia, dorsal view.

62. Sciastes vicosanus, $ , right palpus, mesoventral view.

63. Sciastes vicosanus , $ , right tibia, dorsal view.

64. Sciastes vicosanus , $ , epigynum.

65. Gnathonaroides pedalis, $ , right palpus, lateral view.

66. Gnathonaroides pedalis , $ , right palpus, mesal view.

67. Sisyrhe rustica, $ , left palpus, ventral view.

68. Sisyrhe rustica, $ , left palpus, dorsal view.

69. Scotoussa bidentata, $ , right palpus, mesoventral view.

70. Scotoussa bidentata, $ , tibia, dorsal view.

71. Scotoussa bidentata, $ , epigynum.

(Plate 6)

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XL VI

ERIGONE.E

106

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Plate YII

72. Scyletria inflata, $ , right palpus, mesal view.

73. Scyletria inflata, $ , right tibia, dorsolateral view.

74. Scyletria inflata, $ , right tibia, mesal view.

75. Scyletria jona, $ , right palpus, mesal view.

76. Scyletria jona, $ , right tibia, dorsomesal view.

77. Scylaceus pallidus, $ , right palpus, mesoventral view.

78. Scylaceus pallidus, $ , right tibia, dorsal view.

79. Scylaceus pallidus, $ , right tibia, mesodorsal view.

80. Scylaceus pallidus, $ , epigynum.

81. Scylaceus obtusus, $ , right palpus, mesal view.

82. Scylaceus obtusus, $ , right tibia, dorsal view.

83. Scylaceus obtusus, $ , epigynum.

84. Smodix reticulata, $ , right palpus, ventral view.

85. Smodix reticulata, $ , left tibia, dorsal view.

86. Smodix reticulata, $ , epigynum.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLYI (Plate 7)

ERIGONE^E

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated June 7, 1893
Certificate of Incorporation expires June 7, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month
(except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of
Natural History, 77th Street and Columbus Avenue.

Annual dues for Active Members, $3.00; including subscription to the Journal, $4.50.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

Officers for the Year 1938

President , DR. WM. MOORE American Cyanamid Co., New York, N. Y.

Vice-President, DR. H. T. SPIETH College of the City of New York, N. Y.

Secretary, LUCY W. CLAUSEN American Museum of Natural History

Treasurer, PAUL T. RICHARD American Museum of Natural History

Librarian, F. E. WATSON American Museum of Natural History

Curator, A. J. MUTCHLER American Museum of Natural History

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Wm. T. Davis Dr. F. E. Lutz Dr. Wm. Procter

H. F. Schwarz Henry Bird

Harry B. Weiss

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
Dr. C. H. Curran
E. L. Bell

John D. Sherman, Jr.

Dr. Herbert Ruckes

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. C. II. Curran

Frank A. Soraci

Dr. J. L. Horsfall

AUDITING COMMITTEE
Max Kisliuk, Jr.

G. B. Engelhardt

Henry Dietrich

FIELD COMMITTEE
A. S. Nicolay

William P. Comstock

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

William T. Davis

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at Lime and Green Sts.,
Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to manuscript for
the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Harry B. Weiss, 19 N.
7th Ave., Highland Park, New Jersey; all subscriptions to the
Treasurer, Paul T. Richard, American Museum of Natural His-
tory, New York, N. Y. Orders for back issues should be sent to
the Librarian, Frank E. Watson, American Museum of Natural
History, 77th St. and Columbus Ave., New York, N. Y. The So-
ciety has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will
not be responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of
change of address. We do not exchange publications.

Terms for subscription, $3.00 per year, strictly in advance.

Please make all checks , money-orders , or drafts payable to
New York Entomological Society.

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to
authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following
rates :

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 24 pp. 32 pp.

25 copies ' $2.40 $5.22 $5.58 $5.58 $9.00 $9.60

Additional 100 ’s ...... .60 1.44 1.92 1.92 3.00 3.00

Covers 50 copies, $2.00; additional 100’s, $1.50.

Half-tone prints 1% cents for each half-tone print.

Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or
full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or
pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to
pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when
advisable.

VoL XL VI

No. 2

JUNE, 1938

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS
C. H. CURRAN

J. D. SHERMAN, Jr.
E. L. BELL

Subscription $3.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
LIME AND GREEN STREETS,
LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1938

CONTENTS

More Box-mites of the Northeastern United States.

By Arthur Paul Jacot 109

Book Notice 146

Mantispidae Parasitic on Spider Egg Sacs.

By Benjamin Julian Kaston 147

Book Notice 154

A Study of the Elliptical Goldenrod Gall Caused by Gnori-
moschema Gallaesolidaginis Riley.

By George W. Barber 155

Revision of the Robberfly Genus Taracticus Loew with
Descriptions of Three New Species (Diptera; Asilidae).

By A. Earl Pritchard 179

The Food of the Black Widow Spider on Whidby Island,
Washington.

By Robert Y. Pratt and Melville H. Hatch 191

An Overlooked Title by C. V. Riley on the Colorado Potato
Beetle 194

Entomology and Nursery Rhymes.

By Harry B. Weiss 195

Progress of Japanese Beetle Investigations.

By C. H. Hadley 203

The Aphid Genus Pseudoepameibaphis.

By G. F. Knowlton and C. F. Smith 217

Theophrastus of Eresos as an Economic Entomologist.

By Melville H. Hatch 223

Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society 229

NOTICE: Volume XLVI, No. 1, of the Journal of the New
York Entomological Society was published on April 1,
1938.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103,
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. XL VI June, 1938 No. 2

MORE BOX-MITES OF THE NORTHEASTERN
UNITED STATES

By Arthur Paul Jacot
Northeastern Forest Experiment Station,
New Haven, Connecticut

This is an unexpected addition to my earlier paper (15). At
that time I thought I had secured all species of Phthiracaridse of
Connecticut. By collecting in new habitats (bogs, old pine
woods) and new localities (the much more rugged northwest
corner) I have to add several species to the New England list.
Illustrations of species not yet figured will appear in the ‘ ‘ Manual
of East American Phthiracaridae. ’ ’

Since the publication of the earlier paper, Grand jean has in-
troduced a new set of terms for some of the parts. (11). I am
retaining mine (15, p. 221) as having precedence. The syno-
nyms are :

Jacot

anal rods
anal covers
genital shields
genital covers

anogenital plates, in Oribotritia
anogenital plates, in Pseudo-
tritia

infolded part of ventral plate

Grandjean
anal plates
anal-adanal plates
genital plates
genital-aggenital plates
adanal and aggenital plates
genital, aggenital, anal, adanal

plicature plates

Following Oudemans, I regarded the complex of anogenital
plates of Oribotritia as due to splitting of the plates as found in

V :

110

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Phthiracarus to give greater flexibility in a much contracted and
much folded area. Grand jean considers the condition in Oribo-
tritia as the more primitive and the one in Phthiracarus as due
to fusion. As there is more evidence for accepting Grandjean’s
viewpoint than Oudemans’ I will henceforth reverse the order
of genera placing Oribotritia first and the Phthiracarini last.

I am still unable to find a suture between the outer part of the
ventral plate and the part which is folded inward and which
Grandjean calls, “plicature plate”. As far as I can determine
this is a sharply folded, V- shaped ventral plate.

Until the homology of the bristles has been worked out with
some degree of certainty, I am retaining my notation of the noto-
gastral bristles with the modifications stated in a more recent
paper (1G), which places the emphasis on the transverse arrange-

ment (text figure). This is in harmony with transverse segmen-
tation, while the longitudinal arrangement inaugurated by
Berlese in other genera has no phylogenic basis. The notation
of the bristles of the anal area in the Phthiracarini, as used by
Grandjean is as follows :

June, 1938]

Jacot: Box-Mites

111

Jacot

Grandjean

—

al (a = anal)

1:1

a2

1:2

a3

II: 1

adl (ad = adanal)

11:2

ad2

11:3

ad3

I am retaining my enumeration as having precedence but will
use Grandjean ’s al for the bristle of the interlocking triangle.
As this notation may be confused with bristles al of the noto-
gaster, I prefer to use it in unabbreviated form (anal 1). I had
formerly used 1:3 for the posterior bristle, but later (16, pp.
247-248, txt. fig. 2) pointed out that I: 3 really belonged to the
lateral row. This necessitated changing the enumeration from
1 : 3 to II : 3.

I find no reason for studying the mouth parts and legs of the
Phthiracarinae at the present time. I do not consider that the
specific differences in the mandibles are of such systematic value
as to warrant spending the necessary time to figure or note them.
Their study may have academic value. That is for another gen-
eration to determine.

In November 1930 (15) I found that Acarus was a Greek
neuter noun and have used it as such. Grandjean has called to
my attention that Linne, its original user in systematic literature,
used it as a masculine noun as have subsequent writers. As the
International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature do not cover such
usage, I will hereafter follow the usage of Linne.

Types are to be deposited at the Museum of Comparative
Zoology.

Subfamily Protoplophorinae (15, p. 210)

Phthiracaridas with more or less distinct transverse segmenta-
tion at least in the immature stages, and a long beaklike
aspis (101).

Type: Protoplophora (4, p. 217).

Tribe Protoplophorini trib. nov.

Phthiracarinse with dorsal area of abdomen covered by at least two noto-
gastral plates, the posterior one (pygidium) capable of telescoping under the
anterior one (pronotaspis) and usually found in this position in preserved

112

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

material; sides covered by freely movable, lateral plates (pleuraspides), as far
as now known, one on each side.

Type: Protoplophora (4, p. 217).

Chiefly tropical and subtropical.

Tribe Phtiracarulini trib. nov.

Protoplophorinae with pygidium and pleuraspides fused to form an unusually
deep and saclike ventral plate.

Type: Phtiracarulus (5, p. 149).

Genus Phtiracarulus (5, p. 149)

This is the only genus of Phthiracarulini at present known.
Type: Phtiracarus ( Phtiracarulus ) perexiguus (5, p. 149).

I regard this as the most highly developed Protoplophorinae
known to date.

Phtiracarulus laevis sp. nov.

(Figures .1 to 5)

Diagnostic characters : Pseudostigmatic organ head very slender, long-
pointed, smooth; aspis and notogaster with very fine, fairly short bristles.

Description: Size small, length (more or less contracted) 0.28 mm.; greatest
length of notogaster 0.23 mm., tip of aspis to anterior edge of pseudostig-
mata 0.13 mm., thus much smaller than the genotype from Italy; color amber
yellow (no red) ; aspis smooth, produced anteriorly in middle and thus much
produced downward, hooklike in lateral aspect, as in the Protoplophorinae),
rim slender, widening slightly posteriad, ventroproximal edge convex, postero-
ventral corner thickened; pseudostigmata not projecting, exterior portion a
simple opening, the organ quite long, slender, sinuous, held lateral (figures 1
and 2), in some individuals a series of very fine cilia may be discerned near
distal end; exopseudostigmal bristles very fine, short, to indiscernible.

Notogaster with a fairly deep flange (cloison of Grand jean (13) along
anterior edge, and a very deep one along posterior edge (figure 1) ; with all
this unusual development of the flange, the lip (limbe of Grandjean (13) is
quite short; anterior edge drawn out in center into a well-developed lobe; with
twelve bristles (at least I am unable to discern more) : eight dorsal and dorso-
lateral, and four along upper edge of flange, these four posterior bristles are
longer and stouter than the others.

Ventral plate very broadly continuous behind anal aperture (figure 1, not
2). This plate includes the pygidium (metanotaspis) of the Protoplophorinae.
This is evident from two factors, namely, the presence of the six bristles
around its posterior end, and the presence of a ridge or suture which, in the
tritonymphs, extends between the lowest two of these six bristles and the
others (figure 4). This suture represents the border between the ventral plate
and the pygidium. The posterior end of this suture is evanescent, incomplete.

June, 1938]

Jacot: Box-Mites

113

In the deutonymphs it is complete around the posterior end and the pygidium
is more developed. Thus in this genus one has an actual transition in the
fusion of two plates. Actually the ventral plate is made up of the fused pair
of pleuraspides of Grandjean (10) which bear two bristles each. The other
four bristles are characteristic of the lower edge of the pygidium. Moreover,
in the nymphs the notogaster is obliquely truncate, as in the Protoplophorinae.
In the adult this truncation is lost by an extension of the lower edge of the
notogaster leaving the two peripheral bristles remote from the ventral edge
(compare figures 1 and 4).

Anal covers slender, each with three very fine bristles; anal covers set in a
single plate which, in ventral aspect (figure 2), presents an edge view except
at anterior end where it appears triangular (each side). Each triangle with
two insertions (figure 2). I find no suture or break on the median plane.
Genital covers (figure 3) quadrilateral, with a spur at anterolateral corner
which fits under ventral plate, anterior edge thickened (figure 2), at least five
bristles along mesal edge, two at posterior end of lateral edge, and two near
center. It is difficult to account for this three ranked arrangement. In the
tritonymphs the median edge of the genital covers is produced anteriad as a
spur nearly as long as the body of the covers.

Palp segments similar to leg segments. Legs not unusual; ungues mono-
hamate.

Egg large, reniform, situated at bottom of ventral plate.

Quite similar to Phthiracarulus rostralis (23, p. 245, Figs. 8-9)
from Guatemala but differs in the following respects : rostral
bristles evident; notogastral bristles fewer, the posteroventral
much longer, VP1 not discernible ; lateral bristles of genital cov-
vers two; posterior bristles of ventral plate reduced to four (each
side).

Material examined: Ten specimens from sphagnum moss, bog,
Bethany, Conn. ; taken June 22, 1932, slide 3220hl. Three hun-
dred ninety-seven specimens from mat of the sedge Carex tri -
sperma billingsii of same bog; same date, slides 3221hl, -h2, -h3,
and -nh (all cotypes). Eight specimens from leaf mould, sphag-
num, and mosses from foot of eight inch Tamarack and from
under blueberry bushes, Tamarack swamp at foot of Rabbit Hill,
town of Warren, Conn. ; taken August 26, 1932, slides 3250h7,
-h8, -hll, and -hl2. Five specimens from deciduous litter (in-
cluding Rhododendron) from top of Riga Mountain near Bingham
Pond (west side of road) ; taken August 6, 1932, slides 3232h3
and -h4. Ninety-nine specimens from other side of road, on burn
of May 4, 1930, slide 3231hl and -h4. Nine specimens from

114

Journal New York Entomological Society ,[Vol. XLVI

decayed spruce stump and blueberry leaf mould and moss, side
of Bingham Pond; same date, slide 3233hl. Pour specimens
from well decayed, fallen hemlock bole, half-way up Sage ’s Ravine
(south side) northeast corner of Connecticut; taken August 17,
1932, slide 3239h2. Twenty-nine specimens from laurel litter,
same spot and date, slides 3240hl to -h3. One specimen from dry
hemlock mould with moss, cliffy rocks, same locality and date,
slide 3241h3.

Habitat: This species would thus seem to prefer rather wild
situations little polluted by man.

Subfamily Phthiracarin^e (15)

Phthiracaridae with notogaster of adults formed of one plate,
immature stages soft, white; aspis never produced ventrad on
median line to form a hooklike beak.

Type: Phthiracarus (21, p. 874).

Tribe Euphthiracarini (15, p. 241)

Phthiracarinae with ventral plate strongly folded longitudinally
each side (bellows-like) very narrow posterior to anus; anal and
genital plates or covers very narrow.

Type: Euphthiracarus (9, p. 132).

Key to Genera

1. Anogenital area covered laterally by two long plates (anogenital), mesally
by two pairs of slender plates: a genital pair (genital shields) and a very

slender anal pair (anal rods) ! . 2

1. Anogenital area covered by only two long plates (anogential) 3

2. Genital shields as broad at anterior as at posterior end; each anogenital
plate with four bristles along posterior half; aspal bristles erect; noto-

gastral bristles thirty Protoribotritia

2. Anterior end of genital shields much constricted and produced anterodorsad ;
each anogenital plate with but three bristles along posterior half; aspal

bristles prone; notogastral bristles twenty-eight or less Oribotritia

3. Aspis small, anterior end depressed ; aspal rib short ; surface of notogaster
stippled to finely scrolled Pseudotritia

3. Aspis large, anterior end high, full, rib extending to center of aspis; surface
of notogaster sculptured Euphthiracarus

Genus Protoribotritia gen. nov.

Resembling Oribotritia but with thirty notogastral bristles, four bristles on
posterior half of each anogenital plate (paranal), three on each anal rod; aspal
bristles erect.

Type: Protoribotritia canadaris sp. nov.

June, 1938]

Jacot: Box-Mites

115

Protoribotritia canadaris sp. nov.

(Figures 6 to 8)

Size small, diagonal length of notogaster 0.365 mm., breadth and height
0.24 mm., length of aspis 0.2 mm., anterior edge of pseudostigmata to distal
end of aspis 0.127 mm.; color pale straw, “stomach” contents pink, amor-
phous, giving the species a characteristic appearance quite different from any
other species known to me; aspis high, without rim, carina, or ridge; pseudo-
stigmata not projecting, merely a small opening internally enlarged and
chambered (figures 6 and 8) ; pseudostigmatic organs well developed, held at
right angle to aspis, clavate, head held somewhat erect, distal end constricted
much as a lead pencil, with two or three short bristles each side (figure 6) ;
a prominent, internal rib running from pseudostigmata to lower edge of aspis
(figure 8) ; rostral bristles inserted some distance from distal end of aspis,
remote! (figure 7), medium long; lateral bristles longer, more approximate
(figure 7); vertex bristles very long (figure 8), slightly more remote than
rostral (figure 7); collar barely distinguishable; lapet streamlined; bristles al
distant from anterior edge of notogaster, other bristles disposed as in figures
7 and 8, bl variable in position ; all bristles fine, flexuous ; anogenital area as
in Oribotritia but anterior end of genital shields not constricted, not produced
as a horn anteriad and dorsad (interiorly), each with six bristles inserted some
distance from mesal edge of shield; usual two anterior insertions of anogenital
plates rather close together, those of posterior half subequally spaced, the
bristles as long as notogastral; anterior insertion of anal rods near anterior
edge, middle insertion on anterior third, posterior insertion on posterior third
(figure 7).

Legs not unusual, tarsi I and II with a long, stout, slightly decurved bristle ;
ungues monohamate. Palps four segmented, penultimate segment half as long
as distal or second, distal segment with distal half much more slender than
proximal half, bearing a bristle similar to that of tarsi I and II.

Material examined: One specimen from leaf mould, sphagnum
and other moss from foot of eight inch tamarack, and from under
blueberry bushes, Tamarack swamp, head of valley at foot of
Rabbit Hill, town of Warren, Conn. ; taken August 26, 1932, slide
3250hll. One specimen from Rhododendron and oak litter, top
of Riga Mountain, near Bingham Pond (east of road), northwest-
ern Conn. ; taken August 6, 1932, slide 3232h4. Five specimens
from across road on burn of May 4, 1930, slides 3231hl and -h4.
Six specimens from pine leaf-mould and duff, foot of white pines,
east slope of Pleasant Hill, Etna, Tompkins Co., N. Y. ; taken
October 15, 1932, slides 3289n3, 3290hl, 3290h2. Thirty-one
specimens from pine leaf mould from base of pine, crest of Con-

116

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

necticut Hill, Newfield, Tompkins, Co., N. Y. ; taken November
25, 1932, slides 32109hl and -h2 {cotypes).

It is interesting to find this evidently Canadian life zone species
in Connecticut but in very small numbers (lot 3250 yielded 713
other Phthiracarids, lot 3232 yielded a total of 101).

Oribotritia banksi (20)

Efforts were made to secure this species along the southern edge
of Connecticut but without success. Its northern limit is still
Long Island, N. Y.

Genus Pseudotritia (22, p. 552)

Euphthiracarini with anogenital area covered by only two long
plates (anogenital) the median edge of which bears a triangular
series of interlocking ridges ; aspis small, anterior end depressed ;
aspal rib short ; surface of aspis and notogaster stippled to finely
scrolled.

Type: Tritia ( Pseudotritia ) monodactyla (22, p. 552, fig. 1).

Pseudotritia ardua, (18, fasc. 32/15)

(Figure 10)<\

This species has already been fully described (15, p. 243, pi.
38, figs. 44-51, pi. 35, fig. 25) and commented on (16, pp. 255 to
258). I now include a figure of the extruded ovipositor (figure
10). In my earlier paper (15) the legend under the specific name
(p. 243) should read: figs. 44-51, pi. 35, fig. 25. Bristles anal 1
are present but so short as to be visible only when seen somewhat
obliquely, that is they do not project beyond ventral edge of ano-
genital plate when specimen is viewed in true lateral aspect.
These bristles are normally curved backward. In figure 44 (15)
my III : 3 of page 245 (as pointed out by Grand jean (13) is the
opening to the abdomino-lateral gland, the bristle below it is III : 3.
The abdomen may be so compressed that the dorsal and posterior
faces form a sharp angle (like a gable roof), or it may be so broad
as to form a rounded dorsal and posterior face. These differences
in degree of compression may be sexual.

In its various forms but chiefly as the typical form I have it
from lots as follows and as presented in the Table of Occurrences
at the end of this paper.

June, 1938]

Jacot: Box-Mites

117

Material examined: Three specimens from epigeous moss
clumps, in thicket, edge of swampy woods, East Village, Monroe,
Conn. ; taken January 18 (a week after a fifteen degree freeze)
1932, slide 322h. One specimen from leaf litter, woodland slope,
East Village, Monroe, Conn. ; taken March 31, 1932, slide 328nh.
Four specimens (two with pock-marks on the inner face of the
notogaster ! ) from hickory shag from base of bole of a hickory in
vacant lot on Coscob headland, Conn. ; taken April 12, 1932, slide
3212h. Three specimens from well decayed stump of white cedar,
epigeous moss and litter from small white cedars, Bethany bog,
Conn. ; taken June 22, 1932, slide 3223h. Three specimens from
oak leaf litter and duff, sandy ridge northeast of North Haven,
Conn.; taken September 14th (dried the 23rd), slide 3267h.
Three specimens from same spot but almost exclusively leaf mould,
slide 3270h2. One specimen from decayed oak branches lying
on ground, same spot as last; dried September 28, slide 3271h.
Thirty specimens from ericaceous leaf mould among pines, sand
barrens between North Haven and Northford (charred leaf mould
common) ; dried September 29, slides 327 2h and 3273h. Twelve
specimens from scrub-oak litter from base of sprout clump, same
locality; dried October 6, slides 3276h and 3277h. One specimen
from lower, mucky layer of sphagnum, below the frozen layer, in
swale, below road below wooded ridge of Connecticut Hill, New-
field, Tompkins Co., N. Y. ; taken November 25, 1932, slide 32107h.
Three specimens from trash, Columbia, Mo., taken by C. R.
Crosby, in Cornell Univ. Coll., determined by Ewing as Phthira-
carus americanus (as well as an accompanying Euphthiracarus
flavus).

From the collection of August E. Miller, I have before me a
flower-bed marker of white pine which had been treated with corn
syrup solution by boiling for one hour. This stake was then
exposed outdoors to termites and became infested with Pseudo-
tritia ardua which had eaten into the stake. It was then sealed
into a glass tube by Dr. Miller. When I examined the stake, it
was riddled with the galleries of this mite, the bodies of the adults
being on the surface of the wood and in the ends of the burrows.
Moreover, the surface of the stake was heavily coated with the
fasces and frass of the mites. Thus it is evident that this species

118

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

will readily eat out wood, especially if impregnated with food.
It is possible that the mites were attracted by fungi which may
have developed on the syrup rather than by the syrup itself. The
stake had not been rendered punky by fungus digestion. At any
rate this is experimental evidence that these mites are the termites
of the northern woods.

Thus this species is again seen to be common under most condi-
tions but not in extremely wet situations as sphagnum of an open
bog (but see 32107, and another in the overlying frozen layer
(not otherwise recorded, slide 32106ol). It is of particular note
that it is almost the only Phthiracarid secured in the pine-oak sand
barrens between North Haven and Northford (the exceptions
being Pseudotritia simplex and Phthiracarus setosus).

Pseudotritia ardua curticephala subsp. nov.

Pseudostigmatic organ head short, truncate with about eight fairly long,
stiff bristles directed distad (rather than laterally) ; rib which, in the species
passes along ventral edge of pseudostigmata (15, pi. 38, fig. 44), is here
broken below the pseudostigmata, so that the anterior half abuts against
front edge of pseudostigmata while the posterior half passes ventrad beyond
the pseudostigmata ; vertex bristles nearly as short as lateral, truncate ; sculp-
ture of aspis and notogaster coarsely scrolled (vermiculate) ; center of aspis
and anogenital plate somewhat pocked ; anterior half of anogenital plate with
a low longitudinal ridge near its center (visible only in ventral aspect), bristle
of interlocking triangle longer, plainly visible in lateral aspect, an additional
insertion on mesal edge of anogenital plate just beyond triangle; two bristles
on rim of anogenital plate subequal to or slightly longer than the others ; size
not large, diagonal length of notogaster 0.4 mm., height of notogaster 0.25
mm., end of aspis to anterior edge of pseudostigmata 0.16 mm.

Material examined is entered on Record of Occurrences. The
forty cotypes are on slide 3239hl. It is interesting to note that
this evidently Canadian life zone form is in some cases found in
the same lot with the species, being easily distinguished by the
much smaller size. This and the difference in the trussing of the
lower edge of the aspis lead me to wonder if it is not a full species.
More distributional data is needed to settle this point.

Pseudotritia simplex (15, p. 248)

Aspis with a low ridge, much as in Pseudotritia ardua; rim
slender, terminating at distal end of carina ; rostral bristles short,

June, 1938]

Jacot: Box-Mites

119

very fine, close together, inserted at distal end of ridge, lateral
bristles more anterior than usual, only slightly more remote than
rostral ! ; vertex bristles remote, not distant from pseudostigmata
which are reduced externally to a simple opening ; pseudostigmatic
organ head with blunt distal end.

Notogaster with short, very fine bristles. Compared to Pseudo-
tritia ardua these bristles have migrated forward so as to be
unusually concentrated about dorso-lateral areas. Anogenital
plates as in Pseudotritia ardua but bristles of both genital and
anal areas reduced to four. Of these the last two of anal area
are much longer and correspondingly stouter. These two long
bristles are inserted anteriad and posteriad of transverse plane
of VP2. It is therefore difficult to say what bristles they repre-
sent. In Buphthiracarus the peripheral bristles (1:1 and 1:2)
are much longer than the others while in Pseudotritia ardua they
are shorter.

The eggs are fairly closely armed with prominent decurved
spines, giving it a very burry appearance. I have not noticed
more than three per female at one time.

Material examined in addition to the material recorded on Rec-
ord of Occurrences : Thirty specimens from sphagnum moss, open
bog, Bethany, Conn. ; taken June 22, 1932, slide 3220hl. Forty-
six specimens from mat of the sedge Carex trisperma billingsii,
same bog, same date, slide 3221hl, -h2, -h3 and -h4. Thirty-five
specimens from well decayed stump of white cedar, epigeous moss,
and litter of small white cedars, same bog and date, slide 3223h.
Twelve specimens from coarsely foliose and fruticose lichens and
Selaginella covering large boulders and ledges, short way up south
side of Sage’s ravine, northwest Conn.; taken August 6, dried
August 16, 1932, slide 3238hl. One specimen from oak leaf litter
and duff, sand ridge northeast of North Haven, Conn. ; taken
September 14, dried the 23rd, slide 3267h. One hundred fifty
specimens from same spot as preceding lot but almost exclusively
duff, dried September 26, slides 3269hl to -h5. Fourteen speci-
mens from same spot as lot 3267 but almost exclusively leaf litter,
dried September 27, slide 3270hl. Nine specimens from scrub
oak litter from base of sprout clump, sand barrens between North
Haven and Northford, Conn. ; taken September 14, dried October
6, slides 3276h, 3277h.

120

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

From these records this species seems to be tolerant of a great
variety of conditions.

Genns Euphthiracarus (9, p. 132)

Euphthiracarini with anogenital area covered by only two long
plates (anogenital) ; aspis large, anterior end high, full, rib ex-
tending to center of aspis ; pseudostigmata with shelf along lower
edge; surface of notogaster, as well as of aspis and anogenital
plates, sculptured.

Type: Phtkiracarus flavus (7, p. 450, Fig. 1).

Key to Species

1. Pseudostigmatic organs with broad head 2

1. Pseudostigmatic organs bristlelike, cilia to 4

2. Sides and top of aspis pocked; notogastral bristles short, stout, stiff.

E. crassisetce

2. Sides of aspis smooth ; notogastral bristles fine, flexuous 3

3. Anterior end of aspis depressed, flattish, much as in Pseudotritia, carina
double as in Euphthiracarus; rib fine, faint; rostral bristles porect, gently
curved; the four bristles of posterior end of anogential plates subequally
spaced, the posterior one (II: 3) at least as long as notogastral bristles
1:5; II: 1 much nearer I: 1 than to anal 1 E. depressculus

3. Anterior end of aspis high, angular; carina simple, as in Pseudotritia; rib

well developed; rostral bristles with distal half bent; the four bristles of
posterior end of anogenital plates with posterior one more distant and
shorter than notogastral bristles I: 5; II: 1 distant from I: 1, midway
between 1 : 1 and anal 1. : E. punctulatus

4. Dorsal face of aspis pocked; pseudostigmatic organs bristlelike, bilaterally

ciliate ; notogaster high E. flavus

4. Pocking confined to distal end of aspis; pseudostigmatic organs with distal
third slightly swollen, cilia two ranked but on the same side; notogaster
of usual height . E. flavus pulchrus

Euphthiracarus depressculus (14, p. 90, Figs. 1-6)

This species is related to Pseudotritia in the shape of the aspis
and diminutive rib, but the double carina and sculpturing relate
it to Euphthiracarus. The pseudostigmata moreover have shelf
along ventral edge, and anogenital plate bristles al are long.

Material examined: One specimen from dry hemlock mould,
moss and Selaginella of cliffy rocks, south side of Sage’s Kavine,
northwestern Conn. ; taken August 23, 1932, slide 3241hl. Three
specimens from inner layers of well decayed hemlock branch,

June, 1938] JACOT: Box-Mites 121

lying in pine-hemlock gully, east side of Pleasant Hill, Etna,
N. Y. ; taken November 3, 1932, slides 32100h and 32101h. One
specimen from lower mucky layer of sphagnum (below the frozen
layer) about tree stump, in swale below road below wooded ridge
of Connecticut Hill, Newfield, Tompkins Co., N. Y. ; taken Novem-
ber 25, 1932, slide 32107h. One specimen from epigeous moss,
and lichens from old wood and stumps, woods, crest of Connecticut
Hill ; same date, slide 32110b. One specimen from moss from rock
rim at foot of slope, south side of Taughannock Ravine, Cayuga
Lake, N. Y. ; taken April 25, 1932, slide 336hl. One specimen
from fallen dead wood, beech woods on road 330, north Brookdale
(Six Mile valley, south of Ithaca), N. Y. ; taken August 20, 1933,
slide 3321h.

Except for the Connecticut record, known only from vicinity
of the type locality especially places showing Canadian life zone
tendencies. Distinctly epixylous.

Euphthiracarus punctulatus (15, p. 250, pi. 40,

Figs. 60-65)

This species is related to Pseudotritia by its simple carina, and
not broadly rounded rostrum ; the rostral bristles are not as curved
and depressed as in the type species. It is intermediate in shape
of aspis and rostral bristles between the above species and the next.

Material examined: One specimen from rot-pocket in section of
trunk of yellow birch, cut about two years previously, near East
Village, Monroe, Conn.; taken November 6, 1931, slide 3175h.
Twenty-seven specimens from under face of old boards, edge of
woods, near East Village ; taken August 4, 1932, slide 3230h. One
specimen from very rotten log in woods, near East Village ; taken
August 25, 1932, slide 3245h. Eleven specimens from under face
of wood, woodland margin, foot of Indian Hill, along Forest Road,
New Haven, Conn. ; taken August 25, 1932, slide 3247h. One
specimen from leaf mould, small gully on road up from Cayuga
Lake between Myers and Norton, N. Y. ; taken December 5, 1932,
by C. R. Crosby, slide 32111h. One specimen from leaf mould,
from under ground hemlock and foot of an elm, on slope, eight
feet above ravine bottom, south side of Taughannock Ravine,
N. Y. ; taken April 25, 1933, slide 337hl.

122

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

This extension of range into central New York is complementary
to the preceding. It begins to look as if this species were transi-
tional and the preceding were Canadian. Both are predominantly
epixylous.

Euphthiracarus flavus pulchrus (15, p. 250, pi. 39,

Fig. 59)

Based on a single specimen from a hemlock ravine in central
Connecticut, this species now appears to be fairly common in
rather dry habitats in unanthropized areas of the northwest corner
of the state (see Record of Occurrences).

Euphthiracarus crassisetse sp. nov.

Diagnostic characters : Bristles somewhat short, stout; rostrum high; dorsal
face of aspis entirely pocked, down to the usual double carina; rostral bristles
short, stiff; vertex bristles long, slightly clavate; pseudostigmatie organs long
(in dorsal aspect), curved anteriad and dorsad, with short, clavate head, each
edge lined with cilia, thus somewhat resembling those of Pseudotritia ardua
but distal end more blunt; anterior end of anogenital plates flattened, finely
crenulate, bristles II : 2 inserted on transverse plane passing close to 1 : 2.

Description : Aspis typical for the genus; rib slender but well developed;
rim extended to base of rostrum; notogaster amygdaloid, similar in shape to
that of Pseudotritia ardua, sculptured with pock marks leaving interspaces
narrower than the pocks. Grimy individuals have the pocks filled with grit
so that the pocks are no longer visible but one sees clusters of granules with
interspaces wider than the granule clusters, sculpture extending to edges;
dorsal edge of collar somewhat recurved; bristles inserted as usual for the
genus; anogenital plates pocked, the three anterior bristles of the genital area
concentrated on the flat, finely crenulated area; bristles of anal area inserted
much as in E. flavus but 1 : 1 and 1 : 2 more distant.

Dimensions : Male Females

Greatest 1. of notogaster 0.459 mm. 0.578 mm.

Height of notogaster ... , 0.28 mm. 0.34 mm.

• Total length of aspis 0.178 mm. 0.28 mm.

Anterior edge of pseudostigmata to

tip of rostrum 0.14 mm. 0.2 mm.

Cotypes : Four specimens from leaf mould from beneath ground hemlock
and foot of an elm, eight feet above ravine bottom, south slope of Taughan-
nock Ravine, N. Y. ; taken April 25th, 1933, slide 337hl.

Tribe Phthiracarini (15, p. 214)

Phthiracarinse with ventral plate bowed ventrad, not at all in-
folded, broad behind anal aperture ; anal and genital covers quite

June, 1938]

Jacot: Box-Mites

123

horizontal, or convex, more or less quadrangular, always free from
each other, usually with contiguous corners modified in the form
of interlocking nubbins, adjacent edges also warped and curved
so as to complement; anterior edge of genital covers deeply
infolded to form a collar, or enclosing a collarlike accessory plate.
For further description see 16, p. 238.

Type: Phthiracarus (21, p. 874).

Key to Genera

1. Anal covers quite flat (often completely retracted into body), their median
edge bearing two well spaced bristles 2

1. Anal covers strongly convex, thus prominently protruding beyond ventral

plate, and bearing at least three closely spaced bristles along median
edge 3

2. Vertex bristles prominent, erect Hoplophthiracarus

2. Vertex bristles invisible or lying close to surface of aspis Phthiracarus

3. Anal covers with three closely and subequally spaced bristles along median

edge Hoplophorella

3. Anal covers with four closely and subequally spaced bristles along median
edge Steganacarus

Genus Hoplophthiracarus (16, p. 239)

Phthiracarini with anal covers quite flat, their median edge
bearing two well spaced bristles (1:1 and 1:2); vertex bristles
prominent, erect.

Type : Hoploderma histricinum (3, p. 12, also 16, p. 240, pi. 20,
figs. 14 and 15).

Hoplophthiracarus paludis sp. nov.

(Figure 10)

Diagnostic characters: Aspis with retracted rim, carina distinct, firm;
bristles stout, gradually tapering to a point; notogastral bristles al on edge
of collar ; anal cover bristles II : 2 long, distal end curved backward.

Description : Aspis smoothly rounded in both lateral and dorsal aspects;
rostrum in lateral aspect, with rounded blunt end, and constricted, extremely
slender rim; rostral bristles short, straight; lateral bristles absent; vertex
bristles quite long, curved; pseudostigmata with well-developed dorsal rim,
organ clavate, the head strongly bent upward, (figure 10), abruptly and
bluntly pointed.

Notogaster rather low, posterior end flattish; collar narrow, lapet poorly
developed ; bristles a3 on edge of collar, sometimes directed forwards, al rather
approximate (figure 10); ventral plate bristles on suture; genital covers each
with four distinct, subequally spaced bristles, the anterior two insertions with-

124

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

out apparent bristles; anterior edge projecting, rounded; anal covers much
longer (figure 10) ; bristles II: 2 inserted on transverse plane passing slightly
nearer 1 : 2 than 1:1; II : 3 in line with 1 : 1 and 1 : 2.

Dimensions of a large individual : diagonal length of notogaster 0.42 mm.,
height of notogaster 0.28 mm., total length of aspis 0.2 mm., anterior edge of
pseudostigmata to anterior end of aspis 0.123 mm.

In general aspect, this species most closely resembles H. gros-
samni (16, p. 243, pi. 20, figs. 12 and 13). The only specialized
feature is the position of anal cover bristles II : 3.

Material examined: Thirty-seven specimens from sphagnum
moss, open bog, Bethany, Conn. ; taken June 22, 1932, slides
3220hl and -h2. Six specimens from grass (or sedge) mat of
open bog, same locality and date, slide 3221h4. Fourteen speci-
mens from well decayed white cedar stump, epigeous moss and
litter, under young cedars, edge of same bog, same date, slide
3223h. Six specimens from sphagnum moss and sedge from edge
of Bingham Pond, Riga Mountain, northwestern Conn. ; taken
August 6, 1932, slide 3234hl. Twenty-three specimens from
sphagnum of open bog, McClean, Tompkins Co., N. Y. ; taken
October 24, by Norman Davis, slides 3291h and 3294h (cotypes).

Genus Phthiracarus (21, p. 874)

Phthiracarini with the two posterior pairs of aspal bristles
prone and usually not discernible ; anal covers not conspicuously
convex, the bristles disposed in two rows; surface not pocked or
coarsely sculptured. For further details see 16, p. 244.

Type: Phthiracarus contractilis (21, p. 874.).

The term Hoploderma (19, p. 77) was instituted to supplant
the preoccupied name Hoplophora (17, p. 116) and thus by
International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature takes the same
type : H. laevigata which is synonymous with the type of Phthi-
racarus. German acarologists use the term for pitted or rough
species with H. laevigata (meaning smooth) as type!

Key to Species

1. Notogastral bristles longer than anal cover 2

1. Notogastral bristles shorter than anal cover . 4

2. Five bristles onmesal rows (not including VP3) 3

2. Six bristles on mesal rows Ph. setosus

3. Aspis with projecting rim; pseudostigmatic organs short Ph. bryobius

June, 1938]

Jacot: Box-Mites

125

3. Aspis with no projecting rim; pseudostigmatic organs long.

Ph. horesetosus

4. Pseudostigmatic organs long ; notogastral bristles stout, not gradually taper-

ing to a fine point, six in mesal rows Ph. olwaceus

4. Pseudostigmatic organs short , 5

5. Rostrum projecting beyond rim of aspis 6

5. Rostrum not projecting beyond aspal rim 7

6. Bristles medium long Ph. compressus

6. Bristles very short and fine Ph. hrevisetce

7. Rim formed of reflexed edge of aspis; pseudostigmatic organs blunt.

Ph. anonymus

7. Rim formed of thickened edge ; pseudostigmatic organs pointed 8

8. Anterior end of aspis high, angular; notogastral bristles al distant from

collar Ph. sphaerulus

8. Anterior end of aspis low, rounded; notogastral bristles al on edge of

collar Ph. setosellus

This key does not include Phthiracarus sardhce and Phth. erinaceus (see key of
15, p. 235) which were secured from, and are still known only from, Cliff
Island, Casco Bay, Maine.

Phthiracarus boresetosus (15, p. 228)

(Figures 15 to 17)

Emended description: I now present figures for this species,
and the following additional characteristics: Rostral bristles
inserted rather high up, fairly long, strongly curved (figure 15) ;
rostrum without rim; ventral plate without denticles; YP3 not
external ; genital covers with but three bristle insertions in outer
row (figure 16) ; accessory plate with a short, blunt horn (figure
15) ; anal cover bristles II : 2 inserted just anterior to transverse
plane passing through 1:2; II : 3 not in line with 1 : 1 and 1 : 2
(figure 16).

The pseudostigmatic organ is unique for this tribe (figure 17).
I regard it as a primitive form, much resembling a bristle (see
also that of Phtiracarulus, and other Protoplophorinae) . The
lack of rostral rim and of carina are primitive characters; the
presence of accessory plate horn ally it to Phthiracarus com-
pressus and Phth. bryobius. It is specialized only as to length
of bristles, so I consider this species the most primitive of our
Phthiracarus.

Material examined in addition to that recorded in the Table
of Occurrences : I have two specimens recorded by Ewing as
H. lurida, from leaf mould from gorge near Lake Keuka, N. Y. ;

126

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

taken October 30, 1910, by C. R. Crosby, Cornell Univ., coll, lot
370 sub 4.

All these records are from localities in the Canadian life zone
or bordering thereon, and chiefly from leaf mould though also
occasionally from moss.

Phthiracarus anonymus amicus subsp. nov.

(Figures 11 to 13)

Differs from the species in that bristles b2 are closer to bl than to cl; anal
cover bristles II : 1, 1 : 1 and 1 : 2 only visible, each considerably longer than the
preceding so that 1:2 is much longer than in the species (12) (figure 13).
Dimensions of a large individual: diagonal length of notogaster 0.4 mm.,
height of notogaster 0.26 mm., total length of aspis 0.22 mm., anterior edge
of pseudostigmata to anterior end of aspis 0.12 mm.

Specific characters: Eim projecting prominently, formed of the flaring edge
of the aspis, not thickened (figure 11) ; carina distinct but faint; pseudostig-
matic organs short, blunt; notogastral bristles al on collar; anal covers with
posterior half concave in lateral aspect; ventral plate without denticles;
accessory plate with horn (figure 12).

Cotypes: Six specimens from deciduous leaf mould, woods, crest
of Connecticut Hill, Newfield, Tompkins Co., N. Y., November
25, 1932, slides 32108h2 and -h3.

It is extremely strange, bewildering, to find a species described
from, and thus far known only from, the Pyrenes, in the
Canadian life zone of New York state. It is also related to the
commonest species of northern Europe, Phthiracarus ferrugineus
(17, figures 26-33).

Phthiracarus compressus (15, p. 232, pi. 36, Figs. 26-29)

(Figure 14)

This species might be mistaken for Phthiracarus setosellus. It
differs in having the following characteristics: pseudostigmatic
organ head usually blunt; aspal carina absent; aspal rim con-
tracted (rostrum projecting beyond it) ; notogastral bristles al
distant from collar.

It may also be confused with small specimens of Phthiracarus
sphaerulus from which it differs in having pseudostigmatic organ
head usually blunt ; no carina ; anterior end of aspis lower, more
rounded.

An interesting differential character, heretofore overlooked

June, 1938]

Jacot: Box-Mites

127

is a spoonlike or hornlike process on mesal end of accessory plate
of genital covers (figure 12). It is very much more developed in
a European species. It is not visible in some aspects or conditions
of closure.

I have two specimens from lot 3240 which seem to be hybrids
of this species and Phthiracarus setosellus. The aspal rim and
pseudostigmatic organs are those of Phth. setosellus but the
bristles are those of this species. Moreover the accessory plate
bears the spoonlike process.

The exact shape of the pseudostigmatic organs varies con-
siderably, so I have included a series of free-hand sketches from
specimens of one lot (3226hl). Figures above numeral 14 are
lateral aspects, figures below it are dorsal aspects. The noto-
gastral bristles may be considerably longer than originally figured.

Material examined in addition to the material recorded in the
Table of Occurrences : Two specimens from leaf humus of tussock
sedge, alder thicket next to the railroad tracks, North Haven,
Conn. ; taken September 14, 1932, slide 3262h. Two specimens
from leaf and twig litter, and moss from base of alder clumps,
same date and locality as last, slide 3263h. Two specimens from
pine leaf mould, foot of pine, woods, Pleasant Hill, Etna, N. Y. ;
taken November 2 (snow on ground), slide 32103h.

It now appears that, although most commonly associated with
moss, this species is also to be found on decayed wood and, of
course, in leaf litter. The present records show it to extend from
the Austral into the Canadian life zones.

Phthiracarus bryobius (15, p. 232, pi. 34, Fig. 19)

(Figures 18 to 21)

Emended description: The color varies from greenish-grey to
olive-brown; the length of the bristles varies considerably, the
condition originally figured is average ; the size also varies a great
deal even in the same lot : diagonal length of notogaster 0.42-0.53
mm., height of notogaster 0.26-0.32 mm., breadth of notogaster
0.23 mm., length of aspis 0.21-0.26 mm., anterior edge of pseudo-
stigmata to distal end of aspis 0.11-0.15 mm.; pseudostigmatic
organs rather short, distal end rounded, narrower than body of
organ (figures 18 to 20) ; notogastral bristles al more approxi-

128 Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

mate than bl or cl; ventral plate without denticles but with a
shallow notch ! ; anal covers quite long, all five bristles well devel-
oped (figures 18 and 21), 11:2 on transverse plane of 1:1 or
very nearly; accessory plate with spoonlike process, much as in
Phthiracarus compressus.

This species is therefore easily recognized by its very long,
fine bristles ; long, low, narrow notogaster ; short pseudostigmatic
organs; faint carina; high, smoothly arched aspis; and horned
accessory plate. It is therefore more closely related to Phthira-
carus compressus than to Phthiracarus setosellus.

Material examined in addition to that recorded in the Table of
Occurrences : One specimen from drifted oak and maple leaves,
dry upland woods, East Village, Monroe, Conn.; taken June 19,
1926, slide 2610ol. One specimen from club moss under snow,
upland swamp, same locality; taken February 18, 1922, slide
22aol. Six specimens from inner layers of well decayed, fallen
hemlock branch, hemlock-pine gully, Pleasant Hill, Etna, N. Y. ;
taken November 3, 1932, slide 32100h.

From these records it is evident that this species is epixylous.

Phthiracarus setosellus (15, p. 231, pi. 33, Fig. 7 ;
pi. 35, Figs. 20-24)

Material examined in addition to that recorded in the Table
of Occurrences: Three specimens from bark of ironwood ( Ostrya
virginiana) , scraped from an area twelve inches long, four to five
feet from the ground, live tree growing in upland swamp woods
near East Village, Monroe, Conn. ; taken February 13, 1932, slide
326. Two specimens from hickory shag, from base of a healthy,
standing tree, in vacant lot, Coscob headland, Conn. ; taken April
12, 1932, slide 3212h.

Never as common as Phthiracarus compressus this species is
found in similar habitats except that it shows a preference for
decayed wood. The two records of the preceding paragraph are
unusual as it makes the species at least partly arboreal. For
hybrids with Phthiracarus compressus see under that species.
This species is rather closely related to the common European
Phthiracarus ferrugineus (17, figures 26-33).

June, 1938]

Jacot: Box-Mites

129

Phthiracarus sphaerulus (1; 15, p. 233, pi. 33,

Figs. 1-5)

Material examined in addition to that recorded in the Table of
Occurrences : One specimen from leaf litter, woodland slope, near
East Village, Monroe, Conn. ; taken March 31, 1932, slide 328h.
Two specimens from leaf mould from gorge near Lake Keuka,
N. Y. ; taken October 30, 1910, by C. R. Crosby, Cornell Univ.
Coll, lot 370 sub 3 (determined as Hoploderma dasypus by
Ewing). One specimen from under a log, Xenia, Ohio; taken
September 14, 1910, by H. E. Ewing.

This strongly epixylous species is also found in Florida (16,
p. 245).

Phthiracarus brevisetae (15, p. 225, pi. 33, Fig. 6)

One specimen from ground hemlock litter, south side, lower end
of Taughannock Ravine, Cayuga Lake, N. Y. ; taken May 27,
1933, slide 3312h2.

Phthiracarus olivaceus (15, p. 228, pi. 34,

Figs. 13-18)

Material examined in addition to that presented in Table of
Occurrences: Twenty-three specimens from under face of old
boards, edge of woods, East Village, Monroe, Conn. ; taken August
4, 1932, slide 3230h.

Though this very distinctive species barely extends into the
Canadian life zone it is found throughout the Transitional, on
decayed wood, and consequently in the litter, and even occasion-
ally in epigeous moss.

Phthiracarus setosus (1, p. 16) (15, p. 226, pi. 34,

Figs. 8-12; pi. 36, Fig. 30)

Material examined in addition to that recorded in the Table of
Occurrences : One specimen from oak duff, sand ridge northeast
of North Haven, Conn. ; taken September 20, 1932, slide 3269h2.

This very distinct species, found in only five lots, is even more
restricted northward to the Transitional life zone. Its occurrence
in Taughannock Ravine, central New York is a surprise.

130

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Genus Hoplophorella (6, p. 260)

Phthiracarini with coarsely sculptured notogaster ; anal covers
strongly convex at least mesally, and with only three bristles
along median edge.

Type: H. cucullatum (8, p. 133, pi. 6, fig. 35).

Hoplophorella thoreaui (15, p. 239, pi. 37,

Figs. 40-43)

Material examined: One specimen from sphagnum from Bar-
num Pond, Franklin Co., N. Y. ; taken June 13, 1933, by C. R.
Crosby, slide 3331n. One specimen from decayed spruce stump
wood (and covering lichen), or moss and lichen of blueberry
hummock, side of Bingham Pond, Riga Mountain, northwestern
Conn. ; taken August 6, 1932, slide 3233h2. Four specimens from
sphagnum moss and sedge, edge of same pond, slide 3234hl. Ten
specimens from blueberry leaf mould, same locality and date,
slide 3235h2, and -h3. One specimen from Rhododendron and
oak litter, dry woods, on burn of May 4, 1930, near Bingham
Pond ; taken August 6, 1932, slide 3231h2.

Genus Steganacarus (9, p. 130)

Phthiracarini with coarsely sculptured notogaster ; anal covers
strongly convex at least mesally, but with four bristles along
median edge.

Type : H. anomala (2, fasc. 6:5).

Steganacarus striculus diaphanus (15, p. 236,
pi. 37, Figs. 33-39)

This is a very variable species in respect to size, development
of aspal ridge, shape of rostral bristles which may be nearly
straight to strongly curved or even bent, and position of noto-
gastral bristles al which may be on edge of collar to half length
of bristle behind it. Although specimens from southern Connecti-
cut seemed constant in these characteristics, specimens from the
northwestern corner of that state show considerable variation,
and I fail to find correlations between any two characters. Speci-
mens from the type locality of the species (Regensburg, Ger-
many) are constant in having slightly curved rostral bristles and

June, 1938]

Jacot: Box-Mites

131

notogastral bristles al inserted on edge of collar. Specimens from
Strasbourg have rostral bristles sharply bent and held close to
face of rostrum, and notogastral bristles al distant from collar.
The rostrum is quite high. Thus there seem to be distinct sub-
species in Europe. It may be that specimens from typically
Canadian localities will show constancy of these characteristics,
and that my northern localities are in a tension zone. Some speci-
mens from Taughannock Ravine, central New York state, have the
anal cover bristles with a wide space between bristles 1 and 2
(slide 337hl).

Material examined in addition to that recorded in the Table of
Occurrences : Seventeen specimens from coarsely foliose to fruti-
cose lichens and Selaginella growing on large boulders and ledges,
a short way up south side of Sage ’s Ravine, northwestern Conn. ;
taken August 6 (dried August 16), 1932, slide 3238hl. One
specimen from sphagnum of bog, McQfean, N. Y. ; taken October
24, 1932, by Norman Davis, slide 3291h. Seven specimens from
moss from foot of tree on south slope of gully, Pleasant Hill, Etna,
N. Y. ; taken November 3, 1932, slide 32102h. Twenty-five speci-
mens from pine leaf mould of preceding spot and date, slide
32103h. Two specimens from lower, mucky layer of sphagnum
(below the upper frozen layer), swale below road below wooded
ridge of Connecticut Hill, Newfield, Tompkins Co., N. Y. ; taken
November 25, 1932, slide 32107h. Sixty-eight specimens from
pine leaf mould from base of tree, wooded crest of Connecticut
Hill, same date, slide 32109hl and -h2. Two specimens from
epigeous moss and lichens from old wood and stumps, same
locality and date as last, slide 32110anh.

Judging from these numerous records this species is most at
home in resinous leaf mould. It may be that the eggs are laid
inside the leaves and the immature animals eat them out.

Retrospect

Phthiracarus brevisetae, known from but two specimens from
two collections in Connecticut (15, p. 225), was not again secured
in that state but one specimen turned up from central New York.
This species is the enigma of the group. In the state of Connecti-
cut, where most of the collecting has been done, there are eighteen

132

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

species and one subspecies. It is possible that Oribotritia banksi
may yet be found along the southern edge of the state in warm
pockets, possibly at the eastern end. The new material shows how
restricted are some species of this group. For instance Hop-
lophthiracarus paludis was obtained only from sphagnum bogs
(in New York and Connecticut). In southern Connecticut
Phtiracarulus leavis was found only in a sphagnum bog, though
more generally in the northern part of the state.

Five or six species per quart of litter are quite normal. Seven
species were secured from deciduous (32108), Rhododendron-oak
(3240), blueberry (3255), pine (3257), and ground-hemlock
( Taxus canadensis) (337) litters, as well as moss (3237, 3234),
eight species from another lot of Rhododendron-oak (3232) and
ground-hemlock (3312) litters, and nine species from hemlock
litter (3236). Although eleven species were secured from one
lot (3250) the material included leaf -mould from under a
Tamarack and its neighboring blueberry bush as well as epigeous
moss and sphagnum from between the two (in a Tamarack
swamp ) . The lot may have included more than a quart of litter
but all the material came from an area of nine linear feet. The
species making up these lots vary locally. One cause for this
variation may be the presence or absence of a well-decayed twig
or bit of wood.

Of further interest are the three species associated in sphag-
num moss of open bogs ( Phtiracarulus laevis, Pseudotritia sim-
plex and Hoplophthiracarus paludis (3220). The same three
species were found in pure growths of Car ex trisperma billing sii
of the same bog (3221). This combination was not found in
sphagnum of a New York bog (3291). In fact Phtiracarulus
laevis was not found in central New York though Pseudotritia
simplex was found in small numbers.

There is reason to believe that latitude tends to cause changes
in habits or habitats in the same species. In my work on the
Galumninae, I have already pointed out that the same species
(usually different subspecies) has entirely different habitat pref-
erence in Europe than in North America. Another distribu-
tional observation is that some of the Oribatoidea are very local,
so that lots can be taken from many spots in the same locality
before all the species are obtained.

June, 1938]

Jacot: Box-Mites

133

The young of any of these species are rarely found by the usual
collecting method. This is undoubtedly due to their being situ-
ated inside of decayed wood or other plant tissues from which
they cannot emerge without suffering immediate desiccation.
Moreover their legs are not developed for perambulation. I am
therefore certain that the determination of the niches of the
young will prove of much greater ecologic interest than that of
the adults which may wander widely in search of mates. After
surveying the distribution records of this and the preceding
report (15), I am satisfied that most of the adults are generally
distributed over the forest floor but they are numerous where
the preferred food of the immatures is abundant.

It is of particular interest that although one or two species
of Galumninae have been introduced from Europe to the neigh-
borhood of some of our cities, as far as known no Phthiracaridae
have been so introduced — unless Pseudotritia ardua be so re-
garded, though I consider it a holarctic species too variable to
establish clean cut geographic races.

The small, pale colored Steganacarus striculus diapkanus is
found in the greatest numbers and most generally. Pseudotritia
ardua and Pseudotritia simplex are the most resistant to desicca-
tion and consequently found in the driest habitats, as sand bar-
rens, vegetated sandy beaches, on frequently burned land, and
on cultivated land, while other species of the family are absent.
This difference may be due to one habit, namely, laying eggs in
the soil or in decayed roots. If species of Phthiracarus lay their
eggs in dead leaves or dead wood above ground, the eggs would
be killed by the next fire and both adults and immatures would
be eliminated from the area of the fire, while the eggs and young
of the Pseudotritias, safe in the cool, moist soil would be unaf-
fected by the litter consuming fire. Species inhabiting dead
wood will survive if the fire is swift enough or dead wood is wet
enough to remain unburned. I have found such partly burned
sticks on burned woodlands, and with a fauna thereon. A com-
parison of lots 3231 and 3232 shows that a fauna becomes rapidly
established two years after a fire. It is possible, however, that
the spot from which I secured the samples was near enough to
the road to have become moistened by the fire-fighters.

Record of Occurrences

134

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

snuvqdvip ‘g

SUS0J.9S 'qd

CO co

00

snoovaiio 'iid

1

22

1

1

snsopSQtoq ’qd

10

11

snpudvqds 'qd

1

14

1

10

snipsops 'qd

CO rH 1— 1 1— 1 t— 1

sniqofixq 'qd

tH

snssdJiduLoo 'qd

2

30

3

46

sruqopid */ 'ng

Xdidmis 'sd

vivqddoipno "V ‘sd

vnpjLD 'Sd

30

5

42

1

fl ®io
•r" ® oa
be

Jh o .

o o

I'3 i

IS «

° I a

§-3h
a art

«H M

S "* ja

«H Z

a

[5 4^ rCQ

O rrt

t- O £ Oi
tH 'HH H
03

& *
■s

-g a

^ c2 H S

05 g °

g s _ ®~

g 'H £ bo
bo .2

OJ 04,

I, PhJ ~ .43 a
e S o 3 r^'S H

O 5 1-3 <U ^4 "o +=> O

.: ' /§ s * a
,.s£s|=slt-H-<81
S s s

sq a ph a ~0 . o M w a

«0«H 2,3 O 05 2h JO go 2^

« O S M h(M ?io fib

03 03 03 03

co co co co

e g ad
K a o 2 ~

<S5 02 "2 -

■g^ ^
a

a

* -t-3 Ja

* n3

— -r. lO d bB C

- qj a • ®

2 d a § S'S

■Ss a5 § “|

5 £ W)«H ,£>

2 ^ be or J 0 a

^ ° S? s^-s -§

~ C3 M O h

OH

a rs r^T'H a
a g

O

!*§
a r9
> O

«H -T

© 3

^ *

2 a

•Sis

plpf

is

M

Cl ^

2<H:

3 O (

a 4^ ,

Eh o
a «2

«H •+■>

o a ■

-a fi
"£ 9

O O

a oq

fiT

o rs

a ®

pH fO

o a

«H O

^2

o a

a a

s cd

«H 'fe

a £

o o
©

bePd

Record of Occurrences (Continued)

June,

1938]

Jacot: Box-Mites

135

snuvi[dvip ’S

80

90

26

274+

403

24

50

126

snsoios 'i[d

tH

snoovciiio ’i[d

rH iH t— 1 i— 1

snsoidSQAoq 'i[d

60

6

22

6

9

19

sninjL9vi[ds 'Hd

CO LO t-

sniidsoios 'hj

6

10

2

3

10

smqofijiq • i[d

i

oq o

snssoMuioo "lid

48

4

9

.8

2

10

10

smipind •/ "ft#

2

3

2

12

xoiduiis ’Sd

1

3

1

169

12

vivi[d90iimo ’V 'sd

14

6

1

2

vnpM 'Sd

9

7

11

38

^ © u
o cc ^

£ ^ 3

O 03
OS ,£2 ^3

0 ^

ft o

.sgSs'S'g

£ J^3 J

bC V _

1 4S g 1 1 g ts

75 2 § <3 m s a

n S O M ©\g 68

ogS "o'tio

sg| a - 2,°

ri o 2 o'H ti .,

fl P-, S -M O « ®
° O ftrS I

g 23 O ft o g

o 03 of ft - a> _

E g

CO .-2 £ ^ 2-j lO 2

lO 03 ft 1C 03 lO S3

oq oq oq

CO CO

£

_ S3
ft ?h
3 3

’ 50 ^ ^

* . r3 ^

1 £2^

i 02 w

S *H

j frt CvS . r
©

.2 ^

Ph

CO

_ O
r o

o-g-*

5 g §

sB|

S |

C3 «0 C3
OS CO u

cq

CO

2 pT
o o

pH

T) >T3
S3 S3

03 as
_ 'o

as /-,

s-f

sj

33

O

as ph
bc^

.rH rg

ft S3

a> 53

J2 ^

os ^ a

2 • ©

!?|

- - a+ I
si c§ 2 'S Ph

3 *>• -2 ‘ h oq

CO tc ^ fO

cq oq

CO CO

•4S. B

S? =3
2° O

P3 <© rd
rd' h- o

2 p *

° jr as

Ph ^ §
fljS

03 3 03

•go § S

sO o

* pH

pp

S3 ^

§|^

S3 © as

«T_g g

rrt rC OS
°

8 2 1 — 1
£ S3 co
oq

CO

Record of Occurrences (Continued)

136

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

snuvqdvip ’s

3

1

10

2

224

85

SUSOJ.9S ‘l[d

snoovaiio ‘iid

co

snsoiosdjLoq 'hj

snpu9vi[ds ’i[d

T— 1

1

sniiosoids ‘i[d

cq co

smqodjiq ‘i[d

7— 1 1— 1 1 1

snssdidmoo ‘i[d

11

11

69

2

6

6

sniipind •/ ‘ng

4

29

2

xdidmis ‘sd

41

5

4

17

v\vqddoiixno ‘v ‘sd

th cq

vnpM o ‘Sd

4

13

24

12

pi

8 af

© g

^ ^ rn
p .© P-l

03 ^ eH

III

w to ~

01 cp pi)

2 w o

g s 8

a a I*

co g «o

rrt ® i •

© C 'T SP

oS p=5 £

<D &

^ o

M g PI
° 1 ©

1

i— I 'P

bfi

a^.|5

^ .
,ft3d

o> _

rP ^ ^

_ -df .2 ©

^ 2 ® ^ §
a© © w

«H ;q b0CD

'“•* ® &f_§

og «_, 5 .if

,grt gs o^-
feirS

tO f3

<1 PS hC‘S5 o 2

_2 S

^ s

O 'S ^ CO ^ ^

co ^rH °th oio'Sp ©
co .2 ,P Ph co Pnco P coP

© o cs

S3 rj

£ TH

cq

co

T3 2

5 S

cS cj
to
to

to ^

O to

o

. M

|«g*

S ^Ih CO
© CM

“ A bD

a <i

jq ef'd

* ;n] ©

Cvl . © ’7\

<m b.g£

. Q "bJO -

go * o

5 t—l © Qj
<1 tH CZ2 ©

Cvl

CO

Record of Occurrences (Continued)

June, 1938]

Jacot: Box-Mites

137

snuvqdmp ’S

snsoios -qd

snoovaiio ’qd

co so

|

snso}9S9j,oq ’qd

rH CQ t>* t— 1 rH

rH

snpfudvqds ’qd

iO CQ lO

rH

snipsoios ’iid

co co

sniqodiq ’qd

snssdMwoo ‘iid

03 iH rH

oq

snMppnd •/ ‘ng;

Xdidmis ’ sd

co oq ^

vp)qd9Dij.mo 'v ’Sd

vnpiv ’Sd

oq co iH co

«n o 10 m

2 rH CD

Pit?

<73 O

O g

?3
03

-1-2 pH (D
rH 03 CD

S3 CD +*

^ oT oT'q

<P S3 °

g| i ?H -4— ^

c3 H -*f
o o

1 <T) O

h S=3 <h

OQ .P

s

03

^3

«w co
o

O fH

fV

&JD

UO ©
Cq

£ °
. &
^ §
. &
£

a

i © 03 <N
Cl 0^0
OO <H hH H

oq cq

CO CO

| In

^ 2 w> .

I £ S ‘I 6

oq

co

S59 S3
CD S3 3

as -+d 2 O

Jp’S'li'S

£*£18

GO 0

so g o S
oq cq

CO CO

o 5

O ‘rS

.5 S3 03

■asi

Record of Occurrences (Concluded)

138

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

snuvqdmp ‘g

17

2

8

7

2

snsoq.ds ‘i[d

7

21

2

6

snoovciiio '\[d

ft CO s©

snsoj.9S9jioq 'i[d

snprudvqds -qj

12

7

4

5

12

7

SnH9S0%9S ‘l[d

ft «D 1C 03 ft

smqofUq ’i[d

snss9Jbdmoo • i[d

1 1

sniqopnd •/ uig-

xdiduiis ‘Sd

vivqddoi^no ‘v 'Sd

vnpw ‘Sd

25

3

23

o

18

g

ft csfi
^ bC..

1 g

■2 !z*

Ss*

1—1 g TS

®«H ^ -

lg-*°

ft ft
©

2 ft

d .

P |z
EH ^

ft ft

zn ft

ft «4-l

gS

Q

©

©H

hJ

S.'S eg

co be

S 3

So

eo

g£|

aj ^ o

° © "o

C$ ft © <£>
CO
CO

ft > *

5,|W

co pR 03

*si

?H H

« o

Ss

o

s'*

2 S

*H O

3 ^

© fl
S cs

«1

© Q

^ a

©

t- ft
CO

co

© ft
bJOCM

© >

ft lO '— 1
™ 03

ft

-M .— j <y

O

a'A

CD ^-n

11

O 73

o M

PQ

00 ft"g ft

»< 1 °
ft g
o © 5

I-H i pH r— ( O

CO ,2 P -4-3

>. P ft

ft £ P o
a “ 2^
o gC5g>

O m H c3

§

t3QO

eS <M
o

* £ bn

<M RH
ft p2 03
CO CO

co co

* Other species are recorded in the text.

June, 1938]

Jacot: Box-Mites

139

Although interspecific hybrids are fairly common among some
of the European species of Phthiracarus (17), in our northeast,
but one case of hybridization has been observed, that between
Phthiracarus compressus and Phthiracarus setosellus.

Literature Cited

1. Banks, Nathan. 1895 (Jan.), On the Oribatoidea of the United States,

Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. 22, pp. 1-16.

2. Berlese, Antonio. 1883 (April 20), Acari Myriapoda et Scorpiones in

Italia Reperta, fasc. 6.

3. . 1908 (Aug. 5), Elenco di Generi e Specie nuove di Acari,

Redia, vol. 5, pp. 1-15.

4. . 1910 (Feb. 9), Acari nuovi, Manipulus V and VI; Redia,

vol. 6, pp. 199-234, pis. 18-21.

5. — . 1920 (Sept. 10), Centuria quinta di Acari nuovi, Redia,

vol. 14, pp. 143-195.

6. . 1923 (Aug. 11), Centuria sesta di Acari nuovi, Redia, vol.

15, pp. 237-262.

7. Ewing, Henry Ellsworth. 1908 (Dec.), Two new species of the genus

Phthiracarus, Ent. News, vol. 19, pp. 449-451, 2 txt. figs.

8. — . 1909 (Sept.), The Oribatoidea of Illinois, Bull. 111. State

Lab. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, pp. 337-390, pis. 33-35, 5 txt. figs.

9. . 1917 (June), A Synopsis of the Genera of Beetle Mites

with special reference to the North American Fauna, Ann. Ent. Soc.
Am., vol. 10, pp. 117-132, 6 txt. figs.

10. Grandjean, F. 1932 (“ March 15”), La Famille des Protoplophoridae

(Acariens), Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 57, pp. 10-36, 7 comp. figs.

11. . 1933 (“May 16”), Structure de la Region ventral chez

quelques Ptyctima (Oribates), Bull. Mus. Nat. d’Hist. Nat. Paris,
ser. 2, vol. 5, pp. 309-315, 4 figs.

12. — . 1934 (Apr. 1), Phthiracarus anonymum n. sp. Revue Fran.

d’Ent., vol. 1, pp. 51-58, comp. figs.

13. . 1934 (Sept. 7), Observations sur les Oribates (6e serie),

Bull. Mus. Nat. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, ser. 2, vol. 6, pp. 353-360, 3 comp.

figs.

14. Jacot, A. P. 1924 (April), Oribatid Mites: Euphthiracarus depressculus

sp. n. and Euphthiracarus flavus (Ewing), Trans. Am. Micr. Soc.,
vol. 43, pp. 90-96, 8 txt. figs.

15. . 1930 (Nov.), Oribatid Mites of the Subfamily Phthira-

carinae of the Northeastern United States, Proe. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., vol. 39, pp. 209-261, pis. 33-42, 1 txt. fig.

. 1933 (Apr.), Phthiracarid Mites of Florida, Jour. Elisha

Mitchell Sci. Soc., vol. 48, pp. 232-267, pis. 19-22, 2 txt. figs.

36.

140

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

17. . 1936 (Jan.), Les Phthiraearidae de Karl Ludwig Koch,

Rev. Snisse de Zool., vol. 43, no. 6, 33 txt. figs.

18. Koch, Carl Ludwig. 1841, Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und

Arachniden, Regensburg, fasc. 32 (July).

19. Michael, Albert DaviPson. 1898, Oribatidae, in: Das Tierreich, 3

Lief erung, Acarina, Berlin, xii + 93 pp., 15 txt. figs.

20. Oudemans, Anthonie Cornelis. 1916 (Jan. 1), Overzicht der tot 1898

beschreven Phthiraearidae, Ent. Ber., vol. 4, pp. 245-249.

21. Perty, Maximilian. 1843, Allgemeine Naturgeschichte, als Philosoph-

ische und Humanitatswissenschaft fiir Naturforscher, Philosophen
und das hoher gebildete Publikum, Bern, vol. 3.

22. Willmann, Carl. 1919, Diagnosen einiger neuer Oribatiden aus der

Umgegend Bremens, Abh. Nat. Yer. Bremen, vol. 24, pp. 552-554,
5 txt. figs.

23. . 1930 (May), Neue Oribatiden aus Guatemala, Zool. Anz.,

vol. 88, heft 9/10, pp. 239-246, 9 figs.

Plate IX

Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Figure 4.
Figure 5.

Phtiracarulus laevis sp. nov.

Lateral aspect, legs and mouth-parts omitted; ratio x 200.
Ventral aspect, legs and mouth-parts omitted; ratio x 200.
Genital cover ; ratio x 440.

Ventrolateral aspect of nymph III ; ratio x 200.

Ovipositor, extruded ; ratio x 330.

Protoribotritia canadaris sp. nov.

Figure 6. Pseudostigmatic organs, that above numeral is lateral aspect, that
below is dorsal aspect; ratio x 440.

Figure 7. Dorso/ventral aspects, legs and mouth-parts omitted; ratio x 150.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLVI

(Plate 9)

BOX-MITES

142

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Plate X

Protorihotritia canadaris sp. nov.

Figure 8. Lateral aspect, legs and mouth-parts omitted; ratio x 150.

Pseudotritia ardua (18)

Figure 9. Ovipositor and genital suckers extruded, animal facing to the
right; ratio X 200.

Hoplophthiracarus paludis sp. nov.

Figure 10. Dorso/ventral aspects, legs omitted ; ratio x 120.

Phthiracarus anonymus amicus subsp. nov.

Figure 11. Anterior end of aspis ; ratio x 120.

Figure 12. Anterior end of genital covers, including accessory plate horn;
ratio x 120.

Figure 13. Anal cover; ratio x 120.

Phthiracarus compressus (15).

Figure 14. Pseudostigmatic organ head; figures above, numeral are lateral
aspect, those below numeral are dorsal aspect, the lower two are unusual,
lateral aspect ; free hand.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLVI

(Plate 10)

t r

BOX-MITES

144

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

Figure 15.
Figure 16.
Figure 17.

Figure 18.
Figure 19.
Figure 20.
Figure 21.

Plate XI

Phthiracarus boresetosus (15)

Lateral aspect, legs and mouth-parts omitted ; ratio x 150.
Accessory, genital and anal plates; ratio X 200.
Pseudostigmatic organ, dorsal aspect ; ratio x 440.

Phthiracarus bryobius (15)

Dorso/ventral aspects, legs omitted ; ratio x 120.
Pseudostigmatic organ, lateral aspect; ratio x 440.

Same, another.

Anal cover; ratio x 200.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLVI

(Plate 11)

BOX-MITES

146

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

BOOK NOTICE

Strange Insects and Their Stories. By A. Hyatt Verill. 8vo.,
cloth, 205 pp., jacket and frontispiece in color, 4 full page
illus., and 100 text cuts by author. Boston, Ti. C. Page & Co.,
1937. $2.50.

This is one of the books issued within the “Strange Stories
from Nature Series, ’ ’ of which other volumes of similar scope have
appeared or are now in course of preparation. In this latest one
the author undertakes to deal in a nontechnical way with insects,
their life histories and habits, and with especial emphasis on the
comparatively little known peculiarities and apparent idiosyn-
crasies of some of the comparatively well known forms. A gen-
eral introductory discussion of the whole subject is followed by
sections dealing specifically with such topics as insects as man’s
greatest foes and firmest friends; insect artizans; insect ogres;
the life of the locust ; boatmen, fishermen and pirates ; insect
gems; the Smyrna fig wasp in its relation to fig culture; insect
bugaboos ; some giants of the insect world ; brownies of the insect
world ; how insects play hide and seek ; insect undertakers ; insects
that carry lanterns; some incredible ants; insects used as food;
and differences between insects and nearly related forms. There
is practical information on findings, collecting, rearing and pre-
serving insects. Only insects appear to have been included which
an average person might observe, either in the temperate zone or
in the tropics. The author has selected types, rather than species,
whose odd habits or unusual characteristics would make their
study of more than passing interest to the average reader. Another
book already issued within this series by the same writer treats of
shells, while others now in preparation will deal similarly with
birds, fish, reptiles and fossils. Mr. Yerill is also author of several
other works on various phases of natural history, notably “The
Incas’ Treasure House,” and “The Deep Sea Hunters.”

J. S. W.

June, 1938]

Kaston: Mantispid^e

147

MANTISPIDiE PARASITIC ON SPIDER EGG SACS

By Benjamin Julian Kaston
Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station,

New Haven, Connecticut

Incidental to observations on insect parasites of spiders the
following is thought worthy of note. There emerged from the egg
sac of the funnel web weaver, Agelena naevia Walckenaer, a
female specimen of Mantispa fusicornis Banks.1 This species was
first described in 1911 from Florida, though there are specimens
in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology which
have been taken from as far north as Virginia. It has not, to my
knowledge, been again recorded in the literature and little is
known about its distribution or habits.

Figures 1 and 2 illustrate the external characters of the speci-
men, a description of which is given herewith. Length over all to
tip of wings behind, about 22 mm. Head about 2.5 mm. wide,
brown marked with black. A median longitudinal black line on
clypeus and labrum. Antennae 3.2 mm. long, separated at base
by a distance about equal to length of scape ; the latter light, the
pedicel brown, and the 28 more or less similar segments of the
flagellum black. Maxillae reddish with long 5-segmented palpus.
Labial palpus short, 3-segmented.

Prothorax tubular, 4.3 mm. long, transversely wrinkled, ex-
panded cephalad, and rebordered along anterior edge. Mostly
grayish brown, darker on expanded portion in front of the pair
of pronotal tubercles. Extending back along the mid-dorsum is
a thin, black stripe widening somewhat in front of the mesothorax,
and a less conspicuous black stripe lies ventrolaterad on each side.

Pterothorax mostly black, with a pair of yellow bands on the
mesoprescutum and mesoscutum, and a less distinct pair on the
metascutum, these diverging posteriad and joining the yellow
bases of fore and hind wings. The pleural areas with distinct an-
and katepisterna, but a distinct suture demarcating the an- and

1 Identified with the aid of Professor Nathan Banks of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology.

148

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLVI

katepimeron present only on the metathorax. The location of this
sntnre on the mesothorax is marked by a ridge. Abdomen black
with splashes of reddish brown.

Prothoracic leg raptorial, the coxa 4.5 mm. long, yellowish gray,
with a suggestion of a division in the proximal third. Femur
dark brown, enlarged, with a spur equal in length to the width of
the segment at that point arising from the medial surface, and
with many short teeth extending to the distal end. Tibia and
tarsus dark brown, the latter 5-segmented, and ending in a single
smooth claw. Meso- and metathoracic legs ambulatorial, similar
in appearance and in size, except that the tibia of the latter is
almost 1J times the length of that of the former. Coxae brown,
other segments yellowish gray, tip of tarsus black and ending in
a pair of 5-toothed claws and a broad pulvillus. Third tibia lack-
ing the “sillon longitudinal,” or linea impressa, of Navas (1925). 2

Fore wing 17 mm., and hind wing 14 mm. long, clear except for
reddish brown pterostigma. Venation of right wings as indicated
in figure 2, but left wings differing from these in a number of
details. In the fore wing the most important difference is the
absence of a cross-vein between the 1st and 2nd cells so that
there is one long and one ordinary cell, instead of three cells. In
the hind wing a cross-vein is present dividing into two the very
long cell (R?) proximad of the 1st cell Rx. These and other types
of variations have been fully discussed by Kuwayama (1925).
This author pointed out the need for caution in diagnosing genera
on the basis of wing venation, which is apparently quite variable
in the Mantispidae.

The spider was among those collected by Mr. R. B. Brown near
Albion, Mich., on Sept., 17, 1936 and taken to New Haven, Conn.,
the next day, to be later used in some morphology studies at Yale
University. The spider was confined in a cylindrical glass con-
tainer with a cover, which, however, to allow the passage of air
was raised slightly by inserting a piece of string between it and
the container. The spider laid its eggs on about Sept., 20 and
was killed for study a few days afterward. No spiderlings had
yet emerged on October 15, and the egg sac was not looked at again

2 This character is probably not present in the Mantispidae. At least it
was not present on specimens of Mantispa interrupta Say, M. ( Climaciella )
brunnea Say, and M. viridis Banks which I had an opportunity to examine.

June, 1938]

Kaston: Mantispid,®

149

until November 8 when the parasite was found lying dead on the
bottom of the container. The white egg sac was seen to have
within it a greenish yellow, oval cocoon (Fig. 3) . This cocoon was
made of loosely woven threads and was 8.4 mm. long by 6.9 mm.
wide. Both egg sac and cocoon were perforated by a more or less
circular hole 3.3 mm. in diameter through which the parasite had
emerged. Also in the container, but outside of the cocoon, were
the exuvias of the pupa or nymph. Only the occipital and pro-
notal regions were split, indicating the site of emergence of the
imago. The wing pads extended back to about the fourth ab-
dominal segment. It is interesting to note that in the pupa the
prothorax and prothoracic coxae are not elongate as in the imago,
but hardly longer than the corresponding structures on the ptero-
thorax (Fig. 4). Moreover, the trochanter is hardly apparent,
while a proximal, patella-like division of the tibia is very con-
spicuous. Brauer (1855), in describing the pupa of Mantispa
pagana Fabr., had called attention to the fact that the prothorax
is only half the length of that in the imago, but the reader is given
to understand that the prothoracic legs are the same as in the
imago. Unfortunately, in his figures these legs are not clearly
discernible.

Discussion. The circumstances surrounding the development
of this parasite seem very peculiar, especially when viewed in the
light of the classical investigations of Brauer (1869) on the Euro-
pean species, Mantispa styriaca Poda. For many years his was
the only case known, and all the standard entomology texts give
Brauer ’s account of the life history as typical for the group. Two
points are emphasized in his account : first, the sacs of only certain
species of Lycosidse3 are attacked, and second, the young cam-
podeiform larvae, despite the fact that they can move about ac-
tively, do not feed or enter the spider egg sacs until after a period
of eight months hibernation. However, Brauer himself had found
a Mantispa larva in the lenticular sac of a Thomisus (crab spider),
and he also referred to Rogenhof er ’s rearing a specimen from the

3 Sensu latiore. Brauer lists the following as favorable material for rear-
ing the Mantispa: Lycosa inquilina, Arctosa allodroma (= cinerea ), and
Dolomedes (the latter belonging to the Pisauridge) . All of these have white
spherical egg sac’s. He states definitely that the lenticular green egg sacs of
Lycosa fluviatilis (- Pardosa agricold ) are not attacked.

150

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

egg sac of a Clubiona, though he thought these were exceptions.
Moreover, Poujade (1898) gives Drassodes hypocrita Simon as the
host of M. stryriaca, and six of the same species were also reared
from drassid egg sacs by Main (1931). It seems probable there-
fore that this species is polyphagous.

For American species notes on the eggs, young larvae, and habits
are given by Smith (1934) for interrupta, sayi, and brunnea ; by
Hungerford (1936) for interrupta ; and by Hoffmann (1936) for
brunnea var. occidentalis. To date none of these larvae have been
successfully reared to maturity, but Smith records the emergence
of a pupa of interrupta from the egg sac of the jumping spider,
Dendryphantes militaris. Dr. G. W. Barber, of the New Haven
laboratory of the U. S. D. A. Bureau of Entomology and Plant
Quarantine, informs me that he has observed a female of inter-
rupta ovipositing on a leaf, so that it is entirely possible that this
species may also be parasitic on other attids, clubionids, and
thomisids, etc., which attach their egg sacs to leaves.

It is evident that in the case of M. fusicornis the larva did not
hibernate. It is still a question as to where it came from, and
there are two possibilities. It either crawled through the narrow
slit into the spider’s container at New Haven, or was carried from
Michigan hidden among the hairs on the spider’s body, only to
leave it for the egg sac after the latter was made. Even if the
larva entered the egg sac on the same day it was made, less than
48 days were needed to complete its development to the imago,
(assuming that the adult stage was attained the day before it was
found dead). In Brauer’s case the larvae did not pupate until
50 days after entering the egg sac, and the adult stage was not
attained until over four weeks later.

Literature Cited

Banks, N.

1911. Descriptions of new species of North American Neuropteroid in-
sects. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 37, pp. 347-348.

Brauer, F.

1855. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Verwandlung der Neuropteren. Yerh.
zool. bot. Yereins Wien, Bd. 5, S. 479-484.

1869. Beschreibung der Yerwandlungsgeschichte der Mantispa styriaca

Poda, und Betrachtung iiber die sogennante Hypermetamorphose
Fabre’s. Yerh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, Bd. 19. S. 831-840.

June, 1938]

Kaston: Mantispidjk

IS I

Hoffmann, C. H.

1936. Notes on Climaciella brunnea var. occidentalis Banks. Bull. Brook-
lyn Ent. Soc., vol. 31, pp. 202-203.

Hungerford, H. B.

1936. The Mantispidse of the Douglas Lake, Michigan, region with some
biological observations. Ent. News, vol. 47, pp. 69-72, 85-88.
Kuwayama, S.

1925. Notes on the Japanese Mantispidse with special reference to the
morphological characters. Jour. Coll. Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ.,
Sapporo, vol. 15, pp. 237-268.

Main, H.

1931. [A preliminary note on Mantispa .] Proc. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 6,

p. 26.

Navas, L.

1925. Un nouveau caractere pour la systematique des insects. C. R.
Assoc. Franc, p. avanc. Sci., t. 49, pp. 416-417.

Poujade, G. A.

1898. Observation sur les moeurs de Mantispa styriaca Poda. Bull. Soc.
Ent. France, t. 3, p. 347. [cited from Hungerford 1936].

Smith, R. C.

1934. Notes on the Neuroptera and Mecoptera of Kansas, with keys for
the identification of species. Jour. Kans. Ent. Soc., vol. 7, pp. 120-145.

152

[Vol. XL VI

Journal New York Entomological Society

Plate XII

Figure 1. Lateral aspect of M antispa fusicornis 9 ; wings in normal position.
Figure 2. Dorsal aspect of head, thorax, and right wings.

Figure 3. Cocoon from which pupa emerged. A few empty egg shells of the
spider are adhering to the surface.

Figure 4. Lateral aspect of the pupal head, prothorax, and part of protho-
racic leg.

(Jour. N. L. Ent. Soc), Vol. XL VI

(Plate 12)

MANTISPA

154 Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

BOOK NOTICE

Lac Cultivation in India Being a Second and Revised Edition of
“A Practical Manual of Lac Cultivation” By P. M. Glover,

; published in June, 1931. By P. M. Glover. The Indian Lac
Research Institute. Namkum, Ranchi, Bihar, India, 1937,
viii + 147 p., 16 pi., inch 2 col’d, 9 fig. Price Rs. 2/-.

In the June 1935 issue of The Journal of the New York
Entomological Society, there was reviewed briefly a report of
the Indian Lac Research Institute. Now there has appeared, “a
practical manual of lac cultivation” by Mr. Glover, which should
be of interest to American entomologists, if not in a practical way,
at least as indicative of the entomological problems in other parts
of the world. The present work includes the practical results
that were developed at the Institute during the past six years and
brings up to date certain sections of the first edition. There are
twenty-two chapters, covering an account of the lac insect, lac
production, lac prices and cultivation, propagation, pruning and
inoculation of lac hosts, the manufacture of shellac, the use of
various lac hosts, lac cultivation in various countries, enemies of
lac and lac host trees, a list of host trees, a glossary of terms, and
a bibliography. Mr. Glover has written a detailed specific and
comprehensive manual of lac cultivation, which should be invalu-
able to the educated cultivators of lac in India and elsewhere.
After reading Mr. Glover’s book, skipping only the list of host
trees and the glossary, I have a better appreciation of the lac
industry and a more orderly knowledge of its entomological aims,
accomplishments and difficulties. H. B. W.

June, 1938]

Barber: Gall Insects

155

A STUDY OF THE ELLIPTICAL GOLDENROD GALL
CAUSED BY GNORIMOSCHEMA GALLiESOLI-
DAGINIS RILEY

By George W. Barber

Associate Entomologist, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
United States Department of Agriculture

INTRODUCTION

The insects, beset on every hand in nature by enemies — animal
and plant, predacious and parasitic, and dependent upon the
vicissitudes of the physical environment, have developed many
interesting, surprising, and curious means of protection against
these decimating factors. Few of the protective adaptations are
more wonderful or less understood than those of the gall-forming
insects, which, by one means or another, cause the host plants to
build them habitations out of their plant substance, wherein the
insects may feed in comparative security.

A host of insect species attacking many species of plants cause
galls to develop on roots, stems, branches, twigs, leaves, or other
parts, and they frequently become numerous enough to cause
severe injury to the plants attacked. These galls form one of the
curiosities of any countryside, sure to attract the attention of the
naturalist.

While the galls of some insects are very elaborate in structure,
one of the simplest may take the form of a more or less pronounced
swelling of the stem, resulting from feeding by the insect therein.
Some of the galls inhabited by the gelechiid moth Gnorimo schema
gallcesolidaginis Riley appear to be of this type, the stem being
hollowed out for a certain distance vertically and but little swollen.
Other individuals of this species inhabit better defined galls that
are sometimes nearly or quite globular.

For years the writer has observed these goldenrod galls in vari-
ous localities and has been interested in the variation that they
showed, but he had not found them in numbers sufficient for a
study of this variation. However, in 1929, in a locality near Rich-
mond, Va., a large infestation of the insect was observed. In one

156

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLYI

roadside spot every second or third stalk of goldenrod bore one or
more galls of this species, and a sufficient number could be ob-
tained for study. Since these galls varied greatly in size, an effort
was made to determine the probable reason for the variation,
whether it extended to the insects inhabiting the galls, and in what
way such variations were related. A further effort was made to
determine what degree of protection the gall formation afforded
the insect habitant.

HABITS AND LIFE HISTORY OF THE GALL MAKER

In central Virginia the galls begin to appear on the partly grown
goldenrod plants late in June or in July, but development of the
insect within the galls is slow. By the middle of August the larvae
become full grown and begin to pupate, and the moths emerge
during October, there being a single generation annually. Leiby1
found that the eggs of G. gallcesolidaginis are deposited in the fall
on goldenrod stems or leaves. These hatch the following spring,
and the young larvae migrate to new goldenrod shoots in the
vicinity, crawl to the buds, enter them from the side, and bore
downward in the stems for a short distance. Here the larvae
settle and feed on the inner walls of their burrows. The progress
of emergence in the autumn of 1929 is indicated by the following
records : From the 1st to the 4th of September 2,000 galls were
collected but from none of them had the moths emerged ; on Sep-
tember 30, when 500 galls were collected, moths had emerged
from only 2.6 per cent of them ; on October 15 and November 5,
however, from 500 galls collected on each date, moths had emerged
from 39.8 per cent and 100 per cent, respectively.

During the time that the larva is feeding, no opening is seen
in the gall and no communication with the outside is apparent.
While this condition is admirably suited to the needs of the larva,
as it permits the latter to feed and grow unhurried by fear of
danger, this shelter, unless there were special provision for escape
from it, would prove to be a tomb for the moth, which lacks suitable
mouthparts for biting through the plant tissue forming the gall.
Providing for the escape of the moth is the last act of the larva

1 Leiby, E. W., Biology of the goldenrod gall-maker Gnorimoschema gall-
cesolidaginis Eiley. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 30: 81-94, lilus. 1922.

June, 1938]

Barber: Gall Insects

157

before pupating, and this provision is perhaps among the most
remarkable to be found among insects.

The larva, which seemingly feeds upon the inner wall of the
gall, maintains a neat and thoroughly sanitary habitation. All
fecal matter is deposited in the bottom of the gall and covered
with silk. When the larva is through feeding, a heavier layer of
silk is applied to the piled fecal matter and to the entire inner
surface of the gall. A tunnel is now gnawed from the uppermost
point in the gall toward the outside, not entirely through the wall,
as usually described in literature, but only partly through. To
leave the burrow open, or even covered with silk, would expose the
retiring insect to too great danger from enemies that could easily
enter. Some time before the burrow has reached the surface, the
larva discontinues gnawing, covers the burrow with silk continuous
with that laid down on the inner wall of the gall, and proceeds to
the most delicate task of its life. It cuts a groove continuous with
the wall of the burrow, through to the outside of the gall, leaving
undisturbed the contained circular section of the wall. The
groove is directed slightly away from the center as the outer sur-
face of the gall is approached, making the diameter of the carved-
out cylinder to increase from within outward. The resulting plug
is entirely severed from the surrounding wall of the gall, and the
groove appears on the outside as a circle.

The last detail of its chamber having been completed, the larva
retires to the hollow of the gall to pupate. The emergence burrow
is securely closed by a structure which is a true ‘ ‘ bung, ’ ’ entirely
separated from the rest of the wall of the gall. From the inside
a mere touch will force the plug out of the emergence burrow,
but it cannot be forced in from the outside except by considerable
pressure. Frequently, as the plant ripens and the stalk dries, the
plug assumes a lighter color than the surface of the gall proper
and is easily seen, as in figure 2. Enough light enters through the
groove separating the plug from the gall to direct the moth toward
the avenue of escape provided for it.

The plug, or “ stopper,” was always present in galls containing
pupae, and it was always suitable for the emergence of the moths ;
for in no case, among the hundreds of examples of the gall studied,
did a moth fail to gain freedom by this means. (Fig. 1.)

158

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Above — Figure 1. — Goldenrod galls split to show hollow interior, the piled
excrement at the base, the emergence plug, and the pupae. Below — Figure
2. — A series of goldenrod galls showing the position and discoloration of
the plugs.

June, 1938]

Barber: Gall Insects

159

Among insects, prescience in the provision by one stage for the
welfare of a succeeding stage is a common enough phenomenon,
but in this instance the arrangements are much more complete
than usual. Many boring insects make provision in the larval
stage for the escape of the mature insect. In the goldenrod ball
gall, caused by the trypetid fly Eurosta solidaginis Fitch, the
maggot occupies a small cell surrounded by a greatly thickened
wall. The insect passes the winter as a full grown maggot within
the gall, no provision having been made thus far for the emergence
of the delicate fly. In spring an emergence burrow is constructed
by the maggot which leaves intact a thin cap partially cut through
the outer wall of the gall. This the fly is able to push away as it
seeks its freedom.

Among Lepidoptera, the full grown larva of Diatrcea cram-
Mdoides Grote bores to the lowest point in the stalk of the corn
plant in which it has fed, and here, some distance below the surface
of the soil, it hibernates. In spring the larva becomes active,
retraces its burrow, or gnaws a new one upward through the stalk
to a point a few inches above the surface of the soil, and there
gnaws an opening through the wall of the stalk to the outside,
closes the opening with silk as a protection, and retires to pupate.

These two examples illustrate the usual way in which many
larvaB feeding in the interior of plants provide for the escape of
the adults. As compared with Eurosta or Diatrcea, it may be seen
that Gnorimoschema constructs a protective device that is a great
step forward. When the adults are provided with biting mouth
parts, as in the case of some of the true gall wasps, no provision
is made by the larvae at all, since the adults are able to shift for
themselves.

PROBABLE CAUSE OF THE GALL

The following theories regarding gall formation by insects have
been advanced : ( 1 ) That the gall results from mechanical irrita-
tion to the plant parts caused by the feeding of the insect; (2)
that the gall results from the introduction of specific chemical sub-
stances by the insect; (3) that the gall structure results from
stimulation induced by the by-products of body metabolism — urea
and carbon dioxide — of the gall insect; (4) that the gall is pro-
duced as protective tissue for the purpose of isolating in a cell the

160

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

foreign body, the gall insect, and thus is a structure beneficial to
the injured plant. With the insect under discussion, the first
theory is the one held to be most probable.

VARIATION

The plants bearing galls were variable in size, some being only
5 or 6 inches tall whereas others were 5 feet or more in height with
rare examples as tall as 6 feet. Between these extremes almost all
possible heights were found.

The diameter of goldenrod stems varied with the luxuriance of
the growth of the plants. Likewise, galls occurring on different
parts of the stem, or on plants of different size, were found to vary
in size with the varying thickness of the stems. The diameters of
plant stems at points just below gall swellings ranged, in the 3,003
measured galls, from 2.3 to 10.8 mm., the average being 5.55 mm.
(Table 1.)

Variations in the Galls

As a consequence of the range in size of plants and the various
points of placement of galls upon the stems, galls were found at
different heights above ground. Galls were usually found on the
upper half of the goldenrod stalk, but this was influenced by the
environment. They were frequently placed low on plants grow-
ing without much competition or without shading by other plants ;
but usually above the middle, or even terminal, on plants growing
in competitive associations. Terminal galls examined in a lot of
1,000 amounted to 27.3 per cent. They were usually pear-shaped
and ranged from 9 to 38 inches above the ground, the greater num-
ber being from 13 to 24 inches above the ground. The stem galls
(72.7 per cent) were found from 6 to 36 inches above the ground
with the greater number from 13 to 23 inches. They were usually
spindle-shaped and placed below the crown of the plant.

Much variation in size and shape of galls was found. Of the
3,003 galls measured, no two were exactly alike. They varied in
several respects, in the size of the gall, that is, in length, breadth,
and interior capacity; in the position on the plant; and in the
thickness and texture of the wall, some examples having pithy
walls through which a pin could easily be inserted, whereas, on
the other extreme, some were so woody that a pin could not be

Table 1. Comparison of Thickness of Stems of Goldenrod Plants with the Size of Galls They Bore and the Size

of Some of the Contained Pup^e of the Insect Gall Maker

June,

1938]

Barber: Gall Insects

161

Ph

a

c 3
X

bJO^
c3 +3

fn 1 73
CD -rt

4 s

Si

(MCOCOCOiTOCOCOCO

t'-C5TtHt^©<MCOC3
CO t" t>* GO CO QO 00

cl cl cl cl d cl cl cl

cG np

&C° r!

O M ^ N H 05 «D H M
cl CO tJH id CO CO d CO 05

rjDrQrOr£irC!r£l^>r£2rjD

aMM^COCOTHWOO

O !»
CD

CD Ph

p a
a cs

O X

CDCDffiffiPOOlOlOP
i — ICOOOOOOIO
(Mt-OiPCOH

a ^

<D r-H

-+^> c3
83 bo

«H ta.

O £
H ©

® a>

s-s

p p

05 Cl Cl Oi 05 05 Cl 05 05

d co tJh" id co d oo oi d
1,1 I I II I M

ClCOTtllOCOt^OOCi©

162

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

inserted at all. Some were linear, only a slight swelling of the
stem indicating the presence of the gall insect. Others were
globular, resembling the galls of the dipteron Eurosta solidaginis
which occurred in association with Gnorimoschema gallcesolida-
ginis, but, incidentally, very rarely on the same plants. Most galls
of Gnorimoschema were spindle-shaped, evidently typical of the
species, whereas terminal galls were usually pear- or club-shaped.
Extreme size and extreme shape — linear, spindle-shaped and glob-
ular— of the galls are illustrated in figure 3. Figure 4 shows a
photograph of the various types.

The galls ranged in length from 14 to 64 mm., and in thickness
from 6 to 26 mm. The greater number, however, were between 24
and 35 mm. long and between 11 and 18 mm. in diameter.

Variations in the Insect Gall Makers

The variation in the size of the insect inhabitants of the galls
could be conveniently ascertained by measuring the live pupae.
Of 1,200 measured pupae, 622 males ranged in length from 7.9 to
12.0 mm. and in breadth from 2.05 to 3.30 mm., averaging 10.2
mm. long by 2.74 mm. broad. Similarly measured, 578 female
pupae ranged in length from 7.9 to 13.1 mm. and in breadth from
2.08 to 3.62 mm., averaging 11.4 mm. long by 3.11 mm. broad.
One unique male pupa was found to be 5.6 mm. long by 1.5 mm.
broad, much smaller than the smallest of the 622 male pupae
described above. In all of the above measurements the greater
number of cases were grouped closely about the average.

Variations in the Emergence Plugs

The plugs that closed the emergence burrows varied somewhat
in shape but most often were perfectly circular on both the inner
and outer surfaces. They varied in diameter and in depth or
thickness, and in the relationship of the two surfaces as to diam-
eter. The inner surface was almost always of less diameter than
the upper or outer surface ; that is, the plugs were almost invari-
ably ‘ ‘ bungs ’ ’ or stopper-shaped, and this difference between outer
and inner diameters varied with the thickness of the plugs. The
thickness of the plugs generally was dependent upon the thickness
of the wall of the gall. In figure 5, extreme types of plug, as

June, 1938]

Barber: Gall Insects

163

Above — Figure 4. — Various types of goldenrod galls. Below — Figure
6. — Goldenrod galls that have been attacked by birds.

164

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

well as an average ping, are illustrated. The outer diameter of
1,200 plugs ranged from 1.43 to 3.01 mm., by far the greater num-

ber being between 2 and 2.4 mm. Of 203 plugs that were com-

pletely studied, the upper surface ranged from 1.37 to 2.77 mm.
(average 2.19) in diameter and the inner surface from 1.35 to
2.25 mm. (average 1.80). The thickness of the plugs ranged
from 0.30 to 1.64 mm. (average 1.06). The difference between
the outer and inner diameters of individual plugs ranged from
0.00 to 0.85 mm. (average 0.39).

DISCUSSION OF THE RELATIONSHIPS

It has been shown that the plants, the galls, and the insects
inhabiting the galls all vary considerably in size, and it is the

GLOBULAR ~ AA & CC
LINEAR - BB & EE
ELLI PTICAL “ DD

^ 20

_J

_J

i .5

-E

D

C

B

A

]B

c

D

z

K ^ -J

X /

25 30 35 40 45

SCALE IN MILLIMETERS

/ MILLIMETER
I 1

'/•/3 MM.

B //-ty mm.

/•feyMM.

a.-/? mm.

A / i-O&MM.

D | o-3/MM.
/•31 MM.

/-yONIM.

/•47MM.

~J °’V/ MM.

Above — Figure 3. — Comparison of five extreme types of goldenrod galls.
Below — Figure 5. — Types of plugs in goldenrod galls: A, average plug; B,
extremely deep or thick plug; C, extremely wide plug; D, extremely small
and unusual plug ; E, thin plug of usual shape.

June, 1938]

Barber: Gall Insects

1G5

intention in the following paragraphs to show in what way the
variation of the one is associated with the variation of the other.

Relationship of Diameter of Stem to Size of Gall

As previously noted, the diameter of the goldenrod stems im-
mediately below the galls they bore ranged from 2.3 to 10.8 mm.
Thus the largest stem observed was 4.7 times the diameter of the
smallest. From field observations it seemed that small galls were
usually found on small stems and large galls on large stems. This
proved to be the case in 3,003 measured galls; in fact, it was
found that the size of the galls increased in proportion to the stem
diameter. A summary of the data is given in table 1. Plants
were grouped into 9 size classes, according to stem diameter
immediately below the galls, the size of the latter being averaged
for each class. As shown in the table, the average gall size is
larger proportionately as the stem diameter is greater, and the
evidence indicates that, in general, a controlling factor in gall size
is the diameter of the stem on which the gall is borne.

Relationship of Size of Pupa to Size of Gall

The range in breadth of pupae was found to be from 2.05 to 3.31
mm. in males, and from 2.08 to 3.62 mm. in females, the pupae
occupying galls of various sizes. To determine whether the insects
varied in proportion to the galls they inhabited, the former were
arranged into 9 classes, according to breadth, the average size of
galls inhabited by pupae of each class being then determined.
These data are given in table 2. In the case of each sex of the
insect, it was found that the pupae varied in breadth (here taken
as a measure of size) proportionally to the size of the galls they
inhabited, and it was indicated that a controlling factor in the size
of the insect was the size of the gall which it inhabited or, very
likely, the extent of the feeding area provided by the gall. Fur-
thermore, female pupae were on an average somewhat larger than
male pupae, as previously noted, and occupied on an average some-
what larger galls than the latter. Thus the average breadth of
578 female pupae was 3.11 mm., while the average size of the galls
they inhabited was 31.11 by 16.12 mm. ; the average breadth of
622 male pupae was 2.74 mm., and the average size of their galls
was 28.87 by 15.23 mm.

166

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

W »

co

&H w

S W

EH
Oh Ph

w o

^ 3

<1 w

OO

H W
U O
w «
02 W
£ §

Pm 3

S3 <D ,^3

5 .2^ *

03

as

-h

"a

be

a

a

O

pH

pp

a

N

*03

a

be

.

a

-4-3

a

be

>

<1

O)

a

zn

<x>

&

a c
a

5 a-
a

£

M

a

<D

*>.2
a 3

2 be
33 r2

> a

V, ^

<1 ^

o

03

h3

a

a

be

a

O

&

a

N

*03

a

be

a

-(-a

be

a

a

>

a

<

hP

a

U1

o

,>0 Q.

a

a o a

a

a

£

M

a

«H P

° pi 3
<-! a -m
3 o

£ » a

a PM-S

a> £

£ CVjH

a

PP

2» 05 rH CO rH »0 05

55 W t> OS O (M W (M
!§j rH r H IH CM* CM* CM* <M*

lO OS CO t- ^ 05 CO

oacooswoa

Hh CO CM* CO* tJH CO* CO Tt?

'h 1 H f -( l— 4 •— ( V— I — J

n w oo co m h co

O- CO CO OS CO 00
05 Tti co' 00 05 co' CO*

i — i m nj m co co co

tH io IO t>, CO <M CO

i— i oo co t— i co

cm cm

CM CM CM CM CM CM

• OiOCO^qpcOTtiCvlO
g rtH CO CM © Hh t*J CO © 00

co* co' co’ hH* HH* cd oo oo

^ inOHNOSOOMCSO
5s O t> O MJ ® OS_ N O CO
S CO* IO oo’ 05 oo* o' co' io* o’
<m<m<mcm<mcococot^

cq m in nun h cq oo
h co cm CO co CO
HNH

oooooooo

CM TjH CO OO © CM CO
CM* cm" cm* cm’ CO* CO* CO* CO*

I I I I I I I I I

IO i — I i — I i— I i— I rH i — I i — I rH

© CM CO 00 © CM hH CO

CM* CM* CM* CM* CM* CO CO* CO CO*

: a

i be

_|

a £
o >
H <1

June, 1938]

Barber: Gall Insects

167

Relationship of Size of Pupa to Diameter of
Emergence Plug

To insure the free emergence of the moth from the gall it is
necessary that an opening not only be prepared by the larva but
that this opening be of suitable size, for if it is too small the
moth will not be able to force itself through it. The size of the
burrow and “plug” made by the insect are proportional to the
size of the insect. This is shown in the data presented in table 2,
and verified by placing 20 large pupae in galls originally inhabited
by small pupae and sealing up the galls except for the emergence
plugs, which were left undisturbed. Of these individuals, 1 pupa
died, 18 gave rise to moths which died in the emergence burrow
in their struggle for freedom, and 1 successfully emerged.

That suitable provision is made by the larvae for moth emergence
is shown by field examination of emerged galls, not a single
example being found in which an adult had been unable to gain
freedom by way of the emergence burrow. The relationship
between the size of the burrow and the size of the insects may
be a mere mechanical one, dependent upon the variation in the
size of the larval mouthparts with larval size. At all events it was
found that plug diameter varied directly with pupal size in each
sex, and the size of the burrow was always such as to allow the
escape of the adult moth. One unique male pupa was found to
be only 1.5 mm. in breadth, and its emergence plug was 1.37 mm.
in diameter.

Relationship of Diameter of Stem to Size of Pupa

Since the size of galls varies proportionately with the diameter
of the stems of plants which bear them and the size of pupae varies
with the size of galls which they inhabit, it is obvious that the size
of pupae would vary proportionately with the diameter of the
stems of plants bearing the galls they inhabit. This was found
to be the case, as shown in table 1, in which the measurements of
1,200 pupae are compared with data on gall size and plant-stem
diameter.

PROTECTIVE VALUE OF THE GALL TO THE INSECT

While inhabiting the galls (that is, during the larval and pupal
periods of the life cycle) more than half of the insects were de-

168

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

stroyed by one means or another. It is apparent, therefore, that
while the gall provides possible protection from some destructive
agencies, it is not particularly effective against enemies which, in
one way or another, have learned to gain access to the galls in
order to feed upon the contained gall maker.

FATE OF THE INSECT GALL MAKER

Of 3,500 galls studied in the fall of 1929 only 46.7 per cent gave
rise to moths. The most important single destructive agency was
birds. Nearly as important as these was the combined attack by
6 species of parasites. Birds and parasites combined destroyed
35.9 per cent of the fall-examined galls and 35.9 per cent of spring-
examined galls. Relatively few larvae or pupae were found to
perish because of disease. A few galls were taken by leaf-cutting
bees and ants ; and a considerable number were attacked by insect
predators, particularly predacious coleopterous larvae, which were
able, apparently, to lift out the protecting plug and to gain
entrance into the interior of the gall through the emergence bur-
row. The fate of the insects is given in percentages in table 4.

BIRDS AS ENEMIES

Birds penetrated the galls and devoured the insect inhabitants
in 18.7 per cent of fall-examined galls and in 20.9 per cent of
spring- examined galls. They gained access through the tip of the
gall, about the emergence burrow, in 11.8 per cent of the cases;
through the base of the gall in 1.5 per cent; and in 86.7 per cent
of the examples they gained access through the side of the gall, as
shown in figure 6. Birds usually made their attack when the
larvas were full grown or after they had pupated, since in 76.9
per cent of the examples the emergence plugs had been formed,
which, as has been shown, is the last act of the larva before pupa-
tion. In most of the remaining 23.1 per cent of bird-attacked galls
the emergence burrows had been partly excavated, indicating that
the larvae were approximately full grown. In the fall of 1929 it
appeared that the feeding by birds was limited to a period of a few
weeks only, in September or early in October, when the larvae were
full grown, or nearly full grown, or after pupation had occurred ;
but the species of bird concerned was not determined. In general,

June, 1938]

Barber: Gall Insects

169

only the largest galls were attacked by birds, perhaps because the
larger stems that bore such galls afforded the firmer foothold
needed by them in penetrating the galls.

Feeding by birds on this insect was general in the area studied,
but not at all uniform in all localities, being found heavy in some
spots, particularly in growths of large flourishing goldenrod
plants, and very light in other spots. In other words, the heaviest
bird feeding occurred in ‘ ‘ pockets. ’ ’ In 35 collections of 100 galls
each, the number penetrated by birds ranged from 1 to 48. In 9
collections, from 1 to 10 galls were attacked; in 17 collections,
from 11 to 20; in 4 collections from 21 to 30; in 3 collections,
from 31 to 40 ; and in 2 collections, between 41 and 48.

INSECT PARASITES AS ENEMIES

In the locality where these studies were made, six species of
parasitic insects were found to attack Gnorimoschema gallcesoli-
daginis, usually in the larval stage. Three of these were impor-
tant, and three were practically insignificant in importance ; taken
together, they accounted for but 17.26 per cent of 3,500 fall-
examined galls. Each species of parasite is discussed briefly.

Copidosoma gelechice How.2

Copidosoma gelechice proved to be the most important insect
parasite. The adult parasite oviposits in the host egg in the fall,
according to Leiby.3 In 94.9 per cent of galls containing larvae
parasitized by this species the emergence plugs had not been
formed. This parasite develops polyembryonically, and a large
number of parasites pack the body of the host larva, which is
usually found to be swollen to several times its normal size when
the parasites have pupated within its body. The parasite is
usually found in the larger galls.

Of 100 larvae from which adult parasites of C. gelechice emerged,
63 gave forth female parasites and 37 gave forth male parasites,
the adult parasites from any one host larva being almost always
of the same sex. Leiby3 found that unfertilized eggs of this

2 Determined by A. B. Gahan.

3 Leiby, R. W., The polyembryonic development of Copidosoma gelechics,

with notes on its biology. Jour. Morphology 37: 195-285. 1922.

170

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

parasite gave forth male adults and that fertilized eggs gave forth
either male or female adults. In three instances noted by the
writer a few males issued from larvae giving forth large numbers
of adult female parasites. In these cases more than one egg may
have been laid by the adult parasite, or an egg by each of two
adults may have been laid in such host eggs. Patterson4 found
similar cases which he attributed to this cause.

From the 100 parasitized host larvae mentioned above, a total
of 19,009 adult parasites emerged during the fall of 1929. Of
these 13,427, or 70.63 per cent, were females; and 5,582, or 29.37
per cent, were males. The number of parasites emerging from a
single larva varied greatly. In the case of female parasites the
range in population per host was from 27 to 412 ; in the case of
male parasites from 41 to 259 issued from host larvae. Patterson,4
in studying this parasite on Gnorimoschema salinaris Busck, found
that the number of parasites per host in female broods, in 90
instances, ranged from 25 to 395, with an average of 198.48 indi-
viduals per host; and in male broods, in 62 instances, the range
was from 41 to 345, the average being 175.32 individuals per host.
Since, in the writer’s investigations, the host larva that contained
27 parasitic pupae appeared to be of approximately normal size,
even including the parasites, or a little larger, the increase in
larval bulk in the most heavily parasitized host larva — that con-
taining 412 parasitic pupae — appeared to be 15 times that of a
normal larva. Of the female broods, in approximately half the
cases, the parasitic population ranged from 100 to 250 per host,
and nearly half of the male broods numbered from 100 to 200 per
host.

The average number of female parasites per host larva was
213.1 ; the average number of male parasites per host larva was
150.9.

It was found that parasitized larvae varied greatly in size and
that this variability in size roughly paralleled a variability in gall
size, a condition previously noticed in the pupae of the gall insect
and the galls in which they were found.

Although the populations of parasites per host larva were ex-

4 Patterson, J. T., Observations on the Development of Copidosoma gelechice.
Biol. Bui. 29 : 333-372, illus. 1915.

June, 1938]

Barber: Gall Insects

171

tremely variable, no indication was found that competition for
food among the parasites had at any time been keen. This is
illustrated in the remarkable uniformity in size found in the
adult parasites.

In order to determine variability in size of these parasites, the
fore-wings of 10 specimens from each of the 100 host larvae were
measured. The average wing size of parasites emerging from
individual host larvae ranged from 1.33 to 1.72 mm. in the case of
males, and from 1.31 to 1.62 mm. in the case of females. But it
was when parasite size was studied in connection with parasite
population groups that uniformity in parasite size was most
noticeable. This is shown in table 3.

Table 3. Mean Si'ze of Forewing of Adult Copidosoma gelechi^ from
Larvae of Gnorimoschema gall^esolidaginis Having the
Various Parasite Populations Indicated

*

Number of parasites
per larva

Mean length of forewing of adult parasite

Females

Males

Mm.

Mm.

1- 50

1.45

1.72

51-100

1.44

1.59

101-150

1.44

1.58

151-200

1.44

1.54

201-250

1.46

1.57

251-300

1.42

1.64

301-350

1.43

351-400

1.47

401-450

1.48

Adult male parasites were somewhat larger, on an average, than
females, the average length of the fore- wing of 370 males being
1.56 mm., with three-fourths of the total falling between 1.51 and
1.71 mm. Of 630 females the average wing length was 1.43, with
more than half falling between 1.37 and 1.51 mm. The popula-
tions of females in host larvae were relatively larger than of males.

Calliephialtes notanda (Cress.)5

The second most important parasite, attacking 4.83 per cent of
3,500 fall-examined galls, was Calliephialtes notanda. Galls of all

5 Determined by R. A. Cushman.

172

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

sizes were attacked by this parasite, but on the whole these galls
were smaller than those attacked by Copidosoma. The adults of
Calliephialtes emerged, with one exception, during the autumn.
The female is provided with a long ovipositor, which she appar-
ently is capable of inserting through the wall of the gall in order
to reach the contained host insect. In 74 per cent of the observed
instances, the host larva was able to complete the emergence bur-
row and plug before perishing. In the remaining 26 per cent of
observed instances, the emergence plug had not been formed.
When the larva of the parasite becomes full grown it forms a
rather long, flat, brown-colored, leathery cocoon, which, in the
cases observed, was peculiar in that it usually lay with the head
of the parasite toward or even adjacent to the emergence burrow
formed by the host larva for the escape of the moth ; and it was by
the burrow that the adult parasite usually escaped, although it is
capable of gnawing its way through the wall of the gall when
necessary. This species usually occurred singly, although in one
instance two parasites were present. Although usually a primary
parasite, it is sometimes a secondary, for in three instances adults
emerged from cocoons of Microgaster, and one adult emerged from
a host larva filled with pupae of Copidosoma. It is able, appar-
ently, to accommodate itself to whatever food may be available
in the galls.

The adults of the parasite are extremely variable in size in each
sex, although the males are usually smaller than the females. Size
was judged in this case by measuring the length of the cocoon,
for the reason that many parasites had issued before collections of
material were made. The largest cocoon observed was 17.1 mm.
long; the smallest, 6.8 mm. long. As was found to be the case
with pupae of the host insect, the variation of the parasite cocoons
was comparable to variation in size of the galls in which they were
found.

Microgaster gelechice Riley6

Microgaster gelechice was the third in importance as a parasitic
enemy of the gall insect, attacking 4.40 per cent of 3,500 fall-
examined galls. It was always found singly. The host larva
gnaws the usual emergence burrow but rarely cuts an opening to

6 Determined by A. B. Gahan.

June, 1938]

Barber: Gall Insects

173

the outside, leaving intact a portion of the wall of' about the thick-
ness of what would be the plug. When full grown the parasitic
larva leaves the host larva and spins a cocoon of white silk, more
or less fluffy in appearance; and in this, within the protecting
gall, it passes the winter, emerging the succeeding spring. This
parasite is more uniform in size than the preceding species,
although varying somewhat, 60 per cent of the cocoons being from
6.7 to 6.9 mm. in length, the full range being from 6 to 7.3 mm.

Eurytoma bolteri Riley7

The fourth parasite in importance, attacking 1.29 per cent of
3,500 fall-examined galls, was Eurytoma bolteri. The parasitic
larva feeds externally upon the larva or pupa of the gall insect,
or upon other parasites. It was often found in galls parasitized
by Copidosoma, in which case it devoured numbers of the pupae of
this parasite in the host larva, causing irregular devoured areas to
appear in the inflated and rigid parasitized larva of the gall insect.
This species occurred almost always singly per gall, and pupated
without forming a cocoon. It was quite variable in size. Usually
the adult parasites emerged in the fall, but a few remained in the
galls over winter, emerging the following spring. It was usually
found inhabiting smaller galls.

Tetrastichus sp.8

A small parasite, Tetrastichus sp., was found in only 18 out of
3,500 fall-examined galls, destroying 0.51 per cent of the gall
insects. It attacks the pupae exclusively, and the number of adult
parasites emerging from a single pupa of the host ranged from 3
to 42. In certain instances adult parasites emerged in the
autumn ; in others, they passed the winter within the host pupae,
emergence of the parasites taking place the following spring. This
species of parasite employs a unique method of gaining entrance
into the galls. It gnaws its way in, but always through the emer-
gence plug, thus choosing the one spot in the wall of the gall which
is thinnest. Galls attacked by this parasite could easily be recog-
nized by the small round entrance burrow of the parasite, usually
at or near the center of the plug, but sometimes at its edge.

7 Determined by A. B. Gahan.

8 Determined by A. B. Gahan.

174

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Microbracon furtivus (Fyles)9

The least important of the parasites, Microbracon furtivus, was
represented in but 8 of 8,500 galls examined in the fall of 1929,
thus being responsible for the death of 0.23 per cent of the gall
insects. The number of parasites attacking individual gall insects
was very variable, and their size varied according to population.
From 3 to 22 of these parasites were found in individual galls,
the average number of cocoons per gall being 8.1. This parasite
attacks the larva of its host, and, when through feeding, the para-
sitic larvae spin individual brown cocoons which are grouped about
the inner wall of the gall at the base, just above the pile of excre-
ment deposited by the gall insect. The cocoons adhere closely to
the wall of the gall, and are inconspicuous, colored much like the
wall and easily overlooked. The length of cocoons ranged from
2.6 to 6.1 mm., while the average length of cocoons in the various
parasite populations per gall was as follows : With 3 cocoons per
gall the average length was 5.6 mm. ; 4 cocoons per gall, 4.78 mm. ;
5 cocoons per gall, 4.92 mm. ; 6 cocoons per gall, 4.45 mm. ; while
with 22 cocoons per gall they averaged 3.2 mm. in length. Females
of this parasite have an ovipositor of sufficient length to be inserted
through galls having medium thick walls. The insects pass the
winter in the cocoons in the galls, the adult parasites emerging
in the spring.

DISCUSSION OF PARASITISM

In the 35 collections of 100 galls each, made in the fall of 1929,
each species of parasite (and parasitization as a whole) was quite
differently represented. The extreme variation in occurrence of
the several species and the parasitization in general, and also
other causes of death, are given in table 4. Parasites, both in
general and specifically, occurred more numerously in “pockets”
in the field, a condition heretofore 'observed in the case of bird feed-
ing. Four species of parasites were clearly larval parasites,
although one, when pressed for food, fed on competing parasites ;
one was strictly a pupal parasite ; while one was an indiscriminate
feeder, being able to subsist on larvae or pupae of the gall insect,
or on other parasites. On the whole, of 604 parasitized galls exam-
ined, relatively few showed competition among these parasites.

9 Determined by A. B. Gahan.

Table 4. Fate of Insect Gall Maker at Richmond, Ya., 1929-30

uMouqim jo ‘sjojep0jcl
joesni sCq pesCojjseQ

sjub jo S00q
sCq uesfRij. sq'BG

Per

cent

0.63

2.00

0.00

potp ORdnj

Per

cent

0.80

2.13

8.00

0.00

0SR0Stp JO
p0ip 0RAJRrj

Per

cent

3.38

3.42

9.00

0.00

Destroyed by insect parasites

snanpmj.

uoovjiqoMij\[

Per

cent

0.23

2.14

2.00

0.00

•ds snipi^smid j[

Per

cent

0.51

UQftoq

vuioj.fi,ms[

Per

cent

1.29

0.85

6.00

0.00

Z)ll[09 p6
j,91Sv6oj,oij\[

Per

cent

4.40

2.99

11.00

0.00

vpuv^ou

S9llViqd9}HVQ

Per

cent

4.83

6.41

16.00

0.00

Z)'IHP9196

vuiosopidoQ

Per

cent

6.00

2.57

13.00

1.00

niSTJISRJRd

Per

cent

17.26 *

14.96

28.00

7.00

spjiq sCq nounjj

Per

cent

18.69

20.94

48.00

1.00

penssi sqjoj\[

Per

cent

46.75

42.74

76.00

19.00

5 £

pj ^ rt

& °
tuo

ri

o

' ' o

o i — i
fojQ<»i i

5.^o
a g a
^o.S

^s i ~i

(MS rH 5j o
OS c3 «H CO Q, OS

h be o c<i —

rt cS
cs be

s °

o
OS T— i
bjD

efi «h
+3 O

as £
as o

I I?*

io

co ij

as

2 ^

43 as

o as -m

» ft g

as pi
S «j ^
o S? as

176

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Of the two larval parasites which occurred several to a gall, and
populations of which differed greatly in different galls, one was
shown to suffer little variation in the size of adult parasites, as
between small and large populations, while the second showed con-
siderable variation in the size of individuals when present in
various numbers.

The sizes of the galls in which the several parasites were found
were, on the average, somewhat different. Except for Copido-
soma, which occupied large galls, the parasites were found in galls
smaller, on an average, than the general average of gall size. The
average sizes of the galls, the insect inhabitants of which met
various fates, is given in table 5, in which this matter is made clear.

Table 5. Comparison of the Size of Galls, the Insect Makers of
Which Met Various Fates*

Description of fate of the insect
gall maker

Number of
examples

Average size of
galls

Length

Breadth

Galls containing pupae

1,200

Mm.

29.95

Mm.

15.67

Galls containing female pupae

578

31.11

16.12

Galls containing male pupae

622

28.87

15.23

Galls attacked by birds and parasites

1,084

31.97

15.17

Galls attacked by birds

592

33.96

15.98

Galls attacked by parasites

492

29.62

14.19

Copidosoma gelechice

121

34.09

15.72

Calliepliialtes notanda

169

28.53

13.81

Microgaster gelechice

152

28.02

13.73

Eurytoma holteri

43

26.55

13.15

Microbracon furtivus

7

32.19

13.41

Galls attacked by predators, or fate un-
known, etc

719

30.02

15.21

General average of all galls

3,003

30.69

15.37

* Some 500 galls were examined for fate and discarded before measure-
ments were undertaken.

When the larva of the gall insect becomes full grown it lays
down a sheet of silk on the inner wall of the gall. The effect is to
waterproof the gall, a condition to which the various parasites
appear to be adapted. Parasites kept indoors in glass vials stop-
pered with cotton hibernated under quite dry conditions ; yet they
passed the hibernating period perfectly, as did certain guests of
the gall insect, notably leaf -cutting bees. Moisture during hiber-

June, 1938]

Barber: Gall Insects

177

nation was certainly not necessary in these cases, nor for that mat-
ter was it necessary for the pupas of the host insect or fall-emerging
parasites, which were kept under similar conditions for shorter
periods.

INSECT PREDATORS

A number of the gall insects were destroyed by miscellaneous
enemies and these have been grouped with those whose fate was
unknown. Predacious larvae of Carabidae and Lampyridae were
found in certain galls, and they probably had devoured the gall-
making insect. These larvae, having strong mandibles, were ap-
parently able to pry out the emergence plug and so gain entrance
to the galls, and they were found only in galls in which the emer-
gence plugs had been formed.

Two species of ants were occasionally found in galls. They
had devoured the pupa of the gall insect or its parasites, and very
likely were also able to pry off the emergence plug, being found
only in galls in which this structure had been formed. A number
of mites were often found running over the pupa of the gall insect,
but these may not have been enemies.

INSECT GUESTS

The insect guests of the gall maker were of two kinds, those that
used the galls while they were still occupied by the gall-making
insect and those that used the deserted galls. Among the former
may be mentioned leaf-cutting bees, that excavated an opening
into the gall, in which they constructed one or more of their leaf-
covered brood cells. Goldenrod stalk borers (larvae of Coleoptera)
that, in gnawing through the stalk, enter the galls and feed therein
were frequently seen. The empty galls, from which moths had
emerged or that had been attacked by birds or parasites, served
as snug retreats for hosts of small spiders during the winter.
From these deserted galls were also collected species of small
Hemiptera and Coleoptera representing several families, as well
as hibernating thrips and ants.

SUMMARY

In the foregoing paper the writer discusses the probable cause of
the gall formation produced in goldenrod by Gnorimo schema

178

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVi

gallcesolidaginis, the habits of the insect gall maker, the variation
found in plants, galls, and insects (both host and parasites), the
causes of this variation, and the efficiency of the gall in affording
protection for the insect occupants from natural enemies.

The study was carried on at Richmond, Va., in 1929, and con-
sisted of examinations of 3,500 galls.

From measurements it was found that the size of the insect gall
maker varied with the size of the galls. The size of the latter
varied with the luxuriance of growth of the goldenrod plants, and
growth of plants varied in turn with numerous ecological factors,
such as type and fertility of soil, exposure of plants to light, and
competition of goldenrod plants with others of the same or other
species. Ultimately it appeared that the size which the insect
gall makers attained depended in general upon the conditions
under which the infested plants grew.

Descriptions are given of the remarkable means which the larva
of the gall insect provides for the escape, and at the same time the
protection, of the moth. This is the making of a “stopper” or
“bung” to the previously and otherwise completely walled gall,
which is the last act of the larva of the gall insect before pupating.
This stopper is so constructed that, while the merest pressure from
within will force it out and open the passage through which the
moth can escape, it can hardly be forced in by pressure directed
on it from the exterior.

Birds, probably woodpeckers, proved to be the most important
enemy of the gall insect, taking the insects from 18.69 per cent
of the galls examined in the fall of 1929. Parasites were collec-
tively only slightly less important as enemies, being responsible
for the death of 17.26 per cent of the host insects at the same time.
The insect parasites noted were of 6 species, the most numerous
species destroying 6 per cent and the least numerous species tak-
ing 0.23 per cent of the insect gall makers. In the cases of some
of these parasites, it is shown that the individuals varied in size
with the size of the galls they inhabited, and consequently with
the size of the host larvse, which provided them with a greater or
a lesser amount of food.

June, 1938]

Pritchard: Asilid^e

179

REVISION OF THE ROBBERFLY GENUS TARACTI-
CUS LOEW WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE
NEW SPECIES (DIPTERA; ASILID^)

By A. Earl Pritchard
University of Minnesota

The genus Taracticus was erected by Loew (1872) for Dioctria
octopunctata Say, a common species in the eastern United States.
Williston has described three species from southern Mexico and
transferred Ceraturgus vitripennis Bellardi, also from Mexico, to
this genus. Curran has described an additional species from
Arizona. As a result of the author’s collecting in Mexico in 1935
and in the West in 1936, two new species from Mexico and one
new species from California were taken which are described in
this paper.

I am indebted to Dr. C. H. Curran for the loan of cotypes of
similis Will, and nigripes Will, for study and redescription.

Taracticus Loew

1872. Taracticus Loew, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., xvi : 64.

1904. Dioctrodes Coquellett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., yi : 181.

Key to Species

1. Abdominal pollinose markings restricted to first four abdominal segments .2

Abdominal pollinose markings on at least five abdominal segments 3

2. Femora reddish-yellow ; female subgenital plate emarginate on distal third

(Guerrero, Mexico) aciculatus n. sp.

Femora nearly entirely black ; over half of female subgenital plate divided
(Guerrero, Mexico) . vitripennis (Bellardi)

3. Mystaxin large part black (Guerrero, Mexico) nigrimystaceus Williston

Mystax white 4

4. Mesonotum wholly pollinose (Arizona) ruficaudus Curran

Mesonotum with bare, black vittae 5

5. Legs mostly black ; median mesonotal vittae strongly widened near

anterior end ; mesonotum clothed with small, spine-like bristles 6

Legs mostly light yellowish-red; median mesonotal vittae without such
widening; mesonotum clothed with hairs 7

6. Abdominal markings approximated or connected dorsally ; dorsal spine of

third antennal segment occurring at two -thirds the length of that
segment (Guerrero, Mexico) guerrerensis n. sp.

180

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Abdominal markings rather widely separated dorsally; dorsal spine of
third antennal segment at three-fourths the length of that segment
(Guerrero, Mexico) nigripes Williston

7. Disc of scutellum with a pollinose median stripe ; with a pair of marginal

scutellars 8

Disc of scutellum bare; "without marginal bristles (Guerrero, Mexico).

similis Williston

8. Third antennal segment over three times as long as first two combined,

the dorsal spine just before the middle of that segment (California).

paulus n. sp.

Third antennal segment two and one-half times as long as first two com-
bined, the dorsal spine a little beyond the middle of the segment
(Eastern U. S.) octopunctatus (Say)

Taracticus aciculatus new species

Black; legs largely yellowish, the tarsi annulate; vestiture entirely pale,
the mesonotal hairs prominent; caudo -lateral, rectangular pollinose spots on
abdominal tergites one to four. Length, 7 to 10 mm.

Male. — Cinereous pollen on front and thinly on rear of head except at
orbits, the occiput bare, shining black; pale ochreous pollen on the face;
mystax white, confined to a thin row of oral bristles and a few hairs above ;
occipito-orbital bristles small, white; ocellar tubercle with a pair of white
bristles ; antennae black ; first antennal segment two and one-half times as long
as broad, above bare and coriaceous with several distal, pale microchaetae, be-
low bearing white bristles that attain the length of the segment ; second two-
thirds as long as the first, brown pollinose, with a few pale microchaetae at tip
above, and a white bristle beloAv nearly as long as the proximal two segments
combined; third three times as long as proximal two segments combined with
the dorsal spine placed just before the middle, and with the distal half
densely black pubescent giving the segment an appearance of slight enlarge-
ment.

Pronotum cinereous pollinose, bare above; collar with a row of yellowish
bristles ; mesonotum mostly bare of pollen and strongly, transversely coriace-
ous, clothed except on the median geminate vitta with strong, bristle-like, pale
yellow hairs and with white bristles laterad, posteriorly, and bordering and
bisecting the median vitta ; median vitta parallel sided, pollinose anteriorly
and bearing bristles posteriorly ; each lateral stripe wide, covering the
mesonotum posteriorly and falling short of the anterior calli; the coarse,
ochreous, mesonotal pollen present as an anterior square on each side of the
median stripe connected across the anterior end of median stripe and extend-
ing down the middle and along each side of the stripe to a variable, small
extent; scutellum transversely rugose, marginally gray pollinose and with a
few small, white hairs on the disc ; pleurae and metanotum cinereous pollinose,
the former yellowish above.

Legs nearly bare, the bristles and hairs all white; tarsi and tips of tibiae
with moderately dense, appressed, silvery hairs; coxae pollinose similar to

June, 1938]

Pritchard: Asilidjs

181

thoracic pleura; trochanters black, shining; femora reddish-yellow proximad,
black on distal two-thirds of anterior pair, on distal fifth of middle pair, and
on distal one-third to one-half of hind pair ; tarsi black with the proximal part
of the segments narrowly yellow on the anterior four pairs, broadly on the
posterior pair.

Wings dark gray with a luteous tinge on proximal half ; anal cell narrowly
open or closed in the margin; fourth posterior cell rather strongly narrowed
distal.

Abdominal tergum shining black, coarsely punctate except on caudal mar-
gins of the segments ; clothed with minute hairs, yellowish dorsad, white and
longer on lateral margins; segment on cincereous pollinose laterad and with
lateral white bristles; two, three, and four each with a caudo-lateral, gray
pollinose rectangle about twice as wide as long ; genitalia white haired.

Female. — Similar.

Holotype. — Male, Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico, June 28,
1985 (A. E. Pritchard), in collection of the University of Minne-
sota.

Allotype. — Female, Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico, June 28,
1935 (A. E. Pritchard), in collection of the University of Minne-
sota.

Paratypes. — Eight males, one female, Chilpancingo, Guerrero,
Mexico (A. E. Pritchard).

This species is related to vitripennis which it resembles very
closely, differing only in having the legs reddish-yellow instead
of black with a little yellow, and in having the female subgenital
plate broadly notched mesad on the distal third in contrast to a
division of over half the plate in the other species. T. aciculatus
was taken with vitripennis and guerrensis on the leaves of the
shrubbery over the mountains near Chilpancingo.

Tar adieus vitripennis (Bellardi)

1861. Ceraturgus vitripennis Bellardi, Sagio di Ditterol. Messic.,
ii : 60.

1901. Taracticus vitripennis Williston, Biolog. Centrali- Ameri-
cana, Dipt., i : 313.

Black ; legs largely black, the posterior tarsi distinctly annulate ;
mesonotum with strong hairs; abdomen with caudo-lateral, pol-
linose rectangles on segments two to four. Length, 8 to 10 mm.

Male. — Head cinereous pollinose, rear of head thinly so, the
occiput bare and shining black ; face, however, ochreous pollinose ;

182

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

mystax a row of oral bristles with hairs above on either side ; fine
occipito-orbitals, two ocellars, mystax, palpal hairs, and thin beard
all white ; first segment of antenna two and one-half times as long
as broad, shining black, above coriaceous, thinly brown pollinose
with pale microchaetae on distal half, below with white bristles
the length of the segment ; second two-thirds as long as first, brown
pollinose, with pale microchaetae above at tip, the ventral bristle
white, a little longer than the first segment ; third three times as
long as first two combined, brown pollinose, densely black pubes-
cent on distal half, the dorsal spine placed at the middle of the
segment.

Pronotum shining black ; propleurae pale ochreous pollinose and
white haired ; collar with a row of pale yellow bristles ; mesonotum
mostly shining black, transversely coriaceous ; the coarse, ochreous
pollen extending in a thin line between the median dorsal vittae,
and as two rectangles between the anterior ealli and middorsal
vittae; the two rectangles connected across the anterior end of
these vittae and briefly extending posteriorly as a line between the
middorsal and lateral vittae ; covered with strong yellowish hairs
and, posteriorly, white bristles, leaving only the parallel sided
median vittae bare; scutellum with a few white hairs, shining
black, roughly, transversely rugose, the posterior margin and
metanotum densely cinerous pollinose; pleurae and coxae cinere-
ous pollinose.

Legs shining black except narrow proximal part of hind femora,
tips of all femora, proximal fourth of anterior four tibiae, proximal
third of posterior tibiae, and proximal parts of tarsal segments
yellowish ; bristles and hairs all white, the tarsi and ends of tibiae
with appressed, silvery hairs.

Wings gray, tinged with flavescence on proximal half; fourth
posterior cell rather strongly narrowed distad.

Abdomen shining black, coarsely punctate, golden setulose;
sides of segment one thinly white pilose and cinereous pollinose,
the pollen dense and white behind the short row of predistal, pale
yellowish bristles ; two, three, and four each with a caudo-lateral ,
rectangular, densely white pollinose spot about two and one-half
times as wide as long; lateral margins with rather thick, short,
white hairs ; genitalia black, white haired.

June, 1938]

Pritchard: Asildle

183

Female. — Similar, the tarsi less annulate ; ovipositor reddish or
reddish-brown.

Records. — Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico, June 28, 1935 (A.
E. Pritchard), four males and four females. Described from
Mexico by Bellardi as a Ceraturgus. Williston, with specimens
from Chilpancingo, has correctly transferred the species to this
genus on a basis of the description. The incrassate appearance of
the antennas is not unique with this species.

In guerrerensis and nigripes, the thoracic vestiture consists of
short spines; in aciculatus and vitripennis, of long bristles; in
octopunctatus, paulus, similis, nigrimystaceus, and ruficaudus, of
fine hairs. The dorsal spine of the third antennal segment is be-
fore the middle of that segment in vitripennis , aciculatus, and
paulus, beyond the middle in the other species.

Tar adieus nigrimystaceus Williston

1901. Taradicus nigrimystaceus Williston, Biolog. Centrali-
Americana, Dipt, i: 313.

Black; mystax largely black; legs black except narrowly at
knees ; mesonotum with long, slender hairs ; abdomen with caudo-
lateral, rectangular pollinose spots on all the segments. Length,
10 to 13 mm.

“Black. AntennEe black; third joint nearly three times the
length of the first two together, with a small bristle on the upper
margin near the distal third. Face and front covered with yel-
lowish-white tomentum or dust; face distinctly convex on the
lower part, projecting in profile, and clothed with long black hairs
to near the middle, somewhat intermixed with white ones on the
sides.. Occiput white-dusted on the sides and clothed with white
hair. Mesonotum covered with light brownish-yellow dust, leav-
ing two median, narrowly separated, stripes and two rounded sub-
contiguous spots on each side dark brown ; there are two bristles
near the outer end of the suture and one on each post-alar callus ;
otherwise, the mesonotum is clothed with very sparse, long, slender
hairs. Abdomen elongate, with the sides nearly parallel, the
median segments not twice as long as broad; shining metallic
black, punctulate, covered with short, sparse, black hairs, except
on the smooth, narrow, hind margin of the segments ; all the seg-

184

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

ments with a small, transverse, yellowish-white, opaque spot on
each lateral hind margin. Legs black, the knees very narrowly
reddish ; bristles and the short pile of the inner side of the tibiae
and tarsi yellow; underside of the hind femora with the usual
bristles. Wings tinged with yellowish, slightly infuscated
distally. ’ ’

Known only from type male and female, Xucucmanatlan, Guer-
rero, Mexico.

Taracticus guerrerensis new species

Black ; legs largely black ; mesonotum with small spine-like bristles ; caudo-
lateral, pollinose stripes on segments two to six, approximated dorsally.
Length, 9 to 11 mm.

Male. — Head cinereous pollinose, on the face dense and shining, nearly
white; ocellar tubercle and vertex on either side of it bare, shining black;
mystax white, confined to oral bristles and a few hairs above them on each
side; occipito-orbital bristles small, white; two ocellar bristles, thin beard,
and palpal hairs all white ; antennae black, brown pollinose ; first segment two
and one-fourth times as long as broad, with microchaetae above on distal half,
the longer bristles on the ventral side rarely over one-half as long as the
segment ; second three-fourths as long as first, with microchaetae at tip above,
the ventral bristle not over the length of the first segment ; third three times
as long as first two combined, densely pubescent beyond the dorsal spine
placed at two-thirds the length of the segment, the distal third not tapering
and a little wider than proximal portion.

Prothorax with notum shining black, the collar with nearly white bristles;
pleurae cinereous pollinose, the anterior lobe with long white hairs ; mesonotum
mostly barren of pollen, strongly transverse coriaceous, clothed, except on
front half of median vittae, with small, strong, spine-like bristles, the posterior
half of the lateral margin with the bristles long and strong; median stripe
wide, bisected by a line of pollen, and with a strong projection on either side
at the level of the anterior calli which is nearly as wide as the stripe itself,
abrupt in front and tapering behind; lateral stripes wide, covering most of
the remainder of the thorax, constricted behind the anterior calli, but con-
tinued laterad over most of each callus ; the pale pollen of the right side thus
appearing as a question mark curving around the lateral projection of the
mesonotal stripe — that of the left side reversed ; scutellum with caudal margin
ochreous pollinose and with a pair of very short, yellowish bristles, the disc
without pollen, transversely rugose and with several short, white hairs on
either side; mesopleurae cinereous pollinose, ochreous tinged above; metano-
tum cinereous pollinose.

Legs black with knees yellowish, femora below often reddish, tibiae some-
times reddish, and hind metatarsi reddish proximal ; vestiture sparse ; bristles
white, appressed hairs white, below on hind tarsi yellowish.

Wings light gray, the proximal half luteous tinged anteriorly and hyaline
posteriorly.

June, 1938]

Pritchard: Asilid^e

185

Abdomen black, nearly bare, punctate, each puncture with a yellowish
setula: white hairs on lateral margin moderately thick, the predistal bristles
on sides of first four segments extending to the caudal margin of the seg-
ments; two or six each with a cinereous to ochreous, caudo-lateral stripe on
the sides of each segment separated dorsad by about the width of the stripe,
or a little more so on anterior and sixth segments ; genitalia white haired.

Female. — Similar, the face and front ochreous pollinose; the abdominal
markings more extensive, being usually connected on four and five to form a
pollinose caudal margin for these segments.

Holotype. — Male, Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico, June 28,
1935 (A E. Pritchard), in the collection of the University of
Minnesota.

Allotype. — Female, Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico, June 28,
1935 (A. E. Pritchard), in the collection of the University of
Minnesota.

Paratypes. — Ten males, four females, Chilpancingo, Guerrero,
Mexico, June 28, 1935 (A. E. Pritchard).

T. guerrerensis is related to nig rip es, readily separated by hav-
ing the abdominal markings approximated or connected dorsally,
and by having the dorsal spine of the third antennal segment
before the middle of that segment.

Tar adieus nigripes Williston

1901. Taradicus nigripes Williston, Biolog. Centrali- Americana,
Dipt, i : 313.

Black; legs black except narrowly at knees; mesonotum with
small, spine-like bristles ; caudo-lateral, pollinose triangles on
abdominal segments two to six. Length, 8 to 11 mm.

Face and front white to ochreous pollinose; rear of head
cinereous pollinose, the upper orbits dark brown pollinose ; ocellar
tubercle bare, shining black ; occipito-orbitals and ocellars brown-
ish yellow ; antennal bristles brown ; mystax light yellowish with
several mixed rows of bristles in the middle and white hairs and
a bristle above on either side ; first antennal segment a little less
than twice as long as wide, bare, with brown microchaetae above
and numerous bristles below about as long as first two segments
combined; second three-fourths as long as first, the long bristles
below about as long as proximal two segments together, tapering
beyond the dorsal spine placed at three-fourths the length of the
segment.

186

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Prothorax ochreous pollinose, the posterior notal lobe bare in
the middle; collar with rather long bristles; mesonotum ochreous
pollinose, the bisected mid-dorsal and wide lateral stripes bare,
transversely striate; covered with small spine-like bristles except
on the vittae, and with several lateral bristles; disc of scutellum
bare, posterior margin and metanotum ochreous pollinose ; pleurae
ochreous pollinose above, cinereous below.

Legs black, the knees narrowly yellowish; vestiture yellowish,
the bristles paler.

Wings nearly hyaline, very lightly washed distad and with-
yellow proximad; fourth posterior cell very little narrowed.

Abdomen finely punctate with golden setae ; first segment cinere-
ous pollinose laterally ; second to sixth with caudo-lateral, cinere-
ous triangles tapering inward with a base about twice as wide as
the altitude; white hairs on lateral margin sparse; predistal
bristles on sides of only first two segments reaching the posterior
margin of the segment ; genitalia white haired.

Known only from the type material, Xucumanatlan, Omiltene,
and Chilpancingo, Guerrero, Mexico. The specimens Dr. Willis-
ton mention from Chilpancingo as having the wings quite dark
anteriorly are probably the species described as guerrerensis.

Taracticus ruficaudus Curran

1930. Taracticus ruficaudus Curran, Amer. Mus. Nov., 425 : 4.

Black ; legs and caudal two abdominal segments reddish ; caudo-
lateral, pollinose triangles on abdominal segments two to six.
Length, 11.5 mm.

“Female. — Face and lower half of occiput pale yellow, the
front and upper half of the occiput brownish-yellow pollinose.
Hairs and bristles pale yellowish or whitish. Antennae black, the
apical two segments reddish-brown pollinose ; third segment very
long, the spine situated a little beyond the apical third of the
upper surface.

“Thorax brownish-ochreous pollinose, the pleura somewhat
paler; pile and bristles yellowish. Mesonotum with a pair of
narrow, very obscure darker vittae and a spot on either side pos-
teriorly. Scutellum shining brown, its border gray pollinose,
its disc strongly roughened.

June, 1938]

Pritchard: Asilidje

187

‘ ‘Legs reddish ; coxae black, grayish- white pollinose and pilose ;
apices of tarsal segments brownish. Hair and bristles yellowish.

“Wings luteous on more than the basal half except posteriorly,
grayish apically. Squamae and halteres reddish yellow.

Abdomen shining black, with moderately fine punctures; hair
very short and yellowish, on the sides and venter longer and
whitish. Second to sixth segment with a transversely triangular
yellowish-white, pollinose spot, the sides of the first segment
broadly covered with similar pollen. Apical third of the sixth
and the whole of the following segments reddish. Venter gray
pollinose.

“Holotype. — Female, Mud Springs, Santa Catalina Mts.,
Arizona, July 17-20, 1916 (F. E. Lutz).”

Tar adieus similis Williston

1901. Taradicus similis Williston, Biolog. Centrali- Americana,
Dipt, i : 312.

Black; legs largely red; mesonotum with inconspicuous hairs;
caudo-lateral, pollinose triangles on abdominal segments two to
five. Length, 10 to 12 mm.

Face ochreous pollinose, the front grayish, yellow tinged; rear
of head cinereous pollinose, the occiput bare, shining black;
occipito-orbital bristles and two ocellars brownish-yellow; anten-
nal bristles brown; mystax light yellowish, composed of oral
bristles, thicker in the middle, and hairs on either side; first
antennal segment twice as long as wide, with brown microchaetae
above and bristles below attaining the length of the segment;
second three-fourths as long as first, the bristle below a little
longer than the first segment; third three times as long as first
two combined with the dorsal spine at two-thirds its length, the
pubescence very short, leaving the distal portion as small as the
proximal portion of the segment.

Prothorax ochreous pollinose, the notum brownish pollinose;
collar with pale hairs and fine bristles ; mesonotum ochreous pol-
linose, the geminate middorsal and wide lateral stripe on either
side which falls short of the anterior callus, bare, black, finely
transversely striated, broadly bordered with brown pollen ; clothed
with small, inconspicuous, yellowish hairs and a few yellowish

188 Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

bristles laterally; scutellum with disc bare, with transverse im-
pressions, posteriorly margined with ochreous pollen ; pleurae and
metanotum ochreous pollinose ; coxae with cinereous pollen.

Legs light reddish, fuscous at the tips of tarsal segments and
with a variable stripe above on femora and anterior tibiae ; vesti-
ture entirely yellowish.

Wings lightly washed with brown, the proximal half tinged
with yellow and more nearly hyaline.

Abdomen finely punctate, the punctae with golden setae; first
segment ochreous pollinose laterad ; second .to fifth with caudo-
lateral, ochreous pollinose triangles tapering inwardly, narrowly
separated dorsad on two to four, widely separated on five.

Known only from type specimens from Omilteme and Sierra
de las Aguas Escondidas, Guerrero, Mexico.

Tar actions odopundatus (Say)

1823. Diodria odopundata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,
iii : 49.

1872. Taradicus odopundatus Loew, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., xvi:
64.

1904. Diodrodes flavipes Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vi:

181.

1907. Diodria rufipes Jones, Trans. Ent. Soc. Amer., xxxiii: 276.

Black; legs yellowish; mesonotum with small yellowish hairs;
abdomen with pruinose, caudo-lateral rectangles on segments one
to five. Length, 6 to 9 mm.

Pollen of face and frons ochreous ; that of rear of head cinere-
ous, occiput very broadly, ocellar tubercle, and most of frons bare,
shining black; occipito-orbitals weak, white; mystax white, con-
fined to a row of oral bristles, a few small hairs, and a bristle above
on either side; first antennal segment two and one-half times as
long as wide, with several yellowish bristles below not over half
the length of the segment ; second two-thirds as long as first, with
a bristle below as long as the segment; third two and one-half
times as long as first two combined, tapering distad, with the
dorsal spine placed at three-fifths its length.

Prothorax ochreous pollinose with a large bare spot on the
pleura; collar with a row of small bristles; mesonotum dark

June, 1938]

Pritchard: Asilkce

189

ochreous pollinose with a geminate middorsal stripe, broadly
pollinose at both ends, and two lateral stripes bare and shallowly
cross striate; bearing small, yellow hairs, except on the lateral
stripe behind the suture, and a few acrosticals; scutellum trans-
versely rugose, with a median stripe and posterior margin cinere-
ous pollinose, the disc with several small yellowish hairs, the
posterior margin with a pair of small, distal bristles; pleurae
ochreous pollinose above, cinereous below.

Legs yellowish, distal fifth of hind tibiae and tips of tarsal seg-
ments fuscous ; vestiture yellowish.

Wings washed with light brown, tinged with luteous on costal
side of proximal half.

Abdomen finely punctate and minutely golden setulose, black,
shining, the caudal segment or two, especially in the male, often
reddish ; side of proximal half of first segment ochreous pollinose ;
caudo-lateral, cinereous pollinose rectangles on one to five about
twice as wide as long.

Known from New Hampshire to Florida west to Texas,
Nebraska, and Minnesota. This species is found commonly on
the leaves of vegetation in wooded areas.

Taracticus paulus new species

Black; legs yellowish; mesonotum with small, pale hairs; abdomen with
caudo-lateral, pollinose rectangles on segments two to five. Length, 7 mm.

Female. — Head pale ochreous pollinose, nearly cinereous behind, the
ocellar tubercle for the most part, and a small spot on either side on vertex,
bare; vestiture white; mystax a row of stout oral bristles with a smaller
bristle and a few small hairs above on either side ; first antennal segment two
and one-half times as long as broad with the lower bristle below as long as
the segment; second two-thirds as long as first with an equally long bristle
below; third nearly three and one-half times as long as first two combined,
with very fine pubescence, gradually tapering proximad, pointed distad, with
the dorsal spine placed just before the middle of the segment.

Pronotum cinereous pollinose with only a small spot at the suture on either
side bare; mesonotum pale ochreous pollinose, cinereous on the sides, with a
geminate middorsal, a wider lateral stripe divided at the transverse suture,
and a spot on the anterior callus bare, black, very minutely, transversely
striate; clothed, except on lateral stripes, with small, nearly white hairs and
several, especially small middorsals posteriorly, the lateral bristles white ;
scutellum with a pair of small marginal bristles, the disc bare, transversely
rugose, the margin all the way around and a middorsal stripe pale ochreous
pollinose ; metanotum broadly bare and shining under scutellum.

190

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Legs pale yellowish, the tips of tibiae and tarsal segments fuscous, espe-
cially broad on posterior pair ; bristles and hairs pale yellowish.

Wings lightly washed with gray; fourth posterior cell narrowed distad;
anal cell nearly closed.

Abdomen black, the sides and caudal two segments reddish, covered with
small yellowish hairs set in fine punctae; side of first segment and caudo-
lateral rectangles on two to five cinereous pollinose, the rectangles three times
as broad as long, pointed inwardly, extending well on to the dorsum.

Holotype.— Female, Sacramento, California, July 7, 1936 (A.
E. Pritchard), in the collection of the University of Minnesota.

This species is related to octopunctatus, differing in having the
third antennal segment over three times as long as first two to-
gether with the dorsal spine placed before the middle of the seg-
ment, in having the occiput and prothorax pollinose, and in having
more extensive abdominal markings. The specimen was taken on
bean leaves in a cultivated field on the Sacramento River.

June, 1938]

Pratt & Hatch: Spider

191

THE FOOD OF THE BLACK WIDOW SPIDER ON
WHIDBY ISLAND, WASHINGTON

By Robert Y. Pratt and Melville H. Hatch
University op Washington

On Whidby Island, Washington, the Black Widow spider
(Latrodectus mactans F.1) has been found only along the shore-
line for a distance of about two miles on the western side of the
island opposite the village of Coupeville. Here the land rises
from the beach to a height of about 250 feet in a steep, grassy
slope, which is well-drained and exposed to the sun. The spiders
occur at the base of and on the surface of this slope under pieces
of logs or bark.

Continuing the investigation commenced by Exline and Hatch2
on the food of the Black Widow spider on nearby San Juan Island,
the authors collected the remains of 722 individual arthropods
from eleven nests : seven in July 1935, two in August 1935, and
two in February 1936. These were glued on rectangles of card-
board, about 6.5 mm. wide by 12 mm. long, which were then
mounted on insect pins, somewhat after the method employed by
Frost3 in his study of the insect content of frog’s stomachs.

Thirty-one species of arthropods, over three-fourths of them
beetles, were recognized in this material, which is listed below and
which we feel throws some light on the food habits of the spider
in this locality. Over half (56%) of the individuals recovered
were the tenebrionid, Coniontis ovalis LeC., which was likewise the
dominant species in the spider’s food on San Juan Island. Over
forty per cent of the remainder were the carabid, Harpalus cautus
Dej., with the other species trailing, as indicated in the subjoined
list, where the numbers in parentheses indicate the number of
individuals of each species taken where that was greater than one.

The small number of grasshoppers taken in the nests (five speci-

1 Presumably the subsp. hesperus of Chamberlin and Ivie, Bull. Univ. Utah
Biol. Ser. Ill (1), 1935, p. 15.

2 Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLII, 1934, pp. 449-450.

3 Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. XXXII, 1924, pp. 174-185, pi. XIY.

192

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

mens of Melanoplus) — though grasshoppers are very numerous in
this habitat — suggests that one treat critically Strickland’s sug-
gestion,4 based on the finding of eleven specimens of Melanoplus
in a Black Widow spider nest in Colorado by Milzer,5 that the
abundance of the spider bears any special relation to the abun-
dance of the grasshopper.

On the negative side, our data would seem to show that the Black
Widow spider avoids sow bugs, which were likewise very numer-
ous in the area. The remains of only a single specimen of Por-
cellio were found in any of the nests.

Acknowledgments. We are indebted to the following persons
for identifications : Mr. J ames A. G. Rehn and Mr. Morgan Hebard
for the Melanoplus , Mr. Merton C. Lane for the Ludius, Mr. Hor-
ace P. Lanchester for the Cardiophorus, Mr. W. W. Baker for the
Hyperodes, Professor Trevor Kincaid for the Hymenoptera and
Diptera , Dr. Harriet Exline Lloyd for the spider. The specimens
were prepared for study by Miss Frances lone Henderson in,1935,
employed through funds made available by the United States gov-
ernment for the National Youth Administration.

LIST OF SPECIES

ISOPODA : Porcellio scaber Latr.

ORTHOPTERA: Melanoplus mexicanus bilituratus F. Walker

(5).

DERMAPTERA: Forficula auricularia L. (6).

CARABIDiE : Carabus tcedatus vancouvericus Csiki (27), Noti-
ophilus semiopacus Esch. (2), Nebria virescens Horn, Pterostichus
algidus LeC. (5), Amara obesa Say (18), A. patruelis subdepressa
Csy., A. calif ornica Dej. (2), A. remotestriata (20), A. near mus-
culus Say, A. near cupreolata Putz., Calathus ruficollis Dej. (24),
Harpalus cautus Dej. (134), Dicheirus piceus Men.

MELOIDiE : Meloe strigulosus Mann.

ELATERIDiE : Ludius ceripennis Kby. (3) , Cardiophorus tene-
brosus LeC.

BUPRESTIDiE : Buprestis adjecta LeC.

4 Can. Ent. LXVIII, 1936, pp. 284-285.

s Science 80, 1934, p. 403.

June, 1938]

Pratt & Hatch: Spider

193

TENEBRIONIDiE : Eleodes rotundipennis LeC. (3), Coniontis
ovalis LeC. (407).

SCARABiEIDiE : Serica anthracina LeC. (41), Polyphylla
decemlineata Say (2).

CURCULIONIDiE : Brachyrhinus ovatus L., Phytonomus
zoilus Scap. (5), Hyper odes sp.

HYMENOPTERA : Bremus occidentalis Greene, Augochlora
radiata Say (3).

DIPTERA : Stenopogon longulus Loew.

ARANEIDEA : Drassidce.

194

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

AN OVERLOOKED TITLE BY C. V. RILEY ON THE
COLORADO POTATO BEETLE

Through the kindness of Dr. C. H. Hadley, I recently came
into the possession of a little book on the Colorado potato beetle
by C. V. Riley, entitled “The Colorado Beetle. With suggestions
for its repression and methods of destruction. ’ ’ This was printed
in London by Bradbury, Agnew & Co., and published in London
by George Routledge and Sons in 1877. It is 6J x 4-J- inches and
consists of 123 pages, bound in so-called “picture boards.” In
this particular case, the picture is a large colored illustration of
the potato beetle. The book appears to be one of a series issued
by the publisher and probably sold for a shilling.

This title does not appear in the “Bibliography of the more
important contributions to American economic entomology. Part
III. The more important writings of Charles Valentine Riley.
By Samuel D. Henshaw” (U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Division of Entomology, Washington, 1899), and my only reason
for mentioning this fifty years after the bibliography was pub-
lished is that the omission offends (not seriously) my sense of
order.

In the New York Tribune for April 1, 1874, March 17, 1875,
and April 2, 1875, Riley called attention to the danger of import-
ing Leptinotarsa decemlineata into Europe, criticized European
articles on the insect, and methods adopted by several European
countries to guard against the importation of the beetle and said
that the climate of Europe would not be against it.

In 1876 The Orange Judd Company of New York brought out
Riley’s “Potato pests. Being an illustrated account of the Colo-
rado potato beetle and other insect foes of the potato in North
America, with suggestions for their repression and methods for
their destruction” (108 p., 49 figs., map). A comparison of the
table of contents of this book, as given by Henshaw, with the
actual contents of the 1877 London edition leads me to believe
that they are more or less identical insofar as the account of the
Colorado potato beetle is concerned. H. B. W.

June, 1938]

Weiss: Nursery Insects

195

ENTOMOLOGY AND NURSERY RHYMES

By Harry B. Weiss

Although natural history of a sort is found in nursery rhymes
and songs, references to insects are quite scarce in the light and
frivolous reading matter of infants. Insects, of course, have no
place in the nursery and during the early years of children, their
imaginations and their romantic inclinations are nourished and
satisfied by types of A B C fiction involving objects with which
they are familiar. By the time they have become conscious of
insects, their interest in nursery rhymes has disappeared.

Nevertheless, a few insects have crept into the nursery and have
remained there over the years, exerting perhaps some influence on
the fancy of children. In the nursery classic, ‘ 1 Death and Burial
of Cock Robin, ’ ’ an unidentified fly and beetle are immortalized.

Who saw him die?

I, said the fly
With my little eye —

I saw him die.

Who made his shroud?

I, said the beetle,

With my little needle —

I made his shroud.

The most famous of all nursery insects is the lady bird beetle.

Lady bird, lady bird, fly away home,

Thy house is on fire, thy children all gone,

All but one, and her name is Ann,

And she crept under the pudding-pan.

This jingle and variations of it are known to the children of
many localities in various countries, and it is said to have first
made its appearance in England during the reign of George II.
Various substitutes appear for lady bird, such as lady bug, lady
cow, lady fly, bonnie bee, etc. A few of the different versions are
as follows :

Lady cow, lady cow, fly away home ;

Thy house is on fire, thy children all roam,

196

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

All but one that lies under a stone.

Fly away lady cow, ere it is gone.

Bless you, bless you, bonnie bee!

Say, when will your wedding be ?

If it be tomorrow day

Take your wings and fly away.

Lady-bird ! lady-bird ! fly away home ;

Thy house is a-fire, thy children will roam!

List ! List ! to their cry and bewailing !

The pitiless spider is weaving their doom,

Then lady-bird ! lady-bird ! fly away home !

Hark ! hark ! to thy children ’s bewailing.

Bishop, Bishop Barnabee,

Tell me when my wedding be :

If it bee tomorrow day,

Take your wings and fly away !

Fly to the east, fly to the wst,

Fly to him that I love best.

The gnat, at least in some parts of England, comes in for some
attention from children.

Gnat, gnat, fly into my hat,

And I ’ll give you a slice of bacon,

And when I bake
I’ll give you a cake
If I am not mistaken.

And in the Isle of Wight an old song perpetuates a myth to the
effect that dragon flies can distinguish good from bad children
when they are fishing.

Snake stanger ! snake stanger ! vlee aal about the brooks ;

Sting aal the bad bwoys that vor the vish looks,

But lat the good bwoys ketch aal the vish they can,

And car’m awaay whooam to vry ’em in a pan ;

Bred and butter they shall yeat at zupper wi’ their vish,
While aal the littul bad bwoys shall only lick the dish.

This made its appearance in the nursery as —

Dragonfly ! dragonfly ! fly about the brook ;

Sting all the bad boys who for the fish look ;

But let the good boys catch all that they can,

And then take them home to be fried in a pan ;

With nice bread and butter they shall sup upon their fish,
While all the little naughty boys shall only lick the dish.

June, 1938]

Weiss: Nursery Insects

197

In the “Gentleman’s Magazine” for November, 1806, there ap-
peared for the first time “The Butterfly’s Ball and the Grass-
hopper’s Feast,” written by William Roscoe for his youngest son
Robert. Early in 1807 it was published by John Harris, suc-
cessor to John Newbery, as the first of his popular series of
children’s books. It even attracted the attention of the king and
queen and was set to music, by Sir George Smart, at their request,
for the young princess.

‘ ‘ The Butterfly ’s Ball, ’ ’ in comparison with the current litera-
ture for children at that time, was fresh and spontaneous. It
was not a dreary, moral tale and it was an immediate success,
marking the beginning of a new type of reading matter for
children. It also produced a crop of imitations, many of which
were inferior.

Its author, William Roscoe (1753-1831) was an attorney, one
of the founders of a Liverpool society for the encouragement of
the arts of painting and design, a botanist, a poet, a banker, a
student of Greek, an author on diverse subjects, etc., etc., and he
has three pages devoted to him in the Dictionary of National
Biography. By many, however, he is remembered solely as the
author of “The Butterfly’s Ball and the Grasshopper’s Feast,”
which is herewith reprinted in full.

The Butterfly’s Ball and the Grasshopper’s Feast

Come take up your hats,

And away let us haste,

To the Butterfly’s Ball

Or the Grasshopper’s Feast.

The trumpeter Gad-fly
Has summon’d the crew,

And the revels are now
Only waiting for you.

On the smooth shaved grass,

By the side of a wood,

Beneath a broad oak,

Which for ages had stood.

See the children of earth,

And the tenants of air,

To an evening’s amusement
Together repair.

198

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

And there came the Beetle,

So blind and so black,

And carried the Emmet,

His friend on his back.

And there came the Gnat,

And the Dragon-fly too,

And all their relations —

Green, orange and bine.

And there came the Moth
With her plume of down,

And the Hornet with jacket
Of yellow and brown.

Who with him the Wasp,

His companion did bring,

But they promised that evening
To lay by their sting.

The sly litle Dormouse,

Peep ’d out of his hole,

And led to the feast,

His blind cousin the Mole.

And the Snail with his horns,
Peeping out of a shell,

Came fatigued with the distance,
The length of an ell.

A Mushroom the table,

And on it was spread,

A water-dock leaf,

Which their table-cloth made.

The viands were various,

To each of their taste,

And the Bee brought the honey
To sweeten the feast.

With steps most majestic,

The Snail did advance,

And he promised the gazers
A minuet to dance.

But they all laugh’d so loud
That he drew in his head,

And went in his own
Little chamber to bed.

Then as the evening gave way
To the shadows of night,

June, 1938]

Weiss: Nursery Insects

199

Their watchman the glow-worm
Came out with his light.

So home let us hasten,

While yet we can see,

For no watchman is waiting
For you or for me.

In 1820, Thomas Boys of 7 Ludgate Hill, London, brought out
1 1 Chrysallina ; or, the butterfly’s gala. Addressed to two little
girls. In six parts, viz. The ball. The masquerade. The race.
The theatre. The tournament. The departure. By B. C. Bar-
ton.” This little 48 page book of verses (5|x4J inches), in-
tended for children beyond the nursery age, was embellished by
an engraved frontispiece and by engravings at the beginning of
each part.

These illustrations can hardly be called entomological, although
the scenes and characters have entomological touches.

Mr. Wilbur M. Stone, noted collector and bibliophile, permitted
me to examine his copy of ‘ ‘ Chrysallina, ’ ’ but the text is too long
for reproduction here. The first part, entitled “The Ball” is
concerned with the court festivities surrounding this function,
with the butterfly as queen. A few quotations will enable one to
get an idea of how the author handled his subject.

So if you sit still, you shall hear of the call
To the Butterfly’s Gala at Chrysalis hall. —

But first you must know, that of insects the queen,

Long the leader of fashion the Butterfly’s been.

For like many gay ladies that glitter* at court,

She has nothing to do but her beauty to sport,

No children to nurse, and no husband to cherish,

The poor may go hungry, the sickly may perish,

As long as she flutters, and basks in the sun,

She cares not who dies, and p’rhaps laughs at the fun.

After dwelling upon the capriciousness and tyranny of the
queen and of the homage she expected, the author has the queen
announce a fete on her birthday, the first of May, to continue a
week and so on that day the affair began.

The insects from every retreat were approaching;

Regardless of friends, or on neighbors encroaching ;

Some flying, some creeping, some waddling in haste,

Each bringing some proof of their genius or taste.

200

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

As that hour drew near, in her boudoir was seen,

In magnificent splendour, the Chrysalline queen ;

A moss rose sustain’d her fair majesty’s throne,

On which she reclined with a grace all her own.

The violet her footstool, while over her head
The geranium ’s broad leaf a green canopy spread :

And scatter’d around in a most graceful display
All the sweets of the garden promiscuously lay.

The queen was attended by her suite which discussed politics
and the weather. Six lady birds were maids of honor and her
pages were grasshoppers, lizards and flies, “all of elegant form
but diminutive size.”

Her physicians were Black-beetles, pompous and proud ;

And the fav’rite an Ear- wig is always allow’d;

Her heralds were Gnats, with their horns to proclaim

Through the staircase and hall each illustrious name.

A lady spider brought the queen a cobweb ; Mrs. Moth brought
a wonderful load, the jewel she had found in the head of a toad.
A dashing young grasshopper kissed the queen’s hand, and other
insects entered and paid their respects to her. Five hundred
glowworms attended the queen and illuminated the lawn where
the dance was held. Music was furnished by canary birds, bull-
finches, linnets and thrushes. The queen danced with young
ear-wigs, grasshoppers with lady birds, and so on.

The next evening there was a grand masquerade. For this,
thousands of fireflies supplied the illumination, as the glowworms
were tired out by their work on the previous evening.

The succeeding days and nights were occupied by such activ-
ities as races, amateur theatricals, and tournaments, all partici-
pated in by insects, and the last lines are devoted to the departure
of the insects to their normal homes and activities.

The entire poem is really a sort of pleasant satire on court
displays, diversions, and social activities even though written as
something new to please young people.

During the first half of the nineteenth century “Baby-Bye,”
with its glorification of the housefly, was a popular piece in the
“readers” of that period. This, of course, was long before the

June, 1938]

Weiss: Nursery Insects

201

housefly was renamed the “typhoid fly” by some writers, and
long before numerous pathogenic bacteria had been isolated from it.

Nowadays, a mother, at least an entomological mother, would
shudder if she saw this purveyor of filth, bacteria, protozoan
cysts, and helminth eggs, this wallower and feeder in fecal mat-
ter, this hairy vomiting distributor of 500,000,000 bacteria, tick-
ling her baby’s nose. And who would blame her? However,
here is “Baby-Bye,” an enlivening little thing from a benighted
age.

Baby-Bye

1. Baby-Bye
Here’s a fly

We will watch him, you and I.

How he crawls
Up the walls
Yet he never falls !

I believe with six such legs
You and I could walk on eggs.

There he goes
On his toes
Tickling Baby’s nose.

2. Spots of red
Dot his head;

Rainbows on his back are spread ;

That small speck
Is his neck;

See him nod and beck-
I can show you, if you choose,

Where to look to find his shoes,

Three small pairs,

Made of hairs ;

These he always wears.

3. Flies can see
More than we

So how bright their eyes must be !

Little fly,

Ope your eye ;

Spiders are near by.

For a secret I can tell,

Spiders never use flies well ;

Then away,

Do not stay.

Little fly, good day.

June, 1938]

Hadley: Japanese Beetle

203

PROGRESS OF JAPANESE BEETLE
INVESTIGATIONS

By C. H. Hadley

United States Department of Agriculture,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine

Investigations of the Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica New-
man) were begun by the Bureau of Entomology in 1917, following
the discovery of the insect near Riverton, N. J., in August 1916.
At first, efforts were centered chiefly upon an attempt to ex-
terminate the infestation and to acquire a general knowledge of
the life history and habits of the insect, but as soon as it became
evident that the beetle could not be eradicated, the investigation
was directed toward control and reduction of damage. With this
objective the following lines of research have been carried on :
(1) Obtaining a full and intimate knowledge of the insect’s habits
and reactions to its environment; (2) development and perfection
of measures to prevent material damage by the insect in any
of its stages to economic plants and crops; (3) development of
practical and economical methods for insuring freedom from in-
festation of commercially grown nursery stock and agricultural
products, to prevent widespread distribution of the insect through-
out the United States; and (4) introduction of predacious and
parasitic enemies of the beetle from the Orient and their dis-
semination throughout the infested areas.

It is the purpose of this paper to review briefly some of the
results accomplished by the investigation and to refer to the major
lines of study under way at the present time.

A full account of the life history and habits of the beetle under
conditions obtaining in the older infested area has been published
(17) 1 The development of the beetle in the more recently in-
vaded areas is being studied as opportunity is offered, to observe
its reaction to the different environment conditions.

The probable ultimate distribution of the beetle in the North
American Continent is a matter of much interest. While as yet

1 Italicized numbers in parentheses refer to Literature Cited.

204

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

no certain prediction can be made of its ultimate range, studies
carried over a period of years of the climatic adaptability of the
insect, supplemented by a critical comparison of the outstanding
climatic features of the United States with those of Japan, suggest
the probability that the Japanese beetle will find climatic con-
ditions in general adapted to its permanent establishment in those
sections of the eastern half of the United States where the normal
temperature and precipitation most closely approach those of
Japan. Generally speaking, this region extends in the Eastern
States from the Canadian border south to central South Carolina
and northern Georgia, and in the Central States from the south-
ern peninsula of Michigan, southern Wisconsin, and central Iowa
to northern Alabama, Louisiana, and northeastern Texas. A
combination of the low winter temperature, normal to the north-
ern interior, with an absence of snow, would possibly preclude
permanent colonization by the beetle in the region west of the
Great Lakes. On the other hand, no obvious barrier exists to the
ultimate southward extension of its range to Florida and the
entire Gulf coast, although in the light of certain facts in the life
cycle of the insect as influenced by temperature and summer rain-
fall, there exists the bare possibility that its spread in the extreme
southern sections of this country may prove difficult than would
be antecedently expected.

The investigations relating to the development of control mea-
sures may be divided conveniently for the purpose of this dis-
cussion into three phases, as follows : Control of the adult beetle ;
control of the immature stages; and methods for growing, han-
dling, or treated nursery stock and agricultural products to in-
sure their freedom from infestation prior to the shipment of
these commodities in ordinary commerce.

Control of the adult beetle. During the early years of the in-
vestigation it was noted that certain plants were especially attrac-
tive to the beetle, and the outstanding attractiveness of geraniol
was discovered. This positive attraction of geraniol was utilized
in the development of the first beetle trap in 1924, which used a
combination of geraniol and eugenol as the attractant. Studies
have been continued since that time to improve the effectiveness
of the trap. Particular attention has been directed toward the

June, 1938]

Hadley: Japanese Beetle

205

structural features of the trap in order to increase its efficiency
and reduce the cost of manufacture. Studies have also been
made to determine to what extent the color of the trap influences
its efficiency and to determine the best types or combinations of
bait. Of the large number of colors and color combinations
tested, it has been definitely established that traps painted green
and white are superior to those of any other color. Extensive
studies of geraniol have been made (25), as a result of which
standard specifications have now been drawn up for a much
cheaper grade of geraniol than heretofore recommended, but hav-
ing equal attractiveness. It has recently been found that the
addition of phenylethyl alcohol to the geraniol-eugenol combin-
ation still further increases the attractiveness of this bait with-
out materially increasing the cost. The solid bait previously
recommended, in which the attractants were mixed with bran or
other similar materials, has been replaced by the geraniol-eugenol
combination in liquid form, dispensed by means of a wick, or
vaporized from cakes of pumice or clay which have been impreg-
nated with the attractants. The type of trap now recommended,
with the improved bait mixture (23), will catch approximately
40 times as many beetles under the same operating conditions as
the original trap. Public service patents (Nos. 1,968,953 and
1,968,954) covering two of the latest types of beetle traps have
been granted to P. W. Metzger, of the laboratory staff.

It was early recognized that the Japanese beetle is repelled to
a large extent by the presence of many toxic and nontoxic white
materials on fruit and foliage. The use of lead arsenate with a
suitable sticker, such as fish oil or ordinary wheat flour, has been
recommended for a number of years for the protection of late
ripening apples, peaches, and other tree fruits and the foliage of
ornamental trees and shrubs, but because of the residue remaining
at the time of harvest arsenicals should not be used on early
ripening fruits or under other conditions where poisonous residues
would be objectionable.

Many materials have been tried, either alone or in combination,
as substitutes for lead arsenate for fruit and foliage protection
(4,7). It has been found that derris containing 4 to 5 per cent of
rotenone is a definite repellent to the Japanese beetle (12), the

206

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

repellent action appearing to be due primarily to the rotenone and
deguelin content of the material, although neither of these con-
stituents is any more repellent than derris when used alone. How-
ever, derris decreases rapidly in effectiveness upon exposure to
sunlight and is readily washed from the fruit and foliage by rain,
and even by heavy dews. The emulsified residue from rosin stills
has been found to be a cheap and effective sticker for use with
derris, and it does not accelerate the decomposition of derris in
sunlight (16). The use of the derris and rosin residue is now being
recommended as a repellent spray for early ripening peaches
(14), although the application must be repeated at weekly inter-
vals during the height of the beetle season to obtain satisfactory
protection. This development is of particular importance, as it
is the first time that it has been possible to recommend a material
for the protection of early ripening peaches which does not leave
any objectionable residue on the fruit at the time of harvest.
The results of studies now in progress are such as to warrant the
belief that the decomposition of the derris can be materially re-
tarded so that the number of sprays required to give adequate
protection can be decreased.

It has also been known for several years that applications of
hydrated lime afford a considerable degree of protection to fruit
and foliage, but the poor adhesive quality of this material makes
its extensive use impractical. To overcome this difficulty, studies
have been made of different oils, gums, and other materials as
stickers for lime, and it has been found (24) that the addition
of aluminum sulfate to hydrated lime forms a spray solution
which leaves a residue on the foliage that is very repellent to the
beetles throughout the entire season. This cheap, nontoxic re-
pellent spray is now being recommended (14) for use in com-
mercial apple orchards and on ornamental trees and shrubs grow-
ing under conditions where the use of arsenical sprays is not
desirable.

In commercial greenhouses in the generally infested areas, the
adult beetle does considerable damage to roses by emerging dur-
ing the winter months and feeding on the buds and blooms. A
method has been developed for applying lead arsenate to the soil
of the beds in the greenhouses, which destroys the larvae without

June, 1938]

Hadley: Japanese Beetle

207

impairing the quality or quantity of the plants and blooms (22).
Further experience with this method shows that it is possible to
maintain a practically complete grubproof condition in the treated
houses for at least two years, and possibly longer.

Japanese beetles, when present in large numbers, have caused
considerable injury to certain crops, such as sweet corn, asparagus,
and rhubarb. It has been found that injury to sweet corn can be
reduced by dusting with 300-mesh hydrated lime at the rate of 100
pounds to the acre, applying the dust directly upon the developing
silk. Preliminary studies have shown that asparagus brush and
rhubarb can be protected to some degree by the application of lime
and aluminum sulfate. Additional data are necessary, however, be-
fore unqualified recommendations of this method can be made.

Control of immature* stages. In areas where the beetle popula-
tion is very dense, larval populations as high as 40 to 50 per
square foot are not infrequent and often cause extensive damage
to turf as well as to various crops.

In connection with the investigations to find means of destroy-
ing larvae in the soil, it is necessary to determine rather accurately
the average concentration of larvae in a given field. It has been
found that the most accurate estimate can be made with the least
labor by examining 1 percent of a given area, using 1 square
foot as the unit for examination (11). The error of the estimate
is influenced by the density of the population and the proportion
of the field examined.

Larvae have proved to be serious pests in cultivated turf of
lawns, cemeteries, parks, and golf courses. They feed on the
roots of the grass immediately below the surface and when in
large numbers will cause injury ranging from 50 percent to total
destruction. It has been found that the density of a larval popu-
lation sufficient to cause damage to turf is not always the same,
but is dependent on the type of grass, the condition of the soil,
the amount of moisture, the availability of plant food, and other
factors going to make up a favorable environment. The most
satisfactory treatment for the protection of turf is the application
of lead arsenate a't the rate of 10 pounds to 1,000 square feet of
turf area (5, 15). This treatment is now common practice
throughout the generally infested area. The permanence of the

208

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

treatment will depend upon many factors, but in general the turf
can be kept immune from injury for at least five years by one
application of the lead arsenate at the recommended rate.

In connection with the studies on the application of lead arse-
nate to soil in nurseries and to turf, an extended study has like-
wise been made of the rate of penetration into and movement of
the arsenate through the soil and the effect of various soil types
and conditions upon the poison (10, 13). In general, it has been
found that, under conditions where leaching is a negligible factor,
the various arsenates gradually lose their effectiveness in killing
the larvae in the soil. This decrease in effectiveness can probably
be attributed to the slow conversion of the arsenic into a form
that is not toxic to the larvae. The effectiveness of lead arsenate
as an insecticide varies in different types of soil, the variation
being correlated principally with the amount of water-soluble
phosphates, ammonia, and magnesium present in the soils. The
pH of the soil and the water-soluble manganese, calcium, potash,
chlorides, and nitrates appear to have little influence on the in-
secticidal action. Further studies have shown that the light
sandy soils have practically no power to fix arsenates and that
the arsenic is gradually lost from the surface layers. In the
heavier clay loams and silt loams there appears to be a definite
tendency for arsenic to accumulate in the surface layers and to
become fixed. There is a wide variation in the susceptibility of
different plants to arsenic in the soil. Some plants are readily
injured, whereas others appear to be quite tolerant. The age of
the plant also seems to be a factor. The effect of arsenic on a
plant is governed by the concentration of soluble arsenic in the
soil rather than by the total amount of arsenic present. The use
of such stomach poisons as lead arsenate cannot be recommended
for destruction of the larvas in the soil in which truck or vegetable
crops are being grown because of the absorption of the arsenic by
the plants.

Studies on the effectiveness of cultural practices for control of
the larvag have shown that an average reduction of 28 percent can
be obtained by the usual plowing and disking with ordinary cul-
tural equipment. This reduction, however, is generally not suffi-
cient to prevent extensive damage to crops in heavily infested

June, 1938]

Hadley: Japanese Beetle

209

areas. It has been found, in cooperation with the Bureau of
Agricultural Engineering of the United States Department of
Agriculture, that implements of the roto-cultivator type will
effect a 70 to 90 percent reduction in the larval population. This
type of equipment offers promise for control, and further studies
are being continued along this line.

Methods for growing, handling, or treating nursery stock and
agricultural products to insure their freedom from infestation
prior to shipment. Nursery stock and many agricultural prod-
ucts are commonly grown under conditions in which it is im-
practical to prevent them from becoming infested. In order that
these commodities may be shipped to points outside the regulated
areas in compliance with the requirements of the Japanese beetle
quarantine, various methods of destroying infestation have been
developed. The carrying out of these methods has been accepted
as a basis for certification for such movement (27).

It has been found that submersion in hot water at a tempera-
ture of 112° F. will destroy the infestation in certain perennial
plants (6). Dips of carbon disulfide emulsion have also been
found effective in this connection and are useful for the treat-
ment of individual trees and other nursery stock in small quan-
tities in the nursery rows. Carbon disulfide (9) and naphtha-
lene (8) have been found effective for the fumigation of potting
soil, compost, manure, and other similar materials which are used
for growing plants under conditions where the soil is protected
from reinfestation. Paradichlorobenzene has recently been found
to be effective as a fumigant for destroying the larvae in soil about
the roots of azaleas, and experiments are being continued to de-
termine whether the treatment can be applied safely to other
plants.

The carbon disulfide field treatment was found to be inade-
quate for treating the large blocks of evergreen stock commonly
grown in commercial nurseries within the infested area. A prac-
tical procedure for destroying infestation of larvae in the field
under these conditions consists in applying lead arsenate prior
to July 1 at the rate of 1,500 pounds per acre, and working it
uniformly into the soil to a depth of 3 inches. Plots treated in
this manner are free from infestation from October 1 until June

210

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

15. Treated plots can be maintained indefinitely free of infes-
tation by analyzing the soil for arsenic each spring and adding
prior to July 1 the quantity of lead arsenate necessary to restore
the arsenical content of the soil to the required concentration.
This procedure has been accepted as an approved method for
certification (27), and is extensively used by commercial nur-
series producing large quantities of field-grown stock.

Blueberries, blackberries, raspberries, and other fruits become
infested with adult beetles during the process of harvesting and
packing for shipment ; bananas are infested during their transfer
from boats to refrigerator cars. Methods have been developed
for fumigating these fruits with calcium cyanide, liquid hydro-
cyanic acid, carbon disulfide, or ethylene oxide (26). Studies
are being continued to determine the possibility of applying these
treatments to other agricultural commodities.

The possibility of biological control of the Japanese beetle
through the agency of predacious and parasitic enemies has been
given a great deal of attention, with respect both to native species
of parasites or predators normally attacking white grubs and to
those species known to attack the beetle in its native habitat, the
Orient.

Native insect parasites and predators of white grubs appear
to play only a minor role in the control of the Japanese beetle in
the general Philadelphia area, in spite of the fact that the beetle
has been abundant in this area for many years. With the ex-
ception of Tiphia intermedia Mall., which parasitizes sporadi-
cally only a small fraction of 1 percent of Japanese beetle larvae,
no, native tiphiids or scoliids have been observed attacking Popil-
lia. The predatory groups, such as the carabids, therevids,
tabanids, asilids (18), and the formicids, prey upon Popillia
larvae when contact is made. However, the normal population
of these predators in the present areas of infestation is not suffi-
cient to cause any marked decrease in the Popillia population,
nor has there been observed any marked increase in the popula-
tion of these predators due to the increased food supply, as rep-
resented by the presence of Popillia larvae in great abundance.

On the other hand, the possibility of a reasonable degree of
biological control of the beetle in the future through the agency

June, 1938]

Hadley: Japanese Beetle

211

of its introduced parasites presents a much more helpful picture.
The status of parasitic control of Popillia in the Orient has been
intensively studied ( 2 , 3), and to date some 17 species have been
imported and liberated in the generally infested area. Of these,
however, only five species and one racial form, representing two
orders, the Diptera and the Hymenoptera, are known to be defi-
nitely established.

The dipterous group, which includes Centeter cinerea Aid.,
Dexia ventralis Aid., and Prosena siberita Fab., as a whole has
not proved to be so promising as had been anticipated. These
species are but feebly established, owing in part at least, to cli-
matic differences between their old and new environments,
changes in the life cycle of the host, and lack of necessary alter-
nate hosts. (20). Centeter is at present distributed over an area
of about 252 square miles in the center of the beetle-infested
territory. However, it is not entirely synchronized with its host
within this area, and the percentage of parasitization, while high
at some points at the beginning of the season, drops to a negli-
gible point when the host appears in the field in abundance. Ex-
periments with southern Japanese strains of Centeter to improve
synchronization with its host have given negligible results in the
latitude of heavy beetle infestation. Dexia is still represented
by only one feebly established colony near Haddonfield, N. J.,
where a low, moist soil holds a small fraction of the host larvae
through the critical summer season, thus making them available
for* the second, or summer, generation of the parasite. Labora-
tory experiments, however, have shown that Dexia ventralis will
attack native Phyllophaga larvae, and attempts have been made
to establish it in an area in Illinois heavily infested with Phyl-
lophaga species. Colonies of Dexia have been released near Elk-
ton, Md., in an area inhabited by both Popillia and native Phyl-
lophaga. While as yet no recoveries of Dexia have been made
at either of these points, the failure to make recoveries does not
necessarily indicate that the species has not survived, as sufficient
time may not have elapsed for the survivors to have increased to
a point where they can be detected. Prosena siberita was origi-
nally recovered in 1926, but has since remained in a feeble state
of establishment in the Moorestown, N. J., area. This species is

212

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

handicapped by having only a single generation per year, which
is not entirely synchronized with the cycle of Popillia in the
present area of heavy infestation. It may be more useful in
northern areas where Popillia will have a two-year cycle, and
releases will be made in such areas when the host population be-
comes sufficiently extensive to warrant liberation.

The hymenopterous parasites are represented by the genus
Tiphia, of which two species and one racial form are now well
established, all larval parasites of Popillia japonica. Tiphia
popilliavora Roh. has been colonized with locally collected
material since 1927 (21), and to date colonies have been liberated
at 513 points in the generally infested area. Of these, 134 libera-
tions were made during the 1935 season. During 1932-33 a
survey of 194 of the points of liberation showed that colonies
were established at 114 points, representing a 59 percent establish-
ment. Many of the recovered colonies have built up extensively
and spread over considerable areas. For several seasons collec-
tions have been made from some of the stronger colonies for field
liberation, 13,400 females having been collected from two colonies
during the summer of 1935.

It has been observed that the Tiphia popilliavora population
fluctuates considerably at irregular periods, owing to the seasonal
fluctuations of its host. A late emergence of Popillia throws the
predominance of early second-instar host larvae into the active
oviposition period of the parasite, thus creating a less favorable
condition for parasite development, as early second-instar host
larvae are less favorable for the parasite than more mature larvae.
To overcome this difficulty, racial strains of Tiphia popilliavora
having a marked later seasonal period of activity have been
brought in from the Orient. A strain from Chosen (Korea),
which normally appears a month or more later than the present
established Japanese strains, was liberated at two points in 1934
and recoveries were made from both in 1935 ; additional releases
were made during 1935 at nine points. Five colonies of a second
group of late Tiphia popilliavora strains from the general vicin-
ity of Yokohama, Japan, were also released during 1935, but it
is too soon to determine the results.

The other Tiphia species, T. vernalis Roh., which was first

June, 1938]

Hadley: Japanese Beetle

213

established in 1926 from material imported from Chosen, has also
been successfully colonized ( 1 ). To date (January 1936) liber-
ations have been made at 493 colony centers, for the most part
within the area of heavy beetle infestation, and all but 108 of
these were from material collected from the earliest established
colonies. The extent of establishment is indicated by the fact
that 154 colonies of 100 females each were placed in the field
during 1934 and 141 colonies in 1935, all field collected from
established local colonies. Scouting has shown that about 53 per-
cent of the colonies released are established. A survey made
during the latter part of June 1935, at a colony liberated in 1931,
showed that, with a host population of 5.2 larvae per square foot,
the parasitization was 67 percent2. While this is an unusually
high degree of parasitization and is probably far above the nor-
mal, it is indicative of the fact that Tiphia vernalis, when properly
synchronized with its host, should be an effective parasite of
Popillia.

One of the more important phases of the biological control in-
vestigations now in progress is the study of the relationship of
soil micro-organisms to the larval population of the Japanese
beetle, undertaken in cooperation with the New Jersey Agricul-
tural Experiment Station. The purpose of the study is to deter-
mine what organisms in the soil have a definite relationship to
the immature stages of the beetle, the extent to which this rela-
tionship influences the seasonal fluctuation of the larval popula-
tion, and the practical utilization of any of these organisms in
the reduction of infestations on a large scale.

Four groups of diseases causing mortality of Japanese beetle
larvae have thus far been encountered: (1) The ‘‘white” group,
probably of bacterial origin, characterized by the whiteness of
infected larvae and the milky appearance of their blood, with the
bodies becoming brown after death; (2) the “black” group, in
which the bodies of diseased larvae become brown or black; (3)
the fungus group; and (4) the nematode group, of which several
apparently distinct species have been found attacking larvae (19).
The white group now appears to be the most important, the mor-

2 Average of 200 square-foot diggings in a plot of 10,000 square feet, repre-
senting an examination of 2 per cent of the total area of the plot.

214

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

tality of larvae from this cause being higher than with any of the
other types of disease. There are two, and possibly three, similar
yet distinct organisms involved in diseases of the white group,
and because of the milky consistancy of the blood of affected
larvae these diseases are spoken of as “milky” diseases. They
are present in the larval population throughout the year, but
reach their peak in June in mature larvae just prior to pupation.
At this time approximately 25 percent of the larvae at certain
stations under observation in 1935 were diseased. Milky diseases
are infectious and in the field are transmitted by organisms left
in the soil by larvae killed by disease. These diseases are present
at most of the places longest infested by the Japanese beetle, hut
they have not been found at several places more recently infested.
Studies are now under way to determine the feasibility of intro-
ducing these diseases at points where they do not now occur, and
of their utilization in large-scale reduction of larval populations.

LITERATURE CITED

(1) Balock, J. W. 1934. The status of Tiphia vernalis Rohwer, an im-

ported parasite of the Japanese beetle, at the close of 1933. Jour.
Econ. Ent. 27(2): 491-496, illus. Apr.

(2) Clausen, C. P., King, J. L., and Teranishi, C. 1927. The parasites

of Popillia japonica in Japan and Chosen (Korea) and their intro-
duction into the United States. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bull. 1429, 56 pp.,
illus.

(3) , Jaynes, H. A., and Gardner, T. R. 1933. Further in-

vestigations of the parasites of Popillia japonica in the Far East.
U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 366, 59 pp., illus.

(4) Fleming, W. E. 1934. Development of a standard cage method for

testing the effectiveness of stomach-poison insecticides on the Japa-
nese beetle. Jour. Agr. Research 48(2) : 115-130, illus. Jan. 15.

(5) . 1936. Preventing injury from Japanese and Asiatic beetle

larvae to turf in parks and other large areas. U. S. Dept. Agr. Circ.
402, 12 pp., illus.

(6) , and Baker, F. E. 1932. Hot water as an insecticide for

the Japanese beetle in soil and its effect on the roots of nursery
plants. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 274, 42 pp., illus.

(7) , . 1934. The effectiveness of stomach-poison

insecticides on the Japanese beetle. Jour. Agr. Research 49(1) : 39-
44. July. 1.

, . 1934. The use of naphthalene against the

Japanese beetle. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 427, 28 pp.

(8)

June, 1938]

Hadley: Japanese Beetle

215

(9) , . 1935. The use of carbon disulphide against

the Japanese beetle. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 478, 91 pp., illus.

(10) , • . 1936. The effectiveness of various arsenicals

in destroying larvae of the Japanese beetle in sassafras sandy loam.
Jour. Agr. Besearch 52(7): 493-503, illus. Apr. 1.

(11) , . 1936. A method for estimating populations

of larvae of the Japanese beetle in the field. Jour. Agr. Eesearch
53(5): 319-331. Sept. 1.

(12) , . 1936. Derris as a Japanese beetle repellent

and insecticide. Jour. Agr. Besearch 53(3): 197-207. Aug. 1.

(13) , , and Koblitsky, L. 1936. The insecticidal

action of acid lead arsenate on the larvae of the Japanese beetle in
different types of soil. Jour. Agr. Besearch 53(10): 771-779.
Nov. 15.

(14) , and Metzger, F. W. 1936. Control of the Japanese beetle

on fruit and shade trees. U. S. Dept. Agr. Circ. 237 (rev.)., 12 pp.,
illus.

(15) , . 1936. Control of the Japanese beetle and its

grub in home yards. U. S. Dept. Agr. Circ. 401, 15 pp., illus.

(16) Goodhue, L. D., and Fleming, W. E. 1936. Stickers for derris applied

as an insecticidal spray. Jour. Econ. Ent. 29(3) : 580-583. June.

(17) Hadley, C. H., and Hawley, I. M. 1934. General information about

the Japanese beetle in the United States. U. S. Dept. Agr. Circ. 332,
23 pp., illus.

(18) Hallock, H. C. 1929. North American predacious insects attacking

Japanese beetle grubs ( Popillia japonica Newman). Ent. News
40(3): 76-78. Mar.

(19) Hawley, I. M., and White, G. F. 1935. Preliminary studies on the

diseases of larvae of the Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newm).
Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 43(4) : 405-412. Dec.

(20) King, J. L. 1931. The present status of the established parasites of

Popillia japonica Newman. Jour. Econ. Ent. 24(2) : 453-462, illus.
Apr.

(21) , and Holloway, J. K. 1930. Tiphia popilliavora Bohwer,

a parasite of the Japanese beetle. U. S. Dept. Agr. Circ. 145, 12 pp.,
illus.

(22) Metzger, F. W. 1933. Preliminary report on controlling the winter

emergence of the Japanese beetle in rose greenhouses by application
of chemicals to the soil. Jour. Econ. Ent. 26(1): 205-210, illus.
Feb.

(23) . 1936. Traps for the Japanese beetle and how to use them.

U. S. Dept. Agr. Misc. Publ. 201 (rev.), 12 pp., illus.

, and Lipp, J. W. 1936. Value of lime and aluminum sul-
fate as a repellent spray for Japanese beetle. Jour. Econ. Ent.
29(2) : 343-347, illus. Apr.

(24)

216

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. Xl/vi

(25) — , and Maines, W. W. 1936. Relation between the physical

properties and chemical components of various grades of geraniol and
their attractiveness to the Japanese beetle. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech.
Bull. 501, 15 pp., illus.

(26) Osburn, M. R., and Lipp, J. W. 1935. Fumigation of fresh fruit to

destroy the adult Japanese beetle. U. S. Dept. Agr. Circ. 373, 30 pp.,
illus.

(27) United States Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Plant Quarantine.

1934. Announcements relating to Japanese beetle quarantine (No.
48). U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Quarantine, Service and Regu-
latory Announcements, No. 118: 1-12.

June, 1938]

Knowlton & Smith: Aphid

217

THE APHID GENUS PSEUDOEPAMEIBAPHIS1

By G. F. Knowlton and C. F. Smith2

This study is based upon an examination of approximately six
hundred specimens, comprising five species.

Gillette and Palmer. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 25 : 145. 1932.

The genus Pseudoepameibaphis Gillette and Palmer may be
characterized as: Vertex nearly flat; frontal tubercles absent;
ocular tubercles rudimentary ; fan-shaped to blunt hairs ; cornicles
slender, slightly swollen distally on inner side, impinged against
abdomen, and with thin-edged flange set obliquely; cauda rather
conical; wing venation as in the genus Aphis. Genotype Aphis
trident at ce Wilson.

Key to Aptera

A. — Hind tibiae less than 2 x unguis ; unguis more than 2^ x base glauca

AA. — Hind tibiae more than 2 x unguis ; unguis less than 2^ x base.

B. — Unguis 2 or more times III essigi n. sp.

BB. — Unguis less than 2 x III.

0. — Cornicles less than 2\ x III tridental ce

CC. — Cornicles more than 2£ x III.

D. — Cauda not longer than rostral IV + V ; abdominal seg-
ment VIII nearly covering cauda ..xenotrichis n. sp.

DD. — Cauda longer than rostral IV + V ; cauda visible from

above zavillis n. sp.

Pseudoepameibaphis tridentatce (Wilson)

Wilson, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 51 : 94-95, 1915.

Alate vivipara. — Body 0.86 to 1.2 mm. long to base of cauda;
antennae 0.8 to 1.02; antennal III, 0.15 to 0.17 mm. long and bear-
ing 3 to 5 oval sensoria ; IV, 0.11 to 0.17 ; V, 0.13 to 0.17 ; VI, 0.1 to
0.11 + 0.22 to 0.28 ; rostrum attaining second coxae ; rostral IV + V,
0.125 ; hind tibiae 0.53 to 0.62 ; hind tarsi 0.049 to 0.125 ; cornicles
0.17 to 0.22 ; cauda 0.078 to 0.094 mm. long.

Apterous vivipara.— Body 1.16 to 1.36 mm. long to base of cauda

1 Contribution from the Entomology Department, Utah Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, Logan, Utah.

2 Associate Entomologist and Graduate Research Assistant, respectively.
Authorized for publication by Director.

218

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

and bearing numerous blunt to flattened hairs 0.031 to 0.053 mm.
long on the abdomen ; hairs on vertex 0.034 to 0.094 ; antennae 0.66
to 0.85 ; antennal III, 0.11 to 0.16 ; IV, 0.09 to 0.14 ; V, 0.1 to 0.157 ;
VI, 0.08 to 0.11 plus 0.17 to 0.25 ; rostrum nearly attaining third
coxae; rostral IV + V needle-like, 0.11 to 0.14; tibial hairs pointed
to blunt on the outer side and 0.045 to 0.056 ; tibial hairs on the
inner side pointed and 0.024 to 0.04 mm. long; hind tibiae 0.38 to
0.62 ; hind tarsi 0.1 to 0.14 ; cornicles pale, 0.21 to 0.28 ; cauda 0.08
to 0.125 mm. long.

Taxonomy. — P. tridentatce differs from P. glauca in having
body hairs more flattened and more numerous; in having tibiae
more than twice unguis ; longer body hairs ; and in having ungis
less than twice antennal III.

Collections. — All collections were on Artemisia , the usual species
being tridentata. Amalga, May 12, 1928 ; Beaver Dam, May 25
and June 3, 1927 ; Blue Creek, May 25, 1927 ; Blue Springs Hills,
May 19, 1930 ; Butlerville, April 25, 1936 ; Camp Williams, May 9,
1936 ; Cedar Fort, May 10, 1936 ; Cedar Valley, May 12, 1936 ;
Chester, May 7, 1927 ; Collinston, May 12, 1930, and June 3, 1927 ;
Deweyville, April 28, 1927 ; Ephraim, May 7, 1927 ; Fillmore,
April 28, 1935; Hansel’s Mountains, May 19, 1930; Honeyville,
April 28, 1927 ; Howell, May 25, 1927 ; Juab, April 28, 1935 ;
Lampo, May 25, 1927 ; Lewiston, May 25, 1935 ; Levan, May 13,
1936 ; Logan Canyon, July 4, 1936 ; Manti, May 7, 1927 ; Mapleton
Bench, May 10, 1936 ; Moroni, May 7, 1927 ; Park Valley, May 24,
1930 ; Promontory, May 25, 1927 ; Plain City, May 11, 1928 ;
Rattle Snake Pass, May 25, 1927 ; Snowville, May 25, 1927 ; Salt
Lake City, June 5, 1927, and April 25, 1936 ; Spring City, May 7,
1927, in Utah. Also Jackson Hole, Wyoming, June 12, 1936.
Alate vivipara were collected at Beaver Dam, June 3, 1927 ; Levan,
May 13, 1936 ; Park City, June 15, 1927 ; Hardup, June 9, 1930, in
Utah.

Pseudoepameibaphis essigi new species

Apterous vivipara. — Whitish-yellow to orange-green covered with numerous
blunt to fan-shaped hairs which are 0.024 to 0.038 mm. long on the abdomen
and 0.034 to 0.049 mm. long on the vertex; body small, 0.75 to 1.0 mm. long;
antennas 0.42 to 0.63 mm. long, pale,, except unguis which is slightly dusky;
antennal III, 0.063 to 0.089 ; IV, 0.045 to 0.086 ; Y, 0.07 to 0.096 ; YI, 0.06 to
0.095 + 0.13 to 0.173; rostrum acute, scarcely attaining 3rd coxae; rostral IV +

June, 1938]

Knowlton & Smith: Aphid

219

Y needle-like, 0.08 to 0.1; hind tibiae 0.27 to 0.376 mm. long and bearing
flattened to fan-shaped hairs 0.03 to 0.038 mm. long on the outer side and
blunt to pointed hairs on the inner side 0.02 to 0.026 mm. long ; cornicles pale,

O. 12 to 0.17 mm. long; cauda pale, 0.069 to 0.086 mm. long.

Taxonomy. — P. essigi differs from P. tridentatae in being noticeably smaller,
having stouter and more numerous hairs, in having the unguis 2 or more times
longer than III, and in having the outer tibial hairs shorter and stouter. P.
essigi differs from P. glauca in being much smaller, having stouter and more
numerous hairs, tibiae more than twice unguis; antennal Y longer than IV,
usually longer than III ; and in having shorter and stouter outer tibial hairs.

P. essigi has been collected very frequently upon the same plant with Fla-
bellomicrosi'phum tridentatae (Wilson).

Collections. — All collections were made on Artemisia, the usual
species being tridentatce. Type locality, 3 miles southwest of
Lampo, August 1, 1936 (Knowlton : : Smith) ; Amalga, October 4,
1927 (Knowlton) ; Bear River City, September 11 and 25, 1926
(Knowlton) ; Beaver, August 8, 1936 (Knowlton: : Smith) ; Bert,
August 1, 1936 (Knowlton: : Smith) ; Blue Creek, August 1, 1936
(Knowlton : : Smith) ; Bryce Canyon, August 10, 1936 (Knowl-
ton:: Smith); Bryce Canyon, August 10, 1936 (Knowlton::
Smith) ; Cornish, August 9, 1927 (Knowlton) ; Grouse Creek,
August 13, 1932 (Knowlton) ; Howell, June 17, 1930 (Knowlton),
and August 1, 1936 (Knowlton :: Smith) ; Junction Valley, Au-
gust 13, 1932 (Knowlton) ; Laketown, July 5, 1935 ; Levan, Au-
gust 7, 1936 (Knowlton: : Smith) ; Nephi, August 7, 1936 (Knowl-
ton : : Smith) ; Orton, August 10, 1936 (Knowlton : : Smith) ; Paro-
wan, August 8, 1936 (Knowlton :: Smith) ; Portage, August 20,
1927 (Knowlton); Promontory, August 1, 1936 (Knowlton::
Smith) ; Rattle Snake Pass, August 2, 1932 (Knowlton) ; That-
cher, August 1, 1936 (Knowlton :: Smith) ; Themonton, Septem-
ber 25, and August 28, 1926 (Knowlton) ; Tropic, August 10, 1936
(Knowlton : : Smith) ; in Utah. Also collected at Palisades, Colo-
rado, August 24, 1935 (Knowlton) and at Strevell, Idaho, August
25, 1932 (Knowlton).

Type slide in the U. S. National Museum. Paratypes in collec-
tions of writers.

220 Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Pseudcepameibaphis glauca G. and P.

Gillette and Palmer, Ann. Ent. Amer. 25 : 145-146, 1932.

Apterous vivipara. — Body 1 to 1.4 mm. long to base of canda
and bearing numerous blunt to flattened hairs 0.038 to 0.06 mm.
long on the abdomen; hairs on vertex 0.045 to 0.069; antennae
0.66 to 1.11; antennal III, 0.11 to 0.19; IV, 0.1 to 0.18; V, 0.1 to
0.17; VI, 0.08 to 0.11 + 0.19 to 0.36 mm. long; rostrum nearly
attaining third coxae; rostral IV + V needle-like at tip and 0.12 to
0.14 mm. long; tibial hairs pointed to blunt on the outer side and
0.053 to 0.065 ; tibial hairs on the inner side pointed and 0.02 to
0.032 mm. long ; hind tibiae 0.38 to 0.6 ; hind tarsi 0.09 to 0.125 ;
cornicles pale, 0.235 to 0.34; cauda 0.08 to 0.125 mm.

Alate vivipara. — Body 0.92 to 1.4 mm. long to base of cauda;
antennae 1.1 to 1.3 ; antennal III, 0.2 to 0.28 mm. long and bearing
5 to 8 sensoria ; IV 0.2 to 0.23 ; V, 0.19 to 0.22 ; VI, 0.11 to 0.125 +
0.36 to 0.42; rostrum attaining 2d coxae; rostral IV + V, 0.125 to
0.14; hind tibiae 0.64 to 0.74; hind tarsi, 0.11 to 0.14; cornicles

0. 26 to 0.28; cauda 0.078 to 0.094 mm. long.

Collections. — All collections were on Artemisia , the usual spe-
cies being tridentata. Ash Creek Canyon, August 9, 1936 ; Beaver
Dam, June 7, 1932; Mouth Big Cottonwood Canyon, July 10,
August 5, 1936, and August 22, 1935; Brigham City, June 17,
and July 19, 1927, and July 2, 1936; Cache Junction, May 17,
1927 ; Collinston, April 28, 1927 ; Cornish, June 27, 1935 ; Dewey-
ville, April 28, 1927 ; Dry Lake, August 10, 1927 ; Garland, August

1, 1936; Granite, July 15, 1936; Green Canyon, July 15, 1936;
Hillsdale, August 10, 1936; Hobble Creek, June 24, 1936, July
15, 1936 ; Honeyville, April 28, May 17, June 17, and 21, July 19,
1927 ; Laketown, August 16, 1927 ; Logan Canyon, August 20,
1925; Maple Canyon, June 7, 1935; Mantua, June 26, 1936;
Mueller’s Park, July 2, 1935; Newton, October 9, 1927; Ogden,
August 12, 1936 ; Payson, August 7, 1936 ; Sardine Canyon, July
10, 1935, June 26 and July 2, 1936 ; Scipio, July 7, 1925 ; Summit,
Iron County, May 2, 1934, in Utah. Also collected at Steamboat
Springs, August 18, 1935; Pingree Park, August 21, 1935; and
Kremling, August 24, 1935, in Colorado. In Idaho at Emigra-
tion Canyon, August 16, 1927 ; Mink Creek, June 27, 1936 ; Rex-
burg, June 16 and 23, 1935; Riverdale, July 24, 1936; Upper

June, 1938]

Knowlton & Smith: Aphid

221

Sand Creek, June 13, 1936 ; and Winder, June 9, 1935. In
Wyoming at Afton, Alpine, and Etna, July 19, 1936; Fishing
Bridge, Yellowstone National Park, July 18, 1936. In Montana
at Crown Springs, Fort Ellis and Livingston, July 17, 1936 ; 10
miles southwest of Nehart, June 11, 1936 ; and Yanky Jim Can-
yon, July 17, 1936. Alate vivipara were collected at Brigham
City, June 17, 1927 ; Dry Lake, August 19, 1927 ; Honeyville, June
17 and 21, 1927, in Utah.

Pseudoepameibaphis xenotrichis new species

Apterous vivipara. — Greenish overcast with whitish; body 1.0 to 1.2 mm.
long to base of cauda and bearing numerous flattened to fan-shaped hairs 0.024
to 0.04 mm. long on the abdomen; hairs on the vertex 0.04 to 0.05; antennae
0.5 to 0.61; antennal III, 0.09 to 0.11; IY, 0.07 to 0.08; V, 0.09 to 0.1; VI,
0.075 to 0.08 + 0.13 to 0.15; rostrum surpassing second coxae; rostral IV plus
Y, 0.094; tibial hairs flattened to slightly fan-shaped on the outer side and
0.024 to 0.035 mm. long; on the inner side pointed and 0.024; hind tibiae 0.35
to 0.41; hind tarsi 0.08 to 0.095; cornicles 0.26 to 0.34; cauda 0.07 to 0.08 mm.
long.

Taxonomy. — P. xenotrichis differs from P. tridentatce, P. essigi and P.
glauca in having more numerous hairs and in having the hairs much more fan-
shaped on the body and the outer side of the tibiae; in having the eighth
abdominal segment superimposed over the cauda.

Collections. — On Artemisia tridentata at Brigham Canyon
(type locality) ; Perry, and Sardine Canyon, July 8, 1933, in
Utah (Knowlton).

Type slide in the U. S. National Museum. Paratypes in collec-
tions of writers.

Pseudoepameibaphis zavillis new species

Apterous vivipara. — Greenish -pulverulent, body 1.5 to 1.75 mm. long to base
of cauda and bearing numerous flattened to fan-shaped hairs 0.024 to 0.05 mm.
long on the abdomen; hairs on the vertex 0.056 to 0.065 ; antennae 0.75 to 0.85 ;
antennal III, 0.14 to 0.19 ; IY, 0.10 to 0.12 ; Y, 0.12 ; VI, 0.09 to 0.11 plus 0.16
to 0.18; rostrum surpassing second coaxae; rostral IY plus V needle-like, 0.1
to 0.12 ; tibial hairs flattened to slightly fan-shaped on the outer side and 0.024
to 0.038 mm. long; on the inner side pointed and 0.023 to 0.031; hind tibiae
0.5 to 0.56; hind tarsi 0.1 to 0.11; cornicles pale, 0.42 to 0.47; cauda 0.125 to
0.15 mm. long.

Taxonomy. — P. zavillis differs from P. tridentatae, P. essigi and P. glauca
in having hairs more numerous and much more fan-shaped; and in having the
outer tibial hairs flatter. P. zavillis differs from P. xenotrichis in having base

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVi

of antennal YI shorter than antennal IY ; antennal IV longer than the hind
tarsi; rostral IV plus V shorter than the eauda; and in not having the VIII
abdominal segment superimposed on the eauda.

Collections. — On Artemisia trident at a at Jackson Hole, Wyo-
ming, June 12, 1936 (Crystle K. Smith: C. F. Smith).

Type in the collection of the senior author.

R.C

Om tm\ K

Pseudoepameibaphis tridentatae (Wilson). Alate, A-C; apterous, d-h;
e, body hairs. P. essigi, n. sp., apterous, i-M; l, body , hairs. P. glauca,
apterous, n-p, t; alate, Q-s. P. xenotrichis n. sp., apterous, u-y; u, body
hairs. P. zavillis n. sp., apterous, z-dd; cc, body hairs.

June, 1938]

Hatch : Theophrastus

223

THEOPHRASTUS OF ERESOS AS AN ECONOMIC
ENTOMOLOGIST

By Melville H. Hatch
University of Washington, Seattle, Washington

Science is organized knowledge. This is platitudinous, but it
is frequently forgotten by the science historian, who drapes the
most isolated and inconsequential observations as science. Thus,
multitudes of persons at every stage of human culture have noted
some of the facts of insect injury, but it is only when these obser-
vations become organized that we can speak of economic ento-
mology. It is interesting, therefore, to note the occurrence of such
organized observations in the scientific literature of ancient
Greece.

Theophrastus was born at Eresos on the island of Lesbos be-
tween 373 and 368 B.C. There is ancient authority (Diog. L.
v. 36) for the supposition that he joined Aristotle at Athens be-
fore the death of Plato in 346/7, but Jaeger (Aristotle, Eng.
Trans. 1934, pp. 115-116) suggests that he did not meet the
Stagerite until he opened a school of philosophy at Assos (348-
345) on the coast of Asia Minor, only a few miles distant from
Lesbos. Here, at any rate, and in nearby Mitylene, he was asso-
ciated with Aristotle during those momentous years when the
science of zoology was taking form in Aristotle’s mind. He may
well have been the “ research assistant” in some of those studies
and have shared the fate of many another research assistant — that
of doing much of the work and receiving none of the credit.

Thenceforth Theophrastus was associated with Aristotle during
the rest of Aristotle’s life, at first in Macedonia at the court of
King Philip, and then at Athens; and after Aristotle’s death in
322, he became head of his school, surviving until the 123rd Olym-
piad (288-285). Personally he was of a retiring, studious dis-
position, entirely devoted to his philosophical and scientific
studies; and he must have been much relieved when the turn of
events made it unnecessary for him to marry Aristotle’s daughter,
Pythias, as Aristotle’s will directed. In fact, he never married,

224

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

and his philosophical justification of celibacy is contained in a
fragment that is still preserved (Zeller, Aristotle ii, p. 405).

With the passage of the centuries, Theophrastus became known
principally as the author of a work, Ethical Characters — brief,
vigorous and trenchant delineations of moral types, — and as the
“father of botany.” This was the result, in great measure, of
the unkind fashion in which the years treated Theophrastus’ lit-
erary legacy. For, in reality, lie seems to have carried on studies
along the same broad lines as his master, Aristotle, seeking, prin-
cipally, to polish up and fill out the details of the latter’s system.
Indeed, the extant treatises on plants may be looked upon as an
elaboration of Aristotle ’s account that was so successful as to com-
pletely displace the latter, which became lost after the time of
Hermippus of Smyrna, about 200 B.C.1

The account of plants given by Theophrastus is the most com-
plete botanical work of ancient or mediaeval time. Not only does
he mention 550 kinds of plants, but, in the Enquiry into Plants ,
he treats them from many different points of view, so that mention
of the insect enemies of certain plants is introduced as integral
portions of the larger work. The references are not extensive,
but they represent the effort at organizing observations that is the
basis of all scientific work.

Thus, in Book VII, chapter V, on “pot-herbs,” he says:

“As for pests, — radish is attacked by fleas,2 cabbage by cater-
pillars and grubs, while in lettuce, leek, and many other herbs
occur ‘leek-cutters.’ These are destroyed by collecting green
fodder, or when they have been caught somewhere in a mass of
dung, the pest being fond of dung emerges, and having entered
the heap, remains dormant there ; wherefore it is then easy' to
catch, which otherwise it is not. To protect radishes against
fleas it is of use to sow vetch among the crop ; to prevent the fleas
from being engendered they say that there is no specific. ’ ’

And again, book VIII, chapter X :

“Wheat is . . . destroyed by grubs; sometimes they eat the

1 See Zeller, Aristotle i, pp. 93-94.

2 Hort (p. 95) translates \f/vW a, “ spider,’ * and Bodenheimer (p. 72),
1 1 Erd-Flohe, ’ ’ but there appears no good reason for departing from a literal
rendering, especially since Bodenheimer (l.c.) suggests that the insect in
question is Phyllotreta cruciferarum Goeze, one of the 1 1 flea-beetles. ’ ’

June, 1938]

Hatch: Theophrastus

225

roots, as soon as they appear, sometimes they do their work when
by reason of drought the ear cannot be formed ; for at such times
the grub is engendered, and eats the haulm as it is becoming un-
rolled; it eats right up to the ear and then, having consumed it,
perishes. And, if it has entirely eaten it, the wheat itself per-
ishes; if however it has only eaten one side of the haulm and the
plant has succeeded in forming the ear, half the ear withers away,
but the other half remains sound. However it is not everywhere
that the wheat is so affected; for instance this does not occur in
Thessaly, but only in certain regions, as in Libya and at Lelanton
in Euboea.

‘ ‘ Grubs also occur in okhros, lathyros and peas, whenever these
crops get too much rain and then hot weather supervenes; and
caterpillars occur in chick-peas under the same conditions. All
these pests perish, when they have exhausted their food, whether
the fruit in which they occur be green or dry, just as wood-worms
do and the grubs found in beans and other plants, as was said of
the pests found in growing trees, and in felled timber. But the
creature called ‘ horned- worm ’ is an exception. Now in regard to
all these pests the position makes a great difference, as might be
expected. For the climate, it need hardly be said, makes a dif-
ference according as it is hot or cold, moist or dry ; and it was the
climate which gave rise to these pests; wherefore they are not
always found even in places in which they ordinarily occur. ’ ’

Later on (VIII. xi) the engendering of grubs (pea-weevils)
by seeds as they decay is noted, for Theophrastus, as we have seen,
was perfectly ready to accept abiogenesis as a fact, whenever the
observations seemed to point that way.

Book IV, chapter XIV is a six or seven page discussion of the
diseases of trees ; worms are mentioned several times :

‘ ‘ Of the worms found in fig-trees some have their origin in the
tree, some are produced in it by the creature called the ‘horned-
worm ’ ; but they all turn into the ‘ horned- worm ’ ; and they make
a shrill noise. ... In Miletus the vines at the time of flowering are
eaten by caterpillars, some of which devour the flowers, others, a
different kind, the leaves; and they strip the tree; these appear
if there is a south wind and sunny weather. . . .

226

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

“There is a . . . disease incident to the olive, which is called
cobweb ; for this forms on the tree and destroys the fruit. . . . And
the fruits of some get worm-eaten, as olive, pear, apple, medlar,
pomegranate. Now the worm which infests the olive, if it appears
below the skin, destroys the fruit; but if it devours the stone it
is beneficial. And it is prevented from appearing under the skin
if there is rain after the rising of Arcturus. Worms also occur
in the fruit which ripens on the tree, and these are more harmful
as affecting the yield of oil. Indeed these worms seem to be alto-
gether rotten ; wherefore they appear when there is a south wind
and particularly in damp places. . . .”

Book Y, chapter IV treats of wood :

1 1 They say that the wood of the fir is more liable to be eaten by
the teredo than that of the silver-fir; for that the latter is dry,
while the fir has a sweet taste, and that this is more so, the more
the wood is soaked with resin; they go on to say that all woods
are eaten by the teredo except the olive, wild or cultivated, and
that these woods escape, because of their bitter taste. Now woods
which decay in sea-water are eaten by the teredo, those which
decay on land by the skolex and thrips; for the teredo does not
occur except in the sea. It is a creature small in size, but has a
large head and teeth; the thrips resembles the skolex, and these
creatures gradually bore through timber. The harm that these
do is easy to remedy; for, if the wood is smeared with pitch, it
does not let in water when it is dragged down into the sea; but
the harm done by the teredo cannot be undone. Of the skolekes
which occur in wood, some come from the decay of the wood itself,
some from other skolekes which engender therein. For these pro-
duce their young in timber, as the worm called the ‘ horned- worm ’
does in trees, having bored and scooped out a sort of mouse-hole
by turning round and round. But it avoids wood which has a
strong smell or is bitter or hard, such as boxwood, since it is unable
to bore through it. . . .”

Finally, the role of the psenes or ‘gall-insects’ in the caprifica-
tion of figs is noted (II. viii). Insect galls are likewise referred
to (III. v and vii), but there is no evidence that Theophrastus
appreciated that they were the product of animal activity.

Such is the evidence, then, that Theophrastus must be reckoned
among the earliest exponents of economic entomology.

June, 1938]

Hatch: Theophrastus

227

I have not ventured to interrupt the quotations with attempts at
the identification of the insects mentioned, nor is their recognition
necessary for the purpose of the present note. But the identity
of many of the species is not difficult to trace. The fleas on radish
were flea-beetles ; the caterpillars on cabbage were cabbage butter-
flies; the ‘horned- worm,’ a cerambycid beetle; the grubs engen-
dered in seeds, pea- weevils; the cobweb of olive, red spider; the
worm of fruits, codling-moth; the teredo of timber in sea- water,
the ship worm. Bodenheimer in his Geschichte der Entomologie
proposes additional identifications still.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bodenheimer, P. S. Materialien zur Geschichte der Entomologie bis Linne,
I, 1928, pp. 70-76.

Theophrastus. Enquiry into plants (translated by Sir Arthur Hort), 2
vols. 1916 (Loeb Classical Library).

Zeller, E. Aristotle and the earlier peripatetics (translated by B. F. C.
Costelloe and J. H. Muirhead), II, 1897, pp. 348-416.

June, 1938]

Proceedings of the Society

229

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NEW YORK ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Meeting of October 5, 1937

As previously announced there was no formal meeting. Members and
guests indulged in informal discussions. Refreshments were served.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of October 19, 1937

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held in in
the Roosevel Memorial on October 19, 1937 ; President Curran in the chair
with forty-three members and visitors present.

Mr. Raoul Nadeau was elected to active membership.

The program committee announced that at the November 16 meeting Dr.
E. P. Darlington would speak on 1 1 The Biology of Cranberry Culture. ’ ’

The meeting was given over to the entomological experiences of members
during the summer. Mr. William T. Davis exhibited a family of Panchlora
cubensis which he had kept for over a year. Dr. Payne told of grasshoppers
girdling trees in the middle west.

We were once again honored by a visit from Dr. Arthur Gibson, who dis-
played some slides of the Laboratory at Belleville, Ontario.

Most of the members present contributed to the evening’s general discus-
sion.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of November 16, 1937

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held in
Roosevelt Memorial on November 16, 1937 ; President Curran in the chair
with forty-seven members and visitors present.

The program committee announced that at the next meeting Dr. A. L.
Melander would speak on “ Who’s Who Among the Insects of 1937,” illus-
trated with colored motion pictures.

Dr. Klots proposed Dr. A. Glenn Richards for active membership. By
suspension of the by-laws Dr. Richards was elected immediately.

Mr. Robert Trout gave a very interesting survey of the biology of
Zoraptera.

Dr. E. P. Darlington, the speaker of the evening spoke on “ Blueberry and
Cranberry Culture ’ ’ and his abstract follows.

Byrley F. Driggers, while working at the White properties in New Lisbon,
N. J., was first to describe the life history of the coleopterous stem-borer,
Oberea myops. The only control for this insect is to pinch off the wilted
shoots well below the circular row of egg punctures otherwise the larvae bore
down the cane into the root of the plant. Driggers also discovered that five
species of flies were responsible for the blueberry gall, the most common being

230

Journal New -York Entomological Society [Vol. XLYI

Hermadas nubilipennis Ashmead. In 1920 and 1921 I worked on the life
history of the blueberry tipworm Contarinia vaccinii Felt and furnished
material for identification of this species which is Type A 3207 in the N. Y.
State Museum.

Gelechia trialbamaculella Chambers, a leaf feeder, is common on both wild
and cultivated blueberries.

Some years the fall webworm is quite numerous but it feeds in colonies and
the nests are quite noticeable.

Of the Datanas, drexelii is the most common and as it also feeds in clusters
it may readily be detected and destroyed.

The flannel moth Lagoa crispata often prefers tender leaves of blueberry to
coarser leaves of oak.

In bulletin No. 275 of U. S. Dept, of Agric., Feb., 1932, F. H. Lathrop
and C. B. Nickels review the work of previous years and give a detailed
account of the biology and control of the blueberry maggot in Washington
County, Maine.

In Maine, where all the berries go to the cannery, an arsenic dust may be
used for control but in New Jersey this is not practical as all our berries are
sold on the fresh fruit-market. Application of rotenone dust is made three
times during the season by airplane or autogiro, early in the morning before
the sun has risen enough to cause a breeze.

Rhagoletis mendax and R. pomonella are similar from egg to adult fly
although separated as two species.

There are three, and probably more,, blueberry fruit worms. Most common
is the so-called cranberry fruit-worm Mineola vacinii. Moodna ostrinella
Clemens is also a fruit worm on blueberries.

Laspeyresia packardii Zeller has been reared from blueberry fruit.

Pollination. — The blueberry is practically sterile to its own pollen so that
it is necessary to have at least two distinctly related varieties in proximity
to insure a good set of fruit. Bumblebees are better as pollenizers than
honey-bees because of their longer tongues. The bumblebee just punctures
the corolla and goes after the nectar.

Cranberries.

As early as 1850 some citizens of Medford, N. J., tried to develop the
natural cranberry bog with the idea of improving the yield. All varieties
produced today are but natural hybrids, originating in some patch of wild
berries or from seeds in some commercial bog of mixed varieties.

On July 19, 1915, Harold B. Scammel, of the U. S. Department of Agri-
culture, published his paper on “The Cranberry Root Worm” ( Rhabdopterus
picipes Oliv.). On September 21, 1917, he published the result of his 4
years study of the cranberry girdler Cranbus hortuellus.

Cranberry fireworms. — Most common is the black headed Rliopobato vac-
ciniana Packard. Next in importance is the cranberry yellow head, Peronea
minuta.

In 1926 it was proven that the blunt nosed leaf hopper Euscelis striatulus
transmitted disease.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of December 7, 1937

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held in
Roosevelt Memorial on December 7, 1937 ; President Curran in the chair,
with one hundred and thirty members and visitors present.

The program committee reported that Dr. William Sargent would exhibit
paintings of Odonata at the December 21 meeting. Members were invited
to add to the round-table discussion.

June, 1938]

Proceedings of the Society

231

The resignation of Mrs. M. P. Comstock was accepted with regret.

A letter sent to Dr. Curran concerning the resolution of the American
Association of Economic Entomologists to promote a closer bond between all
branches of entomology was referred to the Executive Committee.

Dr. A. L. Melander, the speaker of the evening, then showed the Society
colored motion pictures of insects going about their daily business.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of December 21, 1937

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held in
Eoosevelt Memorial on December 14, 1937 ; President Curran in the chair,
with forty visitors and members present.

At the next meeting of the Society the annual election of officers was
scheduled. Dr. Curran appointed Mr. J. D. Sherman, Mr. E. L. Bell, and
Dr. A. L. Melander to act as nominating committee.

Mr. Mutchler proposed for active membership Mr. Edwin W. Teale, 93
Park Ave., Baldwin, L. I., and Miss Lillian L. Davis, of Studio Club, 210 E.
77th Street, New York City.

Dr. William Sargent exhibited his paintings of Odonata and spoke upon
some of the habits of dragon flies.

Dr. Herbert Euckes spoke on the genus Brochymena upon which he is
working.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of January 4, 1938

The annual meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
January 4, 1938, in Eoosevelt Memorial; President Curran in the chair with
twenty-eight visitors and members present.

The report of the nominating committee was read by Mr. E. L. Bell. The
secretary was empowered to cast one ballot for the election of new officers,
as follows:

President — Dr. William Moore
Vice-President — Dr. H. T. Spieth
Secretary — Lucy W. Clausen
Treasurer — Paul T. Eichard
Librarian — Frank E. Watson
Curator — Andrew J. Mutchler
Executive Committee — William T. Davis
Dr. F. E. Lutz
Dr. William Proctor
Herbert F. Schwarz
Henry Bird

Publication Committee — Harry B. Weiss
Dr. C. H. Curran
John D. Sherman
Ernest L. Bell

232

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Dr. Moore, the newly elected president, presided during the balance of the
meeting.

Dr. Curran proposed a vote of thanks to the treasurer and secretary for the
work they have done and for their interest in the Society.

Mr. H. F. Schwarz made a motion to thank the retiring president. These
motions were adopted.

At the next meeting Mr. H. Dietrich of Cornell University will give an
illustrated talk on “The Dutch Elm Disease. ”

Dr. Moore appointed as program committee Dr. Herbert Ruckes, Mr. Frank
Soraci, and Dr. C. H. Curran.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of January 18, 1938

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society wras held on
January 18, 1938, in Roosevelt Memorial; President Moore in the chair with
forty-two members and visitors present.

Due to the absence of the secretary Mr. Kisliuk was appointed temporary
secretary.

The program committee announced that on February 1 there would be a
general discussion of notes by members led by Dr. H. T. Spieth.

Mr. J. C. Crawford was proposed for active membership by Mr. Kisliuk. A
motion made by Dr. Horsfall to suspend the usual procedure and admit Mr.
Crawford to immediate membership was adopted.

The speaker of the evening, Mr. Dietrich, then talked on “The Dutch Elm
Disease. ’ ’ At the close of Mr. Dietrich ’s talk there was a general discussion.

The chairman announced the death in London of Major Ernest Austin.
Major Austin was connected with the British Museum for a long time, having
done considerable work with the tsetse fly as well as with other phases of
general medical entomology.

Abstracts of Talk By Mr. H. Dietrich

The name “Dutch Elm” disease is used because the disease was first re-
ported from Holland in 1919. In 1922 Schwarz associated a fungus, Graph-
ium ulmi with the dying of elms. The disease now occurs over about 1638
square miles in the New York metropolitan area. In this area over 27,000
elms affected with the disease have been destroyed.

How did the disease organism get to this country? Elm burl logs were
being imported from Europe to be used for veneer. These logs were found
to have both the fungus and the insect vectors. The logs entered at the ports
of New York, Baltimore, Norfolk and New Orleans and were shipped to Chi-
cago, Kansas City, Montana, Indianapolis, Cincinnati.

When Graphium ulmi gains entrance to the live part of an elm, the fungus
seems to stop up the water tubes, although it may have a toxic effect. As a
result the leaves droop and eventually turn brown and dry up. If one cuts
into a diseased branch a brownish discoloration will be noted. This brown
growth has to be cultured on agar plates to definitely identify the fungus.
The fungus produces, in sheltered places such as insect galleries and pupal
cells, fruiting bodies called coremia. Hence insects emerging from these
pupal cells are likely to be covered with spores of Graphium ulmi.

In Europe two species of bark-beetles Scolytus scolytus and Scolytus multi-

June, 1938]

Proceedings of the Society

233

striatus have been found to breed commonly in dead or dying elms. Fortu-
nately only S. multristriatus has gained a foothold in this country.

Many other insects were reared from elm wood. Since S. multristriatus,
however is the only elm insect known to feed regularly on the small branches
it is generally accepted as the main vector of the Dutch Elm disease. In
close stands of elm the fungus may go from one elm to another through root
grafts.

Control

In this country all infected trees are immediately destroyed and the
stumps killed. The major infected area is within 50 miles of New York
City. The total number of diseased trees found in the following states dur-
ing 1937 gives some idea of the magnitude of the work: New York, 1264;

New Jersey, 4426; Connecticut, 113. The best control recommendations are
still the same as are given in Cornell Extension Bulletin No. 290, June 1934,
namely sanitation, cutting out of all dead elm wood fertilization and water-
ing of all trees to make them more vigorous.

Max. Kisliuk, Sec. pro tern.

Meeting of February 1, 1938

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
February 1, 1938, in Roosevelt Memorial; President Moore in the chair with
thirty members and visitors present.

The program committee reported that Dr. John B. Schmitt of Rutgers Uni-
versity would speak at the next meeting on the “ Feeding Mechanism of
Moths and Butterflies. ’ ’

There were two proposals for active membership — Dr. John B. Schmitt,
Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey and Mr. William H. Bennett,
State College of Forestry, Syracuse University, New York.

The meeting was then given over to a discussion of notes by members.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Meeting of February 15, 1938

A regular meeting of the New York Entomological Society was held on
February 15, 1938 in Roosevelt Memorial; President Moore in the chair with
fifty visitors and members present.

The program committee announced that Messrs. Bruce and Sheridan
Fahnestock would speak at the next meeting.

There were two elections to active membership — Dr. John B. Schmitt and
Mr. William Bennett.

Mr. Robert Rosenbaum, 340 W. 86th Street, New York City was proposed
for active membership.

The speaker of the evening Dr. John B. Schmitt then spoke on “The Feed-
ing Mechanism of Moths and Butterflies. ’ ’

Summary of Dr. Schmitt ’s Talk :

1. The coiled proboscis of Lepidoptera is entended by means of blood
pressure created in the stipes of each maxilla. This pressure is caused by
three pairs of muscles, which by their contraction press the stipes against the
head wall. Two pairs of these muscles arise on the anterior arms of the
tentorium and the third pair arises on the gena.

234

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

2. The sucking pump is a compound organ derived from the pharynx, the

buccal cavity, and the cibarium. This is evidenced by these facts: (1) true

pharyngeal dilators are inserted only in the posterior part of the pump;
(2) muscles homologous with the compressors of the labrum are present in
some Lepidoptera; and (3) the dorsal salivarium muscles arise on the pump
floor, showing that the hypopharynx forms at least the anterior part of the
floor.

3. There is no labial musculature except that of the palpi. There are gen-
erally two pairs of palpus muscles, but in many families only one pair, or
none at all, may be found.

4. The area posterior to the labial palpi is bounded by the hypostoma, the
hypostomal ridge offering an insertion for the ventral segmental muscles. A
hypostomal bridge is sometimes present.

5. The anterior arms of the tentorium are well developed but lack dorsal
arms. The posterior tentorial bridge is short and weak. The great length of
the hypostoma in Lepidoptera elevates the tentorium to a higher position in
the head, with respect to other cephalic structures, than is common.

6. The antennal muscles arise on the anterior arms of the tentorium and
vary in number from one to five pairs. They are always well developed,
sometimes at the expense of other head structures and, in moths with obsolete
feeding structures, are often the only functional muscles within the head.

Lucy W. Clausen, Secretary.

Correction

Volume XLV, p. 409 : The reference to Professor Brunner
should have been to Prof. Lawrence Bruner, who died in Berkeley,
California, January 30, 1937.

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated June 7, 1893
Certificate of Incorporation expires June 7, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month
(except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of
Natural History, 77th Street and Columbus Avenue.

Annual dues for Active Members, $3.00; including subscription to the Journal, $4.50.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

Officers for the Year 1938

President, DR. WM. MOORE American Cyanamid Co., New York, N. Y.

Vice-President, DR. H. T. SPIETH College of the City of New York, N. Y.

Secretary, LUCY W. CLAUSEN American Museum of Natural History

Treasurer, PAUL T. RICHARD American Museum of Natural History

Librarian, F. E. WATSON American Museum of Natural History

Curator, A. J. MUTCHLER American Museum of Natural History

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Wm. T. Davis Dr. F. E. Lutz Dr. Wm. Procter

H. F. Schwarz Henry Bird

Harry B. WeisS

Dr. Herbert Ruckes

Dr. J. L. Horsfall

Henry Dietrich

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
Dr. C. H, Curran
E. L. Bell

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. C. H. Curran

AUDITING COMMITTEE
Max Kisliuk, Jr.

FIELD COMMITTEE
A. S. Nicolay

John D. Sherman, Jr.

Frank A. Soraci

G. B. Engelhardt

William P. Comstock

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
William T. Davis

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at Lime and Green Sts.,
Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to manuscript for
the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Harry B. Weiss, 19 N.
7th Ave., Highland Park, New Jersey; all subscriptions to the
Treasurer, Paul T. Richard, American Museum of Natural His-
tory, New York, N. Y. Orders for back issues should be sent to
the Librarian, Frank E. Watson, American Museum of Natural
History, 77th St. and Columbus Ave., New York, N. Y. The So-
ciety has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society will
not be responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately of
change of address. We do not exchange publications.

Terms for subscription, $3.00 per year, strictly in advance.

Please make all checks, money-orders, or drafts payable to
New York Entomological Society.

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to
authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following
rates :

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 24 pp. 32 pp.

25 copies $2.40 $5.22 $5.58 $5.58 $9.00 $9.60

Additional 100 ’s 60 1.44 1.92 1.92 3.00 3.00

Covers 50 copies, $2.00 ; additional 100 ’s, $1.50.

Half-tone prints l1/^ cents for each half-tone print.

Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or
full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or
pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to
pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when
advisable.

VoL XLVI

No. 3

SEPTEMBER, 1938

>' f / \ \&Q vHbl * I N 0 f! T

Journal

of the

Sfc ' , 1 • fV AL/

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS J. D. SHERMAN, Jr.

C. H. CURRAN E. L. BELL

Subscription $3.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOYERN AVE.
LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1938

CONTENTS

The Genus Atymna Stal and a New Related Genus (Ho-

moptera: Membracidae.

By C. C. Plummer 235

Paper from Wasps’ Nests 244

The Comparative Morphology of the Mouthparts of the
Order Coleoptera Treated from the Standpoint of Phy-
logeny.

By Inez W. Williams 245

Correction 290

New North American Cicadas with Notes on Described
Species.

By William T. Davis 291

A Review of the Genus Crophius Stal, with Descriptions
of Three New Species (Hemiptera — Heteroptera: Ly-

gaeidae.

By H. Q. Barber 313

Persistence of Tortilia viatrix Busck 320

Thomas Martyn’s “English Entomologist.”

By Harry B. Weiss 321

Occurrence of a Sawfly, Acantholyda erythrocephala L.,
in New Jersey 326

Records and Descriptions of Neotropical Crane-Flies (Ti-
pulidae, Diptera), X.

By Charles P. Alexander 327

Acentropus in America (Lepidoptera, Pyralididae).

By Wm. T. M. Forbes 338

Western Orthoptera Attracted to Lights.

By E. R. Tinkiiam 339

NOTICE: Volume XL VI, Number 2, of the Journal of the
New York Entomological Society was published on July
1, 1938.

entered as second class matter July 7, 1925, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103,
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. XLVI September, 1938 No. 3

THE GENUS ATYMNA STAL AND A NEW
RELATED GENUS (HOMOPTERA:
MEMBRACIDiE)1

By C. C. Plummer

Associate Entomologist, Division of Fruit Fly Investigations, Bureau
of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, United States
Department of Agriculture

In 1867 Atymna was described as a subgenus of Cyrtosia Fitch
(nom. nov. Cyrtolobus Goding (1892)) by Carolus Stal. Stal
cited Smilia castanece Fitch in his description so that species has
become, ipso facto , the type species. The group Atymna re-
mained a subgenus until it was given generic rank in Funk-
houser’s catalogue.2 In the present paper the genus has been
redescribed, two new species from .Mexico have been added, one
species transferred to Cyrtolobus, and a new closely-related genus
described.

Atymna Stal

1867. Stal, C. Bidrag till Hemipterernas Systematik. Ofver-
sigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhand-
lingar, xxiv : 554.

“b. Thorace anterius altissimo, dorso etiam inter et
ante angulos laterales paullo compresso-acuto vel
altius carinato. — Subg. Atymna Stal. (Ad hoc

1 The author wishes to acknowledge the kindness of Dr. W. D. Funkhouser
in loaning specimens of all species of Atymna found in the United States.
The types of the new species described in this paper are to be deposited in
the collection of the U. S. National Museum as soon as possible.

2 Funkhouser, W. D. 1927. General Catalogue of the Hemiptera. Fasc. 1,
Membracidae, 581 pp. • Smith College, Northampton, Mass.

236

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

subgenus pertinent Smilia castanece Fitch, verisimi-
liter etiam plures species ab auctoribus americanis
ad Smiliam et Gar g arum relatae).”

Bedescription of Genus

Crest of pronotum rounded in front, usually high, highest
above humeral angles or humeral sinuses behind angles; meto-
pidium straight, nearly straight, or convex, but in all specimens
the crest rounded above humeral angles and sinuses. Behind the
humeral sinuses the crest straight to posterior end of pronotum,
rounded to posterior third and then straight to terminal end, or
straight with a sinus at posterior third and then straight or
slightly convex to terminal end of pronotum. Sides of pronotum
tectiform, not compressed at median spot. Scutellum concealed,
tibiae not dilated, posterior tarsi not reduced, tegmina mem-
branous, partly concealed by pronotum, third apical cell stylate,
venation as in Cyrtolobus.

Type : Atymna castanece Fitch.

This genus is very close to Cyrtolobus , falling between that
genus and Smilia Germar. Atymna can be distinguished from
Cyrtolobus by the crest being highest above the humeral angles
or humeral sinuses and by the rectilinear or nearly rectilinear
slope of the dorsum to the terminal end of the pronotum. The
crest of Cyrtolobus is more regularly arcuated, with the highest
point at the middle or close to the middle. Atymnina, n. gen., is
recognized by the very low dorsal crest being almost straight to
the middle, where it gradually decurves to the terminal end of
the pronotum.

The genus Atymna has been broadly defined to include such
divergent forms as A. inornata Say and A. querci Fitch, each
with a rather low dorsal crest in front, convex metopidium, and
straight dorsal line behind the humeral angles, and others such
as A. gig ant ea, n. sp., with a very high crest in front, straight
metopidium, and broken dorsal line behind the middle. A. in-
ornata, A. querci, and A. pilosa Funkhouser seem to form a nat-
ural group and might well be placed in a separate genus, but this
does not appear advisable or necessary at the present time. The
writer concurs with Dr. Funkhouser that Cyrtolobus ( Atymna )
helena Woodruff is not a true Atymna and should not be included

Sept., 1938]

Plummer: Membrachx®

237

in that genus. The highest point of the crest of C. helena is
behind the humeral sinuses, not above them, in the 7 specimens
examined by the author. Furthermore, the crest or dorsal line
of the pronotum is convex, not straight, to the posterior termina-
tion of the pronotum.

Fortunately, all except one of the previously known species in
this genus have been well described or redescribed by Van Duzee
and Funkhouser. These references are in Funkhouser ’s cata-
logue3 and need not be repeated here. The remaining species,
A. atromarginata, was recently described by Goding.4 A side-
view drawing of A. simplex V. D. (PL VIII, Fig. 1), and front-
view drawings of A. cast anew (PL VIII, Fig. 2). and A. querci
(Pl. VIII, Fig. 3) are included to assist in the recognition of those
species.

Key to the Genus Atymna (females)

I. (II) Pronotum high. (Pl. VIII, Figs. 1, 2, 6-8. Funkhouser, 5 PI. xxviii,
Fig. 11.)

A. Humeral angles prominent, auriculate. Pronotum sharply
rounded at summit, then sloping straight to posterior end.
Length 8.0 mm.; width 3.5 mm. (Ecuador).

atromarginata Goding6

B. Humeral angles not prominent, not auriculate. Crest of prono-
tum more evenly rounded at summit.

1. (2) Pronotum arcuate to terminal third, thence straight

to posterior end. Very large, length 10.5 mm.;

width 4.0 mm. (Mexico) gig ant ea n. sp.

(Pl. VIII, Figs. 4-6.)

2. (3) Crest of pronotum behind humeral sinuses straight to

posterior end. Length 7.5 to 8.0 mm.; width 2.5 to

2.75 mm. (Eastern U. S. A.) castaneae Fitch

(Funkh.,5 Pl. xxviii, Fig. 11.)

3. (2) Crest of pronotum straight from behind humeral si-

nuses with usually a slight sinuation behind middle,
a. Metopidium sloping. Inferior margins of face
rounded. Length 5.75 to 6.0 mm. ; width 2.0 to

2.25 mm. (Mexico) distincta, n. sp.

(Pl. VIII, Figs. 7-10.)

3 Loc. cit.

4 Goding, F. W. 1928. New Membracidae VII. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc.

23 : 137-142. 1929. The Membracidae of South America and the Antilles.

IV. Subfamilies Hoplophorioninse, Darninae, Smiliinae, Tragopinae. (Ho-
moptera.) Amer. Ent. Soc. Trans. 55: 197-330, illus. (Key).

238

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

b. Metopidjum convex. Inferior margins of face
straight. Length 8.0 to 8.25 mm.; width 3.0

(Southwestern U. S. A.) simplex V. D.

(PI. VIII, Fig. 1.)

II. (I) Pronotum low, metopidium convex. (PI. VIII, Fig. 3. Funkh.,5

PI. xxviii, Figs. 13-14.)

A. Pronotum densely pilose; humeral angles prominent, auriculate.

Length 4.8 mm.; width 2.0 mm. (Peru) pilosa Funkhouser6

B. Pronotum not pilose; humeral angles not prominent, not auric-
ulate.

1. (2) Head smooth with very fine shallow punctuations.

Both sexes green. Length 6.0 mm.; width 2.0 mm.

(Eastern U. S. A.) .....inornata Say

(Funkh.,5 PI. xxviii, Fig. 14.)

2. (1) Head usually sculptured and with few, if any, punc-

tations. Females green; males brown. Length 6.0
to 6.5 mm.; width 2.5 mm. (Eastern and midwestern

U. S. A.) querci Fitch

(PI. VIII, Fig. 3 Funkh.,5 PI. xxviii, Fig. 13.)

Atymna gigantea new species (PI. VIII, Figs. 4-6)

Female: Green, largest in genus (10.5 mm. long). Crest of protonum high
in front, rounded to posterior third, thence straight to posterior end of prono-
tum. Shape of pronotum superficially resembling that of Smilia camelus
Fab.

Head with base straight at middle, at each end base rounded down to eyes,
more than twice as wide as long ; coarsely and irregularly punctate, not sculp-
tured, with very few hairs; ocelli large, prominent, nearer to each other than
to the eyes, and below an imaginary line drawn through center of the eyes;
epicranial suture deep; inferior margins of face slightly sinuate; clypeus
deflexed, narrowed below inferior margins of face.

Pronotum high, highest just behind humeral angles; metopidium straight;
crest well rounded to posterior third, thence straight to acute posterior termi-
nation of pronotum; lateral margins very straight, terminal end extending
past middle of terminal areoles of tegmina; humeral angles obtuse, rounded,
not prominent; pronotum evenly and coarsely punctuate..

Color of head testaceous, maculate with gray between the eyes. Pronotum
green when collected, now green maculate with testaceous ; mid-carina reddish
brown except in front, where it is light testaceous marked with brown, brown
in some punctations on sides below carina. Tegmina hyaline, clouded with
brown at apices ; veins light testaceous. Body and legs testaceous, the tarsi
and claws dark reddish brown. Dark brown area at base of ovipositor.

s Funkhouser, W. D. 1917. Biology of the Membracidae of the Cayuga
Basin. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem. 11, pp. 173-445, illus.

6 Not seen by author.

Sept., 1938]

Plummer: Membracid^e

239

Male: Smaller (9.0 mm.) ; clypeus more constricted below inferior margins
of face than in female. Pronotum lower, sides more regularly tectif orm ; crest
of pronotum rounded in front and straighter from behind humeral angles to
posterior termination than in female, a sinus at posterior third; lateral margin
curved upward to apex of pronotum ; apex acute, not attaining terminal areoles
of tegmina.

Head testaceous, maculate with brown. Pronotum green when collected,
now testaceous maculate with green. Tegmina hyaline, the apical portion
entirely brown ; veins dark brown. Thorax light testaceous marked with black,
the third tarsus and claws dark brown. Abdomen black, venter maculate with
light testaceous. In other respects similar to the female.

Type, female, el Desierto de los Leones, Distrito Federal, Mex-
ico (9,000 feet), September 2, 1934.

Allotype, male, from same place, June 17, 1934.

Described from single male and female taken on oak ( Quercus
sp.). Although these specimens were taken on the same tree on
different dates there is no question that they are the same species.
It is evidently very scarce.

Atymna distincta new species (PI. VIII, Figs. 7-10)

Female: Small, bright green species with pronotum high in front. Close
to A. gigantea, n. sp., but distinguished from that species by size, coarser
punctations, and rounded inferior margins of face. Length 5.75 to 6.0 mm.;
width 2.0 to 2.25 mm.

Head with base arcuate, twice as wide as long; numerous and even puncta-
tions, very few hairs ; ocelli small, nearer to the eyes than to each other, below
an imaginary line drawn through the center of the eyes; clypeal margins of
the face rounded and indistinct; epicranial suture indistinct; clypeus project-
ing only a short distance below inferior margins of face ; inferior margins of
face rounded, not typical of genus.

Pronotum with metopidium straight or nearly straight ; crest high and
rounded above humeral angles and humeral sinuses, continuing as a straight
line to posterior third, where there is usually a slight sinuation, thence slightly
convex to posterior termination of pronotum; lateral margins almost straight
or slightly arched to posterior apex; apex acute, almost as long as tegmina;
humeral angles obtuse, rounded at apices, not prominent ; deeply and coarsely
punctate.

Color when collected bright green, now becoming light testaceous maculate
with green. Head testaceous ; eyes dark brownish red. Small amount of
brown on dorsal carina. Thorax and abdomen light green to testaceous. Legs
light testaceous, claws darker. Tegmina hyaline, apices sometimes marked
with testaceous.

Male: Smaller than the female (5.0 mm.); brown and cream colored, the

240

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

markings somewhat resembling those of the male of Cyrtolobus parvulus
Woodruff.

Pronotum lower than in female, crest evenly rounded from base of head to
slight sinus in middle, after which the crest is rounded slightly in front of
another, more prominent, sinus at posterior third of pronotum, thence rounded
down to acute terminal end of pronotum; upper half of pronotum laterally
compressed behind humeral angles, a bulbous expansion on side below crest in
front of first sinus of crest, sometimes obscure; another smaller expansion
below crest between the two sinuses of crest, sometimes absent; posterior end
of pronotum not reaching middle of terminal areoles of tegmina.

Head cream colored, marked with brown. Eyes brown. An oblique cream-
colored pronotal band extending from dorsum above humeral angle to middle
of lateral margin, sometimes obscure or missing; pronotum in front of band
brown, mottled with cream; behind the cream-colored vitta a light to dark
brown Y-shaped area extending from crest to lateral margin and surrounding
a mid-dorsal translucent area; the front arm inclined forward and contiguous
with the cream-colored vitta, the posterior arm inclined only slightly forward ;
the front arm of variable width, wider at extremities, the posterior arm wider
and less variable. Posterior to this vitta a narrow, subapical cream-colored
band, usually obscure at middle, followed by light to dark brown veins and
light brown markings at apices. Under parts of body light testaceous. In
other respects similar to the female.

Type, female, near Horno Viejo, Distrito Federal, Mexico
(about 8,000 feet), July 11, 1934. This locality is at kilometer
17 on the road to Toluca, Mexico.

Allotype, male, same locality and date.

Described from 17 males and 46 females taken at type locality
and at Santa Rosa, Distrito Federal, from May to September on
oak trees (Quercus sp.). Two male and 4 female paratypes are
in the collection of W. D. Funkhouser.

One of the tegmina of a female lacks the cross-vein at the base
of the corium. This may suggest an affinity with the genus
Smilia.

Atymnina new genus

Pronotum long and narrow; metopidium very low, convex; dorsal crest
almost straight to middle, where it is gradually decurved to long narrow ter-
minal end ; lateral margin decurved to apex at posterior end ; apex acute ; sides
of pronotum rounded in front above humeral angles and humeral sinuses,
tectiform behind humeral sinuses. Scutellum concealed; tibiae not diliated,
posterior tarsi not reduced ; tegmina membranous, partly concealed by pro-
notum, third apical cell stylate, venation like that of Cyrtolobus and Atymna.

Sept., 1938]

Plummer: Membracid^e

241

Type, Atymnina elongata, n. sp.

This genus falls close to Atymna but it can readily be distin-
guished by the low flat dorsum and by the long narrow appear-
ance when viewed from the side.

Atymnina elongata new species (PI. VIII, Figs. 11-12)

A green species with rather flat dorsum above humeral angles and long nar-
row pronotum. Length 7.5 mm.

Head with base straight, extreme margins sloping down to eyes ; little more
than twice as wide as long ; a few coarse punctations, vaguely sculptured,
sparsely pubescent; ocelli prominent, equidistant from each other and from
the eyes, slightly below an imaginary line drawn through center of eyes ; eyes
large, prominent; inferior margins of face sinuate, less than half of clypeus
extending below inferior margins of face.

Pronotum with metopidium convex; the cephalic half of dorsum flattened
on top with crest straight, the flattened area being wider above humeral angles,
from there to middle of dorsum becoming progressively narrower; crest be-
hind middle convex to decurved posterior end of pronotum; apex acute, ex-
tending to middle of terminal areoles of tegmina; sides rounded to flattened
dorsum of cephalic half, caudal half with sides tectiform; lateral margin de-
curved at extreme posterior end to apex; coarsely and evenly punctate, punc-
tations smallest on metopodium.

Color green when collected; now light testaceous and green. Face, body,
and legs testaceous maculate with green. Tegmina perfectly hyaline, veins
marked with much green.

Type, female, Santa Rosa (about 8,000 feet), near el Desierto
de los Leones, Distrito Federal, Mexico, September 3, 1934.

Described from a single female taken on oak ( Quercus sp.).
Since this genus is close to Atymna but easily distinguished from
it, the writer feels justified in describing it from a single specimen
at this time.

242

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Plate VIII

1. Atymna simplex V. D. Side view of female.

2. Atymna castaneoe Fitch. Front view of female.

3. Atymna querci Fitch. Front view of female.

Atymna gigantea, n. sp.

4. Side view of male.

5. Front view of female.

6. Side view of female.

Atymna distinct a, n. sp.

7. Side view of female.

8. Front view of female.

9. Dorsal view of male.

10. Side view of male.

Atymnina elongata, n. sp.

11. Front view of female.

12. Side view of female.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLVI

(Plate 8)

MEMBRACIM]

244

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

PAPER FROM WASPS’ NESTS

The social wasps and their paper nests are well known to ento-
mologists, but few are aware that Jacob Christian Schaffer in his
search for paper-making materials, actually made specimens of
paper from wasps’ nests. Schaffer who lived in Bavaria studied
for the ministry, but natural history occupied his interest also and
in 1765 he started a work on the subject of the possibilities of new
paper-making materials, embodying the results of his experiments.
More than anything else he was concerned with showing the
enormous variety of materials that could be used for such a pur-
pose. By observing the work of the social wasps Reamur and
Schaffer thought of the idea of making paper from wood. Schaf-
fer’s six small volumes were published in Regensburg from 1765
to 1771 and his first volume includes specimens of paper made
from wasps ’ nests, different kinds of wood, moss, and vines. Sub-
sequent volumes included papers made from hemp, straw, cabbage
stalks, bark, turf, cat-tail, corn husks, pine-cones, potatoes, leaves
of various trees, etc. — H. B. W.

Sept., 1938]

Williams: Morphology

245

THE COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY OF THE
MOUTHPARTS OF THE ORDER COLEOP-
TERA TREATED FROM THE STAND-
POINT OF PHYLOGENY1

By Inez W. Williams

INTRODUCTION

With the exception of Stickney ’s monograph on the head cap-
sule, Tanner’s paper on the female genitalia, and Forbes’ work on
the wings, very little has been done on the comparative mor-
phology of adult Coleoptera. Only a few scattered papers deal
with the monthparts of different species or with a single family
at the most. The present studies of the labia and maxillae of the
representatives of most of the coleopterous, families have been
made with the purpose of supplementing Stickney ’s extensive and
thorough work of the head capsules. It is hoped that these studies
may add to the knowledge of the phylogenetic groupings of the
families within the order.

The arrangement of the families in Leng’s “Catalogue of
Coleoptera of America north of Mexico” has been followed. A
representative of each family has been chosen, more or less at
random, for study. The consideration of members of the various
subfamilies would undoubtedly have made comparisons much
more complete, but due to the fact that suitable material was not
available, the subfamilies have not been included. The Eucine-
tidse, Nosodendridas, Trogidae, and Byturidse, which are treated
by Leng (1920) as subfamilies, have not been considered in this
paper. The Telegeusidse, Micromalthidae, Eurystethidje, Plasto-
ceridse, Monoedidae, and Brathinidas have been omitted because
they were either unobtainable or too minute to study with the
equipment available.

As Stickney (1923) indicates in the case of the head capsule,
attempts to arrange the figures of the labium and maxilla in a
series from the generalized to the more specialized types proved
unsuccessful. Primitive features of some structures are in many

1 This paper is a portion of a thesis submitted to the faculty of the gradu-
ate school in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Ph.D.
at Massachusetts State College, June, 1936.

246

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

cases combined with specialized features of other structures. For
this reason, the figures of the one-hundred families involved in this
paper have been arranged as nearly as possible in the family
groupings presented by Leng in the “Catalogue of the Cole-
op tera. ’ ’

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The investigations included in this paper were conducted under
the supervision of Dr. G. C. Crampton. To him, the writer wishes
to express sincere thanks for his invaluable advice and considerate
criticism in the preparation of the figures and the manuscript,
and also for specimens of some of the rarer families figured. The
writer is deeply indebted to Dr. C. P. Alexander, not only for his
helpful suggestions and criticisms of the plates and manuscript,
but for furnishing many of the specimens used in this study. The
writer also wishes to thank Mr. C. A. Frost for several species of
beetles included in this paper.

COLEOPTERA

SUBORDER ADEPHAGA

Caraboidea

1. Cicindelidae — Cicindela sexguttata Fab. (Fig. 1)

2. Carabidas — Harpalus caliginosus (Fab.) (Fig. 2)

3. Amphizoidae — Amphizoa isolens Lee. (Fig. 6)

4. Omophronidae — Omophron americanum Dej. (Fig. 3)

5. Haliplidae — Laccophilus maculosus (Germ.) (Fig. 4)

6. Dytiscidae — Colymbetes sculptilis Harr. (Fig. 5)

Gyrinoidea

7. Gyrinidas — Dineutes vittatus (Germ.) (Fig. 7)

8. Paussidae — Paussus hova (Fig. 8)

SUBORDER POLYPHAGA

Hydrophiloidea

9. Hydrophilidae — Tropisternus glaber (Hbst.) (Fig. 9)

SlLPHOIDEA

10. Platypsyllidae — Platypsyllus cast oris Hits. (Fig. 10)

11. Leptinidae — ieptinus testaceus Mull. (Fig. 11)

Sept., 1938]

Williams: Morphology

247

12. Silphidae — Silpha americana L. (Fig. 13)

13. Clambidag — Clambus punctulum Beck. (Fig. 12)

14. Scydmaenidag — Euconnus similis Blatch. (Fig. 14)

15. Orthoperidae — Orthoperus brunnipes Gy 11. (Fig. 15)

JStaphylinoidea

16. Staphylinidae — Staphylinus vulpinus Nordm. (Fig. 16)

17. Pselaphidae — Pselaphus dresdensis Hbst. (Fig. 17)

18. Clavigeridag — Claviger testaceus (Fig. 19)

19. Ptilidag — Trichopteryx lata Motsch. (Fig. 18)

20. Sphaeriidae — Sphaerius acaroides Waltl. (Fig. 20)

21. Scaphidiidae — Scaphidium quadrimaculatum Oliv. (Fig.

21)

22. Spbaeritidae — Sphaerites glabratus (Fab.) (Fig. 22)

23. Histeridae — Hister obtusatus Harr. (Fig. 23)

Cantharoidea

24. Lycidae — Eros aurora Hbst. (Fig. 24)

25. Lampyridae — Lucidota at-ra (Fab.) (Fig. 25)

26. Phengodidag — Phengodes sp. (Fig. 26)

27. Cantharidae — Cantharis andersoni Frost (Fig. 27)

28. Melyridas — Malachius aeneus (L.) (Fig. 28)

29. Cleridas — Trichodes ornatus Say (Fig. 29)

30. Corynetidag — Chariessa pilosa Forst. (Fig. 30)

Lymexyloidea

31. Lymexylidae — Hylocoetus dermestoides L. (Fig. 32)
Cupedoidea

32. Cnpedidag — Cupes latreillei Sol. (Fig. 33)

Mordelloidea

33. Cephaloidag — Cephaloon lepturides Newm. (Fig. 34)

34. Oedemeridag — Ditylus laevis Fabr. (Fig. 35)

35. Mordellidae — Tomoxia bidentata (Say) (Fig. 36)

36. Rhipipboridae — Bhipiphorus dimidiatus Fabr. (Fig. 37)

37. Meloidae — N emognatha piezata Fab. (Fig. 38)

38. Othniidag — Othnius kraatzi (Fig. 31)

39. Pythidae — Pytho americanus Kyb. (Fig. 39)

248

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

40. Pyrochroidae — Pyrochroa coccinea L. (Fig. 40)

41. Pedilidae — Pedilus collaris (Say) (Fig. 41)

42. Anthicidas — Notoxus calcaratus Horn (Fig. 42)

43. Euglenidae — Euglenes pruinosus (Fig. 43)

Elateroidea

44. Cerophytidae — Cerophytum elateroides Latr. (Fig. 44)

45. Cebrionidae — Cebrio gig as Fabr. (Fig. 45)

46. Rhipieeridae — Sandalus segnis (Fig. 46)

47. Elateridae — Alans oculatus (L.) (Fig. 47)

48. Melasidae — Eucnemis capucina Ahrens. (Fig. 48)

49. Throscidae — Throscus dermestoides L. (Fig. 49)

50. Buprestidae — Buprestis fasciata Fab. (Fig. 50)

Dryopoidea

51. Psephinidae — Psephenus lecontei (Lee.) (Fig. 51)

52. Dryopidae — Potamophilus acuminatus Fabr. (Fig. 52)

53. Helmidae — Helmis mangei (Fig. 53)

54. Heteroceridae — Heterocerus parallelus Kyrnick (Fig. 55)

55. Georyssidae — Georyssus Icevicollis Germ. (Fig. 54)

Dascilloidea

56. Dascillidae — Dascillus cervinus L. (Fig. 56.)

57. Helodidae — Sorites tibialis Gner. (Fig. 57)

Byrrhoidea

58. Chelonariidae — Chelonarium ornatum King (Fig. 58)

59. Dermestidae — Dermestes lardarius L. (Fig. 59)

60. Byrrhidas — Byrrhus americanus Lee. (Fig. 60)

Rhysodoidea

61. Rhysodidae — Bhysodes sulcatus Fabr. (Fig. 61)
Cucujoidea

62. Ostomidae — O stoma grossa (L.) (Fig. 62)

63. Nitidulidae — Prometobia sexmaculata (Say) (Fig. 63)

64. Rhizophagidae — Bkizophagus picipes (Fig. 64)

65. Monotomidas — Monotonia conicicollis (Fig. 65)

66. Cucujidae — Cucujus clavipes Fab. (Fig. 66)

Sept., 1938]

Williams: Morphology

249

67. Erotylidas — Mega lodacne grandipennis (Fig. 67)

68. Derodontidae — Derodontus maculatus (Melsh.)- (Fig. 68)

69. Cryptophagidae — Antherophagus ochraceus Melsh. (Fig.

69)

70. Mycetophagida z—Mycetophagus punctatus Say (Fig. 70)

71. Colydiidae — TrachyphoUs ornatus (Fig. 71)

72. Murmidiidae — Murmidius ovalis Beck. (Fig. 72)

73. Lathridiidae — Lathridius lardarius De G. (Fig. 73)

74. Mycetaeidae — Mycetcea hirta (Marsh.) (Fig. 74)

75. Endomychidaa — Lycoperdina ferruginea Lee. (Fig. 75)

76. Phalacridae — Phalacrus grossus Erichs. (Fig. 76)

77. Coccinellidag — Anatis quindecimpunctata (Oliv.) (Fig.

77)

Tenebrionoidea

78. Allecnlidae — Hymenorus melsheimeri Csy. (Fig. 78)

79. Tenebrionidae — Alobates pennsylvanica ( De G.) (Fig. 80)

80. Lagriidae — Arthromacra cenea (Say) (Fig. 79)

81. Monommidae — Monomma maximum (Fig. 81)

82. Melandryidae — Penthe obliquata (Fab.) (Fig. 82)

Bostrichoidea

83. Ptinidae — Oligomer us brunneus Oliv. (Fig. 83)

84. Anobiidas — Sitodrepa panicea (L.) (Fig. 84)

85. Bostrichidae — Apate terebrans Pall. (Fig. 85)

86. Lyctidae — Lyctus linearis (Gceze) (Fig. 86)

87. Sphindidae — Sphindus dubius Gyllh. (Fig. 87)

88. Cisidae — Cis boleti Scopoli (Fig. 88)

S C ARAB AEOIDEA

89. Scarabaeidae — Geotrupes splendidus (Fab.) (Fig. 89)

90. Lucanidae — Pseudolucanus capreolus (L.) (Fig. 90)

91. Passalidas — Passalus cornutus Fab. (Fig. 91)

Cerambycoidea

92. Cerambycidae — Tetraopes tetraophthalmus (Forst.) (Fig.

92)

93. Chrysomelidae — Leptinotarsa decemlineata (Say) (Fig.

93)

250

Journal New York Entomological Society [Yol. XLVI

94. Mylabridae — Mylabris discoideus Say (Fig. 94)
Brentoidea

95. Brentidae — Eupsalis minuta Drury (Fig. 95)

CURCULION OIDEA

96. Platystomidas — Platystomus albinus L. (Fig. 97)

97. Belidae — Ithycerus noveboracensis (Forst.) (Fig. 96)

98. Curculionidae— Lixus concavus Say (Fig. 98)

Asynonychus godmani Crotch (Fig. 99)

ScOLYTOIDEA

99. Platyopodidae — Platypus cylindricus Fab. (Fig. 100)

100. Scolytidae — Dendroctonus valens Lee. (Fig. 101)

GENERAL MORPHOLOGY

For a general discussion of the morphology of the coleopterous
labium and maxilla, it is desirable to choose as a basis a general-
ized form exhibiting primitive characters. The extreme
range in variations of the structures concerned makes the selection
of a species for general description rather difficult. Many of the
forms studied combine generalized and specialized features in a
bewildering fashion. Since Crampton (1925) has homologized
the labium of Silpha with the type exhibited by the primitive and
“ ancestral” roach, Periplaneta, and Forbes (1922) has indicated
the primitive nature of the wing of Silpha, it is probably justifi-
able to use this genus as a basis for comparison with the rest of
the Coleoptera.

Labium : In the labium of Silpha americana (Fig. 13) the gular
region ( gu ) is somewhat narrowed and is not demarked from the
submentum (sm). The gular pits (gp), the openings of the in-
vaginations of the posterior tentorial arms, are considered as the
anterior limits of the gula. In many Coleoptera these pits are
lost with the inrolling of the head capsule and consequent obliter-
ation of the gula, or with the extension of the posterior tentorial
arms along the partial or entire length of the gular sutures. The
gular sutures ( gs ) which are distinct and separated in Silpha
demark the gula from the rest of the head capsule.

In Silpha , as in most of the other Coleoptera considered, the

Sept., 1938]

Williams: Morphology

251

submentum (sm) is not demarked from the gula but is distinct
from the mentum ( mn ). The men turn, on the other hand, is
usually a distinctly defined region but is very variable in contour
when compared throughout the order. A membranous region,
the mental membrane (mem), which lies between the palpigers
and mentum, is present in many forms, including Silpha. In
some cases the mental membrane is confluent wfith the mentum,
but in Silpha the demarkation is definite.

The palpigers (pgr) bears the labial palpi (Ip) distally and,
throughout the coleopterous families, exhibit a rather wide varia-
tion of arrangement. They may be widely separated by the inter-
vening ligula,' they may be moderately separated, as in Silpha ;
and they may be contiguous or even fused indistinguishably in
many instances. In the last case, it is probable that the fusion
may involve the labial stipites as well as the palpigers, and since
neither can be distinguished, the region of fusion is considered as
the prementum.

The labial palpi (Ip) are usually present and are three-seg-
mented. There is a great diversity of size and shape of these
three segments of the palpus. In some forms, they are so small
that the palpus is hardly discernible. Calviger (Fig. 19) and
Eupsalis (Fig. 95) are the only species studied in which the
labial palpi are entirely lacking. The terminal segment in most
forms has a membranous area at the tip which is undoubtedly
sensory.

The ligula (Ig) lies between, and distal to, the palpigers. It is
formed by the union of the glossae and paraglossse which fuse
in varying degrees. In Silpha the paraglossse (pgl) are distin-
guishable as comparatively wide membranous lobes, but the glossae
have been lost in the fusion. The ligula also shows a great range
of structure. It is large, broad, and sclerotized in Laccophilus
(Fig. 5), very small in Eros and Lucidota (Figs. 24, 25), and
lacking in such highly specialized forms as Asynonychus and
Platypus (Figs. 99, 100).

Maxilla: The maxilla is composed if the cardo, stipes, lacinia,
galea, palpifer, and maxillary palpus. All of these structures
vary greatly when compared throughout the families. The cardo
(ca) is the most proximal segment of the maxilla. In Silpha

252

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

(Fig. 13), the cardo is not divided into a basicardo (be) and
disticardo (dc), nor is it so divided in most of the other beetles
figured. Cantharis (Fig. 27), however, does exhibit this division.
One of the commonest modifications of the cardo in Coleoptera
is its elongation as illustrated by Mylabris (Fig. 94) or Platysto-
mus (Fig. 97). The cardo always bears a basal process serving
for the attachment of the tendons of the adductor and abductor
muscles of the maxilla. The basal process of Silpha is not so
typical as that of other beetles such, for example, as that of Clam-
bus (Fig. 12), in which the tendon of the adductor muscle is at-
tached to the inner lobe of the basal process, and the abductor
muscle is attached to the outer lobe of the basal process. The
point between these two lobes of the basal process serves as a
pivot for articulation against the side of the submentum.

The stipes, in most of the Coleoptera figured, is composed typi-
cally of the basistipes ( bs ) and the mediostipes (ms). A disti-
stipes, which is a small membranous area between the basigalea
and basistipes, is present in many forms, but is probably best de-
fined in Cicindela (Fig. 1) and Silpha (Fig. 13). The basistipes
in Silpha is triangular in shape. Its base is contiguous with the
margin of the cardo, its outer margin with the palpifer, and its
inner margin with the mediostipes. In the majority of figures,
the basistipes is roughly triangular in outline, but it may be
broad and irregular, as in Eros and Phengodes (Figs. 24, 26),
or elongate, as in Passalus (Fig. 91). In Trichopteryx (Fig. 18),
the basistipes is fused with the palpifer. The mediostipes (ms)
is, as a rule, irregular in outline and is variable in size. It is
often fused with, or poorly demarked from, the lacina (la) (see
Figs. 10, 12, 18, etc.). In the cases where the mediostipes is
distinct from the lacinia, the extent of its basal margin corre-
sponds to the area to which the basimaxillary membrane is at-
tached. Thus, in beetles which have the mediostipes and lacinia
fused, the attachment of the basimaxillary membrane determines
the limit of the basal region of the mediostipes. Tropisternus
(Fig. 9) is the only form studied in which the parastipes (ps)
occurs. It lies between the mediostipes and the lacinia, being
strongly separated from the former by a distinct suture and
weakly demarked from the latter.

Sept., 1938]

Williams: Morphology

253

The maxilla typically bears two lobes, an inner lobe, the lacinia
(la), and an outer lobe, the galea (ga). Some of the species
figured have only one lobe which is not differentiated into a
lacinia and galea. Following Boving and Craighead (1930),
this single maxillary lobe is designated as the “mala” (ma) (see
Figs. 8, 63, 73, etc.). Both the galea and lacinia show a remark-
able range of modifications when compared throughout the Cole-
optera. In many forms, the galea is divided into a basal region,
the basigalea (bg) and a distal region, the distigalea (dg) . The
distigalea, as shown in Silpha, may be tipped with a dense tuft of
setae, while in other beetles ily is naked (Figs. 1-8), or has setae
sparsely arranged (Fig. 17). The setae may also be arranged in
rows (Fig. 9) or in a brush (Fig. 100). The lacinia differs
greatly in form, and bears setae and spines in a number of diver-
sified arrangements. The lateral margin of the lacinia is usually
covered with setae or spines and at its apex, as in Silpha, the
Caraboidea, and a few other forms, may bear a digitus which in
Cicindela (Fig. 1), is a moveable process (dig).

In most of the Coleoptera studied, the maxillary palpus is four-
segmented, but in some more specialized forms only three seg-
ments are apparent (see Figs. 95, 96, 98, 99, etc.). The basal
segment of the palpus articulates with the palpifer (pfr), which
is usually distinct, but may be fused with the basistipes.

PHYLOGENETIC ASPECTS

ADEPHAGA

Caraboidea

A comparative study of the labium and maxilla of Coleoptera
indicates that the families of the Adephaga, namely the Cicin-
delidae, Carabidas, Amphizoidse, Omophronidae, Haliplidag, Dytis-
cidse, and Gyrinidas, undoubtedly form the closest and best de-
fined group of any in the entire order. Leng (1920), Stickney
(1923), and Tanner (1927) place this group as the most primi-
tive in the phylogenetic scheme. From the standpoint of the
labium and maxilla alone, however, these families exhibit special-
ization when compared with a form like Silpha (Fig. 13) which
was selected as a representative of the family Silphidae. Cramp-
ton (1925) has homologized the labium of Silpha with that of

254

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

the primitive and “ancestral” roach, Periplaneta, on the one
hand, and, on the other, with the labium of the carabid, Harpalus

A comparison of Harpalus (Fig. 2) with Silpha (Fig. 13) indi-
cates that Harpalus is specialized in the following features: the
ligula is narrowed and crowded forward; the palpigers are elon-
gated; the mentum is enlarged; the submentum is reduced; the
gula is very narrow due to the inrolling of the head capsule and
consequent invagination of the lateral areas of the gula. The
maxilla of Harpalus also exhibits the following modifications
when compared with that of Silpha: the cardo, stipes, and lacinia
are narrowed; the membranous dististipes is lost; the galea is a
slender process. In view of these facts, the family Silphidae
which is undoubtedly related to the families of the Adephaga,
should be considered as more primitive than the Adephagous
families.

The family Cicindelidae, represented by Cicindela (Fig. 1), is
considered by Leng (1920) to be the most primitive of the Cole-
optera. When the figures of the labium and maxilla are com-
pared (Figs.l, 2-7), it is evident that the family Cicindelidae is
more specialized than the rest of the Adephagous families. The
ligula is lacking, the submentum is very small, and the maxilla
is elongated and has an articulated digitus. Comparison of Figs.
1-7 clearly shows the similarity of structure of both the labium
and maxilla throughout the Adephagous series, and it is evident
that the family Paussidae (see Fig. 8), although more highly spe-
cialized, should be included in this series.

Gyrinoidea ^

The superfamily Gyrinoidea includes one family, the Gyrinidae,
represented by Dineutes (Fig. 7). This family is so' closely re-
lated to the families of the Caraboidea it should be included in
this superfamily.

POLYPHAGA

Hydrophiloidea

The superfamily Hydrophiloidea contains only one family, the
Hydrophilidae, represented by Tropisternus (Fig. 9). According
to Stickney’s studies of the head capsule and Tanner’s studies of
the female genitalia, the Hydrophilidae should be grouped with

Sept., 1938]

Williams : Morphology

255

the Adephaga, since its characters are similar to those of the
Dytiscidae and Gyrinidae. The comparative study of the labium
and maxilla, however, does not warrant the grouping of the
Hydrophilidae with the Adephagous families. The nature of the
labium and maxilla of Tropisternus (Fig. 9) indicates that the
family Hydrophilidae more closely resembles some of the families
of the Polyphaga, the less specialized Silphidae, for example (see
Fig. 13). This grouping of the superfamily Hydrophiloidea
with the Polyphaga supports Forbes’ studies of the wings and
Leng’s classification.

Silphoidea

The superfamily Silphoidea, as listed by Leng, includes the
families Platypsillidae, Leptinidae, Silphidae, Clambidae, Scydmae-
nidae, and Orthoperidae (Figs. 10-15). Silpha is probably the
most generalized of any form figured in this series. Its resem-
blance to the Caraboids has already been indicated and it is also
very similar to Staphylinus (Fig. 16) among the Staphylinoidea.
Tanner places the Staphylinidae in the silphoid series, while
Forbes places the two families as very near together forming ‘ ‘ an
isolated group apparently not nearer the Polyphaga than
Adephaga.”

Platypsylla, although rather highly specialized, clearly resem-
bles Leptinus in the characters of the labium, particularly in the
lobed nature of the mentum. Leptinus resembles Silpha in the
structure of both the labium and maxilla. The Scydmaenid,
Euconnus, and the Orthoperid, Orthoperus , also resemble Silpha.
In the superfamily Silphoidea, the labium in characterized by a
broad ligula, a comparatively long submental region demarked
from the head capsule laterally, and distinct gular sutures and
gular pits. The maxilla in all forms has the mediostipes con-
fluent with the lacinia, and the galea divided into a basigalea and
distigalea.

Staphylinoidea

The superfamily Staphylinoidea is comprised of eight families,
namely, the Staphylinidae, Pselaphidae, Clavigeridae, Ptilidae,
Sphaeriidae, Scaphidiidae, Sphaeritidae, and Histeridae (Figs. 16-
23). In this superfamily, the labium and maxilla show a rather

256

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

diversified structure as indicated in the figures. As mentioned
above, Staphylinus strongly resembles Silpha in having the sub-
mentum comparatively long and confluent with the narrow gula,
in having gular sutures and pits distinct, and in having the struc-
ture of the maxilla essentially similar. The silphoid family Clam-
bidag, represented by Clambus (Fig. 12), resembles the staphyli-
noid families Ptilidae, represented by Trichopteryx (Fig. 18),
and Sphagriidag, represented by Sphcerius (Fig. 20). In these
three families, the general character of the maxilla is the same.
The gular region is short, and the submentum is only weakly de-
marked from the head capsule. Scaphidium and Hister are alike
in having confluent gular sutures and a reduced submental region.
Pselaphus, although specialized, bears a striking resemblance to
Euconnus. Claviger, which is also specialized, can be placed
near Pselaplius.

Cantharoidea

The superfamily Cantharoidea is a comparatively close knit
group which includes the families Lycidae, Lampyridae, Phen-
godidae, Cantharidae, Melyridae, Cleridae, and Corynetidae (Figs.
24—30). Within this group, the Lycidae and Lampyridae as rep-
resented by Eros and Lucidota are very similar. In both forms
the gula is short and broad, the mentum and submentum are
small and weakly demarked, the palpigers are fused, and the
ligula and labial palpi are essentially alike. The maxillae are
also very similar. The Phengodidae and Cantharidae, represented
by Phengodes and Cantharis , can be grouped together. The gula
in these two forms is longer than in Eros and Lucidota.

The clerid, Trichodes, and Corynetid, Charriessa, are strik-
ingly similar in the structure of the maxilla. Both of the last
two genera in the general characters seem to resemble the mem-
bers of the Mordelloidea more closely than they resemble the
members of the Cantharoidea as is indicated by the breadth of
the ligula, the demarkation of the mentum, the development of
the gula, the division of the maxillary galea into a basigalea and
distigalea, and the development of a long, distinct lacinia. The
family Melyridae as represented by Malachius resembles the
Cleridae in having a similar structure of the labium. In both

Sept., 1938]

Williams: Morphology

257

cases, the ligula is membranous, the palpigers are contiguous,
and the mentum is weakly developed and poorly demarked from
the mental membrane. In Malachius, the submentum is weakly
demarked from the gula and the gular pits extend the length of
the gula sutures, while in Trichodes, the submentum is confluent
with the gula and the gular pits extend the length of the gular
sutures. The above mentioned affinities of the Cantharoidea are
in general agreement with Stickney ’s views of the group.

Lymexyloidea

Unfortunately, a single family of the Lymexyloidea must be
relied upon in attempting to determine the affinities of this group,
because representatives of the other two families, the Telegue-
sidse and MicromalthidaB, were unobtainable. The Lymexylidse
are represented in this discussion by Hylcoetus. Although
rather specialized, this genus seems to resemble the Dryopoid
genus Psephenus (Pig. 51), particularly in the structure of the
maxilla. In both genera, the stipes is not differentiated into a
basistipes and mediostipes and is confluent with the lacinia, and
the palpifer is a ring-like segment. In the labium in both forms,
the palpigers are contiguous, or nearly so, and the submentum is
weakly demarked from the head capsule and is confluent with the
wide gula. Stickney and Tanner both place this superfamily with
the Cucujoidea.

Cupedoidea

The Cupedoidea contains one family, the Cupedidse, repre-
sented by Cupes (Pig. 33). Although the form studied is some-
what specialized, the labium resembles this structure in some of
the families of the Mordelloidea. The palpigers are widely sepa-
rated, the mentum is large, the submentum is weakly demarked
from the head capsule and is confluent with the gula as is the
case in representatives of the Cephaloidse and Mordellidas (Figs.
34, 35). Apparently the superfamily Cupedoidea should be
grouped with the superfamily Mordelloidea as Stickney and
Tanner have indicated.

Mordelloidea

Representatives of eleven of the twelve families listed under
the superfamily Mordelloidea have been figured (see Figs. 31,

258

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

34-43), and the group, as a whole, shows considerable homo-
geneity of structure in the labium and maxilla. In the labium
in most of these forms, the ligula is broad and bilobed, the men-
tum is well developed, the submentum is confluent with the long
gula and is demarked from the head capsule, and the gular pits
are usually distinct. In the maxilla, the mediostipes is, in most
cases, demarked from the lacinia, and the galea in divided into
a basigalea and distigalea. The Rhipiphoridse and the Meloidae,
represented by Bhipiphorus and Nemognatha, show a striking
similarity in the great elongation of the distigalea of the maxilla
and the close association of the lacinia with the basigalea.

As Stickney has pointed out, the Oedemeridae, Cephaloidae,
Pyrochroidae, Pedilidae, and Anthicidae are closely related. All
of these forms (see Figs. 34, 35, 40, 41, 42) have the ligula broad
and bilobed, the mentum distinct, and the submentum confluent
with the long gular region. In all but Notoxus, which represents
the Anthicidae, the mediostipes of the maxilla is demarked from
the lacinia. The general nature of the labium and maxilla of
Othnius, Tomoxia, and Pytho would seem to group the families
Othniidae, Mordellidae, and Pythidae within this series.

Elateroidea

The superfamily Elateroidea, as listed by Leng, includes the
families Cerophytidae, Cebrionidae, Plastoceridae, Rhipiceridae,
Elateridae, Melasidae, Throscidae, and Buprestidae (Figs. 44r-50).
A representative of all of these families has been figured except
for the Plastoceridae. The Cerophytidae, represented by
Cerophytum, the Melasidae, represented by Eucnemis, and the
Throscidae, represented by Throscus, seem to be related. In these
three forms, the submentum and gula are broad and greatly
shortened, the mentum is well developed, the palpigers are con-
tiguous, or nearly so, and the maxillary galea and lacinia are
short and comparatively broad.

The representatives of the Elateridae and Buprestidae, Alaus
and Buprestis , are similar, particularly in the structure of the
maxilla. The mediostipes is demarked from the lacinia, and the
lacinia is comparatively short and is membranous in its basal
region. In the labium, the mentum is broad and bears a weak,
transverse, median division, the gula is broad, and the gular pits

Sept., 1938]

Williams: Morphology

259

are distinct. The Cebrionidse, represented by Cebrio, resembles
the Elaterid, Alaus. The ligula is bilobed, the mentum is weakly
divided transversely, and the maxillary mediostipes is demarked
from the short lacinia. The family Rhipiceridae, represented by
Sandalus, is probably related to the Cantharoids. The general
nature of the labium and maxilla seem to ally it with the charac-
ters found in this group.

Dryopoidea

The superfamily Dryopoidea is composed of the families
Psephinidae, Dryopidae, Helmidae, Heteroceridae, and Georyssidae
(Figs. 51-55). With the exception of Georyssus and Psephenus,
this group seems to be related to the Elateroidea. Georyssus seems
to resemble Hister. Comparison of Figs. 54 and 23 shows a sim-
ilarity in the structure of the labium and maxilla. The ligula is
bilobed ; the mentum is distinct ; the submentum is tapered
posteriorly; the gular region, which has been obliterated by the
inrolling of the head capsule, is represented by a median suture ;
the mediostipes of the maxilla is demarked from the lacinia ; the
lacinia is slender; and the palpifer is large.

The shortened submental and gular regions in the Hetero-
ceridae, represented by Heterocerus, would suggest its relation to
the Cerophytidae, Melasidae, and Thoroscidae. Potamophilus,
representing the Dryopidae, and Helmis, representing the
Helmidae, are similar. The palpigers are contiguous; the men-
tum is distinct; the submentum is weakly demarked from the
narrow gula; the lacinia of the maxilla is comparatively long;
the galea is divided into a basigalea and distigalea ; and the medio-
stipes is weakly demarked from the lacinia in Potamophilus, and
is confluent with the lacinia in Helmis.

Dascilloidea

The superfamily Dascilloidea includes two families, the Dascil-
lidae and Helodidae (Figs. 56, 57). The similarities in the char-
acters of the labium show that these two families are probably
closely related. The mentum is wide and distinctly demarked,
the submentum is demarked from the head capsule, and is con-
fluent with the wide gula. In the maxilla of the Helodid, Scirtes,
the mediostipes is demarked from the lacinia, while in Dascillus
it is confluent with the lacinia.

260

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Byrrhoidea

In the superfamily Byrrhiodea, representatives of the Chelon-
ariidse, Dermestidae, and Byrrhidse have been figured (Figs 58-
GO). Stickney includes the Chelonariidae in the Dascilloidea.
Comparison of Fig. 58 with Fig. 56 shows that, although Chelon-
arium is somewhat more specialized than Dascillus, the two
genera are undoubtedly closely related and therefore the Chelon-
ariidse are perhaps more appropriately grouped with the Dascil-
loidea than with the Byrrhiodea. Dermestes and Byrrhus (Figs.
59, 60) are apparently closely related to the Cucujoidea and are
therefore discussed with this group.

Rhysodoidea

The superfamily Rhysodoidea contains one family, the Rhyso-
didse, represented by Rhysodes (Fig. 61). This form is so spe-
cialized that it is difficult to place it with any degree of certainty.
The development of the mentum and the narrowing of the gula
suggest a relationship to the Cucujoidea in general, and to
Cucujus in particular.

Cucujoidea

The superfamily Cucujoidea, according to Leng, includes more
families than any other superfamily. Representatives of seven-
teen of the eighteen families have been figured, a representative
of the Monoeidae being unobtainable (Figs. 62-77). The Nitidu-
lidae and Lathridiidae, represented by Prometobia and Latkridius
(Figs. 63, 73), are alike in having the mentum very broad, the
submentum broad and not demarked from the head capsule,
and only a single maxillary lobe, the mala, present.

The Rhizophagidse, Derodontidae, Cryptophagidae, Colydiidae,
and Dermestidaa (see Figs. 64, 68, 69, 71, 59) are alike in having
the mentum well developed, the submentum confluent with the
gula and demarked from the head capsule, the gula broad, and
the gular pits distinct. The maxilla has the mediostipes con-
fluent with, or weakly demarked from, the lacinia, except in
Dermestes which has the demarkation distinct. In all of these
forms, the lacinia and galea are comparatively long and slender,
and, in all except Rhizophagus , the galea is divided into a basigalea
and distigalea, and the lacinia terminates in a claw-like process.

Sept., 1938]

Williams: Morphology

261

The Erotylidae, Murmidiidae, Mycetaeidae, Endomychidae, and
Phalacridae (Figs. 67, 72, 74, 75, 76) are similar in having the
men turn well developed ; the submentum short and demarked from
the encroaching head capsule, which widely separates the distinct
region of the submentum from the gula ; and the gula extremely
short and demarked by distinct gular pits. The maxilla in this
group, with the exception of the Mycetaeidae, has the galea divided
into a basigalea and distigalea; the lacina long and slender; and
the mediostipes demarked from the lacina, except in the Erotylidae.
The family Monotommidae, represented by Monotoma (Fig. 65),
probably belongs in this group, although the gula is somewhat
longer in this form, and the gular pits extend the length of the
gular sutures.

The Ostomidae, Cucujidae, and Mycetophagidae (Figs. 62, 66,
70) have the anterior region of the submentum wide and demarked
from the head capsule, and the posterior region narrowed and
confluent with the gula. The gular pits are/ distinct in Myceto-
phagus, but extend the length of the gular sutures in Ostoma and
Cucujus.

Byrrhus (Fig. 60) does not resemble any genus figured for the
Cucujoidea in all respects, but is similar to the more specialized
Ostoma (Fig. 62) in the characters of the labium and maxilla.
The Goccinellidae, represented by Leptinotarsa (Fig. 77), might
be placed either with the Cucujoidea, or with the Tenebrionoidea.

Several families of the Cucujoidea strongly resemble families of
the Mordelloidea, showing that these two groups are, without
doubt, closely related. Cucujus (Fig. 66) is very similar to
Pytho (Fig. 39) in the characters of the labium and maxilla.
The Mordelloids Tomoxia, Pedilus, Pyrochroa, Notoxus, etc. (Figs.
35, 40, 41, 42, etc.) resemble such Cucujoids as Rhizophagus and
Derodontus (Figs. 64, 68) in their general characters.

Tenebrionoidea

The superfamily Tenebrionoidea includes the Alleculidae, Tene-
brionidae, Lagriidae, Monommidae, and Melandryidae (Figs. 78-
82). These families form a comparatively homogenous group.
In all of these families excepting the Monommidse, represented by
Monomma (Fig. 81), the labium has the anterior region of the
submentum broad, and at least weakly demarked from the en-

262

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

croaching capsule, and the posterior region either obliterated or
represented by a median suture, as in Arthromacra (Fig. 80), or
by a Y-shaped suture, as in Alobates and Penthe (Figs. 79, 82).
The gular pits extend along the gular sutures in Arthromacra ,
but are distinct in the other genera. The maxillae are similar in
all the forms figured in this group. The mediostipes is de-
marked from the lacinia and the galea is divided into a basigalea
and distigalea. The Tenebrionoidea as a whole seem closely
related to the Mordelloidea and Cucujoidea.

Bostrichoidea

The superfamily Bosterichoidea is comprised of the Ptinidse,
Anobiidae, Bostrichidge, Lyctidas, Sphindidae, and Cisidae (Figs.
83-88). The Ptinidae and Sphindidae (Figs. 83, 87) are similar
in having the ligula bilobed and sclerotized, the submentum weakly
demarked from the head capsule, the gular pits extending along
the gular sutures, the mediostipes confluent with the lacinia, and
the galea not divided into a basigalea and distigalea.

The Anobiidae, Bostrichidae, and Lyctidae (Figs. 84, 85, 86)
have a trilobed ligula, distinct gular pits, a comparatively slender
gula, the maxillary mediostripes confluent with, or weakly de-
marked from, the lacinia, and the galea divided into a basigalea
and distigalea. The family Cisidaa represented by Cis (Fig. 88) is
rather specialized in the loss of the ligula, the narrowing of the
labium, and the shortening of the galea and lacinia. Except
for the loss of the ligula, the labium resembles that of the
Mordelloid family Bhipiphoridae (Fig. 37).

Scarabaeoidea

The superfamily Scarabaeoidea includes the Scarabaeidse, Lu-
canidas, and Passalidae, represented by Geotrupes, Pseudolucanus,
and Passalus (Figs. 89, 90, 91). This group is homogeneous, and
is undoubtedly related to the families of the Adephaga and their
close relatives. The mentum is very broad, the submentum is
broad and weakly demarked from the wide gula, the gular pits
extend along the gular sultures, and the maxillary mediostipes is
confluent with, or only weakly demarked from, the lacinia.
Passalus (Fig. 91) resembles Amphizoa (Fig. 6), particularly in
the character of the maxilla, and apparently is more specialized

Sept., 1938]

Williams: Morphology

263

than Geotrupes and Pseudolucanus. Geotrupes appears to be
the least specialized of this series. In this form, the mentnm and
submentum are not so broad, the ligula is sclerotized and bilobed,
and the palpigers are widely separated. Pseudolucanus would
seem to occupy an intermediate position between Geotrupes and
Passalus. The mentum and submentum are wide. The ligula is
bilobed and sclerotized, and the palpigers are narrowly separated.
In Passalus the mentum and submentum are wide, the ligula is
broad and sclerotized, and the palpigers are fused in the pre-
mental region.

Ceramby coidea

The superfamily Cerambycoidea is composed of three families,
the Cerambycidse, Chrysomelidae, and Mylabridse (Figs. 92, 93,
94). These families form a homogeneous group in which the
ligula is broad and sclerotized, or partly so, the palpigers are
fused in the premental region, a mental membrane is present, the
mentum is short, and the maxillary mediostipes is confluent with
the lacinia or weakly demarked from it. In Tetraopes (Fig.
92), the submentum is confluent with the wide gula, and the gular
pits extend along the gular sutures. Except for the demarkation
of the anterior region of the submentum, Leptinotarsa resembles
Tetraopes in the nature of the submentum and gula. Mylabris
has the anterior region of the submentum enlarged and cut off
from the narrowed gula by the encroaching head capsule.

Brentoidea

The superfamily Brentoidea has one family, the Brentidce, rep-
resented by Eupsalis (Fig. 95). This genus is highly specialized
and should be included in the superfamily Curculionoidea, to
which it is closely related. The labium lacks the labial palpi and
palpigers ; the mentum is confluent with the elongated submentum ;
the gula has been obliterated, and is represented by a median
gular suture ; the maxillary cardo and stipes are fused to form a
narrow, strip ; there is a single maxillary lobe ; and the maxillary
palpus is three-segmented.

Curculionoidea

The superfamily Curculionoidea includes the Platystomidas,
Belidae, and Curculionidse. The family Platystomidse, represented

264

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

by Platystomus (Fig. 97), although highly specialized, suggests
the Adephaga in the breadth of the labium and general nature of
the maxilla, found in the Adephagous family Cicindelidse. The
family Belidas, represented by Ithycerus (Fig. 96), resembles the
more specialized Scolytidae, represented by Dendroctonus (Fig.
101). The ligula in both of these forms is short; the palpigers
are lacking; the mentum is wide in Ithycerus, but narrow in
Dendroctonus ; the submentum is long and wide in Ihycerus, but
short and confluent with the head capsule laterally in Dendroc-
tonus; and, in both, the gula is represented by a median suture.
The maxilla in Dendroctonus is more highly specialized in having
the basistipes, mediostipes, and palpifer fused and in having a
single maxillary lobe, the mala, present. In Ithycerus, however,
the basistipes, mediostipes, palpifer, galea, and lacinia are all
distinctly demarked. In both of these genera, the maxillary pal-
pus is three-segmented.

The family Curculiondse is represented by Lixus, a form with
a long snout (Fig. 98), and Asynonychus, a form with a short
snout (Fig. 99). Both of these genera are specialized. Lixus
has minute labial palpi, a comparatively broad ligula, a greatly
elongated submental region, and the gula represented by a
median suture. In the maxilla, the stipes is not differentiated
into a basistipes and mediostipes, and is confluent with the
mala. Asynonychus has the labial palpi larger, but lacks the lig-
ula, and the submental region is short. The maxilla has the
stipes weakly differentiated into a basistipes and mediostipes,
and the galea and lacinia are both present. In both of these
genera, the maxillary palpus is three-segmented.

Scolytoidea

The superfamily Scolytoidea includes two families, the Scolytidse
(Fig. 101) discussed above, and the Platypodidas, represented by
Platypus (Fig. 100). Platypus is also specialized, especially in
the features of the maxilla. The labium is similar to that of
Asynonychus, but the maxilla appears to resemble that of
Eupsalis.

In summarizing the affinites of the superfamilies of the Coleop-
tera as indicated by the comparative study of the labium and
maxilla, two principal groups are recognizable which agree with

Sept., 1938]

Williams: Morphology

265

Stickney’s grouping of the superfamilies based on the study of
the head capsule. The first of these groups includes the following
superfamilies: Caraboidea, Gyrinoidea, Hydrophiloidea, Silphoi-
dea, Stanphylinoidea, Cantharoidea (in part), and Scarabaeoidea.

The second and larger group includes the following super-
families: Cantharoidea (in part), Lymexyloidea, Mordelloidea,
Elateroidea, Dryopoidea, Dascilloidea, Byrrhoidea, Rhysodoidea,
Cucujoidea, Tenebrionoidea, and Bostrichoidea.

The superfamilies Cerambycoidea, Brentoidea, Curculionoidea,
and Scolytoidea might be grouped separately. Due to the spe-
cializations occurring in them, it is extremely difficult to determine
to which of these two main groups they are most closely related.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Blackwelder, R. E.

1936. Morphology of the Coleopterous family Staphylinidae. Smith-
sonian Misc. Colls., 994, no. 13, pp. 1-102, 28 figs.

Blatchley, J. C.

1910. Coleoptera of Indiana, pp. 1-1,386.

Boving, A. G. and Craighead, F. C.

1930. An illustrated synopsis of the principal larval forms of the order
Coleoptera. Entomologica Americana, XI (n.s.), pp. 1-351, 125 pis.
Bradley, J. C.

1930. A manual of the genera of beetles of America north of Mexico,
pp. 1-360.

Crampton, G. C.

1919. Notes of the ancestry of Coleoptera. Pomona Jour. Ent. and
Zoo., 11 : 49-54.

1921. The sclerites of the head, and the mouthparts of certain immature
and adult insects. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 14 : 65-103, 7 pis.

1922. A comparison of the first maxillae of Apterygotan insects and
Crustacea from the standpoint of phylogeny. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
24: 65-82, 2 pis., 5 figs.

1923. A phylogenetic comparison of the maxillae throughout the orders
of insects. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 31: 77-107, 5 pis.

1925. A phylogenetic study of the labium of holometabolous insects,
with particular reference to the Diptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 27 :
68-91, 3 pis.

1928. The eulabium, mentum, submentum, and gular region of insects.
Pomona Jour. Ent. and Zoo., 20 : 1-18, 3 pis.

Forbes, W. T. M.

1922. The wing-venation of Coleoptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 15:
328-345, 7 pis.

266

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Gahan, C. J.

1911. On some recent attempts to classify the Coleoptera in accordance
with their phylogeny. The Entomologist, 44: 121-125, 165-169, 214-
219, 259-314, 348-351, 392-396, 7 figs.

Gemminger, et de Harold, B.

1869-1874. Catalogus Coleopterorum, 1—12, pp. 1-3,822.

Goldman, E. H.

1933. Comparisons of the mouthparts of adult longhorn beetles with
reference to their food. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 59: 85-102, 1 pi.
Handlirsch, A.

1906-1908. Die Fossilen Insekten, und die Phylogenie der Rezenten
Formen, pp. 1271-1280.

Kadic, O.

1901. Studien fiber das Labium der Coleoptern. Jena. Zeitschr., 36:
207-228, pi. 7.

Leng, C. W.

1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico, pp.
1-470.

Matheson, R.

1912. The Haliplidee of North America, north of Mexico. Jour. N. Y.
Ent. Soc., 20 : 156-193, 6 pis.

McClenahan, E. M.

1904. The development of the rostrum in Rhynchophorus Coleoptera.
Psyche, 11: 89-102, 4 pis.

Pauly, Marie

1915. Die Mundwerkzuge der Caraboidea. Arch. Natg. Berlin, Abt.
A 81, Heft 2 : 1-102, 57 figs.

Richmond, E. A.

1931. The external morphology of Hydrophilus obtusatus Say. Jour.
N. Y. Ent. Soc., 39 : 191-233, 9 pis.

Rivnay, E.

1928. External morphology of the Colorado potato beetle (Leptinotarsa
decemlineata Say). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 36: 125-144, 2pls.
Snodgrass, R. E.

1928. Morphology and evolution of the insect head and its appendages.

Smithsonian Mise. Colls., 81, no. 3, pp. 158, 57 figs.

1935. Principles of insect morphology, pp. 1-667.

Stickney, F. S.

1923. The head-capsule of Coleoptera. 111. Biol. Mono., 8, no. 1, pp.
1-104, 16 pis.

SWEETMAN, H. L.

1930. The external morphology of the Mexican bean beetle, Epilachna
eorrupta Muls. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 38: 423-452, 7 pis.

Tanner, Y. M.

1927. A preliminary study of the genitalia of female Coleoptera.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 53: 5-50, 14 pis.

Sept., 1938]

Williams: Morphology

267

Ting, P. C.

1933. Feeding mechanisms of weevils, their function, and relationship
to classification. Mo. Bui. Dept. Agri. California, 22: 161-165, 1 pi.

Verhoeff, K. W.

1921. Uber vergleichende Morphologie der Mundwerkzeuge der Cole-
opteren-Larven und Imagines, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Entwicklung,
Biologie und Systematik der Carabus Larven. Zool. Jahrb. Jena, Abt.
f. Syst., 44: 69-194, figs.

268

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Each figure includes a line drawing in ventral aspect of the labium and
maxilla of representatives of the following Coleopterous families:

Plate XIII

Figure

1.

Figure

2.

Figure

3.

Figure

4.

Figure

5.

Figure

6.

Figure

7.

Figure

8.

Figure

9.

Cicindelidae — Cicindela sexguttata Fab.
Carabidae — Harpalus caliginosus (Fab.)
Omophronidae — Omophron americanum Dej.
Haliplidae — Laccophilus maculosus (Germ.)
Dytiscidae — Colymbetes sculptilis Harr.
Amphizoidae — Amphizoa isolens Lee.
Gyrinidae — Dineutes vittatus (Germ.)
Paussidae — Paussus hova
Hydrophilidae — Tropisternus glaber (Hbst.)

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLYI

(Plate XIII)

COLEOPTEEA

270

Journal New York Entomological Society

Plate XIY

Figure 10.
Figure 11.
Figure 12.
Figure 13.
Figure 14.
Figure 15.
Figure 16.
Figure 17.
Figure 18.
Figure 19.

Platypsyllidae — Platypsyllus castoris Pits.
Leptinidae — Leptinus testaceus Mull.
Clambidae — Clambus punctulatum Beck.
Silphidae — Silpha americana L.

Scydmasnidae — Euconnus similis Blatch.
Orthoperidse — Orthoperus brunnipes Gyll.
Staphylinidae — Staphylinus vulpinus Nordm.
Pselaphidae — Pselaphus dresdensis Herbst.
Ptilidae — Trichopteryx lata Motsch.
Clavigeridae — Clavigera testaceus

[Vol. XL VI

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLYI (Plate XIV)

272

Journal New York Entomological Society [Yol. xlvi

Plate XY

Figure 20. Sphaeriidae — Sphcerius acaroides Waltl.

Figure 21. Scaphidiidae — Scaphidium quadrimaculatum Oliv.
Figure 22. Sphaeritidae — Sphcerites glabratus (Fab.)

Figure 23. Histeridae — Sister obtusatus Harris
Figure 24. Lyeidae— Eros aurora Hbst.

Figure 25. Lampyridae — Lucidota atra (Fab.)

Figure 26. Pliengodida^ — Phengodes sp.

Figure 27. Cantharidae — Cantharis andersoni Frost.

Figure 28. Melyridae — Malachius ceneus (L.)‘

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLVI

(Plate XV)

COLEOPTEKA

274

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Plate XVI

Figure 29. Cleridae — Triclnodes ornatus Say
Figure 30. Corynetidae — Chariessa pilosa Forst.

Figure 31. Othniidae — Othnius Tcraatzi

Figure 32. Lymexylidae — Hyloccetus dermestoides L.

Figure 33. Cupesidae — Cupes latrellei Sol.

Figure 34. CephaloidaB — Cephaloon lepturides Newm.
Figure 35. (Edemeridae — Ditylus Icevis Fabr.

Figure 36. Mordellidae — Tomoxia bidentata (Say)
Figure 37. Rhipiphoridae — Rhipiphorus dimidiatus Fabr.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLYI

(Plate XVI)

276

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Plate XYII

Figure 38.
Figure 39.
Figure 40.
Figure 41.
Figure 42.
FigrSre 43.
Figure 44.
Figure 45.
Figure 46.

Meloidae — Nemognatha piezata Fab.
Pythidae — Pytho americanus Kby.
Pyrochroidae — Pyrochroa coccinea L.
Pedilidae — Pedilus collaris (Say)

Anthicidae — Notoxus calcar atus Horn
Euglenidae — Euglenes pruinosus
Cerophytidae — Cerophytum elateroides Latr.
Cebrionidae — Cebrio gigas Fabr.
Bhipiceridae- — Sandalus segnis

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLVI

(Plate XVII)

COLEOPTERA

278

Journal New York Entomological Society

Plate XYIII

Figure 47.
Figure 48.
Figure 49.
Figure 50.
Figure 51.
Figure 52.
Figure 53.
Figure 54.
Figure 55.

Elateridae — Alans oculatus (L).

Melalsidae — Eucnemis capucina Ahrens.
Throscidae — Throscus dermestoides L.
Buprestidae — Buprestis fasciata Fab.
Psephenidae — Psephenus lecontei (Lee.)
Dryopidae — Potamophilus acuminatus Fabr.
Helmidae — Helmis mangei
Georyssidae — Georyssus IcBvicollis Germ.
Heterocidae — Heterocerus parallelus Krynick

[Vol. XL VI

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLYI

(Plate XVIII)

COLEOPTEEA

280

Journal New York Entomological Society [Yol. XLVI

Plate XIX

Figure 56. Daseillidae — Dascillus cervinus L.

Figure 57. Helodidas — Scirtes tibialis Guer.

Figure 58. Clielonariidse — Chelonarium ornatum Klug
Figure 59. Derijiestidae — DermesteslardariusJj.

Figure 60. Byrrhidse — Byrrhus americanus Lee.

Figure 61. Rhysodidse — Bhysodes sulcatus Fabr.

Figure 62. Ostomidse — Ostoma grossa (L.)

Figure 63. Nitidulidse — Prometobia sexmaculata (Say)
Figure 64. Rhizophagidae — Bhizophagus picipes Walker

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soo.), Vol. XLVI

(Plate XIX)

COLEOPTEEA

282

Journal New York Entomological Society

Plate XX

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

Figure

65. Montomidae — Monotoma conicicollis

66. Cucujidae — Cucujus clavipes Fab.

67. Erotylidae — Megalodacne grandipennis

68. Derodontidae — Derodontus maculatus Melsh.

69. Cryptophagidae — Antherophagus ochraceus Melsh.

70. Mycetophagidae — Mycetophagus punctatus Say

71. Colydiidae — Trachypholis ornatus

72. Murmidiidae — Murmidius ovalis Beck.

73. Lathridiidae — Lathridius lardarius De G.

[Vol. XLYI

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XL VI

(Plate XX)

COLEOPTEEA

284

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Plate XXI

Figure 74.
Figure 75.
Figure 76.
Figure 77.
Figure 78.
Figure 79.
Figure 80.
Figure 81.
Figure 82.

Mycetaeidae — Mycetcea hirta (Marsh.)
Endomychidae — Lycoperdina ferruginea Lee.
Phalachridae — Phalacrus grossus Erichs.
Coccinellidae — Anatis quindecimpunctata (Oliv.)
Alleculidae — Hymenorus melsheimeri Csy.
Lagriidae — Arthromacra cenea (Say)
Tenebrionidae — Alobates pennsylvanica (De G.)
Monommidae — Monomma maximum
Melandryidae — Penthe obliquata (Fab.)

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLVI

(Plate XXI)

COLEOPTERA

gp

\fis

286

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Plate XXII

Figure 83.
Figure 84.
Figure 85.
Figure 86.
Figure 87.
Figure 88.
Figure 89.
Figure 90.
Figure 91.

Ptinidse — Oligomerus ~brunneus Oliv.
Anobiidae — Sitodrepa panicea (L.)
Bostrichidae — Apate terebrans Pall.
Lyctidae — Lyctus linearis (Goeze)
Sphindidae — Sphindus dubius Gyllh.

Cisidae — Cis boleti Scopoli
Scarabaeidae — Geotrupes splendidus (Fab.)
Lucanidae — Pseudolucanus capreolus (L.)
Passalidae — Passalus cornutus Fab.

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLYI

(Plate XXII)

288

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Figure 92.
Figure 93.
Figure 94.
Figure 95.
Figure 96.
Figure 97.
Figure 98.
Figure 99.
Figure 100.
Figure 101.

Plate XXIII

Cerambycidae — Tetraopes tetraophthalmus (Forst.)
Chrysomelidae — Leptinotarsa decemlineata (Say)
Mylabridse — Mylabris discoideus Say
Brentidae — Eupsalis minuta Drury
Belidae — Ithycerus noveboracensis (Forst.)
Platystomidae — Platystomus albinus L.
Curculionidae — Lixus concavus Say
Curculionidae — Asynonychus godmani Crotch
Platypodidae — Platypus cylindricus Fabr.
Scolytidae — Dendroctonus valens Lee.

be — basicardo
bg — basigalea
bs — basistipes
ca — cardo
de — disticardo
dg — distigalea
dig — digitus
ga — galea
gl — glossa
gp— gular pit
gs — gular suture
gu— gula
la — lacinia
lg — ligula

Abbreviations

li — labium
lp — labial palp
Is — labial stipes
ma — mala

mem — mental membrane
mn — mentum
mp — maxillary palpus
ms — mediostipes
pfr — palpifer
pgl — paraglossa
pgr — palpiger
ps — parastipes
sm — submentum
st — stipes

(Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soo.), Vol. XLYI

(Plate XXIII)

290

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

CORRECTION

June 1938, vol. XL VI, No. 2, p. 193, line 1 : Dr. Stanley W.
Bromley, who has examined the specimen, writes ns that the insect
identified as Stenopogon longulus Loew is S. inquinatus Loew. —
Robert Y. Pratt and Melville H. Hatch.

Sept., 1938]

Davis: Cicadas

291

NEW NORTH AMERICAN CICADAS WITH NOTES
ON DESCRIBED SPECIES*

By William T. Davis
Staten Island, N. Y.

Magicicada and Ccenomyia

In June, 1928, brood II of the Seventeen- Year Cicada occurred
on Staten Island, and the insects were in great numbers in the
woods on the hillside forming the westerly rim of the Clove Val-
ley. This area is now included in the Clove Lakes Park. On
June 11 the writer visited the locality; saw several cicadas feed-
ing on oak, and others on black birch, and was surprised to find
the fly Ccenomyia ferruginea Scopoli, or possibly it should be
called pallida Say. This species had not been collected on the
Island, and six females and two males were found ; also the pupal
skins of eleven females and thirteen males. The pupal skins were
protruding from the ground where the cicadas were thickest, and
it appeared that the predaceous fly larvas must have been inter-
ested in them. On June 15 sixteen additional pupal skins of
Ccenomyia were collected at the same locality as those mentioned
above. On June 17, 1928, the remains of a Ccenomyia fly were
discovered on top of a large boulder on Old Place meadow, about
four miles to the west of Clove Valley, where it had been left by
a bird.

In 1929 there were a few belated Seventeen-Year Cicadas in
the Clove Valley, and on June 14 four female and two male
Ccenomyia pupal skins were collected. In 1930 no trace of
Coenomyia could be discovered at the above mentioned locality,
nor has the fly been found there again.

Brood II of the Seventeen- Year Cicada occurred in great num-
bers in 1911 in the Military Reservation at West Point, and while
we did not associate it with Ccenomyia at the time, it is of interest
that on June 3 and 4 we collected 10 males and 9 females of
ferruginea.

* I am indebted to Mr. Hans L. Stecher for drawing the text figures, and
to Mr. Carlton Beil for taking the photographs. — -W. T. D.

292

Journal New York Entomological Society [Yol. XLVI

In 1936 Brood X of the Seventeen-Year Cicada appeared.
They were particularly numerous in parts of western New Jersey
and eastern Pennsylvania. On June 4 , Dr. James P. Chapin and
the writer found them very plentiful in a wood near Krumsville,
Berks County, Pa., and associated with them were Ccenomyia flies,
and many fly pupal skins protruded from the ground among the
numerous holes from which the cicadas had emerged.

In the “Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural
History,” Yol. XII, March, 1917, there is an article on the flies
of the family Coenomyiidie by J. R. Malloch. It is there stated
that Ccenomyia larvae feed on white grubs, and from the above
mentioned observations they also appear to be interested in
cicadas.

In Bulletin No. 71, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1907, it
is stated that during their subterranean existence the larvae and
pupae of the Periodical Cicada, “when near the surface, are
doubtless subject to the attacks of various predaceous coleopter-
ous larvae, and many of them are unquestionably destroyed by
this agency. ” In the Proceedings Entomological Society of
Washington, February, 1921, p. 44, F. C. Craighead records the
rearing of the beetle Sandalus niger from a cicada pupa.

Tibicen marginalis (Walker). Variety pronotalis, new variety.

(Plate XXIY, Fig. 1.)

Type, male, Wasta, S. D., July 22, 1935 (P. W. Oman), collec-
tion U. S. National Museum.

Allotype, Elk Point, S. D., August 10, 1924 (H. C. Severin),
collection Wm. T. Davis.

The species occurs from Ohio, Kentucky, Tennessee, Alabama
and western Florida, westward to the Dakotas, Nebraska, Kansas,
Oklahoma and eastern Texas. In this wide range it shows some
variation and examples from the Dakotas, Iowa, Oklahoma and
Nebraska are usually smaller and quite often have a rather large
central black mark on the pronotum, more rarely present in speci-
mens from Texas, Missouri, Tennessee, Illinois and Ohio, or in
the eastern range of the species. An examination of about 100
specimens from Louisiana disclosed but two with an all black
spot on the pronotum.

In the Journal of the New York Entomological Society

Sept., 1938]

Davis: Cicadas

293

for March, 1925, page 39, this variety of Tibicen marginalis was
described as follows, but no name was proposed : “While the pro-
notum is often entirely green or yellowish-green in this species,
there is a rather conspicuous color variety with an irregular
oblong, black spot, centrally, extending backward to the collar.
Black lines sometimes lead from this spot each side into the
oblique grooves. This variety probably occurs throughout the
range of the species, but is much more common near its northern
limit. When freshly emerged this cicada may have a dorsal row
of pruinose spots on the abdomen, as in dor sat a, dealt at a and
cultriformis, but is easily separated from them by the more bent
fore margin of the front wings, very broad head, form of the
uncus, as well as by color characters. ’ ’

Specimens with the black mark on the pronotum usually have
the inverted resh shaped characters on the mesonotum consider-
ably smaller than in those without the mark.

In 1927 the following specimens of marginalis were examined
for Prof. H. C. Severin, Brookings, S. D., all from Elk Point,
S. D. : male and four females, August 10, 1924; male June 24,
1926 ; male August 17, 1927. The allotype was of this lot, and
the following note was made at the time: “All have clear black
spot on the pronotum, except the 1927 male, where there is a pale
spot included in the black one. This male more like those com-
mon to the southward.” In the collection of the Museum of
Zoology, University of Michigan, there is a typical female pro-
notalis collected along the Missouri River in Charles Mix County,
South Dakota, by C. L. Hubbs, July 6, 1934, and in the collection
of the University of Kansas there is a male and a female collected
at Wasta, South Dakota, by M. B. Jackson, July 17, 1937.

In Oklahoma the variety here designated as pronotalis appears
to be more numerous than the typical form, and six specimens
have been examined from Osage, Pawnee, Le Flore and McCur-
tain counties, while three typical examples have been seen from
Osage and McCurtain counties.

Recently Prof. H. E. Jaques, of Iowa Wesleyan College, sent
me five typical marginalis from Polk, Muscatine and Henry
counties, Iowa, and seven specimens of variety pronotalis from
Monona and Linn counties, which were so strikingly different

294

Journal New York Entomological Society [Yol. XLVI

from the typical form that a new variety name was considered
desirable.

Cicada marginata was named by Thomas Say in 1825 from
Missouri, and it is stated that the head and thorax [pronotum]
are “greenish yellow slightly varied with black; scutel [meso-
notum] black with the W and elevated X greenish-yellow. ’ ’ In
1852 Walker changed the name to Cicada marginalis to distin-
guish it from C. marginata Olivier of 1790. An account of the
habits and distribution of marginalis is given in the Journal of
the New York Entomological Society, June, 1935, pp. 176-178.

Tibicen cultriformis from southeastern Arizona and southwest-
ern New Mexico, described and figured in the Journal of the
New York Entomological Society, December, 1915, and March,
1925, bears a close resemblance to T. marginalis var. pronotalis,
much more so than it does to typical marginalis. Each has a con-
spicuous black spot, though of slightly different shape on the
pronotum, but the genitalia are quite unlike, and are as figured
in 1915 on Plate 18.

Measurements in Millimeters

Variety pronotalis

Male Type

Female Allotype

Length of body

37

33

Width of head across eyes

15

15

Expanse of fore wings

103

104

Greatest width of fore wing

17

17 .

Width of operculum

7

Tibicen paralleloides Davis

This species was described and figured in the Journal of the
New York Entomological Society for March, 1934, and again
mentioned in the June, 1936, number. Only two males, and one
female supposed to belong to this species, had been examined
previous to 1937, when Albert E. Maas sent me two males and
three females collected in October at Compostela, Nayarit, Mex-
ico, the type locality. Later a male from the same locality was
received from Miss E. Rosenbauer.

From the brightly colored females that sex may be more fully
described. On each side of the abdomen there is a minute prui-

Sept., 1938]

Davis: Cicadas

295

nose spot at base ; a large spot, as in the male on segment three,
and a slightly smaller one on segment four. The notch in the
last ventral segment is shallow, with a small round dark spot each
side. These specimens lack the small but conspicuous red spots
present in T. parallela along the sides of the abdomen, one on
the hind margin of each segment.

Diceroprocta bicosta (Walker)

The localities of the two specimens from which Walker made
the original description in 1850 were unrecorded, but Distant in
Biol. Centr. Amer., Homoptera, 1881, figures as bicosta a female
from Mexico, expanding 100 mm., and adds that the species also
occurs in Costa Rica. The male was unknown to him. In the
writer’s collection of 15 specimens, there is but a single male.
One female is without locality; the others were collected as fol-
lows: Tela Guaimas district, Honduras, May 2, 1923 (T. H.
Hubell). Two additional females from Honduras are in the
collection of the University of Michigan. One male, 9 females
from Jojutla, Morelos, Mexico, June, 1929. Two females from
Nayarit, Mexico, July 28, 1935, and October 12, 1935. Lastly
a female found near Mission San Ignacio, Sonora, Mexico, July,
1936, about 40 miles south of Nogales, Arizona (Ned J. Burns).

This species will probably be found in the United States, and
indeed has been reported from Key West, Florida, by P. R. Uhler.
He states, Transactions, Maryland Acad. Sciences, 1892, page
154: “In my own collection there is a female from Key West,
Florida, captured by Dr. E. Palmer, and a male from Cape St.
Lucas, Lower California, from the cabinet of John Xantus
deVesey.” It is probable that the Key West specimen should
be referred to biconica Walker, and the one from Cape St. Lucas
to digueti Distant, described in 1906, after the publication of
Uhler ’s paper.

Diceroprocta alacris (Stal)

The specific name alacris Stal appears as a synonym for a Mexi-
can cicada under the name transversa Walker, but alacris , in our
opinion, is the correct name for the species.

The first Cicada transversa was described by Germar in Thon’s
Ento. Archiv. 11, p. 7 (1830). According to Distant’s Catalogue

296

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

of 1906, Germar’s species equal Cicada atra of Olivier, described
in 1790, and so became a synonym. This is a Palaearctic species.

The second Cicada transversa was described from Vera Cruz,
Mexico, by Walker in Insecta Saundersiana, Homoptera, p. 15
(1858). As this name had been used by Germar in 1830, it
should not have been used again in 1858 it was a preoccupied
name. Cicada alacris Stal, Stettin, Ento. Zeitung, XXV, p. 62
(1864), is next in priority as a name for this Mexican insect.
The species was cited by Stal in 1870 as an example of his sub-
genus Dicer opr oct a. See Journal New York Entomological
Society, Dec., 1928, pp. 439-440.

In “Biologia Centrali Americana,” Rhynch. Horn., page 7,
Distant states that he is ‘ ‘ indebted to Dr. Signoret for the oppor-
tunity of comparing types of this species with those of Walker
in the British Museum.” On page 9 he records that he had ex-
amined Stal’s type and found it to be a synonym of C. transversa
Walker. In the Journal of the New York Entomological
Society for 1928, plate XVII, there is a figure of the type of
transversa Walker, received from the British Museum.

The original description of alacris calls for a blackish insect
variegated with olivaceous, olivaceous yellow, or greenish oliva-
ceous. The original description of transversa from Vera Cruz
calls for a black insect variegated with testaceous. It states:
“Prothorax testaceous with six irregular black stripes. Meso-
thorax testaceous along the border and with five testaceous
stripes ; the inner pair ramose. ’ ’

In “Biologia Centrali Americana,” Tab. 2, Fig. 1, transversa
is figured by Distant. The collar, or posterior margin of the
prothorax, is shown as green, and the anterior margins of the fore
wings, yellowish. The collar and the anterior margin of the fore
wing to end of radial area are usually of the same color, at least
this is the case in the 17 specimens of alacris under examination
at this time. Three males are from Vera Cruz without date; a
female from Puerto Mexico, Vera Cruz, dry bushes near the sea-
shore, 26 June, 1928, from Dr. Dampf ; male Frontera, Tabasco,
sea level on light, 9 June, 1928, from Dr. Dampf ; male and
female, Yucatan, Progreso, Cerro Isla Cienaga, 30 July, 1932
(E. P. Creaser). These specimens are blackish variegated with
olivaceous or olivaceous yellow.

Sept., 1938]

Davis: Cicadas

297

In addition to the above there are ten females of what is here
designated an orange variety, of a very different appearance,
which show some structural variation. If a male were at hand
it would likely prove to be a distinct species.

Diceroprocta alacris (Stal). Variety campechensis, new vari-

Type female from Laguna de Terminos, Campeche, Mexico,
September 11, 1936 (H. D. Thomas). Collection University of
Kansas.

The broad orange collar has a noticeable indentation or sinus
centrally on the hind margin not observed in the olivaceous yellow
form. Also the collar is rather conspicuously flecked with a
multitude of fine streak-like dark spots. The costal margin of
the fore wings is orange to end of radial area. General color of
the body above brown, with an irregular black band connecting
the eyes ; ocelli ruby colored. Pronotum brown with the grooves
black and black along the anterior margin of the orange collar,
which has a noticeable marginal black spot at each extremity.
Mesonotum brown, the four obconical spots black, the two inner-
most rather small. Hind margin orange, except the X which is
pale brown or orange in some of the paratypes. Abdomen dark
brown or black above with the hind margin of each segment often
paler, or brownish-green.

The ten females, including the type, collected by Mr. H. D.
Thomas, September 11, 1936, occurred in very tall grass six or

ety. (Plate XXIV, Pig. 2.)

1* Diceroprocta alacris

2. D. alacria var. csmpechenala

298

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Measurements in Millimeters

Female Type

Length of body 25

Width of head across eyes 10

Expanse of fore wings 80

Greatest width of fore wing 11

seven feet high, along Rio Chnmpan at Hacienda Balchacaj,
located about the middle of the south shore of Laguna de
Terminos, Campeche, Mexico.

Dicer oprocta bakeri (Distant). (Plate XXIV, Fig. 4.)

This species was described as Bihana bakeri in the “Pomona
College Journal of Entomology,” Vol. iii, No. 3, September, 1911,
from specimens collected by D. L. Crawford at Cuernavaca, Mex-

DICEROPROCTA BAKERI

ico. Distant states that : ‘ ‘ By the markings of the tegmina, allied
to B. swalei Dist.” In the collection of Cornell University there
are three additional males from Cuernavaca collected by Crawford
and labeled Bihana bakeri. In the writer’s collection there are
five males and a female from the type locality collected June, 1922,
by Mrs. E. P. Hinton.

The following description of a closely allied species from West-
ern Mexico, is modified from that of bakeri to cover the new
species.

Diceroprocta tepicana, new species. (Plate XXIY, Fig. 3.)

Type male and allotype female from near Compostela, Nayarit,
formerly Tepic, Mexico, May, 1937 (Elvira Rosenbauer). Davis
collection.

Sept., 1938]

Davis: Cicadas

299

. Resembles in size and general color Diceroprocta bakeri Distant, from
south central Mexico, but is larger and has the eyes more prominent and more
separated at sides from pronotum; the opercula are short, oblique, apically
rounded, not extending beyond the base of the abdomen with the internal
angles considerably separated in the type, whereas in the 6 males of bakeri
they more nearly touch. The notch of the last ventral segment in the female
of tepicana is double, that is has one notch within the other, whereas in
bakeri it is single.

Head with the front black and a small ochraceous spot at apex; vertex
ochraceous almost covered by a large transverse black fascia extending
between the eyes ; ocelli red. Pronotum ochraceous, a central longitudinal
fascia angularly dilated anteriorly and posteriorly, and the furrows black;
the anterior margin narrowly and the posterior margin or collar broadly,
pale ochraceous. Mesonotum ochraceous or olive green, with a large central
quadrate spot united to a long obconical spot on each lateral area, black, the
central spot is marked by a looped ochraceous line, and each lateral spot is
outwardly ochraceous ; the central spot is also narrowly longitudinally
united with the basal cruciform elevation, before the anterior angles of
which is a small black spot. Abdomen above blackish, the tympanal cover-
ings and the posterior margin of each segment testaceous. Body beneath
and legs almost entirely pale, with a darker central area at the base of the
abdomen. The basal membranes or anal areas in both fore and hind wings
grayish, and darker than in bakeri, while the apical portions of the fore wings
are not as suffused.

DICEROPROCTA TEPICANA

Measurements in Millimeters

Male Type

Female Allotype

Length of body

19

20

Width of head across eyes

8

9

Expanse of fore wings

60

68

Greatest width of fore wing

8

10

Greatest width of operculum ...

3

300

Journal New York Entomological Society [Yol. xlvi

In addition to the type and allotype a single female from Com-
postela is in the writer’s collection.

Diceroprocta delicata (Osborn). Variety aurantiaca, new vari-
ety. (Plate XXIV, Fig. 5.)

Type male and allotype female from 10 mi. SE Pecos, Reeves
County, Texas, July 11, 1936 (Dr. Raymond H. Beamer and asso-
ciates). Collection University of Kansas.

Cicada delicata Osborn was described in the “Ohio Naturalist,”
Vol. VI, p. 498, April, 1906, from five males and one female col-
lected at the Gulf Biologic Station, Cameron, Louisiana, by Prof.
J. S. Hine and J. B. Garrett. The length was given to tip of abdo-
men, 18 mm., to tip of elytra, 27 mm. ; width of head and eyes,
8 mm. The cross veins of the elytra deeply infuscated. ‘ ‘ Color
light green, especially pronounced on front; legs except tarsi,
hinder margin of pronotum, basal portion of elytral veins, vertex,
hinder portion of pronotum and disc of mesothorax, opercula and
abdomen below ochery-yellow, dorsum of abdomen tinged with tes-
taceous. A transverse irregular band produced backwardly to
occiput and including the reddish ocelli and dorsal portion of front
and eyes, black. The anterior portion of pronotum is marked
with two spots extending from the black margins of the vertex.
The anterior part of mesothorax includes four cuneiform black
spots, the outer portion is also infuscated becoming a fairly dis-
tinct black posteriorly and there are two distinct black points just
in front of the elevated X of the scutellum. The tip of the ros-
trum and claws to tarsi and spines of hind tibiae are blackened but
otherwise under portion is pallid. ’ ■

In this Journal for March, 1916, one of the five typical males
from Cameron, Cameron County, La., was figured on Plate 6,
figure 2, Prof. Herbert Osborn having sent it to the writer for
comparison.

Since 1916 several hundred specimens of delicata have been
examined, and it is found that those from Louisiana and along the
Gulf Coast to Brownsville, Texas, are usually pale in color and
answer well the original description. Seven males from the Uni-
versity of Kansas, collected as far inland as San Antonio, July 4,
1936, are like many from closer to the Gulf. In Hidalgo County,

Sei>t., 1938]

Davis: Cicadas

301

and in Starr County, as well as in neighboring counties in Texas,
a darker variety appears in which the green, black and orange
colors are more strongly contrasted. They, however, have the
obconical spots on the mesonotum following the usual pattern, that
is the outer pair longest, reaching backward to the limbs of the X.
The tympana are generally black or nearly so. Mr. Paul C. Avery
has sent me about 250 of this form from Mission, Hidalgo County.
In 1928 the writer noted in connection with the 140 specimens of
delicata collected by the University of Kansas expedition of that
year, that the 8 collected on July 30 in Starr County, and the 34
collected July 28 and August 14 in Hidalgo County, had the colors
darker and more contrasted than the 18 from Cameron County,
August 3, and the 80 from Aransas County collected August 6
and 9th.

The darker colored form of delicata extends up the Rio Grande
until the vicinity of Eagle Pass or the 100th meridian, is reached,
when a greater change takes place. The appearance of the cicadas
is so changed that they might be considered to be of a different
species from the small, pale individuals found in the vicinity of
the coast, if it were not for the intermediate forms. The insects
average larger than the typical form; are orange in color; the
dorsum of the abdomen somewhat darker, and the veins bordering
the marginal areas of the fore wings are often heavily infuscated.
The inner pair of obconical spots on the mesonotum are as in the
coastal form, but the outer pair are greatly reduced, being often
represented by very small triangular black marks. The legs are
orange.

For this variety or geographic race, as described above, the
name aurantiaca is proposed.

Measurements in Millimeters

Male Type

Female Allotype

Length of body

22

22

Width of head across eyes

8

9

Expanse of fore wings

58

62

Greatest width of fore wing

9

9.5

Greatest length of operculum

4

302

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

In addition to the type and allotype, 41 male and 3 female topo-
types, collected July 11, 1936, have been examined, as well as 4
males and one female collected July 11, 1936, at Malaga, New
Mexico, by Dr. Raymond H. Beamer and his associates. A single
male aurantiaca, labeled Pecos River, Sheffield, Texas, July 4,
1917, has been sent to me by Dr. H. H. Knight. In the collection
of the Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, there are 45
examples of aurantiaca collected July 22, 1935, by I. J. Cantrall,
along the Pecos River in Texas at Barstow in Ward County and
Pecos in Reeves County. At Del Rio the specimens collected on
the low land near the Rio Grande by George P. Engelhardt and
the writer, July 9, 1931, belong to aurantiaca, but in several indi-
viduals show a nearer approach in color characters to the eastern
form than do the specimens from Pecos County. This is also true
of 6 specimens from Uvalde County, Texas, collected by Dr.
Knight, July 2, 1917.

In his thesis on: “The Cicadas of Texas,” June, 1936, F. F.
Bibby mentions several color forms of delicata, including the one
here described as variety aurantiaca.

Mr. Paul C. Avery reports delicata found on land subject to
overflow, or at least damper than adjoining land, and often on
willow. He has collected the species at Mission, Hidalgo County,
Texas, from June to September, and J. W. Monk found it in 1933
at Donna, in Hidalgo County, as late as October 16.

A similar variation toward an orange color has been shown to
exist in Diceroprocta cinctifera as the Rio Grande is ascended.
Individuals with greenish or yellowish-green collar and front
margin to the fore wings, known as variety viridicosta Davis, are
found from the Gulf to about Eagle Pass, replaced further up the
river in Texas and New Mexico by the typical cinctifera Uhler.
Along Limpia Creek, a branch of the Pecos River, Diceroprocta
cinctifera variety limpia Davis is found. (See Jour. N. Y. Ent.
Soc., March, 1930, p. 60, and June, 1932, p. 246.)

Proarna cocosensis Davis

This species was described and figured in this Journal for
June, 1935, page 191, from two males and one female. The
cicadas in the Carnegie Museum at Pittsburgh, Pa., were ex-

Sept., 1938]

Davis: Cicadas

303

amined June 5, 1936, and Dr. Hugo Kahl showed me seven males,
six females and a number of nymphal skins of cocosensis collected
February 10, 1936, by Reynold L. Fricke, when the yacht “ Vaga-
bonds ” visited Cocos Island. Some of these have been compared
with the specimens included in the original description, and the
characteristic heavy Culb vein in the fore wings found to be the
same.

Herrera lugubrina (Stal)

In “Biologia Centrali Americana,’ ’ Rhynch. Horn., Carineta
lugubrina Stal, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xxv, p. 57 (1864), is figured. In
his 1906 Catalogue Distant places it in the genus Herrera. The
original description states that it is blackish, opaque with the
tegmina and wings dirty vitreous veined with fuscous. Long
10-13, expanse of tegmina 30-36 mill. The head rather obtuse
and the thorax in front a little wider than the head and eyes with
the lateral margins parallel towards apex beyond the middle wider
at base with a transverse groove quite near the hind margin.

In the writer’s collection there are 95 specimens from Com-
postela, Nayarit, Mexico, that resemble this species, but Mr. W. E.
China of the British Museum, who has kindly compared speci-
mens from this series states that they “ appear to represent a new
species.” As so many of the cicadas from Compostela have
proved to be undescribed it is likely that this Herrera should at
least be separated as a variety of lugubrina pending the accumula-
tion of more specimens.

Herrera lugubrina (Stal). Variety compostelensis, new vari-
ety. (Plate XXIV, Fig. 7.).

Type male, allotype female, Compostela, Nayarit, Mexico,
August, 1936. Davis collection.

Paler than lugubrina, and pronotum rarely blackish. Front
pale yellowish or greenish yellow ; black band connecting eyes ;
pronotum yellowish or olivaceous, with a central band bifurcated
in front; grooves blackened and an oblique black spot each side
near the collar, which has the anterior margin black and the pos-
terior margin pale. Mesonotum with four obconical marks; the
X olivaceous, with a fuscous spot immediately in front. Abdomen

304

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

greenish yellow with a dorsal row of spots, sometimes absent or
nearly so; also a row of spots each side which extend over the
margin to the underside, where there is a median row of spots. In
the males the spots usually do not extend quite to the end of the
abdomen. Legs pale, striped with black. Membranes at base
of fore and hind wings yellowish.

1. HERRERA LATICAPITATA

2. H. LUGUBRINA VAR. COMPOSTELENSIS

Measurements in Millimeters

Male Type

Female Allotype

Length of body

12

13.5

Width of head across eyes

4

4

Expanse of fore wings

34

35

Greatest width of fore wing

7

7

This insect occurs in July and August, and as it has been taken
for the past six years, must be fairly common.

Herrera laticapitata new species. (Plate XXIV, Fig. 8.)

Type male and allotype female from Huixtla Valley near Ver-
gel, Chiapas, Mexico, June 24, 1935. Found on a tree, and
received from Dr. A. Dampf to whom the type has been returned.

Differs from the description of Kerr era ( Carineta ) lugubrina Stal, and
variety compostelensis Davis, in having the head across the eyes broader than
the front part of the pronotum. Also the front of the head is much more
tumid and prominent. It is blackish with ‘ 1 tegmina and wings dirty vitreous
varied with fuscous, ’ ’ as in lugubrina, but the membranes at base of fore and
hind wings dark olivaceous and not yellowish. Front olivaceous, a broad
black band ■ connecting the eyes. Pronotum olivaceous with a central band
bifurcated in front and joining the black collar at the posterior margin. The
hind margin of the collar is not narrowly pale, nor are the grooves blackened.
Mesonotum with the usual four obconical marks ; X olivaceous with a fuscous

Sept., 1938]

Davis: Cicadas

305

spot in front. Abdomen clouded with fuscous. Beneath, the head, except
the pale front, black; the pronotum and mesonotum mottled with black.
Abdomen paler than the thorax and without the central longitudinal dark
band of spots as in lugubrina variety compostelensis. Legs pale; opercula
small, arcuate, apically fuscous and not bordered with pale.

Measurements in Millimeters

Male Type

Female Allotype

Length of body

13

14

Width of head across eyes

5

5

Expanse of fore wings

38

37

Greatest width of fore wing

7

6.5

Okanagana aurora Davis

At the time this beautiful insect was described (Jour. N. Y.
Ent. Soc., June, 1936) but three specimens were known to me, all
collected near Mammoth, Mono County, California. Three addi-
tional specimens, two males and a female, collected at McGee
Creek, Mono County, California, July 7, 9 and 11, 1932, have been
examined in the collection of the Carnegie Museum, Pitts-
burgh, Pa.

Okanagana tanneri Davis

This insect was described in this Journal, March, 1930, from
three males collected at Woodside, Emery County, Utah, and later
Prof. Tanner sent five males and twelve females taken at the same
locality and time as the type. A male collected at Gateway, Mesa
County, Colorado, June 29, 1932 (L. G. Davis) is in the collection
of the University of Kansas, and on June 18, 1933, Prof. G. F.
Knowlton, collected two males at Cedar, Emery County, Utah,
one of which was kindly presented to the writer. Other specimens
examined, sent by Dr. John W. Sugden, have been, male, June 10,
1934, Orangeville, Emery County, and male, June 15, 1935, Price,
Carbon County, Utah. This form which is now regarded as a
distinct species was described in 1930, as a “showy black and pale
straw-colored insect, ’ ’ and it was further stated that : ‘ ‘ Both
pairs of wings at base, as well as the anal membranes, are pale
straw-colored. ’ ’

306

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Lately Dr. J ohn W. Sugden, of Salt Lake City, sent me the fol-
lowing species, here described as new.

Okanagana sugdeni, new species.

Type male and allotype female, Orangeville, Emery County,
Utah, June 21, 1934. Type in Sugden collection.

This remarkable appearing species has the anal membranes of both pairs
of wings blood-red instead of pale straw-color. Also the black tergum has
the segments margined posteriorly with dark red instead of straw-color, and
the valve of the male is reddish or blackish. Beneath, the pale straw-color
areas of tanneri are replaced by red. The last abdominal segment of the
female is nearly all black, instead of being black at base only.

OKANAGANA SUGDENI

Measurements in Millimeters

Male Type

Female Allotype

Length of body

29

28

Width of head across eyes

7.5

8

Expanse of fore wings

’ 71

75

Greatest width of fore wing

12

13

Note: Since the examination of the type and allotype, Dr.
Sugden has sent 15 paratypes collected at Orangeville, Utah, June
10 and 21, 1934. The wings lack the yellowish color of tanneri ,
and are clear and much more transparent. In several the pro-
notum is black edged all around with reddish.

Okanagana rimosa Say, and the Development of Supernumerary
Cross Veins in the Fore Wings.

On July 1, 1937, Dr. A. E. Brower collected four male and fifty-
six female specimens of Okanagana rimosa Say, in the blueberry

Sept., 1938]

Davis: Cicadas

307

barrens at Aurora, Maine, and kindly sent them to me. It was
observed that while they showed hardly any variation in size or
color pattern, twelve of the females exhibited variations in the
first cross vein, the second cross veins of the fore wings being
normal. In three examples, the first cross vein was doubled in
both of the fore wings, while the remaining nine had the first cross
vein either doubled or forked in but one of the fore wings.

In this Journal for June, 1936, there is a note on the develop-
ment of a supernumerary vein extending from vein Cul into the
8th marginal area of the fore wing in seventy-seven of the three
hundred and four specimens of Okanagana magnified Davis, in the
writer’s collection. The specimens came from Arizona, New
Mexico and Colorado.

It is of interest that these variations in the venation of the fore
wings should be thus localized in the two species, and it may be
added that variation in the cross veins, to some slight extent, is not
uncommon.

Okanagana pallidula Davis, Its Distribution and Color Forms.

This species was described and figured in this Journal for
December, 1917, from ten males collected in Merced County, Cali-
fornia. It was described as : “A yellowish insect, almost uni-
colorous, with the membrane or flaps at the base of the wings
orange.” The cicadas were captured while singing, so the sup-
position that they were immature could not be entertained. In
this Journal for 1919, page 187, the insect is said to be : “Yellow-
ish or yellowish green; front conical and prominent. Expands
about 50 mm. ’ ’ Sixty-five specimens are recorded in the Journal
for March, 1930, collected in 1929 at Bakersfield, Kern County, in
Merced County and in Yolo County, California. Dr. R. H.
Beamer wrote that they were exceptionally common in 1929 in
California’s great Central Valley, and as far as has been learned
in later years pallidula is confined to this valley, occurring from
May to August inclusive. All of the specimens examined to 1930
were pale, being either yellowish or pale greenish.

In 1933 Dr. K. H. Beamer of the University of Kansas, sent to
me for examination 47 males and 2 females from Mojave, Kern
County, California, collected July 7, 1933. In this lot appeared

308

Journal New York Entomological Society [Yol. xlvi

the first dark colored individuals seen by me, one male being
almost black.

In 1936, Mr. F. T. Scott sent 154 pallidula, and wrote the cicadas
had been quite common in the San Joaquin Valley that year. ‘ ‘ It
seems to be associated with alkali Mallow and never gets very
high off the ground, in fact is rather commonly found in its hole,
and may sometimes be lifted out on a straw. Almost half the
specimens from this sending were greenish in color when captured,
but soon faded.” This species has a “very thin light song,” and
it has been found singing while on the ground with its head out
of a hole, as observed by Alonzo C. Davis, in Merced County, July,
1917.

In the lot of 154 sent by Mr. Scott in 1936, there were, from
Knight’s Landing, Yolo County, a number of pale specimens, a
greater number showing some dark color, particularly on the
mesonotum, as well as six black males. As this insect was de-
scribed as pale yellowish or greenish, as indeed most of them are,
it would appear, that as there are occasional black specimens, that
they should be given a variety name.

Okanagana pallidula Davis. Variety nigra, new variety.

(Plate XXIV, Fig. 6.)

Type male, Knight’s Landing, Yolo County, California, July
20, 1936 (F. T. Scott). Davis collection.

Resembles in size and color many examples of Okanagana van-
duzeei and 0. consobrina, but may be separated by the front of
the head being more tumid, in lacking the many hairs on the
dorsal surface of the head and pronotum, and in the absence of
an inner ventral notch on the underside of the female, present
in vanduzeei and its forms. The front wings are narrower than

Measurements in Millimeters

Male Type

Length of body 21

Width of head across eyes 6

Expanse of fore wings 51

Greatest width of fore wing 8

Sept., 1938]

Davis: Cicadas

309

in consobrina. The pronotnm has the hind margin pale and side
margins black in the type, but the side margins may also be pale.
The basal cell of the fore wings in the type and six of the para-
types is clouded, as in vanduzeei, and nearly clear in one, as in
the connecting color forms collected at the same place and time.

Though recorded only from Yolo and Kern counties, variety
nigra should be found elsewhere in the Sacramento and San
Joaquin Valley.

310

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Figure 6.
Figure 7.
Figure 8.

Plate XXIY

Tibicen marginalis variety pronotalis. Type.
Diceroprocta alacris variety campechensis. Type.
Diceroprocta tepicana. Type.

Diceroprocta balceri (Distant).

Diceroprocta delicata variety aurantiaca. Type.
OJcanagana pallidula variety nigra. Type.
Herrera lugubrina variety compostelensis. Type.
Herrera laticapitata. Type.

Sept., 1938]

Barber: Lyg^id^e

313

A REVIEW OF THE GENUS CROPHIUS STAL, WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES
(HEMIPTERA— HETEROPTERA :
LYGiEIDiE)

By H. G. Barber

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,

United States Department of Agriculture

Only three species of Crophius were recognized previous to
the time E. P. Van Dnzee published his monograph of the genus
(Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. IX, 1909 (1910), pp. 389-398).
That author added four new species from the western part of the
United States and correctly assigned to the genus Mayana costata
and M. dirupta Distant and Oxycarenus scabrosus Uhler. Since
it is now possible to recognize both of Distant’s species from
Guatemala and since three new forms have been discovered it
seems advisable to review the genus. Aside from their arrange-
ment in a revised key, the old species, which were clearly diag-
nosed by Van Duzee, need no further description. In order that
they may be more readily recognizable, I have added a brief char-
acterization of Distant’s two species referred to above, based on
specimens contained in the collection of the U. S. National Mu-
seum. ( Aneuropharus ) Crophius leucocnemis Berg, 1879, is
omitted from the key, as it is unknown to me.

Nearly all the species before me are represented by fairly long
series, extensive enough at least to show that coloration is fairly
uniform and characteristic in each species. It wil be noted that
both in the key and in the descriptions much reliance is placed
upon this factor for distinguishing certain forms which are so
closely related that it is difficult otherwise to differentiate them.

Key to Species of Crophius

1. Pronotum anteriorly without a complete or conspicuous, transverse, white

or light colored band 2

Pronotum anteriorly with a complete, conspicuous, transverse, white or
light colored band 10

2. Veins of membrane, at least in part, irregular, either branched or reticu-

lated 3

314

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xl/vi

Veins of membrane entirely simple and unbranched 6

3. Head and pronotum with numerous erect grayish hairs in place of glandu-

lar hairs ; veins of membrane reticulate 4

Head and pronotum nearly glabrous or with short glandular hairs ; veins
of membrane branched or irregular ; 5

4. Costal margin of corium impunctate and immaculate ; corium closely and

coarsely punctate between the fuscous veins diruptus (Distant)

Costal margin of corium with an irregular row of fuscous punctures;
corium sparsely punctate between the concolorous veins.

costatus (Distant)

5. Veins of membrane piceous, irregularly ramose and broken. Costal mar-

gin very slightly expanded, gently, convexly rounded from base to apex.

ramosus n. sp.

Veins of membrane slightly fuscous, branched apically. Costal margin
distinctly expanded and nearly straight from base to apex.

impressus Van Duzee

6. Costal margin of corium impunctate and immaculate. , Membrane with a

large fuscous discal area, devoid of small spots between the veins 7

Costal margin of corium spotted with fuscous. Membrane with small fus-
cous spots between the veins 9

7. Head, pronotum, scutellum, clavus, and inner apical part of corium black.

Membrane with a distinct white spot at inner basal part.

scliwarzi Van Duzee

Head, pronotum, and scutellum piceous to dark ferruginous. Membrane
without a white basal spot 8

8. Corium whitish, entirely unicolorous. Membrane fuscous, broad apical

margin white with a row of fuscous spots heidemanni Van Duzee

Corium cinereous to testaceous, fusco-punctate, veins frequently infus-
cated. Wide margin of membrane hyaline, immaculate.

disconotus (Say)

9. Membrane short, less than half as long as corium, hemielytra strongly con-

vex; costal margin strongly convex from base to apex. Commissure

nearly twice as long as scutellum convexus n. sp.

Membrane about as long as corium, hemielytra only moderately convex;
costal margin slightly convex from base to apex. Commissure about as
long as scutellum scabrosus (Uhler)

10. Pronotum as long as wide. Veins of membrane, at least towards apex,

branched. Head ferruginous angustatus Van Duzee

Pronotum distinctly wider than long. Veins of membrane simple, un-
branched. Head black or piceous 11

11. Entire corium unicolorous, white, disk sparsely and faintly punctate; veins

scarcely elevated. Membrane hyaline with uncolored veins albidus n. sp.
Corium sordid white to gray, disk distinctly punctate with fuscous ; veins
distinctly elevated, infuscated. Membrane hyaline with slightly infus-
cated veins bohemani (Stal)

Sept., 1938]

Barber: Lyg^eid^e

315

Crophius ramosus new species

The following parts are dull black: Head, basal segment of antenna,
anterior lobe of pronotum except mesally at anterior margin, where it is
obscurely pale, scutellum, outer apical angle of corium, and ventral surface
except bucculse, margins of acetabula, and posterior margins of metapleura,
which are white. Posterior lobe of pronotum sordid cinereous or lightly in-
fuscated, with an indistinct median pale line. Corium cinereous, punctate
with fuscous and clouded with fuscous especially along posterior margin and
also frequently along the veins. Membrane sordid white, opaque, with veins
and irregular intervening maculae heavily infuscated. Apical three segments
of antennae, rostrum, femora, tibiae at bases, and apices and terminal segments
of tarsi dark castaneous. Dorsal parts, particularly the head, anterior lobe of
pronotum, and the scutellum clothed with short glandular hairs, thus appear-
ing sabulose.

Head about as wide as long, the short glandular hairs proclinate. Antenna
with the basal segment somewhat incrassate and slightly exceeding the tylus,
terminal segment but slightly longer than second. Pronotum about one-fourth
wider than long, the impression between the two lobes shallow, anterior sub-
margin and posterior lobe, except on the middle line, coarsely punctate with
fuscous. Scutellum strongly, transversely depressed at base, glabrous medially.
Corium with costal margin slightly expanded, with a single irregular row of
small fuscous punctures; the extreme edge nearly straight in the male, gently
rounded from base to apex in the female; surface coarsely punctate between
the veins, punctures usually more confluent along the veins, which are dis-
tinctly elevated; posterior margin before the membrane fringed with short
glandular hairs. Membrane with irregular veins which are often incomplete
and broken, interspersed with small fuscous spots. Length 2.50-3.00 mm.

Type, male: Snowville, Utah, June 24, 1932, on Atriplex (G.
F. Knowlton). Paratypes, males: Hollister, Idaho, June 5, 1931,
on Norta altissima, and Sept. 26, 1932 ; Hubbs Butte, Idaho, June
8 and 15, 1931; 2 Burley, Idaho, June 16, 1931; Hansen, Idaho,
June 23, 1931. Females: Jerome, Idaho, May 29, 1931; Hubbs
Butte, Idaho, June 8 and 17, 1931 ; Burley, Idaho, June 9 and 16
and July 24, 1931 ; Hansen, Idaho, June 9 and 16, 1931 ; Hollister,
Idaho, June 13, 1931, on Norta altissima. U. S. National Museum
Cat. No. 52163.

Most of the Idaho specimens were taken in wind-vane traps by
David E. Pox.

Crophius ramosus is most closely related to C. scabrosus Uhler
but is readily distinguished from that species by the sebaceous
character of the pubescence and by the strikingly different vena-
tion of the membrane. One male specimen from Burley, Idaho,

316

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

differs from the typical form in having the tylns and basal two
segments of the antenna ferruginous.

Crophius albidus new species

Nearly glabrous, somewhat shining. Head black. Pronotum with the
anterior lobe behind the broad, white, anterior margin, the posterior lobe
broadly on either side of the middle, and the scutellum fuscocastaneous. An-
tenna with the first three segments and also the rostrum ferruginous, terminal
segment of the former lightly infuscated. Wide anterior margin and a sub-
triangular, mesal spot on posterior part of the pronotum and the immaculate
corium white. Membrane hyaline, with veins either uncolored or very faintly
infuscated. Ventral surface fuscocastaneous, with the following parts white:
Anterior margin of the prosternum, margins of the acetabula, and posterior
margins of the metapleura. Femora and bases of tibiae castaneous, the latter
elsewhere white.

Head as long as wide, closely punctate. Antenna with the basal segment
slightly incrassate, extending by a third of its length beyond apex of head,
second and fourth segments nearly equal. Pronotum one-third wider than
long, transverse impression between the lobes shallow, disk' of anterior lobe
impunctate, anterior submargin and posterior lobe closely and coarsely punc-
tate. Scutellum a little wider than long, finely, sparsely punctate either side
of the middle. Corium and clavus ivory white, immaculate, with concolorous,
shallow punctures; more closely punctate on the clavus; veins of corium incon-
spicuous ; costal margin distinctly expanded and slightly reflexed, the extreme
edge straight anteriorly. Membrane hyaline, with simple, inconspicuous veins.
Length 3.00-3.50 mm.

Type, male : Ephraim, Utah, June 15, 1904. Paratypes, males :
3, Mt. Pleasant, Utah, June 11, 1903. Females: With the same
data as male paratypes. U. S. National Museum Cat. No. 52164.

Crophius albidus is most closely related to C. bohemani (Stal)
and C. disconotus (Say), from both of which it differs by its
immaculate and unicolorous corium as well as by the very slightly
infuscated or concolorous veins of the membrane.

Crophius convexus new species

Dull, sparsely clothed with short glandular hairs, more numerous on the
head and pronotum. Strongly convex, especially across the hemielytra. Sordid
gray. The following parts black to fuscocastaneous : Sides of head, basal and
terminal segments of antenna, base of scutellum, and ventral surface, with the
exception of posterior margins of metapleura, which are white, and margins
of the acetabula, which are sordid testaceous ; broad central disk of head and
second and third segments of antenna ferruginous ; anterior lobe of pronotum
across the cicatrices castaneous, surface before and behind these as well as

Sept., 1938]

Barber: Lyg^id^e

317

the scutellum posteriorly sordid testaceous, punctate with fuscous; a pale,
testaceous, longitudinal, median line of the pronotum is interrupted by the
cicatrices; clavus and corium, except for the paler basal fourth of each, pro-
fusely punctate with fuscous, with the veins often infuscated; the expanded
costal margin with an irregular row of distinct fuscous punctures ; membrane
semihyaline with the veins and small spots, fuscous ; legs with the femora,
except at apices and the tibiae narrowly at bases and apices, castaneous, the
latter elsewhere white.

Head a little wider than long, coarsely and roughly punctate ; clothed with
short glandular hairs, more numerous about the eyes and along the preocular
margins. Antenna with the incrassate basal segment extended by a third of
its length beyond the tylus. Pronotum about one-third wider than long, re-
gion of the cicatrices distinctly elevated and sparsely punctate, elsewhere rather
closely and coarsely punctate except along a narrow pale median calloused
line ; posterior lobe but little wider than the anterior lobe, the shallow impres-
sion between the lobes usually more distinct at the side margins. Scutellum
about one-third wider than long, sparsely, coarsely punctate. Hemielytra
strongly convex, lateral margins convexly rounded throughout ; inner margins
behind scutellum straight and in contact to base of membrane, the commissure
distinctly longer than the scutellum, one membrane only slightly overlapping
the other; clavus not declivous but level with the corium, coarsely irregularly
punctate; corium with two well marked veins; surface coarsely and closely
punctate; costal margin distinctly expanded and irregularly punctate with
fuscous. Membrane short, less than half as long as corium, wrinkled; veins
distinctly elevated, unbranched; numerous small dots between the veins.
Length 2.50-3.00 mm.

Type, male : Peru, on C evens, intercepted at the Inspection
House, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Washing-
ton, D. C., Aug. 4, 1936. Paratypes : 5 males and 8 females, 6 of
the latter with the same data as the type ; 1 with the same data
as the type but intercepted June 4, 1936, and 1 labeled Callas,
Peru, on Cereus, intercepted June 3, 1936. U. S. National
Museum Cat. No. 52165.

Crophius convexus is most closely related to C. scabrosus
(Uhler) and C. ramosus, n. sp., having short glandular hairs,
particularly on the head, hut differs markedly in being more
ovate and more convex dorsally and in having a much shorter
membrane. The shape of the pronotum and the character of the
hemielytra as well as the aborted wings indicate very clearly that
all of the specimens at hand are brachypterous. So far as known
and recorded this apears to be the only case of brachyptery occur-
ring in the genus Crophius.

318

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Crophius diruptus (Distant)

Mayana dirupta Distant, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Rynch. II, 1893, 388.

This species agrees with costatus in the pilosity of the head and
pronotum and in the reticulate-veined membrane but differs from
that species in being somewhat shining and in having a much
more closely and coarsely punctate clavus and corium, with
slightly expanded costal margin impunctate.

A single male specimen labeled Mayana dirupta from the
Biologia Centrali- Americana material, from the type locality, is
in the collection of the U. S. National Museum.

Crophius costatus (Distant)

Mayana cost at a Distant, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rynch. II, 1893, 388,
Tab. XXXIY, fig. 13.

Closely related to Crophius scabrosus Uhler, which it resembles
in appearance, but differs from that species in the following im-
portant respects : Head and pronotum distinct pilose, not pro-
vided with short, glandular hairs, the corium more sparsely punc-
tate with fuscous and the veins of the unspotted membrane dis-
tinctly reticulated. This latter characteristic is plainly indicated
in Distant’s figure of a specimen from Guatemala, but is not men-
tioned in the description. The above characterization is based on
two specimens, $ and J, from Mexico determined by me in the
collection of the U. S. National Museum. These were intercepted
at Brownsville, Texas, October, 1936, on chrysanthemums. If I
am correct in my identification of this species there is one dis-
crepancy which should be noted. Although the figure shows the
costal margin distinctly punctate or spotted with fuscous, the
description states that this margin is impunctate. The two speci-
mens before me have the costal margin agreeing with the figure.

List of the Species of Crophius
albidus n. sp. — Utah.

angustatus Yan Duzee, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. IX, 1909
(1910), 391, 395, fig.— Calif., Utah.

bohemani (Stal), Freg. Eugen. Resa, Ins., Hem., 1859, 251. —
Calif., Oreg., Wash., Vancouver Is., Idaho, Utah.
convexus n. sp. — Peru.

Sept., 1938]

Barber: Lyg^id2e

319

costalis (Distant), Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rynch. II, 1893, 388,
Tab. XXXIV, fig. 13. — Guatemala, Mexico.

diruptus (Distant), Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rynch. II, 1893, 388.
— Guatemala.

disconotus (Say), Heterop. N. Harm. Incl. 1832, 14. — Canada
and eastern part of U. S.

heidemanni Van Duzee, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. IX, 1909
(1910), 391, 393, fig.— Ariz.

impressus Van Duzee, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. IX, 1909
(1910), 391, 396, fig.— Calif.

leucocnemis (Berg), Hem. Argent. 1879, 285. — Argentina.

ramosus n. sp. — Idaho, Utah.

scabrosus (Uhler), Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XXVII, 1904, 353. —
Ariz., N. Mex., Utah, Nev., Colo., Idaho, western Nebr.

schwarziV an Duzee, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. IX, 1909 (1910),
391, 392, fig. — Ariz.

320

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

PERSISTENCE OF TORTILIA VIATRIX BUSCK

On September 18, 1933 a representative of a warehouse at Ho-
boken, New Jersey brought to the attention of the Bureau of
Entomology and Plant Quarantine a moth which was present in
large numbers in bagged senna leaves (about 645,000 pounds)
imported from Sudan, Africa some one and one-half to three years
previous.1 The insect was described by Busck as Tortilia viatrix.2
Arrangements were made for fumigation of this senna, and on
November 17, 1933 this was accomplished using “Carboxide”
(ethylene oxide-carbon dioxide mixture). The gas was used at
the rate of 15 pounds of carboxide to 1,000 cubic feet of space.
The length of exposure was 48 hours. Some few adult moths
were present, though larvte and eggs predominated. Twenty-two
vials containing live insects were placed in various places through-
out the baled senna, and all the check insects were killed. An
inspection in August of 1934 revealed that there were many of
the insects in the senna, though the fumigation had reduced the
number considerably. On September 15, 1934 the senna was
again fumigated with hydrocyanic acid gas, used at the heavy
dosage of 2 pounds of sodium cyanide per 1,000 cubic feet of space.
The exposure was for 25 hours. Again no sign of life was ob-
served in the check vials. Since that time however the infesta-
tion has continued, adults being found in 1935, 1936, 1937 and
1938. The leaves are dry at this time to the point of brittleness,
and the warehouse in which the material is stored is bone dry.
Yet the infestation is continuing. It was Doctor Busck ’s opinion
that ‘ ‘ the continued survival and spread of this species in America
is not probable, though not necessarily excluded.” He realized
that since the insect, had been able to maintain itself for several
generations in the warehouse, climatic conditions would not be the
determining factor in its survival. We agree with Doctor Busck
that if the species finally disappears from America it will be due
to the absence of stored senna and because it is not able to survive
on our native Cassia, in the open. — F. A. Soraci.

1 Weiss, H. B., Rex, E. G. Outbreak of an African Moth in Stored Senna.
Jour. Econ. Ent., vol. 27, No. 3, p. 557-558.

2 Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 36, No. 3, March, 1934.

Sept., 1938]

Weiss: Martyn

321

THOMAS MARTYN’S “ENGLISH ENTOMOLOGIST’’

By Harry B. Weiss

About twelve years ago I wrote an account entitled “Thomas
Martyn, Conchologist, Entomologist and Pamphleteer of the
Eighteenth Century,” that was published in “The American
Collector” (Vol. 3, No. 2, November 1926, p. 57-62, 2 pL). Re-
cently I acquired a copy of “The English Entomologist” by
Martyn and a leisurely examination of it has brought some inter-
esting facts to light.

Little is known of Thomas Martyn except what may be gleaned
from an examination of his publications. Apparently he flour-
ished from about 1760 to 1816. Supposedly a native of Coventry,
in 1784 he was living at 26 King Street, Covent Garden, and in
1786 at 10 Great Marlborough Street, London. At this latter ad-
dress he ran his “private painting establishment for instructing
youths,” and by 1789 he had ten scholars or apprentices. These
boys, under his training, made drawings of shells, etc., and colored
the plates for his books. In 1804 he was located at 52 Great
Russell street, Bloomsbury.

During his lifetime, Martyn received flattering letters, and
medals from kings and emperors testifying to the excellence of
his work and in his books these are usually mentioned in the intro-
ductory portions. When it came to collecting honors, Mr. Martyn
knew his way around. For example, he dedicated ‘ ‘ The English
Entomologist” to Charles IV, King of Spain, and this was ar-
ranged through the Spanish ambassador to the English court, the
Marquis del Campo. However, Martyn ’s works were excellently
printed and engraved and deserved princely recognition, even
though it was stimulated. As these matters are more specifically
mentioned in my previous account there is no need of repeating
them here.

Some of Martyn ’s works are bibliographical puzzles. For ex-
ample, Mr. W. H. Dali many years ago stated that bibliographers
had been unfortunate in their references concerning the publica-
tion dates of Martyn ’s most important work, “The Universal

322 Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Conchologist exhibiting the Figure of every known Shell accu-
rately drawn and painted after Nature ; with a new Systematic
arrangement by the Author,” presumably published in 1784.
As a matter of fact, the first 80 plates were published in 1784;
forty more appeared in 1786, and the entire work of 160 plates
was completed in 1787. Dates on title pages were changed at
least twice and copies are known to exist dated 1784, 1787, and
1789.

In 1797 he brought out ‘‘Psyche, Figures of Non descript Lepi-
dopterous Insects, or Rare Moths and Butterflies From different
parts of the World.” C. Davies Sherborn in “A Note on Thomas
Martyn ’s ‘Psyche,’ 1797” (Ann. Mag. Nat. His. (7) 1, 1898, p.
106-108) gave collations of the ten copies then thought to be in
existence. However, in 1931 Francis J. Griffin and C. Davies
Sherborn published an article entitled “ A Census of the Known
Copies of ‘Martyn (T.) Psyche,’ 1797” in the June issue of “The
Library Association Record” (Vol. 1, Ser. 3, No. 6, p. 192-6),
and in this the subject is reopened and seventeen copies, in vary-
ing stages of completion are located and collated. These authors
traced 8 copies with 32 plates and no text ; 1 copy with 31 plates
and no text; 1 copy with 28 (+ 4 in facsimile) plates and no
text ; 1 copy with 15 plates and no text ; 1 copy with 13 plates and
no text ; 2 copies with 4 plates and 8 pages of English and 8 pages
of French text ; and 3 copies with 2 plates and 6 pages of English
and 6 pages of French text.

Martyn ’s work entitled ‘ ‘ The English Entomologist Exhibiting
all the Coleopterous Insects Found in England: Including up-
wards of 500 different Species, the Figures of which have never
before been given to the Public The Whole Accurately drawn &
painted after Nature, Arranged and named according to the Lin-
nean System” was published in London in 1792 according to the
engraved title page. The dedication to Charles IV, King of
Spain, and the Indies, is dated March 21, 1793 and the paper and
plates in some instances, carry 1801 watermarks. Although
watermark dates cannot always be relied upon, it does not seem as
if this book actually appeared in 1792. The title page was prob-
ably engraved in 1792 and used later when the forty-two plates
were finished. This no doubt took place between 1793 and 1801.

Sept., 1938]

Weiss: Martyn

323

Although nine years seems a long time between the actual engrav-
ing of the title page and the appearance of the finished volume, it
is conceivable that delays occurred either in the preparation of
the plates or in the accumulation of printing funds.

On the other hand, the 1801 signatures may have been printed
in 1801 and bound with signatures printed previously. Without
more information on what actually happened, it is difficult to
arrive at a satisfactory explanation of the discrepancies in the
dates.

Martyn ’s natural history books were finely printed and there
was nothing cheap about them. In fact “The English Ento-
mologist” bears the imprint of the “Shakspeare Press, W. Bul-
mer & Co.” This press, which had the support and interest of
George III was established about 1787. The firm was known as
W. Bulmer and Co. and included Mr. George Nicol, bookseller to
the King, and Mr. William Martin, type designer. In 1819 Mr.
Bulmer retired, with a well-earned fortune. The Shakspeare
Press was a commercial firm that combined printing, type found-
ing, engraving and paper to produce as nearly a perfect product
as possible. The best paper, the best types and the best ink were
chosen by Bulmer, who was always searching for improvements,
and his books show the care and thought that went into their pro-
duction. This was unusual for commercial printers of that time
and only one other printer (Thomas Bensley) had similar ideals.
Whatman paper was used and in Martyn ’s “ English Entomolo-
gist” the watermarks “J. Whatman” and “J. Whatman 1801”
may be found. This is true also for Martyn ’s “Universal Con-
chologist, although the copy (1789) of this examined at the
library of the American Museum of Natural History does not
mention the name of the printer. The Whatman mill, long noted
for the superiority of its paper was established in Maidstone, En-
gland in 1731 by James Whatman and the James Whatman
Springfield mill is in existence today at Maidstone, Kent.

Martin’s fount used by Bulmer has individuality and beauty
and it lent itself to the production of large, imposing books. This
may be readily noted by an examination of the text of “The
English Entomologist,” which is in both English and French.

Entomologically, the contents of “The English Entomologist”

324

Journal New York Entomological Society [Yol. xlvi

are now chiefly of historical value, although at the time of its
publication it must have been of considerable interest to Cole-
opterists who had need of identifying their captures. How well
they succeeded is problematical. Accompanying the 42 plates
containing illustrations of over 500 species is the text from Lin-
naeus’ “Systema Naturae,” giving the characters of 30 “gen-
era, ’ ’ now families, including the Forficulidse, then considered as
beetles. In the StaphylinidaB, Carabidse and Curculionidae quite
a few unnamed species are figured. Most of the drawings were
made from specimens in Martyn’s collection and are well exe-
cuted and colored. However, he did not favor enlarged repre-
sentation and consequently all illustrations show the beetles in
their natural size, resulting in many figures being so small that
they are impossible of accurate delineation or identification.
Many, because of their smallness, are meaningless.

Martyn intended to illustrate the Hemiptera, Neuroptera, Hy-
menoptera and Diptera in a similar way in two volumes, but so
far as is known, they never materialized.

In addition to painting and natural history, Martyn had other
interests which are indicated by some of the following titles of
his works.

1. “Hints of important Uses to be derived from Aerostatic
Globes. With a Print of an Aerostatic Globe . . . origi-
nally designed in 1783.” London, 1784.

2. “The Universal Conchologist. ...” London, 1784.

3. “The Soldiers and Sailors Friend,” London, 1786.

This is an 8vo pamphlet suggesting a national assessment
for the maintenance of superannuated disabled soldiers
and sailors.

4. “A Short Account of the Nature, Principle and Progress
of a Private Establishment. ...” London, 1789.

This is an account of his “Academy of Painting.”

5. “The English Entomologist. ...” London, 1792 (?).

6. “Aranei, or a Natural History of Spiders. ...” London,
1793.

7. “Figures of Plants,” London, 1795.

8. “Psyche, Figures of Non descript Lepidopterous Insects.
...” London, 1797.

Sept., 1938]

Weiss: Martyn

325

9. “A Dive into Buonaparte’s Councils on his projected
Invasion of old England.” London, 1804.

10. “ Great Britain’s Jubilee Monitor and Briton’s Mirror
... of their most sacred Majesties George III and Char-
lotte his Queen.” London, 1810.

This is a pamphlet commemorating the 50th year of the
King’s reign.

Thomas Martyn also edited in 1811, the “ Natural System
of Colours ... by the late Moses Harris. ’ ’

From the standpoint of the history of printing, Martyn ’s books
are of unusual interest and they also have their place in the
history of natural history.

326

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

OCCURRENCE OF A SAWFLY (ACANTHOLYDA
ERYTHROCEPHALA L.) IN NEW JERSEY

In mid-June of 1937, a nursery inspector of the New Jersey
Department of Agriculture, Mr. C. E. Cobb, noted defoliation
of several acres of 5 to 12 foot red and Austrian pines ( Pinus
resinosa, P. nigra) in a nursery at Franklin Lakes (Oakland),
New Jersey. Some few larvas were taken and these were identified
at the New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station as Itycorsia
zappei Rohw. A note of the occurrence of this insect was for-
warded to the Insect Pest Survey of the Bureau of Entomology
and Plant Quarantine, appearing in the Insect Pest Survey Bul-
letin, vol. 17, No. 7, September 1, 1937. In observing the insect
the writer was puzzled by the fact that the larvae had completed
their growth and were entering the soil at least a month before
Itycorsia zappei is known to enter the soil. Accordingly, the
writer pointed out the infestation to entomologists of the Division
of Forest Insects Laboratory at Morristown, New Jersey. They,
in turn, pointed out a 40 foot white pine ( Pinus strobus) at Con-
vent Station (Morristown) , New Jersey which they had been keep-
ing under observation and which seemed to be similarly infested.
Larvas were taken from both sites, reared to adults and kindly
identified by G. A. Sandhouse in April, 1938 as Acantholyda
erythrocephala (L.), an insect which had been taken in the United
States only once before. On May 7, 1925 F. F. Smith and A. B.
Wells took two specimens, both males, from a nursery at Chestnut
Hill, Pennsylvania.1

On June 1 of 1938 at which time the larvae of this insect were
feeding on the needles of the pines, a spray of lead arsenate was
applied from an autogiro to the Oakland infestation. Practically
100 per cent kill was obtained. Since that time, however, the
insect has been taken in many locations in the State, as far south
as New Brunswick, and as far north as the northern-most corner
of the State. Larvas have also been taken as far west as Fleming-
ton and as far east as Alpine in New Jersey. No more serious
infestations have been discovered, but it does appear that the
insect is widefy distributed in this State. — F. A. Soraci.

1 Rohwer, S. A. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 17 (7), 173—174. 1927.

Sept., 1938]

Alexander: Crane-flies

327

RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEOTROPICAL
CRANE-FLIES (TIPULID^, DIPTERA), X

By Charles P. Alexander
Amherst, Massachusett

The preceding part under this general title was published in
June, 1931 (Journal of the New York Entomological Society,
39: 109-122). The crane-flies discussed herewith were all taken
in Colombia by Mr. Philip C. Stone, Graduate Student in Ento-
mology at the Massachusetts State College. The various species
were taken at and near Bogota, altitude 8,000 feet; at Usme, 25
kilos south of Bogota, altitude 10,000 feet; and at Fusagasuga,
altitude 4,800 feet. The types of the novelties are preserved in
my collection through the kindness of the collector, to whom my
very sincere thanks are extended.

Genus Tipula Linnaeus

Tipula bogotana new species.

Belongs to the monilifera group; antennae (male) unusually short, only
one-half the length of the body; flagellum dark brown, the basal swellings
black; wings with a strong brown tinge, with very restricted whitish areas
on disk, including an oblique band beyond anterior cord; male hypopygium
with the inner dististyle a broadly compressed pale blade; eighth sternite
with a very long slender median lobe.

Male. — Length about 13-15 mm.; wing 15—17 mm.; antenna 7-7.5 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head obscure yellow, including the long nasus;
palpi black. Antennae (male) relatively short for a member of this group,
as shown by the measurements ; scape and pedicel yellow, flagellar segments
dark brown, the globular basal enlargements black; outer flagellar segments
more uniformly blackened. Head buffy-brown, variegated with dark brown,
including a median line and more lateral areas on posterior vertex.

Pronotum buffy-brown, with a narrow dark brown median line. Mesonotal
prgescutum buffy-brown with four distinct but narrow dark brown stripes;
interspaces with very conspicuous dark brown setigerous punctures; a sub-
lateral darkening on prsescutum between the lateral stripes and the margin
of the sclerite ; scutal lobes gray, each variegated by two slightly darker brown
areas; scutellum brownish gray, with a capillary median brown vitta;
mediotergite gray, the posterior portion more darkened on either side, the
posterior half of the sclerite with several brown setigerous punctures.
Pleura and pleurotergite almost uniformly buffy. Halteres long, stem brown,

328

Journal New York Entomological Society [Yol. xlvi

the base narrowly yellow, the knobs dark brown. Legs with the coxae buffy ;
trochanters yellow; femora and tibiae brown, the tips narrowly and insensi-
bly darker ; tarsi black. Wings relatively broad, with a strong brown tinge,
the prearcular and costal portions, together with the stigma, darker brown;
very restricted whitish areas on disk, including an oblique band beyond
anterior cord, small areas near outer ends of cells E and M, and paired pale
spots in cell Cu before midlength; a zigzag pale area at about midlength of
cell 1st A ; basal portion of cell 2nd A somewhat pale.

Abdominal tergites reddish brown, slightly darkened medially and more
heavily and distinctly sublaterally, the extreme margins pale; subterminal
segments more uniformly darkened ; hypopygium chiefly pale. Male hypopy-
gium with the inner dististyle a broadly compressed, pale blade, only slightly
more narrowed on basal portion. Eighth sternite with a very long slender
median lobe, this fully five times as long as the width at base.

Holotype, J1, Bogota, altitude 8000 feet, July 1, 1936 (Stone).

Paratopotypes, 6 July 6- August 15, 1936 (Stone).

The nearest ally of the present fly is Tipula carizona Alexander,
likewise from the Colombian Andes. This latter species differs in
the longer antennae of the male and in the distinct details of
structure of the male hypopygium, especially the inner dististyle
and the short broad lobe of the eighth sternite. The wing-pattern
is somewhat similar in the two flies, but with the white band before
the cord even more restricted in bogotana and with the cubital
and anal cells differently patterned.

Tipula multimoda new species.

Male. — Length about 15 mm. ; wing 13 mm. ; antenna 7 mm.

Very closely allied to Tipula spinicauda Alexander (Journal New York
Entomological Society, 27 : 152-153; 1919) of Panama, differing especially
in the details of structure of the male hypopygium.

Male hypopygium with the lateral arms of the ninth tergite shorter and
broader, suddenly narrowed at tips, with spines almost to extreme apex.
Bilobed appendange in membrane between the eighth and ninth sternites
much better developed and more complicated than in spinicauda, each lobe
bearing a powerful dorsally-direeted arm, densely covered with short pale
setae and pubescence, these arms apparently asymmetrical on the two lobes
of the appendage.

Holotype, J', Puerto Boyaca, Magdalena Basin, altitude 500 feet,
August 16, 1936 (Stone).

Genus Limonia Meigen

Limonia (Rhipidia) stonei new species.

Size large (wing, female, 11 mm.) ; antennae black, the apical pedicels of
the segments brownish yellow; flagellar segments rather strongly produced;

Sept., 1938]

Alexander: Crane-flies

329

mesonotal prseseutum obscure yellow, with three darker brown stripes;
scutum and scutellum dark brown, with a continuous median testaceous
yellow stripe; mediotergite uniformly dark brown; pleura brownish yellow,
striped longitudinally with darker; halteres obscure yellow, the base of knob
darkened ; femora obscure yellow, the tips narrowly blackened, tibiae and tarsi
brownish black to black; wings cream-yellow, heavily patterned with darker,
including a series of six major costal areas; disk of wing streaked longi-
tudinally with brown; Sc long, Sct extending to beyond midlength of Bs;
m-cu at fork of M; abdominal tergites brownish black to black; sternites
yellow, the caudal margins narrowly blackened.

Female. — Length about 10 mm. ; wing 11 mm.

Eostrum and palpi black. Antennae black, the apical pedicels of the
flagellar segments brownish yellow; segments rather strongly produced (for
the female sex), the longest serrations being about as long as the segments;
verticils of unusual length, on the more basal flagellar segments about one-
half longer than the segments. Head dark gray, the vertex more infuscated
in front; anterior vertex reduced to a narrow strip that is only about one-
half the diameter of the scape.

Pronotum brown. Mesonotal prsescutum obscure brownish yellow, with
three broad, darker brown stripes; anterior ends of lateral stripes a little
incurved, interrupting or restricting the narrow interspaces at this point ;
lateral margins of prsescutum behind the humeri a little darkened; median
area of scutum and scutellum broadly testaceous-yellow, the lateral portions
abruptly dark brown; mediotergite dark brown. Pleura brownish yellow,
conspicuously variegated by darker, including a relatively wide blackish
stripe extending from the cervical region, crossing the propleura, anepis-
ternum, dorsal pteropleurite and ventral pleurotergite to base of abdomen ; a
more ventral pleural stripe includes the bases of the fore and middle coxae
and the ventral sternopleurite. Halteres obscure yellow, the base of knob
darkened. Legs with the coxae darkened basally, the posterior pair least so,
the remainder obscure yellow ; trochanters yellow ; femora obscure yellow, the
tips narrowly but conspicuously blackened, the amount subequal on all legs ;
tibiae and tarsi brownish black to black. Wings with the ground-color cream-
yellow, heavily and conspicuously patterned with dark and lighter brown;
the darker color includes a series of six major costal areas, the basal three
confluent or nearly so, greatly restricting the interspaces before origin of Bs;
fourth area oval, at fork of Sc; fifth area stigmal, confluent with a con-
spicuous seam along cord; last costal area shortly before outer end of cell
B2’, most of remaining wing-surface seamed and washed with darker, chiefly
restricting the yellow ground-color to longitudinal streaks in the centers of
the cells; bases of anal cells broadly yellow; veins dark. Venation: Sc
relatively long, Scx ending beyond midlength of Bs, Sc2 longer than $Ci; free
tip of Sc2 lying shortly beyond level of B2, B1+2 jutting beyond this point
as a short spur; m-cu at fork of M.

Abdominal tergites brownish black to black, the basal segment a little
brightened laterally; sternites yellow, the caudal margins narrowly black-

330

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlyi

ened. Ovipositor with the genital shield blackened; valves yellowish, dark-
ened at bases.

Holotype, 5, Usme, altitude 10,000 feet, July 8, 1936 (Stone).
I take unusual pleasure in dedicating this species to my friend,
Mr. Philip Carlton Stone. This large and very conspicuous fly
needs no comparison with any described species of Bhipidia. The
wing-pattern is quite different from that of other Neotropical
members of the subgenus, somewhat more suggesting certain
heavily patterned species of the subgenus Limonia.

Limonia (Geranomyia) laudanda new species.

Size large (wing, female, over 11 mm.) ; general coloration gray, the
praescutum with three narrow blackish stripes ; halteres with stem yellow,
knob brownish black; femora obscure yellow, with a narrow blackened sub-
terminal ring ; wings whitish subhyaline, heavily patterned with brown,
including five costal areas all of which attain the costal vein; third area
including both the fork of Sc and origin of Bs; cell 1st M2 relatively long,
about equal in length to vein M1+2 beyond it; abdomen black.

Female. — Length, excluding rostrum, about 7.5-8 mm.; wing 11.5-12 mm.;
rostrum about 4.2 mm.

Rostrum relatively long, black, the outer ends of the slender labial palpi
pale; maxillary palpi black. Antennae black throughout; flagellar segments
cylindrical, with verticils that are shorter than the segments. Head dark
gray, the posterior vertex more blackened on either side of the median line.

Pronotum gray, with a blackened median line. Mesothorax gray ;
praescutum with three narrow blackish stripes that are about as wide as the
interspaces, the median one not reaching the suture, the laterals crossing the
suture onto the mesal and cephalic portions of the scutal lobes; praescutum
dusky near the lateral portions behind the obscure yellow humeral region;
median region of scutum and the scutellum more testaceous ; mediotergite
paler on sides. Pleura dark gray, indistinctly variegated with darker on the
ventral anepisternum and ventral sternopleurite. Halteres relatively long,
the stem yellow, the knob brownish black. Legs with the fore coxae brownish
gray, paler apically, the remaining coxae more testaceous yellow; trochanters
yellow; femora obscure yellow, with a relatively narrow (0.8 mm.) blackened
ring before the still narrower yellow tip ; tibiae brownish yellow, the tips
narrowly blackened; basitarsi brown, remainder of tarsi black. Wings whit-
ish subhyaline, the costal interspaces more yellowish ; a relatively heavy brown
pattern, including five costal areas, all of which reach the costal vein; third
area largest, involving both the fork of Sc and origin of Bs; proximal end
of stigmal area more diffuse; fifth area at end of vein R3; cord and outer
end of cell 1st M2 conspicuously seamed with brown; tips of veins M3 to 2nd
A, inclusive, with dusky clouds, larger and more conspicuous on the anal
veins; several of the longitudinal veins, including Bi+5, M and Ca, seamed

Sept., 1938]

Alexander: Crane-flies

331

with dusky ; axillary region of cell 2nd A whitened, the central portion dusky ;
veins yellow, darkened in the infuscated areas. Venation: Sc relatively short,
Scx ending opposite or before one-third the length of Bs, Sc2 near its tip ; a
supernumerary crossvein in cell Sc; free tip of Sc2 and B2 virtually in trans-
verse alignment; cell 1st M2 about equal in length to vein M1+z beyond it;
m-cu at fork of M.

Abdomen black. Ovipositor with the nearly straight valves horn-yellow.

Holotype, 5? Usme, altitude 10,000 feet, July 8, 1936 (Stone).
Paratopotype, 2, July 7, 1936.

The only regional species that at all resemble the present fly are
Limonia ( Geranomyia ) gaudens (Alexander) of Argentina and L.
(G.) townsendi (Alexander) of Peru, both of which are of about
the same size but differ conspicuously in the coloration of the body
and wings. In both of these species, vein Sc is long, with the dark
area at its fork entirely disconnected from the one at origin of Bs.

Genus Shannonomyia Alexander

Shannonomyia bogotensis new species.

General coloration gray, with a narrow blackish median line on head, pro-
notum and praescutum, reaching the suture as a point; halteres elongate, pale
yellow; legs black; wings whitish subhyaline, the preareular region and cell Sc
a trifle more yellowish; stigma oval, brown; very restricted dark seams at
origin of Bs, along cord and at outer end of cell 1st M2; vein Cu vaguely
seamed with darker; Bs relatively long, weakly spurred at origin; cell 1st M2
elongate, about equal to the longest veins beyond it, with m-cu at near two-
thirds its length; abdomen, including hypopygium, brownish black.

Male. — Length about 6.5 mm. ; wing 8.3 mm.

Eostrum and palpi black. Antennae with scape and pedicel black ; flagellum
broken. Head gray, the posterior vertex with a narrow blackish median longi-
tudinal line.

Pronotum gray, with a capillary blackish longitudinal stripe. Mesonotum
ashy-gray, the praescutum with a single median brownish black stripe, nar-
rower and more distinct in front, becoming more diffuse and narrowed behind,
reaching the suture as a point. Pleura gray. Halteres elongate, pale yellow.
Legs with the coxae gray; trochanters brownish yellow; remainder of legs
black, the femoral bases restrictedly a little paler. Wings whitish subhyaline,
the preareular region and cell Sc a trifle more yellowish; stigma oval, brown;
very restricted dark seams at origin of Bs, along cord and at outer end of cell
lstM2 ; vein Cu vaguely seamed with darker; axillary region restrictedly dark-
ened; veins brown, more luteous in the yellow areas. Venation: Sc relatively
long, Sc1 ending shortly before fork of Bs, Sc2 close to its tip ; Bs relatively
long, about equal in length to cell 1st M2, angulated to weakly spurred at
origin ; B2, B2+3 and B1+2 all subequal ; B3 about equal to vein E2+3+4 ; cell 1st

332

Journal Neav York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

M2 elongate, about as long as vein M1+2 beyond it; m-cu lying unusually far
distad, at near two-thirds the length of the cell.

Abdomen dark brown to brownish black, sparsely pruinose; hypopygium
brownish black.

Holotype, J1, Usme, altitude 10,000 feet, July 9, 1936 (Stone).

Shannonomyia bogotensis is very different from the other
regional species of the genus in the gray coloration, pattern of the
head and praescutum, black legs, pattern of wings, and the vena-
tion, especially the long cell 1st with m-cu lying far distad.
There is no close ally known to me.

Genus Polymera Wiedemann

Polymera (Polymera) sordidipes new species.

Size large (wing, male, 8 mm. or more) ; general coloration brown, the
pleura more yellowish; antennae nearly twice as long- as body, the flagellum
uniformly blackened, the segments nearly cylindrical; legs brown to brownish
black, the tarsi dark, only the posterior pair more yellowish brown; wings uni-
formly tinged with yellow; veins brownish black ; Es, E2+a+ 4 and E1+2 subequal;
m-cu at from one-third to one-half its length beyond the fork of M.

Male. — Length about 7-7.5 mm. ; wing 8-9 mm. ; antenna about 13-14 mm.

Female. — Length about 8.5-9 mm.; wing 9-10 mm.

Rostrum testaceous; palpi brown. Antennse (male) nearly twice as long as
body; scape and pedicel yellow, flagellum uniformly blackened; flagellar seg-
ments nearly cylindrical, the enlargements only feebly indicated; elongate
verticils distributed throughout the length of the segments, with shorter setae
interspersed. Head brown.

Mesonotum uniformly brown, the pleura more yellowish, unmarked. Hal-
teres infuscated, the base of stem restrictedly pale, the knob somewhat darker.
Legs with the coxae and trochanters obscure yellow; remainder of legs brown
to brownish black, including tarsi, the posterior tarsi a very little paler, yel-
lowish brown. Wings with a clear yellow tinge; veins and macrotrichia
brownish black. Macrotrichia much longer, coarser and more conspicuous than
in niveitarsis. Venation: Es only a little longer than E2+ 3+4, the latter not as
erect as in either niveitarsis or crystalloptera ; Sc1 ending nearly opposite the
fork of M3+4; E1+2 subequal to or only a little shorter than Es ; cell Mx present
but small; m-cu from one-third to one-half its length beyond the fork of M;
anterior arculus preserved, though faint.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the hypopygium and sternites more brown-
ish yellow.

Holotype, J*, Fusagasuga, altitude 4800 feet, July 30, 1936
(Stone).

Allotype, J, with the type.

Paratopotypes, 5 §, July 30-31, 1936.

Sept., 1938]

Alexander: Crane-flies

333

The nearest ally is the smaller Polymer a (Polymer a) niveitarsis
Alexander, which differs in the details of venation, as the broken
arculus, shorter Sc, and short, more erect P3+3, and in the snowy-
white posterior tarsi. The flagellar segments of the present fly
are slightly less cylindrical than in niveitarsis , the basal and apical
enlargements being feebly indicated.

Polymera (Polymera) ominosa new species.

Mesonotum reddish brown, unmarked; pleura chiefly occupied by a black
dorsal stripe; fore coxae blackened, middle and posterior pair almost white;
femora brown, the tips very narrowly whitened; tarsi brown, the posterior
pair a little brighter, more yellowish brown ; wings with a very strong brown
suffusion; Sc unusually long, Sc1 ending some distance beyond origin of vein
E2+3- vein E unusually short, only a little longer than Es; both E1+2 and Es
longer than E2+3+i; abdomen black, including the hypovalvae of the ovipositor.

Female. — Length about 6 mm. ; wing 6.8 mm.

Rostrum and palpi dark brown. Antennae with the scape and pedicel brown ;
flagellum black. Head dark brownish gray.

Pronotum testaceous yellow. Mesonotum uniformly light reddish brown,
unmarked. Entire dorso-pleural region black, only the ventral sternopleurite
and meral region light reddish brown. Halteres dark brown, the base of stem
restrictedly pale. Legs with the fore coxae blackened, middle and hind coxae
almost white; trochanters obscure brownish yellow; femora brown, more yel-
lowish basally, deepening to a narrow, still darker, subterminal ring, the ex-
treme tip abruptly whitened ; tibiae brown, the bases not or scarcely brightened ;
tarsi brown, the posterior tarsi a very little paler, more yellowish brown.
Wings with a very strong brown suffusion, cells C and Sc a little more yel-
lowish; veins and trochanters dark brown. Venation: Sc of unusual length,
Sc1 ending some distance beyond the origin of vein E2+3 and about opposite
the fork of M3+4; vein E unusually short, only a little longer than Es; E1+2
and Es subequal, longer than R2+3+4; cell Mx present; m-cu more than its
length beyond the fork of M.

Abdomen black, including the hypovalvae; cerci brown, the tips paling to
horn-yellow.

Holotype, J, Fusagasuga, altitude 4800 feet, July 31, 1936
(Stone).

In the white femoral tips, the present fly agrees most nearly
with the otherwise very distinct Polymera ( Polymera ) albogenic-
ulata Alexander (Ecuador) and P. (P.) geniculata Alexander
(Puerto Rico). The unusually dark-colored but unpatterned
wings suggest P. (P.) cinereipennis Alexander (Paraguay) and
P. (P.) fuscitarsis Alexander (southern Brazil) but the fly is
entirely distinct. The unusually long vein Sc and the short R
furnish strong venational characters.

334

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVi

Genus Gonomyia Meigen

Gonomyia (Lipophleps) cervaria new species.

Belongs to the manca group ; mesonotal praescutum and scutal lobes brown ;
scutellum yellow, narrowly darkened medially; pleura with a conspicuous white
longitudinal stripe; legs brown; wings with a weak brown tinge, the outer
radial portion a little darker ; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle a very
strongly curved blackened structure, terminating in an acute spine and with a
few smaller denticles along outer margin; phallosome consisting of two pairs
of blackened hooks, these of unequal size.

Male. — Length about 3 mm.; wing 3.8 mm.

Bostrum brownish black ; palpi black. Antennae black ; flagellar segments
long, with very elongate verticils. Head yellow, the center of vertex black-
ened.

Pronotum and anterior lateral pretergites clear light yellow. Mesonotal
praescutum and the scutal lobes dark brown ; median region of scutum and the
scutellum obscure yellow, the latter narrowly darkened medially; postnotum
yellow, with a dark brown triangle at cephalic end and with the posterior third
darkened, restricting the ground-color to a Y-shaped central area. Pleura
brown, with a conspicuous white longitudinal stripe extending from the fore
coxae to base of abdomen, passing beneath the root of halteres, the area nar-
rowly bordered both dorsally and ventrally by still darker brown. Halteres
pale yellow. Legs with the fore coxae darkened, remaining coxae and all tro-
chanters pale yellow ; remainder of legs dark brown, the femora slightly paler
on basal portions. Wings faintly tinged with brown, somewhat more satu-
rated in the stigmal and outer radial portions but with the actual stigma not
or scarcely delimited; costal region narrowly pale; veins pale brown. Vena-
tion: SCi ending shortly before origin of Es ; m-cu at fork of M.

Abdomen brown, the hypopygium more yellowish. Male hypopygium with
the outer lobe of basistyle produced into a fleshy lobe. Outer dististyle a
powerful blackened structure, curved almost into a circle, gradually narrowed
outwardly and terminating in a strong spine ; outer margin on basal half with
two or three small spines ; a conspicuous appressed spine on outer margin at
near two-thirds the length. Inner dististyle a small oval pale structure, with
numerous setae, including a terminal fasciculate bristle. Phallosome consisting
of two pairs of structures, the longest appearing as black crook-like hooks,
the shorter pair terminating in long, gently curved black spines and a shorter,
more basal, blackened tooth.

Holotype, J*, Fusagasuga, altitude 4800 feet, July 31, 1936
(Stone).

The nearest allied species are Gonomyia ( Lipophleps ) basi-
spinosa Alexander (southern Brazil) and G. ( L .) brucki Alex-
ander (Argentina), which have a somewhat similar phallosome,
arranged as two paired and blackened sets of structures, but which
differ conspicuously in the conformation of the styli of the
hypopygium.

Sept., 1938]

Alexander: Crane-flies

335

Genus Molophilus Curtis

Molophilus luxuriosus new species.

Belongs to the plagiatus group; size large (wing, male, 5.5 mm. or more) ;
general coloration dark brownish gray ; antennae relatively short in both sexes ;
halteres yellow ; legs brown to brownish black ; wings whitish subhyaline, varie-
gated with darker, including a band at cord; male hypopygium with the basal
dististyle a nearly straight blackened rod, the mesal edge with a series of
spines and spinous setae.

Male. — Length about 4-4.5 mm. ; wing 5.5-6 mm.

Female. — Length about 5 mm. ; wing 6.8 mm.

Bostrum brown; palpi black. Antennae brownish black throughout, rela-
tively short in both sexes ; flagellar segments oval to subtruncate ; longest verti-
cils much exceeding the segments. Head gray.

Mesonotum almost uniformly dark brownish gray, the humeral region of
praescutum more brightened; lateral pretergites yellow; praescutum with two
intermediate dusky vittae occupying the position of the interspaces, reaching the
anterior border of sclerite, delimited by black setae ; pseudosutural f oveae black.
Pleura dark gray. Halteres yellow. Legs with the coxae dark gray; tro-
chanters brownish yellow; remainder of legs brown to brownish black, the
femoral bases a little brightened, the tibial tips narrowly blackened. Wings
whitish subhyaline, in the more heavily patterned individuals with two dusky
bands, the outer one along the cord, the inner area involving the central por-
tions of the cubital and anal cells ; in other specimens, only the dark fascia on
the anterior cord is indicated; in the female assigned to this species, the
axillary region is weakly darkened; veins yellow to pale brown, darker in the
clouded areas; trichia dark. Venation: Petiole of cell a little longer than
m-cu ; vein 2nd A relatively long, ending opposite m-cu.

Abdomen, including hypopygium, brownish black. Male hypopygium with
the apical beak of basistyle relatively deep. Outer dististyle with the inner
arm slightly longer and narrower than the outer arm, the latter truncated at
apex. Basal dististyle a nearly straight blackened rod that terminates in an
acute, slightly bent spine; lower or mesal edge of style almost to base with a
series of spines and spinous setae; the strong outer spines are about 20 to 22 in
number, on the basal half of style being replaced by more slender spinous setae
forming a dense linear group of brush, exceeding 25 to 30 in number. In the
allied capricornis, the slender basal spines are few (5 or 6) in number and do
not form a specialized area.

Holotype, J1, Usme, altitude 10,000 feet, July 8, 1936 (Stone).
Allotopotype, 5, with type.

Paratopotype, July 9, 1936.

Molophilus luxuriosus is most nearly allied to M. capricornis
Alexander (Colombia), differing in the large size and structure
of the male hypopygium, especially the basal dististyle. It should

336

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

be noted that in both these species, the denticles of this style are
along the mesal or inner edge, and not on the outer margin as in
species allied to Molopkilus perseus Alexander, as M. chiriquiensis
Alexander, M. paliatangensis Alexander and M. Sagittarius
Alexander.

Molophilus lictor new species.

Belongs to the plagiatus group ; mesonotal praescutum and scutum reddish
brown, the former more darkened on margin behind the pseudo-sutural f oveae ;
posterior sclerites of mesonotum, and the pleura, dark brown; antennae (male)
of moderate length; wings dark gray, the prearcular and costal regions clearer
yellow ; male hypopygium with the apical beak of basistyle very slender ; basal
dististyle a short powerful blackened club, the apex densely set with strong
black spines to produce a mace-like appearance.

Male. — Length about 3.6-3. 8 mm. ; wing 4.5-4.7 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout, moderately long, if
bent backward reaching nearly to wing-root ; flagellar segments oval to long
oval, with a dense erect pubescence and long, unilaterally arranged verticils.

Head dark brown.

Pronotum dark brown, the restricted lateral pretergites obscure yellow.
Mesonotal praescutum reddish brown, darker laterally behind the pseudosutural
f ovese ; scutum reddish brown, the scutellum and mediotergite darker. Pleura
and pleurotergite almost uniformly dark brown ; pleurotergite with a conspicu-
ous group of long yellow setae. Halteres pale yellow. Legs with the fore coxae
inf uscated, the remaining coxae a little paler ; trochanters yellow ; remainder of
legs passing from yellowish brown to black, the vestiture dark. Wings rela-
tively broad, dark gray, the prearcular and costal areas, together with cell B±
clearer yellow; stigmal area a little darker; veins pale brown, brighter in the
yellow areas; macrotrichia dark. Venation: B2+3 and Bi+5 subequal, B2 lying
opposite or just beyond the fork of the latter vein; petiole of cell Ms nearly
twice m-cu; vein 2nd A long, ending nearly opposite the fork of M3+i.

Abdomen black, the hypopygium a trifle brighter. Male hypopygium with
the apical beak of basistyle very slender, spiniform. Outer dististyle with
outer arm short and broad, truncated at apex, the mesal edge microscopically
roughened ; inner arm longer, slender, the narrow apex obtuse. Basal disti-
style a short powerful blackened club, slightly expanded outwardly, the apex
densely set with strong black spines to produce a mace-like appearance; outer
margin of style before apex with a small isolated group of spines and with
small scattered denticles on distal half of outer margin. Phallosome glabrous,
the apex obtusely truncated.

Holotype, Fusagasuga, altitude 4800 feet, July 31, 1936
(Stone).

Paratopotype,

There is no close ally of the present fly in the Neotropical fauna.

Sept., 1938]

Alexander: Crane-flies

337

The species with the hypopygium most generally similar is Molo-
philus catamarcensis Alexander (Argentina), but the resemblance
is not particularly close.

Molophilus conscriptus new species.

Belongs to the plagiatus group; mesonotum rather dark brown, the scu-
tellum blackened; antennae (male) elongate, approximately two-thirds the
length of the body, the segments fusiform; thoracic pleura obscure yellow,
with two narrow blackish longitudinal stripes; legs brown; wings relatively
narrow, with a strong dusky tinge ; male hypopygium with the basal dististyle
unusually long and slender, a little expanded and twisted at apex, the tip pro-
duced into a powerful spine.

Male. — Length about 3 mm.; wing 3.7 mm.; antenna about 2 mm.

Bostrum and palpi brownish black. Antennae (male) elongate, as shown by
the measurements; scape and pedicel obscure yellow, flagellum dark brown;
flagellar segments fusiform, the outer end more strongly narrowed than the
base, the central portion of the segment with whorls of long erect verticils and
pubescence. Head dark gray.

Cervical region blackened. Anterior lateral pretergites and pronotum pale
yellow. Mesonotal praescutum rather dark brown, the humeral region more
brightened; scutum with lobes dark brown, the median area obscure yellow;
scutellum blackened ; postnotum dark. Pleura obscure yellow, with two narrow
blackish longitudinal stripes, the more dorsal one extending from the cervical
region across the dorsal pleurites and dorsopleural membrane to the pleuro-
tergite, passing above the root of the halteres; ventral stripe less distinct,
beginning behind the fore coxae. Halteres yellow. Legs with the coxae and
trochanters obscure yellow ; remainder of legs brown, the outer segments more
blackened. Wings relatively narrow, with a strong dusky tinge, the veins
vaguely seamed with still darker; veins and macrotrichia dark. Venation: R2
lying distad of level of r-in ; petiole of cell M3 unusually long, nearly three
times m-cu ; vein £nd A short, ending just before a level of m-cu, the cell nar-
row, especially at outer end.

Abdomen, including hypopygium, brownish black. Male hypopygium with
the apical beak of basistyle relatively slender, the outer end a little expanded
and twisted, at apex produced into a powerful spine that is surrounded at base
by several small setae.

Holotype, Fusagasuga, altitude 4800 feet, July 31, 1936
(Stone).

The species in the Neotropical fauna having the male hypo-
pygium most similar to that of the present fly are Molophilus
flexilistylus Alexander (Colombia) and M. remiger Alexander
(southern Brazil), both of which have the antennae short in both
sexes, the wings broad, and with the structure of the basal disti-
style of the male hypopygium entirely different.

338

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

ACENTROPUS IN AMERICA (LEPIDOPTERA,
PYRALIDIDiE)

By Wm. T. M. Forbes

Department op Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca,

New York

I took a fresh male of Acentropus niveus Olivier at light, at
the Alfalfa Snout-Beetle Experiment Station, Minetto, N. Y.,
June 22, 1938. So far as I can find out this is the first record for
North America.

The moth is easily distinguished from any other local Pyralid
by the translucent white wings and contrasting drooping blackish
palpi. Structurally it belongs to the Schoenobiinse, with tongue
obsolete, 1st A preserved toward margin in forewing, and no
fringe on base of Cu of hind wing. In this subfamily it is unique
in having the spurs of middle and hind tibiae rudimentary, and
Mi of hind wing widely separated from the upper angle of the
cell.

The life history is well known in Europe, and is absolutely
unique; the larva forms a case— much like the Nymphulinae, but
cylindrical — and feeds on submerged plants; most female moths
are wingless, and live wholly under water, only coming to the
surface to mate, but an occasional female is winged, much like
the male, and doubtless serves to distribute the species to new
stations. Accounts may be found in Die Susswasserfauna
Deutschlands viii, p. 149, by Griinberg, and in most other Euro-
pean works on aquatic life.

The wing form is obviously variable. The present specimen
has pointed wings, as figured by Hampson (Proc. Zool. Soc.,
1895, 919) but the winged pair in our collection has them much
more rounded, as figured by Griinberg.

Sept., 1938]

Tinkham: Orthoptera

339

WESTERN ORTHOPTERA ATTRACTED TO LIGHTS

By E. R. Tinkham

Lingnan Natural History Survey and Museum,

Lingnan University, Canton, China

The number of species of Orthoptera recorded as coming to light
is extremely small in number. Rockwood (1924), who has pub-
lished the only list of Orthoptera (Acrididae) taken at light,
reports only fourteen species recorded in the literature for North
America. Nine of these were taken from the writings of Rehn
and Hebard.

The paucity of reports appears to be due to several factors,
namely : the scarcity of observers throughout the country, and in
the unusualness of the event in the more northern latitudes of our
country where the desultory appearance of Orthoptera at light
usually escapes the attention of most workers.

Geographical location seems to play an important role in deter-
mining the abundance of species coming to light, and this appears
to be directly influenced by the weather conditions prevailing in
that particular region.

Positive phototaxis appears to be related to temperature ; a tem-
perature above 80 degrees Fah. apparently is a prerequisite of
night flying activity with the maximum activity above 90 degrees.
This is a contradiction to the results obtained by Parker (1924)
and Sviridenko (1924) in their respective studies on Camnula
pellucida Sc. and Docioataurus rtiaroccanus Thunbg. Although
they found that temperatures in the neighborhood of 90 degrees
Fah. tend to inhibit the movements of these two species, it does
not necessarily follow that other species of Orthoptera behave in
a similar manner. Quite the reverse seems to be true. The great
majority of species recorded and reported in this paper, based on
the author’s observations, come from the desert regions of south-
western United States. In such regions it is only natural to sus-
pect that life activity optimums for the species inhabiting the
desert are much higher than for northern species such as Camnula
pellucida.

340

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

In the northern tier of states very few Orthopterans are at-
tracted to light and those that come are mainly Tettigoniids and
Gryllids. It is interesting to note here that during the summer of
1932 the writer took three species of Orthoptera, namely: Disso-
steira Carolina L., Spharagemon collar e (Sc.) and Scudderia fur-
cata furcata Br., at North Branch, Minnesota, the night of July
14, 1932, 9-11 p.m. when the thermometer registered over 95
degrees. The day had been one of the hottest in many years in
Minnesota, the shade temperature reaching a maximum of 104
degrees in the late afternoon. While at El Centro in the Imperial
Valley of southern California on the night of August 25, 1931, at
7 : 30 p.m. with a temperature of at least 105 degrees (the late
afternoon temperature had been 122 degrees) the writer observed
large numbers of Gryllus assimilis flying with unusual activity
around the street and store lights and running around on the
ground below and flying and jumping up into the air towards
the object of attraction.

The above remarks are further substantiated by the following
observations. For two years, from 1928 to 1930, the author was
stationed at the Pink Bollworm Laboratory at Presidio, in the Rio
Grande valley of southwestern Texas. There he had an excellent
opportunity to observe and collect specimens of the large number
of Orthopteran species attracted to the street lights.

Several factors appear to directly influence the nocturnal activ-
ity of the Orthoptera in the regions of the Southwest.

Of these temperature is undoubtedly the most important single
factor. Early night temperatures during the hottest part of the
year when the Orthoptera exhibit their greatest phototaxis seldom
ranges below 88 degrees. Hence it appears that high tempera-
tures are conducive to greater activity and light attractivity in the
Orthoptera. The following temperature readings from the Hy-
grothermograph at Presidio, are for the period when the largest
number of Orthoptera were coming to light during the 1929 season.

The paucity of the vegetation and its low growth lends favorably
to the penetration of light to much greater distance than could be
expected in wooded regions such as Minnesota where the density of
vegetation and its greenness prevent and absorb much of the light.

Furthermore the desert floor is usually bare, and is in south-

Sept., 1938]

Tinkham: Orthoptera

341

August

8 p.m. temp.

9 p.m. temp.

August

8 p.m. temp.

9 p.m. temp.

23*

89

87

30

91

88

24*

84

82

31

90

88

25*

92

90

Sept. 1

26

79

78

2

84

83

27

90

88

3

89

88

28

88

86

4

81

80

29

82

80

5

90

88

* Indicates bright moonlight in the early part of the evening which greatly
reduced the numbers attracted to the lights.

western Texas surfaced with whitish clay and often covered to a
greater or lesser degree by a layer of whitish gray cobblestones,
and forming what is called the 4 4 desert pavement. ’ ’ The desert
pavement reflects the light resulting in the greater attractivity
of that light. We find therefore that moonlight seems to have a
profound effect on the abundance of Orthoptera and other insects
attracted to light in the desert regions. The nature of the desert
pavement, the sparse low vegetation and the clear dry atmosphere
gives the moonlight an intensity that is seldom observed outside
of desert regions, and this brilliancy mitigates the effect of artifi-
cial light.

Orthoptera come to light in maximum abundance about the end
of August and in early September, when shortly after the late
summer rains, insect life is at a maximum and the greatest number
of Orthopteran species are mature. The night temperatures are
high, the humidity usually higher than at other times of the year
but at that it is very low, with the result that a great variety of
insects come to light which seldom appear at lights elsewhere
other than in desert regions. Cicindelidae, Meloidse, Cerambycidse
and Scarabaeidse come in variety and in large numbers. Occa-
sionally Hemiptera and Homoptera (especially Cicadelliclae) , and
rarely Cicadidae, Mecoptera and Rhopalocera and many other
interesting visitors are taken, besides the wealth of moths that
ordinarily flock to the lights.

Another point of interest upon which the writer has no datum
but which will be briefly indicated here is the question : from what
distances are Orthoptera attracted to lights and what is the nature
of their night flying activity ? Are they attracted directly to the
light source from the spot upon which they are resting whether soil

342

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVJ

or bush or do they fly around at night and are only accidentally
brought to the light whenever they come within the sphere of the
light’s influence? Concerning this problem it may be said that
several species such as Xantkippus corallipes pantherinus (Sc.),
Beknita capito (Stal) and Mestobregma plattei corrugatum (Sc.)
taken at light at Presidio, Texas, have not been collected closer
to Presidio than the Chinati Mountains which are twenty-two
miles north of that place. This does not prove that they do
not occur in the immediate vicinity but the writer believes he can
truthfully say that so far as the Orthopteran fauna is concerned
no effort was spared in collecting them during the two-year period
September, 1928, to July, 1930 ; a total of one hundred and twenty-
five species of Orthoptera from Presidio County alone might tes-
tify to this statement. There is also the astonishing case of Disso-
steira Carolina L. male taken in Presidio on July 16, 1929, by
Scout Paul Lujan. It was immediately brought to the writer on
account of its strange appearance. This male was taken alive in
Childer’s Drugstore window (which was one of the more illumi-
nated spots at night) where nightly many insects were attracted
into the store by the luring lights. Many insects became trapped
by the windows when they tried to escape on the following day.
This undoubtedly happened to this male. Dissosteira Carolina
belongs to the Transitional Faunal Zone, the writer having taken
the species commonly in southern Alberta, in the north woods
along the Ontario-Minnesota Boundary, and at elevations from
5000 to 8000 feet in the Magdalena Mountains, 25 miles west of
Socorro, New Mexico ; distinctly a northern species. The extreme
southern distributional record for Texas was Lubbock, in the Pan-
handle region, some 800 miles northeast of Presidio and the record
for the Magdalena Mountains is still some 600 miles northwest.
How then must we account for this strange record? Was it acci-
dentally introduced; was it breeding in the Rio Grande Valley or
was it attracted to the lights while migrating from distant regions ?
D. Carolina is one of the few acridids previously recorded as at-
tracted to lights, and this species as well as the other members of
the genus Dissosteira seem to possess strong positive phototaxis.
The writer does not doubt that it was attracted to the lights, but
to say whence, from the immediate neighborhood or while travel-

Sept., 1938]

Tinkham: Orthoptera

343

ling from more remote regions is a question that may never be
answered. Little is known about insect migrations. We are only
beginning to understand some of our common migrants such as
Danais plexippus (L.). But it is not beyond the realm of pos-
sibility to imagine that some of our Orthopteran species, espe-
cially acridids, have considerable night flying activity, when the
climatic conditions are propitious.

Lockwood’s paper summarizes the fragmentary literature on
the subject up to 1924 and lists the acridids taken at light, princi-
pally those reported in the writings of the two eminent Orthopter-
ists, Rehn and Hebard.

Acknowledgment with many thanks is due Morgan Hebard of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, who has from
time to time, most kindly identified the writer’s collection of West
Texas Orthoptera, and who sent the writer during the summers
of 1930 and 1931, into the Southwest on collecting expeditions,
from whence many notes were made.

The writer has also carefully examined all the Orthoptera in
the University of Minnesota Collection (recently determined by
Morgan Hebard) and recorded all specimens labelled as coming
to light.

The number of specimens recorded as attracted to light, espe-
cially from Presidio, Texas, is not indicative of the numbers at
light, for in most cases only a portion of those at light were taken
for identification purposes.

Below is a list of Western Orthoptera taken at light, by the
author, unless otherwise stated. Those previously listed in Rock-
wood’s paper have been designated by an asterisk.

LIST OF WESTERN ORTHOPTERA TAKEN AT LIGHT

Blattidae

Periplaneta americana (Linn.). Tucson, Arizona, 1 J, July 23,
1907, (Hebard). Yuma, Arizona, 1 J1, July 27, 1907, (Hebard).

Panchlora cubensis Saussure. Montemorelos, Tamaulipas, Mex-
ico, 1 J1, VI, 3, 31, (A. Dampf ; at light), (Mex. Govt.). Hebard,
1932.

Arenivaga apacha (Saussure). El Ysidro, San Diego Co.,
Calif., 1 J1, VIII, 22, 31, (probably this species).

344

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Arenivaga erratica Rehn. Yuma, Arizona, 1 J', July 27, 1907,
(M. Hebard), (recorded as Homoeogamia erratica ; Rehn and
Hebard 1908). Presidio, Texas, 8 IX, 16, 29.

Arenivaga tonkawa Hebard. Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas,
Mexico, 1 J1, VI, 8, 31, (A. Dampf; at light), (Hebard Gin.).
Hebard, 1932.

Eremoklatta subdiaphana Scudder. Presidio, Texas, 1 J', IX,
9, 28 ; 2 J1, Y, 15, 30 ; 1 J', Y, 16, 30. Common at light at Presidio,
Texas.

Mantidae

Stagmomantis calif ornicus Rehn and Hebard. The males of
this species come abundantly to light along the southern border
of the United States; especially in southwestern Arizona and
southwestern New Mexico the males swarmed to the car lights in
mid September of 1931.

Stagmomantis limbata Hahn. This species comes to light
occasionally at Presidio, Texas.

Litaneutria minor (Scudder). Presidio, Texas, 1 J', X, 20, 28.
This species comes commonly to light at Presidio. Rodriguez,
Nuevo Leon, Mexico, 4 J1, VI, 7, 1931, (A. Dampf ; at light), (Mex.
Govt, and Hebard Cln.). Hebard, 1932.

Acrididae

Acrydiince

Tettigidea lateralis (Say). St. Paul, Minn., 1 5, YI, 28, 32, (U.
Farm Light Trap for 2-3 a.m.). An occasional one in July and
August came to the trap.

Acridince

Bootettix punctatus (Sc.) . This species which lives only in the
bushes of the Creosote Bush ( Covillea tridentata) came to auto
lights in the Sauceda Mountains, 22 miles south of Gila Bend,
Arizona, on August 30, 1931.

Syrbula fuscovittata Thos. Presidio, Texas, 3 J, VIII, 24, 29 ;
females come occasionally, the males rarely to light at Presidio.

Orpkulella pelidna (Burm.). Presidio, Texas, 2 J1, VIII, 24,
29 ; 2 J1, VIII, 26, 29 ; males come occasionally to light.

Orpkulella compta Sc. Las Vegas, Nevada, 5 J, VII, 31, 30, (E.

Sept., 1938]

Tinkham: Orthoptera

345

R. Tinkham), fairly common at light. Wellton, Arizona, 2 <$, 4 5,
YII, 8, 32, (M. J. Oosthuizen).

Scyllium viatoria viatoria (Saussure). Sycamore Canyon,
Baboquivari Mts., Pima Co., Arizona, X, 6-9, 1910, 16 16 2,

(Rehn and Hebard; elevation about 3700 feet), (common in short
yellow grass, two attracted to light at night). Hebard, 1924.

Ligurotettix coquilletti kunzei Caudell. Sauceda Mts., 22 miles
south of Gila Bend, Arizona, 30, VIII, 31 ; Gila Mts., 11 miles east
of Yuma, Arizona, VIII, 26, 31, comes commonly to car lights.

Liguortettix c. kunzei and Ligurotettix c. cant at or R. and H.
intermediate form. Jean, on the Calif orni&-Nevada Line, south-
west of Las Vegas, VI, 27, 32, 22 <$, 7 2, (M. J. Oosthuizen) .

Oedipodince

Encoptolophus subgracilis Texensis Bruner. Males and females
come commonly to light at Presidio, Texas. Reported by Rock-
wood 1924 as E. texensis Br. Rodriguez, Nuevo Leon, Mexico,
VI, 5 to 7, 1931, (A. Dampf ; at light) 23 J', 35 2> (Mex. Govt,
and Hebard Cln.). Monterrey, Nuevo Leon, VII, 4 and 5, 1908,
(at light), 5 J1, 2 2, (Illinois State). Hebard 1932.

Encoptolophus pallidus Bruner. Wellton, Arizona, 2 2> VII,
8, 32, (M. J. Oosthuizen).

Xanthippus corallipes pantherinus (Scudder). Marfa, Texas,
1 c?, 5 2, VI, 4, 30. Presidio, Texas, 1 J', 1 2, VI, 15, 30 ; 2 2, IV,
25, 30. Comes well to light.

Leprus wheeleri (Thomas). Presidio, Texas, 4 J1, 1 2, VIII, 24,
29 ; 2 2, VIII, 29, 29 ; 1 2, IX, 1, 29 ; 1 <?, 1 2, IX, 4, 29. Males
come abundantly to light at Presidio but only a few females.

*Dissosteira Carolina (Linn.) Presidio, Texas, 1 J', VII, 16, 29,
(Scout Paul Lujan). North Branch, Minn., 1 VII, 14, 32, (E.
R. Tinkham). Minneapolis, Minn., 1 J', VIII, 6, 32, (D. G.
Henning) .

*Dissosteira longipennis (Thomas). Various records in the
literature according to Rockwood, 1924.

*Dissosteira spurcata Saussure. Salt Lake City, Utah, 2 2, VII,
25, 31.

Spharagemon collare collare (Scudder). North Branch, Min-
nesota, 1 2, VII, 14, 32, street lights.

346

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Spharagemon collare cristatum Scudder. This species comes
occasionally to light at Presidio, Texas.

*Spharagemon equate (Say). Salt Lake City, Utah, 1 J, VII,
25, 31, city lights.

Derot mema delicatulum Scndder. Las Vegas, Nevada, 4 J',
VII, 31, 30 (E. R. Tinkham) (Hebard Cln.). Wellton, Arizona,
1 VII, 8, 32 (M. J. Oosthnizen). This species comes readily
to light.

Trachyrhachis kiowa fuscifrons (Stal). A few taken at light
at Presidio.

Rehnacris capito (Stal). Presidio, Texas, 1 <^, 4 J, VIII, 24,
29. It is interesting to note that this species during two years of
intensive collecting has never been taken closer than the Chinati
Mountains, 22 miles north of Presidio.

Mestobregma plattei corrugatum (Scudder). At Presidio a
few females were taken at light but no males.

Mestobregma impexum Rehn. Salt Lake City, Utah, 1 J, VII,
25, 31, city lights.

*Conozoa sulcifrons wallula Scudder. Reported by Rockwood,
1924, 3 $ from Boise, Idaho, July 22, 1923.

Conozoa sulcifrons Scudder. Las Vegas, Nevada, 1 5, VII, 31,
30 (E. R. Tinkham). Wellton, Arizona, 1 J1, VII, 8, 32 (M. J.
Oosthuizen).

*T rimer otropis texana Bruner. Presidio, Texas, 1 $, VIII, 31,
29; 1 jy IX, 3, 29. This species comes only rarely at light at
Presidio as it is one of the uncommon species of the region.

*T rimer otropis strenua McNeill. Tucson, Arizona, 2 speci-
mens, VII, 26, 07 (Rehn and Hebard). Rehn and Hebard, 1908.

T rimer otropis cceruleipennis Bruner. Nevada desert, 15 miles
north of Coleville, Calif., several specimens, VIII, 8, 30, attracted
to light of Coleman lantern.

*T rimer otropis pallidipennis pallidipennis (Burm.). Both
sexes attracted abundantly to lights throughout the entire desert
region. West of Jean on the California-Nevada Line, 2 J1, 8 $,
VI, 27, 32 (M. J. Oosthuizen). Recorded by Rockwood, 1924,
from Rehn and Hebard, 1908 and 1909, as the synonymous
Trimerotropis vinculata Scudder, from Alamogordo, New Mexico,
1 sp., July 12, 1907, and Nogales, Ariz., 1 J1, VIII, 13, 1907.

Sept., 1938]

Tinkham : Orthoptera

■347

* Trimerotropis citrina Scudder. Presidio, Texas, 2 2, IX, 4,
29, Raleigh, N. Carolina, 1 J1, VIII, 19, 04, electric light, (Univ.
of Minn. Cln.). Recorded by Rockwood through Rehn and
Hebard, 1909, as the synonymous T. rubripes Rehn from Alamo-
gordo, New Mexico, 1 J, July 12, 1907. Males and females of this
species come frequently to light at Presidio.

Trimerotropis laticincta Saussure. Rodriguez, Nuevo Leon,
Mexico, VI, 6 and 7, 1931, (A. Dampf ; at light) 1 2 2, (Mex.

Govt, and Hebard Cln.). Hebard, 1932. Presidio, Texas, VIII,
24, 29, rare in this region.

Trimerotropis tolteca modesta Bruner. Nogales, Arizona, 1 2,

VIII, 13, 06, (Dr. Calvert). Rehn and Hebard, 1908 (as
fascicula).

Anconia integra Scudder. Las Vegas, Nevada, 4 J', 3 2? VII,
31, 30, (E. R. Tinkham). West of Jean on the Calif ornia-Nevada
Line, 3 J1, 4 2, VI, 27, 32, (M. J. Oosthuizen). This species comes
readily to light.

Cyrtacanthracrince

Eremiacris pallida Bruner. Las Vegas, Nevada, 1 J1, 1 2, VII,
31, 30. Yermo, Calif., 2 2, VIII, 15, 31. Eleven miles east of
Yuma, Arizona, a few specimens coming to car light, VIII, 26, 31.
This species comes well to light.

Hesperotettix viridis viridis (Thomas). Wellton, Arizona, 1 J',
VII, 8, 32, (M. J. Oosthuizen).

AEolopus tenuipennis tenuipennis Scudder. Yuma, Arizona, 7
specs., July 27 and 28, 1907, (Rehn and Hebard) (as arizonensis) .
West of Jean on the Calif ornian-Nevada Line, 9 J', 9 2, VI, 27, 32,
(M. J. Oosthuizen). This species appears to be attracted to light
abundantly.

Melanoplus mexicanus mexicanus (Saussure). Wellton, Ari-
zona, 1 J', VII, 8, 32, (M. J. Oosthuizen).

* Melanoplus herbaceus Bruner. Alamogordo, New Mexico, 1 2?
July 12, 1907, (Rehn and Hebard). Rehn and Hebard, 1909.

Tettigoniidae

Phanerotropince

Arethcea gracilipes papago Hebard. Oracle, Arizona, 4 J1, 2 2,

IX, 8, 31, (filling station lights).

348

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Insara elegans elegans (Scudder). Presidio, Texas, 1 J, VIII,
28, 29 ; 1 '§, Y, 18, 30. Deming, New Mexico, 2 J, July 20, 1907,
at lights, (Pehn and Hebard). Pehn and Hebard, 1909.

Insara elegans conseutipes (Scudder). Oracle, Arizona, 1 J',
IX, 8, 31, (filling station lights).

Insara covillea Pehn and Hebard. Sauceda Mts., 22 miles south
of Gila Bend, Arizona, 5 J1, 2 §, VIII, 30, 31. Ajo, Arizona, 2 5,

VIII, 31, 31. This species came in fair numbers to car lights.
Scudderia pistillata Bruner. St. Paul, Minn., 1 J*, VII, 6, 21,

(Wm. E. Hoffmann; Como Park lights). St. Paul, Minn., 1 5,
VI, 29, 21, (Wm. E. Hoffmann), (Univ. of Minn. Cln.).

Scudderia furcata furcata Bruner. North Branch, Minn., 1
J1, VII, 14, 32. Rodriguez, Nuevo Leon, Mexico, VI, 5 and 6, 1931,
(A. Dampf; at light), 5 J1, (Mex. Govt, and Hebard Cln.).
Hebard, 1932.

Scudderia furcata furcifera Scudder. Oracle, Arizona, 2 J, IX,
8, 29, (filling station lights).

Microcentrum rhombifolium (Saussure). El Paso, Texas, 1 J*,

IX, 18, 31; Oracle, Arizona, 4 1 J, (collected at filling station

lights in late September for E. P. Tinkham by station man).
Nogales, Arizona, 1 5, VIII, 13, 06, (Dr. Calvert). Pehn and
Hebard, 1908.

Microcentrum calif ornicum Hebard. Campo, San Diego Co.,
Calif., 2400 feet elev., (M. Hebard) 2 J1, Type and Paratype,
(Hebard Cln.). This new species was described by Hebard in
1932. Oracle, Arizona, 12 J1, (collected at filling station lights in
late September for E. R. Tinkham). This species, an oak inhabi-
tant, came in fair numbers to light while Microcentrum rhombi-
folium living in the cottonwood trees did not seem to be attracted
as readily.

Microcentrum stylatum Hebard. Eden, Pis Pis District,
Nicaragua, IV, 23 to V, 21, 1922, ( W. Huber ; at light) , 5 (Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila. and Hebard Cln. ) . This species was described as
new by Hebard, 1932.

Microcentrum myrtifolium Saussure and Pictet. Cuernavaca,
Morelos, Mexico, 1 VII, 1 to 5, 1905, (W. L. Tower; at light),
(Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.). Hebard, 1932.

Anaulacomera laticauda Bruner. Santa Isabel, Sierra Madre,

Sept., 1938]

Tinkham: Orthoptera

349

Chiapas, Mexico, XI, 17, 1930, (at light), 1 J, (Hebard Cln.).
Hebard, 1932.

Phylloptera festce Griffini. Near Santa Lnrecia, Vera Cruz,
Mexico, XI, 9, 30, (on light in train), 1 $ , (Hebard Cln.). Heb-
ard, 1932.

Copiphorince

Neoconocephalus ensiger (Harris). Minneapolis, Minn., 1 J1,
VII, 24, 32, (D. G. Denning; city lights).

Neoconocephalus robustus crepitans (Sc.). Lincoln, Nebraska,
1 J1, Sept.; 1 J, Aug., (taken at light), (Univ. of Minn. Cln.).

C onocephalince

Conocephalus fasciatus fasciatus (DeGeer). Minneapolis,
Minn., 1 J1, VII, 24, 32, (D. G. Denning; at street lights).

Decticince

Anoplodusa arizonensis (Rehn). Barstow, California, 1 J1,
April, 1931, (Guy Beevor), (Hebard Cln.). Yermo, Calif., 1
VI, 26, 32, (M. J. Oosthuizen). This is one of the rarest decticids
in North America.

Capnobates fuliginosus Thomas. This species is stated as being
attracted to lights at Yermo, California, by Mr. Guy Beevor. It
appeared to show a positive phototaxis to the light from a Coleman
lantern while collecting in the Quinlan Mountains about 80 miles
west of Tucson, Arizona, the night of September 3, 1931. These
two genera are the only fully winged ones of this subfamily found
in North America.

Bhaphidophorince

Ceuthophilus variegatus Scudder. A large specimen was taken
at Presidio, Texas, in late August, 1929, under a street light to
which it had been attracted.

Gryllidae

Gryllince

Gryllus assimilis Fab. Faribault, Minn., 1 sp., VI, 19, 22,
(Wm. E. Hoffmann).

Gryllus assimilis phase personatus. Presidio, Texas, 1 J', VIII,
24, 29 ; 1 J1, IX, 1, 29. Springerville, Ariz., 2 ?, VII, 23, 30.

350

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Wellton, Ariz., 3 J1, 8 5, VII, 8, 32, (M. J. Oosthuizen). Tucson,
Ariz., 20 18 J, Jul. 23-26, 1907, (Rehn and Hebard). Rehn

and Hebard, 1908.

Miogryllus lineatus Scudder. Wellton, Arizona, 1 5 5, VII,

8, 32, (M. J. Oosthuizen).

N emobiince

Nemobius fasciatus fasciatus (DeGeer). A number of this
species was taken during July and August, 1932, in the Light
Trap on the University Farm at St. Paul, Minnesota. Abundant
around street lights in Minneapolis on August 14, 1932, (D. G.
Denning).

Nemobius fasciatus socius Scudder. This species was very com-
mon around street light during July and August, 1928, at Tal-
lulah, Louisiana.

Nemobius carolinus carolinus Scudder. University Farm, St.
Paul, Minn., 1^,1 $, VII, 25, 21, (Wm. E. Hoffmann; at lights).

Nemobius carolinus neomexicanus Scudder. Tucson, Ariz., 1
5, VII, 23, 08, (Rehn and Hebard), Rehn and Hebard, 1908.
Yuma, Ariz., 3 J, VII, 27-28, 08, (Rehn and Hebard). Eastland
Co., Texas, 1 <?, XI, 8, 21, Grace O. Wiley.

(Ecanthince

(Ecanthus nigricornis argentinus Saussure. Tucson, Arizona,
1 (J, 1 5, Vll, 23-26, 1908, (Rehn and Hebard). Rehn and
Hebard, 1908 (as quadripunctatus) .

CEcanthus niveus (DeGeer). St. Peter, Minn, 1 J1, VIII, 10,
22, (Sam Kepperly ; fish hatchery lights) .

CEcanthus calif ornicus Saussure. This species comes occasion-
ally to light at Presidio, Texas.

Mogoplistince

Cycloptilum trigonipalpum (Rehn and Hebard). Gainesville,
Fla., VII to X, 17, 1923 to 1925, (Hubbell, Walker, Alexander; in
room attracted to light during night, under street light) part of
4 J1, 8 J, (Univ. of Michigan Cln.). Hebard, 1931.

Cycloptilum comprehendens fortior Hebard. Kvitak, east of
Quijotoa Mountains, 1530 feet, 1 J', 1 J, IX, 15, 24, (Rehn and
Hebard ; taken at light) . Batamote Well, Valley of the A jo, 1500

Sept., 1938]

Tinkham: Orthoptera

351

feet, 1 J1, 1 IX, 16, 24, (Rehn and Hebard; attracted to camp
light at night) . Hebard, 1931.

Hoplosphyrum boreale (Scudder). South base of Atascosa
Mountain, Sapta Cruz Co., 5100 feet, 1 $,• IX, 22, 24, (Rehn;
attracted to light in camp). Hebard, 1931.

SUMMARY

From a perusal of the Orthoptera listed as attracted to light
certain general observations can be made.

It is apparent that certain subfamilies are attracted to light
better than others. The subfamily Polyphaginas, comprised
mainly of desert blattids, come well to light but only in the males
as many of these species have apterous females. The mantids,
especially the males, possess a strong attraction for light. The
females rarely appear, principally due to the great difficulty they
find in moving their fat and heavy bodies by wing power. In the
Acrididae, the grouse or pygmy grasshoppers of the family
Acrydiinae, appear to show a poor response, but this is probably
due to the paucity of this subfamily in desert regions. The
writer believes that many eastern species will be taken at light.
Certain genera of the Acridinee especially those centering around
Syrbula, Orphulella and Scyllina, which are strong flyers, show
a strong positive phototaxis. Some genera of the Acriclinae are
brachypterous and cannot be expected to appear at light and other
genera will eventually be found appearing at light. The banded
winged grasshoppers of the subfamily (Edipodinse are all fully
winged and strong flying species and exhibit the strongest photo-
taxis of any of the subfamilies of the Acrididse. The genera
Leprus, Dissosteira, Spharagemon, Mestobregma and Trimero-
tropis show the greatest attraction, but strange enough Arphia, the
first of the (Edipodine genera, does not appear ot be attracted at
all. The Cyrtacanthacrinae possess at most only a feeble interest
in light, and aside from the genus Eremiacris, I have never taken a
specimen at light. The genus Melanoplus , the largest in North
America and comprising many fully winged species, would appear
from the few records, to show only a weak positive phototropic
response.

All the Tettigoniidae in the winged species appear to come

352

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

abundantly to light, especially, the members of the subfamily
Phaneropterinse. All the genera of the Decticinse except Ano-
plodusa and Capnobotes are brachypterous, and the Rhaphido-
phorinse without exception are apterous and hence if positively
phototropic could only appear at light by hopping to it.

The Gryllidse possess the strongest light attraction of all the
families of the Orthoptera and the Gryllinae and the Nemobiinse
are seen commonly at light when no other Orthopterans are pres-
ent. It is interesting to note that the Tettigoniidse and the Gryl-
lidae behave like the Heterocera showing a strong phototaxis to
light of weak intensity and a strongly negative reaction to intense
light, such as daylight or sunlight.

The writer realizes the list is incomplete with practically no men-
tion of eastern and southeastern species, but by its very incom-
pleteness it is hoped this paper may stimulate interest in this line.

COMMENTS BY MORGAN HEBARD

Since the preparation of this paper by E. R. Tinkham a number
of additional records of Orthoptera attracted to light in the south-
western United States have been published. Although it is true
that many Cyrtacanthacrinae do not seem to be attracted to light,
we found that, considering its scarcity, individuals of Melanoplus
splendidus came to light surprisingly often near Santa Fe, New
Mexico, while Capnobotes bruneri, a carnivorous decticid, which
in the early summer was there abundant, did so in far lower ratio.

Our observations at Santa Fe further showed very definitely
that Orthoptera came to light for two very different reasons.
Thus Arenivaga and a number of other little if at all predatory
species were confused and dazzled ; on the other hand such fierce
carnivores as Stagmomantis limbata, Stenopelmatus fuscus and
several species of C euthophilus were often at the lights, not at
all confused and evidently engaged in hunting. A specimen of
Stagmomantis limbata, hiding on the back of the light reflector
and poised to grasp the first moth which might come in reach,
illustrated this particularly well. We must confess, on the other
hand, that we were and are decidedly puzzled by the fact that,
though not at all common in the vicinity, individuals of Pseudo-
sermyle straminea came to light a number of times. Both males

Sept., 1938]

Tinkham: Orthoptera

353

and females of that walking-stick, at such a time, were invariably
very alert and not at all confused, but the species is certainly not
predatory. Warm evenings were, as is well known, the best for
such collecting, but a number of single captures of particular
interest were made on chilly evenings late in the season. Though
showers seemed to have little effect, this was probably due to the
almost invariable and immediate sharp drop in temperature at
7000 feet, though the region is decidedly arid and was particularly
so in 1934. In the arid lowlands of the southwestern United
States we have found collecting of Orthoptera at light usually
productive of small results, but on some nights Orthoptera appears
there about lights in enormous numbers. This we believe is due
to heat and showers (which so rarely occur there), but it seems
quite probable that other unknown factors are of as great if not
even greater importance.

LITEBATUBE CITATIONS

Behn, James A. G., and Morgan Hebard. 1908. An Orthopterological
Beconnaissance of the Southwestern United States. Part I: Ari-
zona. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 60 : 365-402.

Behn, James A. G., and Morgan Hebard. 1909. An Orthopterological
Beconnaissance of the Southwestern United States. Part II: New
Mexico and Western Texas. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 61: 111-
175.

Hebard, Morgan. 1924. The Group Scyllinae (Orthoptera; Acrididse;

Acridinse) As Pound in North America with records and data on its
Occurrence in the United States. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 50 : 157-
162.

Parker, J. B. 1924. Observations on the Clear-Winged Grasshopper
( Camnula pellucida Scudder). Univ. of Minn., Agric. Exptl. Sta.,
Bull. 214. p. 32.

Bockwood, L. P. 1924. On Night Plying and Attraction to Light in
Acrididse and the Belation of Meteorological Conditions Thereto.
Pan-Pac. Ent., 2(1) : 36-38.

Sviridenko, P. A. Petrograd, 1924. [Biological Observations on the Moroc-
can Locust] abstracted in Bev. of Appl. Ent., A, 12 : 337.

Hebard, Morgan. 1931. The Mogoplist.inse of the United States (Orthop-
tera: Gryllidse). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 57: 135-160.

Hebard, Morgan. 1932. New Species and Becords of Mexican Orthoptera.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 58: 201-371, pi. 4.

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated June 7, 1893
Certificate of Incorporation expires June 7, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month
(except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of
Natural History, 77th Street and Columbus Avenue.

Annual dues for Active Members, $3.00; including subscription to the Journal, $4.50.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

Officers for the Year 1938

President , DR. WM. MOORE American Cyanamid Co., New York, N. Y.

Vice-President, DR. H. T. SPIETH College of the City of New York, N. Y.

Secretary, LUCY W. CLAUSEN American Museum of Natural History

Treasurer, PAUL T. RICHARD American Museum of Natural History

Librarian, F. E. WATSON American Museum of Natural History

Curator, A. J. MUTCHLER American Museum of Natural History

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Wm. T. Davis Dr. F. E. Lutz Dr. Wm. Procter

H. F. Schwarz Henry Bird

Harry B. Weiss

Dr. Herbert Ruckes

Dr. J. L. Horsfall

Henry Dietrich

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
Dr. C. H. Curran
E. L. Bell

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. C. H. Curran

AUDITING COMMITTEE
Max Kisliuk, Jr.

FIELD COMMITTEE
A. S. Nicolay

John D. Sherman, Jr.

Frank A. Soraci

G. B. Engelhakdt

William P. Comstock

DELEGATE TO THE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
William T. Davis

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at N. Queen St., and Mc-
Govern Ave., Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to
manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Harry B.
Weiss, 19 N. 7th Ave., Highland Park, New Jersey; all subscrip-
tions to the Treasurer, Paul T. Eichard, American Museum of
Natural History, New York, N- Y. Orders for back issues should
be sent to the Librarian, Frank E. Watson, American Museum of
Natural History, 77th St. and Columbus Ave., New York, N. Y.
The Society has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society
will not be responsible for lost Journals if not notified immediately
of change of address. We do not exchange publications.

Terms for subscription, $3.00 per year, strictly in advance.

Please make all checks , money-orders , or drafts payable to
New York Entomological Society.

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to
authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following
rates •

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 24 pp. 32 pp.

25 copies $2.40 $5.22 $5.58 $5.58 $9.00 $9.60

Additional 100’s .60 1.44 1.92 1.92 3.00 3.00

Covers 50 copies, $2.00 ; additional 100 ’s, $1.50.

Half-tone prints 1% cents for each half-tone print.

Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or
full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or
pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to
pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when
advisable.

Vol. XL VI

No. 4

DECEMBER, 1938

Journal

of the

New York Entomological Society

Devoted to Entomology in General

Edited by HARRY B. WEISS

Publication Committee

HARRY B. WEISS J. D. SHERMAN, Jr.

C. H. CURRAN E. L. BELL

Subscription $3.00 per Year

Published Quarterly by the Society
N. QUEEN ST. AND McGOVERN AVE.

LANCASTER, PA.

NEW YORK, N. Y.

1938

CONTENTS

Phylogeny of Some Callimomid Genera (Parasitic Hymen-
optera).

By Osmond P. Breland 355

Serological Investigation of Drosophila Antigens with
the Complement Fixation Reaction.

By Bussell W. Cumley and Sol Haberman 401

Book Review.

By Alexander B. Klots 416

Taxonomic Notes on the Dipterous Family Chloropidae. I.

By Curtis W. Sabrosky 417

The “Metamorphotype Method” in Trichoptera.

By Margery J. Milne 435

Occurrence of a European Sawfly Acantholyda Erythro-
cephala (L.) in New York State.

By Woodrow W. Middlekauff 438

Review of McDunnough’s New Check List of the Macro-
lepidoptera.

By A. Glenn Biciiards, Jr 439

Distribution of the Sawfly (Acantholyda erythrocephala
L.) in New Jersey.

By F. A. Soraci 444

New Buprestidae from California.

By W. J Chamberlin, Ph.D. 445

Notes on Some Cicadas in Virginia and West Virginia.

By H. A. Allard 449

On a Characteristic Somatic Modification Induced by
Adverse Environmental Conditions in Drosophila.

By C. P. Haskins and E. V. Enzmann 453

Additions to the New York State List of Tabanidae.

By L. L. Peciiuman 457

NOTICE: Volume XLVI, Number 3, of the Journal of the
New York Entomological Society was published on
September 30, 1938.

Entered as second class matter July 7, 1925. at the post office at Lancaster, Pa.,
under the Act of August 24, 1912.

Acceptance for mailing at special ra+e of postage provided for in Section 1103,
Act of October 3, 1917, authorized March 27, 1924.

JOURNAL

OF THE

New York Entomological Society

Vol. XL VI December, 1938

No. 4

PHYLOGENY OF SOME CALLIMOMID GENERA
(PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA)1

By Osmond P. Breland2

INTRODUCTION

This is a study of the phylogenetic positions of several genera
and subfamilies of the Callimomidae. I have not had access to
the tropical members of the family, and thus this study will not
be complete, but it may give a better understanding of the evolu-
tion of the genera and subfamilies which have been considered.

In considering the phylogeny of any of the families of the
Chalcidoidea, one is handicapped, because no one has carefully
worked out the evolution of the families which constitute that

1 Submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy from the Graduate School of Indiana University.

Contribution from the Zoological Laboratory of Indiana University No. 260
(Entomological Series No. 16).

2 I wish to express my appreciation to the members of the Zoology Depart-
ment at Indiana University, Dr. Fernandas Payne, Dr. Will Scott, Dr. Alfred
C. Kinsey, Dr. T. W. Torrey, and Dr. Robert L. Kroc, for helpful advice and
criticism in the preparation of this paper. I am especially indebted to Dr.
Kinsey, who has supervised my work and who, with the aid of the Department
of Zoology, has made possible three extensive field trips, and who also has
supplied me with many of the insects in my collection. Thanks are also due
to the following:

To Mr. A. F. Satterthwaite, Bureau of Entomology, Webster Grove, Mis-
souri, who has supplied me with a quantity of Callimomidae bred from sun-
flower and artichoke insects :

To Mr. J. H. Bigger, field entomologist of the Natural History Survey of
Illinois, J acksonville, Illinois, from whom I obtained many insects bred from
wheat.

DEC

f Q IQQfi

356

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

group. As is well known, the chalcidoids are probably as special-
ized or more specialized than any of the other large groups of the
Hymenoptera, but one cannot always be sure whether obvious
simplicity denotes primitiveness or specialization.

However, one also finds this an interesting group with which
to work, because of the variety of habits exhibited. Parasitism is
the outstanding phenomenon common to the family as a whole.
The wasps are parasitic upon several orders of insects in the egg,
larval, pupal, and even newly emerged adult stages. Some genera
or subfamilies seem to be highly specialized in their choice, while
others attack widely different hosts. Phytophagy is known to
occur in at least two subfamilies with possibilities that the phe-
nomenon occurs in others. There are also indications of partheno-
genesis and polyembryony in the family.

The group with which we are dealing is one of the families of
the Chalcidoidea (or a subfamily of the Chalcididae as older
workers and even many present day workers call it). The name
Callimomidag, based on the oldest generic name in the family,
seems preferable to the name Torymidae which is also applied to
the group. I have used the currently accepted generic names
practically without critical revision.

As for the affinites of the Callimomidas, Ashmead (1896) and
others, have suggested that this group was derived from the
cynipoids, and there certainly are obvious affinities between the
two groups. It has likewise been suggested that the Callimomidae
are most closely related to the Eurytomidas, Chalcididae, and
Agionidas among the chalcidoids. Before one can be too specific
on these points, a great deal more careful work must be done upon
all groups concerned.

In my collection there are between 20,000 and 25,000 insects
which have been collected from the following states : Indiana, Wis-
consin, Michigan, Iowa, Illinois, Pennsylvania, New York, Ohio,
Minnesota, Missouri, Massachusetts, Mississppi, Alabama, Ar-
kansas, Tennessee, Kentucky, Florida, Louisiana, Texas, North and
South Carolina, New Mexico, Colorado, and California. I have
also some collections from near Berlin, Germany, and many col-
lections from the central and western parts of Mexico.

The following is the material upon which this study has been
based :

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomule

357

Callimominse : Callimome, Diomorus, Ecdauma.

Monodontomerinas : Monodontomerus, Zaglyptonotus, Ditropin-
itus, and Eridontomerus.

Ormyrinae : Ormyrus and Monobaeus.

Megastigminae : Megastigmus.

Podagrioninae : Podagrion.

I have been unable to include either the Idarinae or the Erimer-
inae because of lack of material. The latter group appears to be
close to Monodotomerinae, and judging from published de-
scriptions doubtfully possesses subfamily rank. The primary
distinguishing feature of the Erimerinse is the possession of one
rather than two spurs on the hand tibia, and this of course may
have originated through a single minor mutation.

PART 1. PHYLOGENETIC CONSIDERATIONS

In the recognition of phylogenetic relationships within this
group, the following morphologic and biologic characteristics were
employed :

Morphologic Characteristics :

1. The thorax : size in relation to the body ; degree of fusion of
plates ; shape and sculpture.

2. The antenna : length in relation to the body ; tendency
toward, or absency of clubbing ; relative size and shape of segments.

3. The abdomen: size of plates; distinctness of segmentation;
presence or absence of the tendency for a petiole to develop ;
presence or absence of compression and sculpture; and general
abdominal shape.

4. The ovipositor: length of the external parts of the ovipos-
itor and the length of the ventral valves in comparison to the
body; and in some cases, the tendency for the ovipositor to coil
upon itself proximally.

5. The legs : whether or not the femora are enlarged, and the
presence of absence of spines on the femora.

Biologic Characteristics :

1. Host relations : whether the insects are parasitic, phytopha-
gous, or both, and the number of orders, families, and genera
which constitute the hosts of each group.

2. Type of parasitism involved : upon which stage or stages of
their hosts each group is parasitic, and the amount of restriction

358

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

shown by each group. Also whether the insects are primary or
secondary parasites, or both.

Although the drawings here reproduced are primarily those of
female structures, the observations have been taken from both
male and female. The female insect was used in most cases be-
cause more structures were available for study, and in most
instances, more females are represented in a series than males.

The Thorax

The thorax of even the most primitive of the Callimomidae
is highly modified in comparison with that of some of the lower
Hymenoptera.

In the sawflies, according to Snodgrass (1911), the thorax is
rather loosely put together, and the three segments approach each
other in size; although even in these primitive Hymenoptera the
mesothorax is becoming larger. The postnotum of the meso- and
sometimes of the methathorax, is distinguishable, and the pleura
of these segments are divided by plural sutures into an epimeron
and an episternum. The notum of the mesothorax is either a
simple plate, or divided into an anterior and posterior part.

The thorax of the higher Hymenoptera which, according to
Snodgrass, was derived from a thorax something like that found
in the sawflies, has undergone extreme modification. In general
the thorax of these higher Hymenoptera has become more com-
pact by the dropping out of parts, although there has been an
increase in size of the mesothorax. The postnotum of both meso-
and metathorax has presumably become invaginated into the
thorax. The notum of the mesothorax is modified by the for-
mation of sutures ; so that in some cases this may contain as many
as five plates. The divided mesopleuron of the lower Hymenoptera
becomes fused into a single plate in these higher groups, but in
some cases there is a secondary suture developed which divides
the pleuron into dorsal and ventral parts. An extra plate, the
prepectus, is sometimes formed, which is probably derived from
the mesopleuron and the mesosternum.

Because of this extreme modification of the chalcidoid thorax,
there is current in the literature many misapplications of terms.
One of these concerns a notch “ above the middle on the mesepi-

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomid^e

359

sternum.” This characteristic supposedly separates the Calli-
mominae from the other subfamilies of the Callimomidae. In
reality this notch is not on the mesepisternum, but on the mesepi-
meron, and there is no reason for the continuance of an error
which apparently originated with Ashmead.

The following phylogenetic criteria were used in the present
study of the thorax:

1. A thorax that is greatly shortened in proportion to the
whole body length is specialized. Compression or flattening of
the thorax is a specialization.

2. Fusion of sutures is an indication of specialization.

3. The presence of a secondary suture on the mesepimeron is
possibly primitive in this family. It is present where the fusion
of other sutures is at a minimum. I have designated the plate
that this suture cuts off as the secondary epimeral plate.

4. Presence of well-developed sculpture or punctations is evi-
dence of specialization.

5. A dorsally truncate pronotum is a specialized structure.

6. A greatly enlarged propodeum is a specialization. This
structure represents the first abdominal segment which has become
attached to the thorax.

Callimominae : In Callimome (Fig. 5) the thorax is elongate

with no decided tendency for shortening or flattening. The notum
is not truncate dorsally, the secondary epimeral suture is definite,
and there is practically no inclination for sutures to fuse. Some
of the larger species possess definite punctations. In a few species,
the thorax is somewhat humped, while in others, the parapsidal
grooves show some inclination to fuse. The propodeum is of
normal size.

In thoracic features, Diomorus is essentially the same as
Callimome.

In Ecdauma (Fig. 6), however, modifications occur. The tho-
rax is elongate and considerably flattened, and the propodeum is
more enlarged. Excessive punctations are absent.

Callimone and Diomorus , then, seem to possess a comparatively
primitive thorax, while in Ecdauma it is somewhat modified.

Monodontomerinse : In all fhis subfamily, the secondary epi-

meral suture, although still distinguishable, becomes obscure. The

360

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. XLVI

thorax is not especially reduced in proportion to the body, the
parapsidal grooves are poorly developed in most genera, and the
pronotum is somewhat truncate dorsally.

In all species of Monodontomerus, (Fig. 8) the propodeum is
either striate or rugose, and there is extreme rugosity in one
species. In this same species, the pleural suture is lost, but in
other species this suture is evident. The thorax is humped in
most species, while the propodeum is of uormal size and not
truncate.

Zaglyptonotus (Fig. 12) differs from Monodontomerus prima-
rily in the following : The pleural suture is evident, the thorax is
not humped, and the propodeum is not excessively rugose.

In Eridontomerus (Fig. 10) and Ditropinotus (Fig. 11) a
peculiar sculpture is present which is remarkably alike in both
genera. The parapsidal grooves are somewhat more evident than
in the other genera of this subfamily, while the pronotum dor-
sally is somewhat more truncate. The thorax of Eridontomerus
is somewhat flattened, while in both genera the propodeum is
truncate.

All these genera of the Monodontomerinas seem somewhat modi-
fied in thoracic features.

Megastigminae: The thoracic color of Megastigmus (Fig. 13)
makes it difficult for one to detect poorly defined sutures. The
parapsidal grooves are clear cut, and other sutures on the tho-
racic dorsum are evident. The pronotum of this genus is com-
paratively more enlarged dorsally than in any other genus of the
family. Because of this enlarged pronotum and the normal sized
propodeum, the thorax is not reduced in proportion to the whole
body. The thorax is usually well arched, and seems to be some-
what compressed. The pleural suture is lost in some species, and
the presence of a secondary epimeral suture is doubtful. This
thorax seems to be some departure from the primitive type.

Ormyrinse: The genus Ormyrus (Fig. 9) differs markedly
from the previously described groups in thoracic characters.
The parapsidal grooves are obscure in some species and entirely
absent in others. There is no indication of a secondary epimeral
suture, and although the pleural suture is evident, most of the
other sutures show inclination to disappear. The propodeum

Dec., 1938] *

Breland: Callimomule

36]

and pronotnm are truncate, while the scutellum in many cases
extends out over the propodeum. The thorax is extremely re-
duced in proportion to the whole body, and considerably humped.

While the above description applies primarily to Ormyrus, it
will fit Monohxus with slight modification. In this genus, the
parapsidal grooves while still obscure, are more evident than in
most species of Ormyrus. However, the thorax is more humped.

The thoraces of this whole subfamily seem to be highly spe-
cialized.

Podagrioninae : Podagrion (Fig. 7) likewise possesses a highly
specialized thorax, but the specialization is quite different from
that in the Ormyrinse. The thorax is uniformity sculptured, the
parapsidal grooves are faint to absent, and the presence of a sec-
ondary epimeral suture is doubtful. The pleural suture is ab-
sent, while the propodeum is enormously enlarged. Because of
the enlarged propodeum, the thorax is elongate in proportion to
the body. The thorax of Podagrion is also decidedly flattened.

Discussion of the thorax: From thoracic data alone, we have
some guide as to the relationship between the different genera
and subfamilies. Callimome and Diomorus are certainly closely
related since these genera do not differ essentially in any thoracic
character. Ecdauma, while obviously related to these two genera,
is more modified.

All the genera of the Monodontomerinae seem rather closely
related with Ditropinitus and Eridontomerus possibly closer than
any of the others. This whole subfamily seems related to the Cal-
limominae in the fact that the secondary epimeral suture is dis-
tinguishable in both groups, while in the other subfamilies it is
barely discernible to absent. Evident parapsidal grooves (less
evident in the Monodontomerinae) may be other evidences of re-
lationship between the two subfamilies, as is the medium sized
propodeum found in both groups.

That Megastigmus (of the Megastigminae) is related to the
Callimominae is evidenced by the following: The parapsidal
grooves are clear cut in Megastigmus and in many species of the
Callimominae, the propodeum is medium sized in both groups,
and the pronotum dorsally is elongate and not truncate.

Podagrion (Podagrioninae) resembles Ecdauma (Callimominae)

362

Journal New York Entomological Society ' [Vol. XLVI

in possessing an elongate propodeum, and a thorax that is dis-
tinctly flattened. Podagrion has a sculpture that is remarkably
similar to that in Ditropinitus and Eridontomerus of the Mono-
dontomerinse. In all the Monodontomerinse and Podagrion, the
pronotum dorsally is more or less truncate.

The Ormyrinse do not seem to be closely related to any of the
other groups in thoracic features, since the thorax is remarkably
shortened, the parapsidal grooves are in most cases lost, sculp-
ture is absent, and there is no sign of a secondary epimeral suture.

The Antenna

The antennge of this family are quite variable, but in number
of segments they are remarkably constant. All the antennae have
thirteen segments, but at times the distal three segments are hard
to distinguish, presumably because of fusion. The first segment
is commonly known as the scape, the second as the pecidel, and
the invaribly small third segment as a ring joint. Sometimes
the fourth segment is also reduced to the state of a ring joint.
The more elongate segments which follow the ring joints, and
make up the body of the antenna, constitute the so-called funicle.
The funicle consists of seven segments unless there are two ring
joints in which case there are only six segments in the funicle.
The most distal three segments of the antenna form a club which
may or may not be enlarged.

The second ring joint which is found in Ormyrus is clearly de-
rived from antennal segment four (ordinarily a funicular seg-
ment). The number of antennal segments in the family as a
whole can be considered constant only if the first ring joint is
considered as segment three, and the next segment counted as
number four, irrespective of whether it is a normal segment in
the funicle, or reduced to a ring joint. In some species this
• second ring joint is considerably longer and somewhat wider
than the first ring joint. In Ditropinitus and Eridontomerus of
the Monodontomerinas, the first funicular segment (antennal seg-
ment four) is smaller than the others, which shows another de-
velopment of the same tendancy toward reduction in this segment.
Since there is a tendency in many genera for the funicular seg-
ments to become reduced in size, it may be that the first ring
joint was likewise derived from a funicular segment.

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomidae

363

Antennal characteristics which seem to be of greatest phylo-
genetic importance are :

1. A definitely clubbed antenna is specialized.

2. An antenna whose funicular segments are notably wider
than long departs from the primitive type, and is thus a special-
ized structure.

3. Greatly enlarged or greatly reduced segments indicate spe-
cialization.

4. Antennae that are reduced in proportion to the body are
specialized.

5. Funicular segments which are uniformly cylindrical for
their entire length are probably primitive. At any rate, the
shape of the funicular segments seems to indicate' relationships.

Callimominae : The antenna of Callimome (Fig. 14) is usually
long in proportion to the body, and although there is sometimes
a tendency for a slight club to develop in some species, this is
always slight. The male does not exhibit this inclination as
much as the female. The first funicular segment is usually
slightly longer than the other segments of the funicle ,and the
segments are longer than wide. The segments are uniformly
cylindrical. In the male of some species, the funicular segments
are somewhat quadrate.

This same description may be applied to Diomorus and Ec-
dauma, but since I possess only two specimens of Ecdauma, I
cannot generalize too broadly. All these antenme seem compara-
tively primitive.

Monodontomerinae : Zaglyptonotus (Fig. 15) has an antenna
that is essentially the same as that of the Callimominae except
that the segments are more nearly quadrate, and the antenna is
shortened. No club is present, and the first funicular segment
is slightly the longest of the funicle. The funicular segments
are uniformly cylindrical, and subequal. The male antenna is
essentially the same except that the funicular segments are more
nearly quadrate.

The antenna of Monodontomerus (Fig. 19) is much the same
as that of Zaglyptonotus except that it is not as much reduced
in proportion to the body. The antenna of both these genera,
while slightly specialized, seem comparatively primitive.

364

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. xlvi

The antennas of Ditropinitus and Eridontomerus are modified.
In both genera the first funicular segment is the shortest of the
funicle, being both shorter and narrower than the normal.

In the female of Ditropinitus (Fig. 21) the funicular segments
are either wider than long or quadrate, and the segments get
slightly wider from the proximal to distal end of the antenna.
The segments are somewhat differentiated, each segment being
constricted basally. There is no definite club present, but the
funicular segments are loosely put together, and the terminal
segments are more closely fused, which gives the impression of
a club, especially in the female. The female antenna is greatly
reduced in proportion to the body. In the male (Fig. 21) the
funicular segments are more nearly quadrate, and the first funic-
ular segment is not as much reduced in size as in the female.

In Eridontomerus (Fig. 20) the male and female antennae are
essentially alike, and highly specialized. A club is present, and
all funicular segments are definitely wider than long. Each seg-
ment is constricted basally, and the segments become progres-
sively wider toward the distal end of the antenna. The female
antenna is reduced in proportion' to the body.

Megastigminse : The antenna of Megastigmus (Fig. 16) seems
to be comparatively primitive. The male and female are essen-
tially alike ; all funicular segments are longer than wide, and are
subequal. In some species, the first funicular segment is slightly
the longest. No distinct club is present, but in some cases each
end of the funicular segments are somewhat rounded. The
antennas are not essentially reduced, and they are relatively
slender.

Ormyrinse: The male and female of Orymrus (Fig. 18) pre-
sent specialized antennas which are essentially alike. Two ring
joints are present, and the funicular segments are wider than
long. The female antenna is reduced. Each segment of the
funicle is constricted basally, and the terminal three segments are
more closely fused so that one gets the impression of a club, al-
though this is not greatly enlarged. Because of the reduction of
the first funicular segment to a ring joint, the funicle is short
in proportion to the scape.

In the female of Monobceus (Fig. 24) all segments are consider-

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomid^e

365

ably wider than long, segmental differentiation is extreme, and
the antenna is reduced in length. No definite club is present,
but as in Ormyrus, one gets the impression of a club. The first
funicular segment is considerably shorter than the other funic-
ular segments. The male antenna is essentially the same.

According to the original description of the genus Monobceus,
only one ring joint is present. But the reduction of the first
funicular segment is as great as in some (but not all) species of
Ormyrus. The validity of the distinction of Ormyrus and Mono-
bceus has been questioned, and although we must have more mate-
rial to be certain of this, the character of the ring joints certainly
breaks down on occasion.

Podagrioninae : The female of Podagrion (Fig. 23) has an
antenna with a much lengthened club, and because of this, the
whole antenna appears long in proportion to the body. In the
funicle, the first funicular segments are longer than wide, and
subequal, but in the male (Fig. 22) the first segment is slightly
longer than the others. In the female, the most distal of the
funicular segments are quadrate. No definite club appears in
the male.

In one species of Podagrion described by Gahan the club of
the female antenna is as long as the whole funicle.

Because of this extreme tendency to club, the antenna of Podag-
rion seems to be greatly specialized. However, the absence of a
club in the male is a primitive character.

Discussion of the Antenna: The antennal data taken alone
supply some evidence of how these callimomid genera are related.
All of the Callimominae, and the genera Zaglyptonotus, Mono-
dontomerus , (of the Monodontomerinas) and Podagrion (Podag-
rioninae) seem to have some relationships. In all these groups
the first funicular segment is unreduced, and in most cases is the
longest segment of the funicle. With the exception of the female
of Zaglyptonotus , all of these have antennae which are not essen-
tially reduced in proportion to the body. In all of these groups,
the majority of the funicular segments are longer than wide.
The segments are poorly differentiated, so that the joints are hard
to discern. In none of these groups, except the female of Podag-
rion is an enlarged club present, and the last three antennal, seg-

366

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

ments in all the other genera are clearly the prototype of a club.

Megastigmus (Megastigminae) with its reduced antenna, ab-
sence of a club, and the first funicular segment which is long in
some species is probably related to the above named groups. The
more slender antenna may indicate that it is not as closely related
to the other groups on this character alone as they are to each
other.

Eridontomerus and Ditropinitus of the Monodontoinerinae seem
to be related. In the first named genus, and in the female of
Ditropinitus , the first segment is distinctly the smallest of the
funicle. In both genera, the antennae are reduced, and segmen-
tal differentiation has taken place, especially in Eridontomerus.
In Eridontomerus the funicular segments become widest toward
the distal end of the antenna, and in the female of Ditropinitus
there is a strong tendency toward this condition.

Ormyrus and Monobceus (Ormyrinae) seem to be related.
There are two ring joints in Ormyrus, and a decided tendency for
the second ring joint to develop in Monotxjeus. In both, the fe-
male antenna is reduced, and segmental differentiation has taken
place. All the funicular segments .of Monobceus are wider than
long, and this is true of most of these segments in Ormyrus.

Ditropinitus and Eridontomerus of the Monodontomerinae seem
to have some relationship to Ormyrus and Monobceus. All these
genera have shortened antennae, and the first funicular segment
is the smallest of the funicle. As we shall point out later,
however, we are not sure that these apparent relationships are
significant.

The Abdomen

In the clistogastroid Hymenoptera, as is well known, the first
true abdominal segment becomes applied to the thorax as the
propodeum.

In the chalcidoids, the abdomen is sometimes long petiolate,
but in most genera of the Callimomidae, although there is petiole,
it is not prominent.

Recent workers who have studied the morphology of the Cal-
limomidae and other families of the Chalcidoidea, (James 1926,
and Grandi 1930), consider the petiole as a complete abdominal
segment. Thus the first evident abdominal segment is the third
true segment.

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomule

367

Counting the propodeum and petiole as true segments, there
are nine dorsal plates or tergites in the abdomen of all Callimom-
idse studied. However, only seven of these are applied to the
abdomen proper, and the last one has become modified into the
dorsal valves of the ovipositor. Only five true sternites are
present in the abdomen proper. If other plates are present they
have become considerably modified, and possibly applied to the
ovipositor or male genitalia.

In this study the female abdomen was used primarily because
the abdomen of the male is more uniform and shows a much
greater tendency to shrink. More special structures are present
on the female abdomen. In certain cases, however, the male ab-
domen may be employed to advantage, but unless specified other-
wise, all the following descriptions will apply to the female.

The abdominal characteristics which seem to be of greatest
phylogenetic importance are as follows:

1. Definite segmentation is more primitive than indefinite.

2. Dorsally incised tergites are specializations.

3. An abdomen with equal segmentation is more primitive
than one with some segments enlarged or reduced.

4. An extremely compressed abdomen is specialized.

5. A p etiolate abdomen is a specialized structure.

6. Species that have the male and female abdomen nearest
alike in size and shape are more primitive than species with
greater difference between the sexes.

7. An enlargement of one or more of the sternites is special-
ization.

It is probable that species in which the posterior sternites can
be easily seen laterally are primitive, since this approaches the
condition of the primitive abdomen. Likewise, an abdomen in
which the sternites are pushed far anterior out of their normal
position is presumably specialized. However, since all the ab-
domens show a certain shrinkage, only those cases in which the
above points were extreme could be regarded as significant.

Callimominae : The abdomen of Callimome (Fig. 26) is not ex-
cessively compressed or petiolate, although some species show
this condition more than others. The abdomen is not elongate,
and nearly as high as long. The male abdomen is considerably

368

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

smaller than the female. In the female, the third true tergite is
greatly enlarged and overlaps the fourth, so that it sometimes can
scarcely be seen on the mid-dorsal line, although it is more evident
laterally. The third tergite is the largest dorsal plate, while the
last three tergites are greatly reduced in size. The third and fourth
dorsal plates are deeply incised on the posterior edge along the
mid-dorsal line. Because of the thinness of the plates, the seg-
mentation dorsally is poorly defined. The two anterior sternites,
really sternite three and four, are greatly enlarged and overlap
the tergites* and in some cases these are so enlarged that they ex-
tend for a great distance posteriorly. This is a remarkable de-
velopment, not found in very many other Hymenoptera. In a
few species the posterior sternites may be seen ventrally, but in
others the sterna are enclosed within the tergites.

The above description of the abdomen may be applied to Di-
omorus, except that the anterior sterna are still more enlarged
in some species.

Ecdauma (Fig. 30) has a very remarkable abdomen for a cal-
limomid. It possesses a true petiole which is very elongate. At
the same time it is very compressed. The sterna, however, may
be seen ventrally. In other features it shows affinities with the
other genera of the Callimominse.

All these abdomens in the Callimominae appear well specialized,
with that of Ecdauma the most highly specialized.

Monodontomerinse : The abdomen of Zaglyptonotus (Fig. 31)
shows close affinities with Callimome. The third tergite is en-
larged, incised, and overlaps the fourth. Sternites three and
four overlap the tergites, although these are not as enlarged as
in some species of Callimome. The abdomen is nearly as high as
long, and the female abdomen is considerably larger than that of
the male. The posterior tergites are reduced in size, while the
sternites posteriorly are not visible. This abdomen seems to be
specialized.

Monodontomerus, (Fig. 27) seems to possess a comparatively
primitive abdomen. The segmentation is definite, the abdomen
is not compressed or petiolate, the anterior tergites are not in-
cised, although the third tergite overlaps the fourth in the male,
and in the female the third tergite is somewhat reduced dorsally.

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomid^e

369

In one species, however, there is no reduction. The anterior
sternites are enlarged only slightly. The male and female ab-
domen approach each other in size. The last tergites are
reduced, and the abdomen is nearly as high as long.

In Ditropinitus (Fig. 29) the abdomen seems to be incipiently
specialized. The segmentation is indefinite, the third and fourth
tergites are incised, and the third tergite is not as enlarged as in
the above genera. The anterior sternites are not enlarged, and
the abdomen is not compressed or petiolate. The abdomen is
considerably elongate and somewhat cylindrical. The size dif-
ference between the sexes is considerable.

Eridontomerus (Fig. 33) differs from Ditropinitus primarily
in that the anterior tergites are not incised.

Megastigminae: The abdomen of Megastigmus (Fig. 28) seems
to be specialized. The abdomen is extremely compressed except
in one species, and in this species the male abdomen is depressed
and considerably petiolate. In most species, the sterna are all
enlarged and these overlap the tergites. The third tergite is en-
larged, and incised in all except one species. The last tergites
are reduced in size, and segmentation is very indefinite. In most
species, the male and female abdomen approach each other in size.

Ormyrinae: In Ormyrus (Fig. 34) many species possess several
rows of large punctations on the dorsal surface of the median
tergites. The females vary somewhat in this feature, but the
males almost invariably have these punctations. Dorsally, and
part of the way down the sides, the third tergite completely
covers the fourth, but further down, the segments are more
nearly equal, and both third and fourth are evident. The ab-
domen is not compressed or petiolate, but in the female it is not-
ably pointed, and cylindrical in shape. The male abdomen is
decidely depressed. The tergites are not incised, and except
where the large punctations interfere, the segmentation is definite.

In Monolmus (Fig. 38) the abdominal punctations are confined
in many species to the anterior margins of the tergites, and since
these are overlapped by the plates anterior to them, they cannot
be seen externally. In the female, the eighth tergite is bent up-
ward, so that the tip of the abdomen is noticeably tilted. Some
species of Ormyrus exhibit this characteristic to a less degree.

370

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

In the female of Monobams, all the sternites are crowded far
anteriorly, so that the posterior one extends only to the fourth
tergite. This is certainly a specialization, and since it is so ex-
treme could not be accounted for by shrinkage. In other ab-
dominal features, Monobceus shows close affinities with Ormyrus.

The abdomen of this subfaminly, then, while possessing some
primitive features, certainly exhibits some peculiar special-
izations.

Podagrioninae : The abdomen of Podagrion (Fig. 32) seems to
be specialized. The female abdomen is extremely compressed,
somewhat petiolate, and nearly as high as long. Tergites three
and four are greatly enlarged dorsally, incised, and tergite three
overlaps tergite four. The last two tergites are reduced in size.
The anterior sternites overlap the tergites, and laterally tergite
six is the largest plate of the abdomen. In the male, the first
tergite and sternite proper are so enlarged that they both extend
posteriorly for one half the length of the abdomen. In both male
and female segmentation is indefinite while in the two sexes
abdominal shape differs radically.

Discussion of the Abdomen. From abdominal data alone,
we may reach some conclusions as to the relationships among the
genera and subfamilies. The Callimominse and the genera Zag-
lyptonotus, Megastigmus, and Podagrion seem to be related, since
in all groups the female abdomen is either greatly compressed
or exhibits a tendency toward compression. The anterior ster-
nites overlap the tergites, and there is a tendency for a petiole
to develop in all groups. The segmentation is indefinite, and
tergite three is enlarged and overlaps tergite four. Both these
plates are incised. All the abdomens are nearly as high as long.
Monodontomerus (Monodontomerinse) seems to be somewhat re-
lated to these groups, for the anterior sternites of this genus also
show slight inclination to overlap the tergites, while the abdomen
is again nearly as high as long. In all these groups, the posterior
tergites are reduced in size.

Eridontomerus and Ditropinitus of the Monodontomerinse
show relationship, since in both genera the abdomen is cylindri-
cal, considerably longer than high, and not compressed. In
neither genus do the anterior sternites overlap the tergites.

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomid^e

371

Some indication that these genera may be related to the above
groups is found in the indefinite segmentation, the somewhat re-
duced posterior tergites in both genera, and the incised tergites
in Ditropinitus.

Ormyrus and Monobceus of the Ormyrinae are certainly related
to each other. The female abdomen is pointed, the segmentation
is definite, the last tergites are not reduced in size, and the male
abdomen is decidedly depressed. The anterior tergites are not
incised, and the anterior sternites do not overlap the tergites.
The peculiar abdominal punctations in Ormyrus are duplicated
on the anterior part of the tergites in Monobceus. The Ormyrinae
do not seem to be closely related to any of the other groups in
abdominal characteristics.

Female Genitalia

The genitalia of the Callimomidae involve several sets of struc-
tures. The ovipositor proper includes the stylets and sheaths.
Closely associated with the ovipositor are the dorsal valves which
have presumably been derived from the ninth tergum. Hanna
(1934) calls these plates the outer plates of Imms, which he states
are the same as the quadrate plates of Snodgrass. The ventral
valves are termed by Hanna the inner plates of Imms or the
oblong plates of Snodgrass. These plates seem to have been de-
rived from the ninth sternum. The fulcral plate of Imms, or
triangular plate of Snodgrass, is according to James (1926) an
expansion of the basal portion of each stylet. Hanna states that
this plate has been derived from the eighth sternum. A thin
chitinous plate arises from the dorsal proximal edge of each ven-
tral valve. Grandi (1930), and according to Hanna in an earlier
paper, has named this plate the falcate plate.

There is considerable variation among the genera in the length
of the ovipositor outside the body, and in the length of the ven-
tral valves. In some genera, there is a tendency for the oviposi-
tor to coil upon itself anteriorly, while in others, the ovipositor
and ventral valves outside the body are carried foward at an
extreme angle.

The genitalic characteristics which seem of the most impor-
tance in phylogenetic interpretation are :

372

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

1. Greatly elongate ventral valves outside the body, since they
are derived from a portion of a segment, are specialized struc-
tures.

2. Basal coiling of the ovipositor is a specialization.

3. External foward bending of the ovipositor and ventral
valves as found in one genus is a specialization.

4. Extreme ovipositor length outside the body is a speciali-
zation.

5. Any especially enlarged portion of the genitalia whose
origin is known to be from the portion of a segment, is evidence
of specialization.

Callimominse : In most species of Callimome (Fig. 35) the ven-
tral valves and external ovipositor are as long as the body, and
in some cases considerably longer. In only a few instances are
these structures somewhat shorter than the body. The base
of the ovipositor coils upon itself considerably in some species,
but in others, this coiling is not as great. In all of the Diomorus
that I possess the ovipositor and ventral values are as long or
longer than the body, although some species have been described
in which these structures are slightly shorter. Basally, the geni-
talia are essentially the same as in Callimome. In Ecdauma the
ovipositor and ventral valves are nearly twice the length of the
body. I did not have enough specimens to study the genitalia
basally.

In these structures, all the Callimominas seem well specialized.

Monodontomerinae : In Monodontomerus (Fig. 42) the ventral
valves and ovipositor outside the body are considerably shorter
than the body. Basally there is not much coiling of the oviposi-
tor, although more than in the following genus.

In Ditropinitus (Fig. 39) the ovipositor and ventral valves
are very short, and in some instances even shorter than the ab-
domen. The ovipositor does not coil basally. Both the above
genera seem primitive in genitalic features.

I did not possess enough material to study the genitalia basally
in Zaglyptonotus and Eridontomerus. In the first named genus,
the external ovipositor and ventral valves are as long as the body.
In Eridontomerus , however, these structures are shorter than
the abdomen. Thus on these features alone, Eridontomerus
seems primitive while Zaglypnotus is somewhat specialized.

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomid.®

373

Megastigminae : In some species of Megastigmus (Fig. 40) the
external ovipositor and ventral valves are longer than the body,
while in others these structures are shorter. Basally there is
practically no coiling of the ovipositor. Both the dorsal and
ventral valves, however, are strongly curved, and externally the
ovipositor and ventral valves are curved forward at an extreme
angle over the back. In some species of Callimome there is a
slight tendency for this condition to develop, but the extreme
condition seems to be confined to Megastigmus. This genus
seems specialized in ovipositor features.

Ormyrinae: In both Ormyrus (Fig. 41) and Monobceus (Fig.
37 ) the ventral valves and ovipositor hardly extend beyond the tip
of the abdomen, although in Monobceus they are slightly longer
than in Ormyrus. Correlated with this shortening of the oviposi-
tor, the base is considerably coiled inside of the abdomen. This con-
dition is more extreme than in any of the other genera, and should
therefore be regarded as a specialization ; although in a different
manner than that found in other genera, where the specializa-
tion is found in extreme length development of the ovipositor
outside of the body. This basal coiling is more developed in
Monobceus. In both these genera, the falcate plate is compara-
tively much larger than in the other genera studied and the ex-
ternal parts of the ventral valves are greater in diameter. In
these genera, then, specializations are present, but different from
those found in other groups.

Podagrioninae: In Podagrion (Fig. 36) those species which I
examined possessed ovipositors and ventral valves somewhat
longer than the body, although in some described species these
structures may be slightly shorter. In a few species, these struc-
tures are over twice the length of the body, so that there seems to
be a tendency here for extreme length development. Basally
there is practically no coiling of the ovipositor. This geuns
seems specialized, with some species of the extreme length of the
ventral valves and external ovipositor highly specialized.

Discussion of the Ovipositor: Since in all the Callimominae,
and the genera Zaglyptonotus (Monodontomerinae), Megastigmus
(Megastigminae) and Podagrion (Podagrioninae) there is a ten-
dency for the external ovipositor and ventral valves to be as long

374

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLYI

as or longer than the body, these groups seem to be related. Ex-
treme basal coiling of the ovipositor is not present in any of these
groups. Eridontomerus, Ditropinitus, and Monodontomerus of
the Monodontomerinse seem to be related for in these genera the
genetalic ctructures are considerably shorter than the body, and
usually shorter than the abdomen. There is no extreme coiling
in these genera. Ormyrus and Monobceus of the Ormyrinas re-
semble the last named genera in having shorter ventral valves
and ovipositors. But in these genera of the Ormyrinse, this con-
dition has an entirely different evolutionary significance, because
the external shortening of the ovipositor is correlated with
internal coiling which is high specialization.

Femora

In Podagrion the hind femur is very much widened and sup-
plied with many large teeth. Indeed the structure is reminis-
cent of the digging legs of the mole crickets, and a near duplicate
of the expanded femora of the Chalcididae. This development in
Podagrion is certainly a specialization.

In my collection there are several species presumably of the
genus Callimome which possess very serrate and somewhat
widened hind femora. Otherwise these species show the diag-
nostic characters of Callimome. This similarity of structure
seems to indicate that Callimome and Podagrion are related.

Eridontomerus and Ditropinitus possess denticulate femora,
which taken alone may indicate relationship between these two
genera.

The genera Diomorus, Ecdauma , Monodontomerus and Zag-
lyptonotus have a single tooth on the hind femora, and this fact
may be indicative of interrelations.

Host Relations

The following data were obtained in part from the literature,
and in part from my own observations. The published data vary
much need confirmation as to details, although they may give
some indication of the biology of the group.

In dealing with the host relations of any of the families of the
Chalcidoidea, many difficulties are encountered. Since the

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomidje

375

family Challimomidae is world-wide in distribution, reports of
species and of their hosts have appeared in such obscure journals
that we can make no pretense of havng a complete record of the
published material. Then too, the classification of this as well
as of the other families of the chalcidoids is so difficult that the
published determination of the parasite or of the host, or of both
the parasite and host are often incorrect. This is especially true
of the older literature, but occurs often enough in the more re-
cent literature because many of the reports of the parasite come
from those who are not specialists in the classification of the
group.

Probably the most difficult matter in dealing with host relation-
ships is to determine whether a given insect is phytophagous, a
mere inquiline, or a true parasite. If it is parasitic, it is not
always clear which of the several insects with which it may be
associated is the true host. Particularly is this true in dealing
with parasites bred from cynipid or other galls where there may
be a half dozen other families besides the true gall maker repre-
sented in the gall.

While the present summary of host relations is admittedly in-
complete, most of the literature has been covered, and it is to be
hoped that the most important references studied. When the
original references were not available, Dalle Torre’s volume in the
Catalogus Hymenopterorum (Vol. 5) has been of help.

The following tables are designed to give a summary of the
host relations of each genus.

So far as I can determine, Ecdauma has never been reported
from any host.

Although the majority of the species of Callimome are parasitic
upon Cynipidae and Itonididae, several species have been estab-
lished as phytophagus, and many species have been reported from
two and three orders. In one species of Callimome both parasitism
and phytophagy have been reported.

Diomorus which parasitizes only Hymenoptera, seems more
restricted.

It has been suggested that Zaglyptonotus parasitizes Curculi-
onidae, but to my knowledge this has not been definitely estab-

376

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLYI

HOST DISTRIBUTION OF CALLIMOMINiE

Callimomid parasites

Host

Genus

Species

with

known

hosts

Order

Family

No. of
genera
para-
sitized

Coleoptera

Cerambycidae

1

9

CurculionidaB

3(f)

Ipidae

1

Nitidulidae

1

Diptera

Itonididae

13

82

Tipulidae

1

Trypetidae

4

Homoptera

Aphidae

—

5

Chermidae

1

Cicadidae

2

Diaspididae

1

Hymenoptera

Argidae

—

Callimome

Callimomidae

2

125

Chalcididae

1

Cynipidae

30

Eurytomidae

3

Tenthredinidae

2

Lepidoptera

Larentiidae

1

6

Pyralididae

1

\

Tortricidae

2

1

Orthoptera

Mantidae

1

Phytophagous

Conifers

1 or 2

10

Dicotyledons

10

Monocotyledons

1

Hymenoptera

Crabronidae

1

Cynipidae

6

Diomorus

13

Megachilidae

1

Pemphredonidae

1

Sphegidae

1

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomid^e

377

HOST DISTRIBUTION OF MONODONTOMERIN^E

Callimomid parasites

Host

Species

No. of

Genus

with

known

Order

Family

genera

parasi-

hosts

tized

2

Diptera

Stratiomyiidae

1

1

Tachinidae

6

Homoptera

Chermidae

1

Hymenoptera

Anthophoridae

1

Apidae

1

Braconidae

3

Ceratinidae

1

7

Cimbicidae

2

Eulophidas

1

Ichneumonidae

6

Megachilidae

3

Monodontomerus

Tenthredinidae

2

Lepidoptera

Lymantriidae

4

Lasiocampidae

3

Olethreutidae

1

7

Pieridae

2

Psychidae

1

Pyralididae

1

Tortricidae

2

Zygaenidae

1

1

Diptera

Itonididae

1

Hymenoptera

Ichneumonidae

1

Ditropinitus

1

Eulophidae

1

Eurytomidae

2

Eridontomerus

' 1

Hymenoptera

Eurytomidae

1

lished.3 The series which I possess were bred from sunflower heads,
and associated with curculionids.

Monodontomerus in two instances has been reported from seeds
of plants, and these species may be phytophagous, although this

3 Since the submission of this manuscript for publication, the writer has
reared a species of Zaglyptonotus from the puparia of Tephritis finalis Loew.,
(Trypetidae), Curran det.).

378

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLVI

has never been established. At least one species of this genus has
been definitely known to attack three orders, and many genera in
each. Several species have been reported from two orders. As
we shall see, however, many species of Monodontomerus are hyper-
parasitic, and it is possible that their true hosts are not what the
published records summarized in the above table seem to show.

HOST DISTRIBUTION OF MEGASTIGMINH3

Callimomid parasites

Host

Species

No. of

Genus

with

known

Order

Family

genera

parasi-

hosts

tized

1

Colepotera

Curculionidse

1

Diptera

Itonididae

1

5

Trypetidae

2

6

Hymenoptera

Cynipidae

6

Megastigmus

2

Homoptera

Apiomorphidae

1(1)

Lepidoptera

Gelechiidae

1

4

Pyralididae

1

Tineidae

1

Tortricidae

1(1)

Phytophagous

Conifers

9

29

Dicotyledons

8

The majority of the species of Megastigmus are phytophagous,
but several species have been established as parasites, while two
have been reported as both parasitic and phytophagous. Many
of the phytophagous species occur on hosts of two or more genera,
and at least one species has been reported from both a conifer and
a dicotyledon. The same is true of some of the parasitic species.

Ormyrus seems to be primarily restricted to Cynipidae. Several
species attack several genera within the Cynipidae, but only one
species has been reported from both a Cynipid and Itonid host.

In many cases the genus of the mantid which was host of Poda-
grion was not determined, but in all authentic cases of parasitism,
this genus has been reared only from mantid egg cases.

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomhle

379

HOST DISTRIBUTION OF ORMYRIN2E

Callimomid parasites

Host

Genus

Species

with

known

hosts

Order

Family

No. of
genera
parasi-
tized

Hymenoptefa

Chalcididae

1

Ormyrus

30

Cynipidae

14

2

Diptera

Itonididae

1

Monobaeus

1

Hymenoptera

Cynipidae

1

* Method of Parasitism. Although the data upon the method of
parasitism within the Callimomidae is indeed fragmentary con-
sidering the large number of species with known hosts, some gen-
eralizations may be made from a study of these few species. In
the following tables, all species that have been adequately studied
are listed, and their method of parasitism compared.

Since the genera Syntomaspis and Torymus are considered as
synonyms of Callimome, all the above species presumably belong
to the genus Callimome. S. pubescens and 8. elegans have both
been reported as phytophagous and parasitic, but it has been
stated that these species are synonyms of Callimone ( Syntomaspis )
druparum.

Since some species of Callimome are seemingly able to adapt
themselves to a variety of host conditions, they are presumably
plastic in their method of parasitism and thus comparatively
primitive. Data are not available for the method of parasitism
in other genera of the Callimominse.

From these fragmentary data, it seems that at least some species
of Monodontomerus are hyperparasites, although they may also

HOST DISTRIBUTION OF PODAGRIONHSUE

Callimomid parasites

Host

Genus

Species with
known hosts

Order

Family

No. of genera
parasitized

Podagrion

■ 21

Orthoptera

Mantidae

6

380

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

Callimome (Callimomin^e)

Species

Host

Method of Para-
sitism and stage
of host

Authority

C. iris

Mantid

Eggs

Picard 1930

S. oviperditor

Cicada

Feeds externally
upon egg masses

Gahan 1927

T. nigricornis

Cynipid, etc.

Any stage, its own
or other larvae.
Also hyperpara-
sitic

Picard 1928

C. dorycnicola

Itonidid

Internal parasite of
larvae and pupae

Muller 1870

Torymus sp.

Itonidid

Ectoparasite of
larvae and pupae

Colizza 1928

Syntomaspis sp.

Cranberry fruit
worm

Internal parasite
of pupae

Franklin 1916

Torymus sp.

Dendrolimus

Hyperparasite

Takagi 1925

S. druparum

Many genera
of plants and
some cynipids

Reported as both
parasitic and
phytophagous

Several authors

be primary parasites. Those other species that attack the pupaa
of their hosts, may also be hyperparasites. However, since some
species can seemingly adapt themselves to a variety of conditions,
they must be considered primitive. No well founded data are
available for other genera of this family.

Megastigmince. As mentioned before, a few species of Mega-
stigmus have been reported as both parasitic and phytophagous.
A species of Megastigmus has been reported as bred from fly
larvae, and another from the pupa of its host, but the data are too
fragmentary to be used.

Ormyrimoe. I have been unable to find any reliable references
to the parasitic habits of this subfamily.

Podagrioninoe. Podagrion has been reported only from mantid
egg cases, and thus these parasites seem highly specialized.

Discussion of Host Relations: It is rather difficult to com-

pare a genus with a large number of species with one that has

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomule

381

MONODONTOMERUS (MONODONTOMERIN^E)

Species

Host

Method of Para-
sitism and stage
of host

Authority

M. cereus

Hymenoptera

Larvae and pupae

Muesebeck 1931

Tachinidae

Puparia

Muesebeck 1931

Lepidoptera

Pupae, normally
ectoparasitic
hyperparasite

Muesebeck 1931

M. dentipes

Pine moth

Hyperparasite

Seitner 1927

Aporia, Pieris,
Lasiocampa

Pupae

Mayr 1874

Nematus

Larvae

Mayr 1874

M. nitidus

Anthophora,

Chalicodoma

Pupae

Mayr 1874

M. obsoletus

Aporia, Psyche

Pupae

Mayr 1874

M. obscurus

Brachonid

Hyperparasite

Blair 1926

relatively few, since, other things being equal, the genus with the
largest number of species might be expected to attack more hosts.
However, in comparing two genera with approximately the same
number of species, that genus which contains both parasitic and
phytophagous species, since it can thus adapt itself to a variety
of habits, may be considered more primitive than one containing
only parasitic or only phytophagous species. Likewise, those gen-
era which are parasitic upon many families and orders of insects,
are physiologically more primitive than those which are more
limited in their choice of hosts. The same can be said for the
stage of host attacked. Those genera that are limited are pre-
sumably specialized.

The question of whether the habit of phytophagy or parasitism is
the most recent has been discussed for many years. Gahan (1922)
considers that the phytophagous habit is the most recent; that
the ancestors of the chalcidoids were plant feeders, that parasi-
tism then developed, and that the present day phytogous species
are of recent origin, and derived from the preceding parasitic
species. If this be true, I see no reason why this reversal of hab-
its may not have taken place several times; and even in some
instances why the original phytophagous or parasitic tendency

382

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLVI

may not have been retained in some instances while a reversal
was taking place in others. At any rate, it appears to me that
in order to obtain conclusive evidence, one must work out each
species separately, since a change of reactions in one group does
not necessarily imply that other groups will likewise change.

Some species of Eurytoma show both parasitism and phytoph-
agy during their life history. Gahan and Phillips (1927) seem
to think that this represents a transition from parasitism to plant
feeding. In a phylogenetic study of the Eurytomidse, Bugbee
(MS)4 thinks that the evidence might be better interpreted as a
very generalized physiological state, which seems to be able to
adapt itself to either type of feeding ; also that fixed parasitism
and phytophagy may have emerged as two diverging evolutionary
developments, rather than interpreting these species as transi-
tional between parasitism and phytophagy.

The genus Callimime with its many species certainly does at-
tack many diverse groups of insect and plants. There are many
species that attack as many as three orders, and some species have
been reported as both parasitic and phytophagous. Thus, al-
though many species are specialized in their restriction to the
Cynipidae and Itonididae, there are other species of Callimome
that are certainly physiologically primitive. Likewise, some spe-
cies attack the eggs of their hosts, others may attack several
stages, and some species may be hyperparasites or primary, as well
as external or internal parasites. Therefore, although some spe-
cies of this genus seem to be physiologically specialized, there are
others that are primitive.

Monodontomerus, although known from only a relatively few
species, seems to be comparatively primitive, since the known
species attack many host groups. Some of the species, however,
may be somewhat restricted, since some are hyperparasitic and
attack the pupae of their hosts. Some species have been reported
from both larvae and pupae of their hosts, but since none have
been reported from other stages, they may be somewhat specialized
in stage of host attacked, when compared with some species of
Callimome.

4 Since the submission of the present paper for publication, Dr. Bugbee ’s
manuscript has gone to press in the Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological
Society, and will probably appear before this paper.

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomhle

383

In number of hosts attacked, some species of Megastigmus
seem to be somewhat primitive, since many are not generically
restricted as to hosts, and some have been reported as both para-
sitic and phytophagous. The data are too incomplete for us to
make assumptions as to the stage of host attacked.

The species of Ormyrus for the most part seem specialized in
host relations. Only one species has been reported from two
orders, and the majority of the species are confined to the Cynip-
idae. There are no data as to the stage of the hosts which are
attacked.

Podagrion which seems to be strictly confined in the number
of groups attacked, and in the stage of its host, is doubtless highly
specialized.

Callimome with its many species shows some host duplication
with every other genus of the Callimomidae which was studied.
Because of the large number of species in Callimome , this may or
may not be significant. The fact that parasitic and phytophagous
species occur only in this genus and Megastigmus may indicate
that these two groups have somewhat the same physiological ten-
dencies and are related. Podagrion and Callimome may be some-
what related since a species of Callimome attacks mantid egg
cases, and with the exception of this species and the Podagrion-
inae, no other group of the Callimomidae have ever been reared
from this host. Callimome and Monodontomerus seem to be some-
what related, for species of both genera are hyperparasites and
external parasites on occasion. Also both genera may attack the
pupae of their hosts.

There are some other host duplicates among the genera, but at
the present state of our knowledge it is impossible to say whether
or not these are significant.

PART 2. PHYLOGENETIC POSITION OF GENERA

The detailed analysis of the morphologic structures and the bio-
logic data which allow any interpretation of the phylogenetic
position of the callimomid genera, have already been given in
Part 1 of the present study. The following account is, therefore,
a coordination of the earlier conclusions reached for each of the
data studied.

384

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. XLVI

Callimominae

Callimome: In thoracic and antennal features, this genus

seems to be comparatively primitive, but in abdominal and ovi-
positor characteristics many specializations are present. In their
parasitic behavior, some species seem to be restricted, but there
are certainly some that are plastic in their reactions. Because
of this combination of primitive and specialized features, it seems
as though this genus retained many of its ancestral traits while it
was specializing other characters. There are some more species
within this genus than any other, and since such a variety of
biologic reactions are exhibited among the species, it seems as
though considerable evolution has taken place within the genus.

As has been pointed out, Callimome shows morphologic relation-
ship to the genera Megastigmus, Zaglyptonotus, Podagrion, and
to a less degree Monodontomerus. Considering the morphologic
relationship, it is probable that the apparent biologic relation-
ships between Callimome and the above genera may be significant.

Diomorus : This genus is certainly closely related to Callimome,
and it is possible that we are not justified in separating these two
genera. Species of this genus show the same general morphologic
features and the same relations. In its parasitism, Diomorus seems
somewhat restricted.

Ecdauma : Upon the basis of our limited material, no complete
interpretation of this genus can be made. Only one or two spe-
cies have been described. Judging from the material which I
possess, this genus seems to be primitive in antennal features,
and somewhat specialized in thoracic characteristics. The ex-
treme length of the external ovipositor and ventral valves seem to
be specializations. Because of the extremely petiolate abdomen
(the only genus examined with a true petiole) I am inclined to
place Ecdauma high in the scale of evolution. Although special-
ized in certain features, this genus still shows relationships to
Callimome and Diomorus within the subfamily.

Huber (1927) does not consider Syntomaspis and Torymus as
genera distinct from Callimome. I have so considered these gen-
era in this study.

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomid.®

385

Monodontomerinae

Monodontomerus : Morphologically, although this genus pos-

sesses slight specializations, it is comparatively primitive. It pos-
sesses comparatively few species, but it attacks a variety of hosts,
and in this respect seems to be primitive also. Because of these
data, I consider Monodontomerus as a comparatively primitive
genus. As stated before, this genus shows morphologic relation-
ships to the Callimominae. In addition it seems to be somewhat
related to Megastigmus and Podagrion. Monodontomerus seems
to be closer related to Zaglyptonotus than to any other of the
genera studied within the Monodontomerinae. Some of the spe-
cies of Monodontomerus, Callimome, and Megastigmus have the
same hosts, and this taken in connection with the morphologic
resemblances between the genera may be further indications of
relationship.

Zaglyptonotus : Although this genus does not present any

extreme morphologic specializations, neither does it possess any
excessively primitive features, and should for these reasons be
considered intermediate in position. Zaglyptonotus seems to be
more closely related morphologically to Monodontomerus than to
any other genus studied within the Monodontomerinae. It shows
some morphologic relation to the Callimominae, Megastigmus, and
Podagrion. Nothing is known of the biology of the genus.

Ditropinitus : This genus also seems to be incipiently spe-

cialized, although it does possess certain primitive features in the
abdomen and ovipositor. As mentioned before, the group appears
to be related to Eridontomerus, in antennal, abdominal, and
thoracic features. With this in mind, the fact that both these
genera parasitize Harmolita living in grass stems may be signifi-
cant. Biologically, Ditropinitus seems to be somewhat plastic,
although there are no phytophagous species known.

Eridontomerus: Thic genus possesses an antenna as greatly

specialized as any genus studied. In other morphologic features,
however, it presents both comparatively primitive and specialized
characters. It is more closely related to Ditropinitus in both
biologic and morphologic features, than to any other genus within
the Monodontomerinae. Because of the small number of species

386

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

with known hosts, no conclusion can be made as to the biology of
the genus.

In conclusion, since there are so much difference between the
various genera of the Monodontomerinae, considerable evolution
has probably taken place within the subfamily.

Megastigmince

Megastigmus. In antennal features, Megastigmus appears to
be comparatively primitive, but in abdominal and ovipositor struc-
tures highly specialized. In the thorax both primitive and spe-
cialized characteristics are present. Biologically, since no great
host restriction is shown, the genus is probably primitive. Since
both parasitic and phytophagous species are present within the
genus, considerable evolution has probably taken place within
Megastigmus. Morphologically this genus appears to be related
especially to the Callimominae, and to the genera Zaglyptonotus,
Podagrion, and to a less degree to Monodontomerus. The pres-
ence of both phytophagous and parasitic species within Calli-
mome and Megastigmus suggests biologic relationship between
them. Certain host duplications are present between species of
Megastigmus and Monodontomerus , and considering the morpho-
logic resemblances between these genera, this fact is possibly
significant.

Ormyrince

Ormyrus: With the exception of certain presumedly primitive
abdominal structures, Ormyrus seems to be morphologically spe-
cialized. It also appears to be restricted in host relations. Thus
I consider this genus as rather highly specialized in both morpho-
logic and biologic features.

Monobaeus: As before stated, this genus may not be separate
from Ormyrus. In morphologic features, it is essentially the
same as Ormyrus , and thus highly specialized. Since nothing of
note is known of the biology of the genus, we are not justified in
making assumptions.

Although the Ormyrinae as a group show certain resemblances
to Ditropinitus and Eridontomerus within the Monodontomerinae,
I do not believe that this is very significant, The two groups do
not duplicate hosts. Ditropinitus and Eridontomerus seem to be

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomid.®

387

restricted to insects inhabiting grass, while the Ormyrinas show
decided preference for Cynipidae. Then too, the Ormyrinae pos-
sess so many specializations peculiar only to themselves, that I
believe that this subfamily should be placed on a separate line of
evolution apart from the other subfamilies. Since all the sub-
families presumably came from a common ancestor, certain re-
semblances are of course to be expected between all groups, but
unless these resemblances are many and from a variety of sources,
I do not believe we are justified in assuming close relationships.

Podagrionimce

Podagrion : Considering all morphologic and biologic features,
Podagrion seems to be a very specialized genus. No excessively
primitive features are present morphologically, and biologically
this genus seems to be by far the most specialized group. As has
been pointed out before, Podagrion exhibits certain morphological
affinities with other groups of the Callimomidae, namely, the Cal-
limominae, and the genera Zaglypnotus, Megastigmus, and to a
less degree Monodontomerus. Considering the morphologic rela-
tionship between Podagrion and Callimome, the fact that a spe-
cies of Callimome has been bred from mantid eggs suggests
further connections between these genera. There are no other
callimomids known from mantid egg s.

Before concluding a discussion of the phylogenetic position of
the genera, a word should be said as to the evolution of the sub-
families. Since many relationships, both morphologic and bio-
logic exist between the genera of the Callimominae, Megastigminae,
Monodontomerinas, and Podagrioninae, this seems to indicate that
all these subfamilies belong to the same phylogenetic line. At the
present state of our knowledge, it is impossible to tell which sub-
families are most closely related. Considering the host connec-
tion between Podagriron and Callimome, and the fact that Calli-
mome seems as close or closer to Podagrion morphologically than
any other group, might indicate that the Podagrioninaa are closer
related to the Callimomiriae than to any other subfamily. The
presence of both phytophagous and parasitic species in Callimome
and Megastigmus lends evidence to the effect that the Callimo-
minae and Megastigminae may be closely related.

388

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

Since the Ormyrinse do not show close relationships to any of
the other subfamilies, it is probable that this group separated
from the main line of evolution considerably before the other
subfamilies.

Summary and Conclusions

1. The characteristic which distinguishes the subfamily Calli-
mominse is a notch on the mesepimeron and not on the mesepi-
sternum.

2. Evidences of relationship based on any single character are
not at all dependable, but evidence derived from several sources,
both morphologic and biologic, provides a sounder basis for recog-
nizing relationships.

3. A genus in which the species attacks large numbers of in-
sects, or one in which the species are both parasitic and phyto-
phagous, is more primitive than a genus that is more restricted in
its host reactions.

4. A genus that is limited to a single stage of host that it
attacks, is more specialized than one that attacks many stages.

5. The subfamilies Callimomime, Monodontomerinse, Megastig-
mime, and Podagrioninse show interrelations among the genera,
and thus seem to belong to the same evolutionary line.

6. The Ormyrime probably belong to a different phylogenetic
line of evolution.

7. Considerable evolution seems to have taken place within the
Monodontomerinas.

8. All the Ormyrinse seem to be comparatively specialized both
morphologically and biologically.

9. Podagrion is highly specialized morphologically, and the
most highly specialized genus biologically within the Callimo-
midae.

10. Considerable evolution seems to have taken place within the
genera Callimome and Megastigmus.

11. Monodontomerus is a comparatively primitive genus both
morphologically and biologically.

12. The status of the genera Diomorus and Monolceus, based
upon the currently used distinguishing characteristics, is ques-
tionable.

Dec., 1938]

Breland: Callimomhle

389

13. Since Ecdauma possesses the only abdomen within the Cal-
limomidse with a true petiole, it should be placed high in the scale
of evolution.

14. Eridontomerus and Ditropinitus seem to be more closely
related to each other than to any other genus within the Mono-
dontomerinas.

15. Podagrion and Megastigmus are possibly closer related to
Callimome than to any other genus outside their own subfamily.

LITERATURE CITED

Ashmead, W. H. 1896. Phylogeny of the Hymenoptera. Proc. Ent. Soc.
Wash. 3 : 323-336.

. 1904. Classification of the chaleid flies. Mem. Carnegie mus. 1

(4) : 1-551.

Blair, K. G. 1926. Entomological notes with the Cancer Field Commission
in the Trentino, 1925. Journ. Tropic. Medic, and Hyg. 29: 294-98.
Reviewed in Rev. App. Ent. (A) 14: 569.

Colizza, C. 1928. II moscerino delle voile (Dasyneura affinis Kieff., Diptera
Cecidomyiidse) nell’ Italia meridionale. Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici
21: 130-148. Reviewed in Rev. App. Ent. (A) 17 : 16.

Crosby, C. R. 1913. A revision of the North American species of Megastig-
mus Dal. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 6: 155-170.

Cushman, R. A. 1917. Two new chalcids from seed of Amelanchier. Proc.
Ent. Soc. Wash. 19 : 79-86.

Dalle Torre, C. G. 1898. Catalogus Hymenopterous, vol. 5: Chaldidae et
Proctotrupidse : 281-315.

Foerster, A. 1856. Hymenopterologische Studien 2 : Chalcidise und Proc-
totrupii. Pp. 1-151. AAchen von Meer.

Franklin, H. J. 1916. Report of cranberry substation for 1915. Mass.
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 168.

Gahan, A. B. 1927. A new species of Syntomaspis. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash.
29: 99-100.

. 1922. A list of phytophagous Chalcidoidea with descriptions of two

new species. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 24: 33-58.

. 1933. The serphoid and chalcidoid parasites of the Hessian fly.

U. S. Dept. Agric. Misc. Publ. 174.

Girault, A. A. 1915. Australian Hymenoptera Chalcidoidea 9. Mem.
Queensland Museum 4 : 275-313.

Grandi, G. 1930. Monografia del gen. Philotrypesis Forst. Boll, del
Lab. di Entomologia 3 : 1-181.

Hanna, A. D. 1934. The male and female genitalia and the biology of
Euchalicidia caryobori Hanna (Hymenoptera, Chalcidinse). Trans.
Royal Ent. Soc. London 82 : 107-136.

Huber, L. L. 1927. A taxonomic and ecological review of the North

390

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. XLVI

American chalcid-flies of the genus Callimome. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus. 70 (14): 1-114.

James, H. C. 1926. The anatomy of a British phytophagous chalcidoid of
the genus Harmolita (Isosoma). Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1: 75-182.
Mayr, G. 1894. Der Europaischen Torymiden. Yerhandl. Zool.-Botan.
Gesel. Wien 24: 53-142.

Muesebeck, C. F. W. 1931. Monodontomerus aereus Walker, both a primary
and secondary parasite of the brown-tail moth and the gypsy moth.
Journ. Agric. Res. 43 : 445-460.

Muller, A. 1870. A preliminary account of Cecidomyia dorycnii spec.

nova and of Callimome dorynicola spec, nova, its parasite. Ent.
Month. Mag. 1870: 76-77.

Phillips, W. J. 1927. Eurytoma parva (Girault) Phillips and its biology
as a parasite of the wheat joint worm, Harmolita tritici, Fitch.
Journ. Agric. Res. 34: 743-758.

Picard, F. 1928. Le parasitisme et 1 ’hyperparasitisme chez le Torymus
nigricornis (Hym. Chalcididse). Bull. Soc. Ent. France 1928: 109-
111.

. 1930. Sur deux hymenopteres chalcides nouveaux, parasites dans

des ootheques de mantides. Bull. Soc. Ent. France 1930: 87-90.
Schmeideknecht, O. 1909. Genera Insectorum, 97, Hymenoptera, Chal-
cididse. P. Wystman, Bruxelles, Pp. 1-550.

Seitner, M. 1927. Aus der Praxis der Kiefernspinnerbcekampfung. Zeit-
schr. Angew. Ent. 12: 428-435. Reviewed in Rev. App. Ent. (A)
15: 383.

Snodgrass, R. E. 1911. The thorax of the Hymenoptera. Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus. 39: 37-91.

Takagi, G. 1925. Studies on the methods for the control of Dendrolimus
spectabilis, Butl. (Lasiocampidae). Forest Exp. Sta. Rept. 2: 1-72.
Reviewed in Rev. App. Ent. (A) 15: 220.

Westwood, J. O. 1829. On the Chalcididse. Zool. Journal 4: 3-32.

Plate XXY

Structures of Callimomidse showing principal parts
Figure 1. Thorax of Callimomidse (Callimominae)
Figure 2. Abdomen of Callimomidse
Figure 3. Female genitalia of Callimomidse
Figure 4. Antenna of Callimomidse

(Jour. N. Y. Ent Soc.), Vol. XLVI

(Plate 25)

f A L C A T f PLATE

rULCRAL PLATE
\

VENTRAL VALVES
/

CALLIMOMID2E

3

392

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Plate XXVI

(From adults uniformly enlarged to 200 mm. so that the relative size of
thoraces may be compared by direct comparison of thorax drawings).

Figure 5. Thorax of Callimome sp.

Figure 6.
Figure 7.
Figure 8.
Figure 9.
Figure 10.
Figure 11.
Figure 12.
Figure 13.

Thorax of Ecdauma sp.

Thorax of Podagrion sp.
Thorax of Monodontomerus sp.
Thorax of Ormyrus sp.

Thorax of Eridontomerus sp.
Thorax of Ditropinitus sp.
Thorax of Zaglyptonotus sp.
Thorax of Megastigmus sp.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XL VI

(Plate 26)

394

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLYI

Plate XXVII

(From adults uniformly enlarged to 350 mm. so that the antenna-body
ratio may be compared by direct comparison of drawings).

Figure 14. Antenna of female of Callimome sp.

Figure 15. Antenna of female of Zaglyptonotus sp.

Figure 16. Antenna of female of Megastigmus sp.

Figure 17. Antenna of male of Eridontomerus sp.

Figure 18. Antenna of female of Ormyrus sp.

Figure 19. Antenna of female of Monodontomerus sp.

Figure 20. Antenna of female of Eridontomerus sp.

Figure 21. Antenna of male of Ditropinitus sp.

Figure 22. Antenna of male of Podagrion sp.

Figure 23. Antenna of female of Podagrion sp.

Figure 24. Antenna of female of Monobaeus sp.

Figure 25. Antenna of female of Ditropinitus sp.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent Soc.), Vol. XL VI

14

CALLIMOMID2E

396

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLVI

Plate XXVIII

(From adults uniformly enlarged to 200 mm. so that the relative size of
the abdomen may be compared by direct comparison of abdominal drawings).

Figure 26.
Figure 27.
Figure 28.
Figure 29.
Figure 30.
Figure 31.
Figure 32.
Figure 33.

Abdomen of Callimome sp.
Abdomen of Monodontomerus sp.
Abdomen of Megastigmus sp.
Abdomen of Ditropinitus sp.
Abdomen of Ecdauma sp.
Abdomen of Zaglyptonotus sp.
Abdomen of Podagrion sp.
Abdomen of Eridontomerus sp.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Vol. XLYI

(Plate 28)

CA LLIMOMIDiE

33

398

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLVI

Plate XXIX

(Figs. 34 and 38 from adults uniformly enlarged to 200 mm. Other figures
from adults uniformly enlarged to 125 mm. so that comparative size of parts
may be compared by direct comparison of genitalic drawings).

Figure 34. Abdomen of Ormyrus sp.

Figure 35. Female genitalia of Callimome sp.

Figure 36. Female genitalia of Podagrion sp.

Figure 37. Female genitalia of Monobaeus sp.

Figure 38. Abdomen of Monobaeus sp.

Figure 39. Female genitalia of Ditropinitus sp.

Figure 40. Female genitalia of Megastigmus sp.

Figure 41. Female genitalia of Ormyrus sp.

Figure 42. Female genitalia of Monodontomerus sp.

(Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.), Yol. XLVI

(Plate 29)

CALLIMOMID^E

42

Dec., 1938]

Cumley & Haberman: Drosophila

401

SEROLOGICAL INVESTIGATION OF DROSOPHILA
ANTIGENS WITH THE COMPLEMENT
FIXATION REACTION

By Russell W. Cumley and Sol Haberman
Department op Zoology, The University op Texas

Introduction

This investigation had its origin in a zoology seminar in Janu-
ary, 1936. The unpublished immunological works of Irwin and
his associates regarding dove-pigeon hybrids, were under discus-
sion. The suggestion was made that perhaps a similar study of
Drosophila species would be of interest to geneticists and taxono-
mists. The question was discussed with Professor V. T. Schu-
hardt, who suggested that the ring-precipitin and complement
fixation reactions should be tried. As a consequence of this con-
versation, Professor Schuhardt and R. W. Cumley initiated an
immunization program, in order to determine roughly whether
the formation of antibodies could be stimulated in rabbits in
response to the injection of a Drosophila antigen. A rabbit was
injected intraperitoneally, at three-day intervals, with 4 cc. saline
suspensions of macerated bodies of Drosophila melanogaster. In
the subsequent tests the complement fixation reaction was em-
ployed; and in these tests the antiserum to Drosophila melano-
gaster antigen yielded complement fixing antibodies in an anti-
serum dilution of 1 : 320, when tested against its homologous
antigen. Heterologous test antigens made from two other species
of Drosophila gave titres of 1 : 160 and 1 : 80, respectively.

During the following spring and summer T. A. Koerner and
R. W. Cumley inoculated several rabbits intravenously with sus-
pensions of macerated flies, in dilutions of 1 : 100, and in doses
ranging from 1.0 to 25.0 cc. Several rabbits died, and no signifi-
cant results were obtained. These initial studies were of consid-
erable importance, however, since they defined certain limits
regarding the size of the antigenic dose.

In July, 1936 Levit et al. announced their results in detecting
the presence of the Y-chromosome in males and attached-X

402

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

females of Drosophila melanogaster , through the use of comple-
ment fixation methods (Levit, Ginsburg, Kalinin, and Feinberg,
1936). Although they did not present the details of their tech-
nics, they confirmed the belief in this laboratory that antibodies
to Drosophila could be demonstrated.

In October, 1936 R. W. Cumley and Sol Haberman* initiated
another series of inoculations. The males and females of the fol-
lowing species were separated : Drosophila bipectinata, D. carib-
bea, D. hydei, D. melanogaster , D. mulleri , and D. virilis. The
flies were macerated, and saline was added in the proportion of
one gram of the fresh fly material to 50 cc. of 0.85% NaCl. After
the mixture remained for two days in the ice box, it was filtered
through several thicknesses of filter paper. Rabbits were injected
intravenously at about three-day intervals with a total of eleven
doses of this filtered broth. The doses were of increasing size,
beginning with 0.2 cc. of a 1 :1000 dilution and proceeding to 0.4
cc. of a 1 : 50 dilution. Subsequent tests showed that no appre-
ciable antibody formation occurred from the injection of such
small doses. The animals were then inoculated with five larger
doses, in accordance with Professor Schuhardt’s views, and as
had been suggested by the first inoculations which he and Cumley
had made. These doses ranged from 2 cc. of a 1 : 50 dilution to
4 cc. of a 1 : 50 dilution. A trial bleeding of a few cubic centi-
meters was made six days after the last injection. The blood
showed the presence of complement-fixing antibodies, and the
animals were bled from the heart two days later.

In the subsequent complement fixation and precipitation tests
low dilutions of complement-fixing antibodies and confusing re-
sults were the rule. From these experiments the conclusions
were drawn that (1) more exact methods of standardization of
antigens should be used; and (2) a more concentrated antigen,
prepared from dried flies, would be necessary. This last conclu-
sion is contrary to the findings of Brown and Heffron (1928), in
their serological investigations of Lepidoptera ; they reported
that precipitating antibodies were produced in greater quantity
when the fresh material, rather than the dried, was used as
antigen.

* Mr. Haberman served in the capacity of technical assistant, and was paid
from the research fund of the Department of Zoology.

Dec., 1938]

Cumley & Haberman: Drosophila

403

Materials and Methods

The results reported in this paper were obtained from testing
the sera of rabbits which had been immunized to saturated saline
solutions of dried flies. Martin and Cotner (1934) successfully
immunized rabbits to moth species by using similarly prepared
antigens. In the present experiments the following species of
Drosophila were employed : bipectinata, caribbea, hydei, melano-
gaster, and virilis. The flies were grown in half -pint milk bottles,
on the yeast-banana agar used in routine genetical experiments.
Usually, the flies were removed from the food within two days
after hatching. After being weighed, they were macerated in a
mortar. The pasty material contained in the mortar was desic-

TABLE 1

Sample

Drosophila

Species

Weight

before

drying

Weight

after

drying

Per cent
water

Per cent
dry

powder

1

virilis

17.76 .

grams

5.74 ;

grams

67.7

32.3

23

virilis

23.78

( (

6.34

( c

73.3

26.7

25

virilis

41.36

c (

9.27

( (

77.6

22.4

2

caribbea

27.04

( (

6.92

( (

74.4

25.6

7

caribbea

25.93

C l

6.82

( (

73.7

26.3

22

caribbea

19.89

1 1

4.76

( (

76.1

23.9

24

caribbea

37.15

( (

8.75

1 1

76.4

23.6

3

hydei

8.63

( l

2.30

( l

74.3

25.7

10

hydei

11.86

( <

3.28

( (

72.4

27.6

18

hydei

21.31

( (

4.84

( <

77.3

22.7

4

melanogaster

21.15

( (

6.12

< i

71.1

28.9

16

melanog aster

31.86

c t

8.17

C (

74.4

25.6

26

melanogaster

11.40

t (

3.32

( (

70.9

29.1

5

mulleri

22.65

( (

8.19

( (

63.9

36.1

11

mulleri

9.25

( l

3.37

( i

63.5

36.5

15

mulleri

6.83

1 1

2.26

(X

66.9

33.1

20

mulleri

11.25

( <

3.13

< l

72.3

27.7

6

sulcata

9.55

c e

3.14

i c

67.0

33.0

12

bipectinata

12.62

C (

3.44

l c

72.7

27.3

17

bipectinata

32.63

( t

7.67

( (

76.5

23.5

21

bipectinata

23.92

( t

5.67

( (

76.3

23.7

14

funebris

29.17

( (

8.43

( t

71.1

28.9

404

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

cated in vacuo over sulfuric acid for two days. The material was
removed, ground still more, and returned to the desiccator for
further drying. When the powder was thoroughly dry, it was
removed and weighed. No attempt was made to insure complete
removal of the water, since the nitrogen content of the samples
was to determine their ultimate standardization. Table 1 shows
data regarding the weights of several species of Drosophila before
and after drying. The percentages of water removed in desicca-
tion, by this method, varied from 63.5% to 77.6%.

The powdered flies obtained by desiccation and grinding were
mixed with 0.85% NaCl in the ratio of 1 gram of fly powder to 10
cc. of saline. The mixture was allowed to remain in the ice box
at about 9 degrees Centigrade for two days. The broth was then
centrifuged and the clear supernatant solution decanted. This
solution was filtered through several thicknesses of filter paper
and preserved with Merthiolate Solution (1:10,000). Table 2
presents data relating to the preparation of the saline extracts.
From this table one may note that the amount of fly powder
which will go into solution per cubic centimeter of saline varies
considerably from sample to sample. In order to have standard-
ized the antigens on the basis of weights of materials, one would
have had to consider the weight of the material extracted.

The clear saline extract taken directly from the powder was
used for immunization of the animals. Rabbits were inoculated
seven times with doses increasing from 1 cc. to 4 cc. of the above
described solution. These injections were rather irregular, since
several trial bleedings were made at intervals to determine the
presence of complement-fixing antibodies. The inoculations made
several of the rabbits extremely sick, and six of them died in the
course of the immunization. Seven days after the seventh injec-
tion the rabbits were bled from the heart, without anaesthesia,
The amount of blood taken from each rabbit varied from 8 cc. to
30 cc.

In the complement fixation reactions serial dilutions of the
antisera were made, and all the antigens were tested against a
particular antiserum. No attempt was made to standardize the
protein content or antibody content of the antisera. The test
antigens, however, were standardized. Micro-Kjeldahl tests were

Dec., 1938]

Cumley & Haberman: Drosophila

405

a 8 ••

•2

‘43 cS

^ g £

• f-H TO ^

fi «H S

O

bn

if g

Ob*

«H _ +?

II SS

g gts 8

S a

O ce

o rf a>

<w> CQ CS

s ^
o

r£j <D

O ©

§ ^

2 02

© JH

P-H ©

2 S

a 3

02 §

ID CO tH C\J 00 CO rH

rH CD CD rH 00 O 00*

n IM (M (M H CO H

lO O ID O O ID IQ

W CO T|H O (M N

CO 05 r-j ID O O rH

<M* rA cq rH Cq* CO Cq"

lO O lo W IO IO W

If! 05 CO Id S S S

D S CO N N 03 00

O O O O rH © rH

O O O O O O O

© © © © © © ©

cd th oq* cd tjh o" Tin

cq oq <M rH (M CO CO

o o o o o o o

© tH O 03 t- o o

6 i>.' o' d n 6 o"

CO (M CO (M CO H ^

CO N 'CO N CO Ml rH

<43

e

S « p2a

111 1

cq co o M io

406

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

run on each of the various antigen extracts, and the solutions
were adjusted to have equivalent nitrogen contents. The nitro-
gen contents of the saline extracts of dry flies and the saline ex-
tracts of wet flies, mentioned earlier in this paper, are shown in
Table 3. One may observe that the nitrogen contents of the sam-
ples vary considerably, rendering the adjustment for nitrogen
equivalence imperative. As is revealed in this table, the nitrogen

TABLE 3

Fresh flies. Extracted 1 : 100 in saline

Drosophila Mgm. of nitrogen per cc.

Species of extract

melanogaster 0.0470

virilis 0.0420

simulans 0.0429

pseudoobscura A 0.0384

miranda J 0.0464

Dried flies. Extracted 1: 50 in saline

Drosophila Mgm. of nitrogen per cc.

Species of extract

melanogaster 1.2200

mulleri 0.6960

hydei 0.6370

virilis 0.7280

caribhea 0.6870

bipectinata 1.1680

contents of the 1 : 50 extracts of the dried flies are from fifteen
to twenty-five times as great as those of the 1 : 100 extracts of the
fresh flies, a fact which probably accounts for the increased
antigenicity of the dried fly extracts.

The antigens which were to be used for the tests were first
tested to determine whether they possessed properties which
would inhibit or interefere with the normal action of the comple-
ment, i.e., whether the Drosophila antigens possessed active anti-
complementary agents. The results of this test are shown in
Table 4. Since a two-plus (++) reaction took place in the 1 : 2400
dilution of the D. hydei antigen, all the antigens were diluted to

Dilution of Antigen

1 : 2400

l +1 1 l ± l

0091 : 1

l +i I I $ I

1: 1200

l +1 I l ij

: i

o

o

oo

i—H

I + I l ^

: +

1: 600

l + l I j

it

1: 400

■ , t * ; +l ]

it

1: 300

+

-t-H-

it

o

o

rH

' t 1 +' j

■ !

1: 150

+

+

+++

=i

001 :T

■ it* ! 1

1: 50

El

Type of Antigen

Melanogaster

Mulleri

Virilis

Caribbea

-LJLJ UC1

Bipectinata

408

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

1 : 5000 before proceeding with complement fixation tests. Con-
sequently, the antigens were diluted to a point considerably
beyond the range in which anticomplementary activity occurred.

The standard complement fixation reaction was used in testing
for the presence of complement-fixing antibodies in the sera of
immunized rabbits. The antisera were diluted serially, and the
antigens were held constant. Complete hemolysis in any given
tube was recorded as negative (-). Complete lack of hemolysis
was recorded as positive (++++) complement fixation. Three in-
termediate grades of fixation were recorded as one-plus (+), two-
plus (++), and three-plus (+++), on the basis of relative amounts
of hemolysis.

Results

In order to determine roughly the end-points of complement
fixation, a series of tests were run in which the various antisera
were tested against their homologous antigens. The results of
these tests are shown in Table 5. From the titres recorded in
these tests, the dilutions of antisera which were to be used in
heterologous tests were indicated. The heterologous tests yielded
the results that are shown in Table 6. From this table the follow-
ing features may be noted :

1) There is great variability in antibody production by rabbits
immunized to the same antigen. Not only do different rabbits
yield sera which differ in their antibody content, but the order in
which the various antigens react with a given serum varies
slightly from one rabbit to another. This may be attributed to
individual differences of rabbits, to errors in reading the tests,
and to errors inherent in the use of unpurified antigens.

2) There is a lack of reciprocal relations between antisera and
antigens. In general, the order of relationships is the same, but
the percentage relationships, as revealed in Table 7, varies con-
siderably in the reciprocal tests. This question of reciprocity will
be dealt with in detail in a subsequent paper. Reciprocity is
not believed to be a necessary adjunct to the antigen-antibody
relationship.

Table 7 presents the antigen-antiserum relationships that have
been calculated from the data of Table 6. In calculating these
relationships, modifications of the methods of Boyden (1926,

TABLE 5

TABLE 6

Dilution of Antiserum

1: 200

i i i i i i

O
rH
i — 1

l 1 I i i i + I I l I I i i i i i i i i i i i i 1 i i i i i

O
rH
r— I

1 i i i i S J + + ' i i i i i i i i iiiiii iiiiii

O

O

rH

i — 1

iii:iiit + + +ii iiiiii iiiiii iiiiii

o

00

T— 1

+11111 Jttt+++I1111 +IIIII iiiiii

o

to

rH

Ill Jit +

J 1 I l l + IIIII + IIIII

O

lO

i-H

|+ 1 , , i §§§J|t +

| II II + IIIII |+ l l l I

O

hH

rH

|+ 1 1 1 1 iillill 1111 | 1 1 1 1 1 1** 1 1 1

O

CO

i— 1

i*+i 1 iiiiii i

§t+ ' > | + +iii 1 4 1 + 1 1

O

CQ

i—l

|lli' IIIIII :i

iii1 1 im+i mi1 1

o
1 — 1

rH

IIIIII III!1 1 llli1 Him

Type of
Antigen

Mulleri

Yirilis

Hydei

Caribbea

Bipectinata

Melanogaster

Mulleri

Yirilis

Hydei

Caribbea

Bipectinata

Melanogaster

Mulleri

Hydei

Caribbea

Yirilis

Bipectinata

Melanogaster

Mulleri

Yirilis

Caribbea

Hydei

Bipectinata

Melanogaster

Yirilis

Mulleri

Caribbea

Hydei

Bipectinata

Melanogaster

Type of
Antiserum

Mulleri 3
Mulleri B5
Mulleri 4
Mulleri B6
Yirilis A4

TABLE 6 — ( Concluded )

412

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

TABLE 7

Type of
Antiserum

Type of
Antigen

Percentage
Antigen-Antiserum
Relationship : high-
est dilution of re-
action (Boyden)

Percentage
Antigen- Antiserum
Relationship: total
number of pluses
(Nelson & Birkeland)

Mulleri

Mulleri

100.00

100.00

Yirilis

55.20

55.10

Hydei

55.20

48.30

Caribbea

44.80

47.10

Bipectinata

Less than 38.90

Less than 29.00

Melanogaster

Less than 50.00

Less than 50.00

Yirilis

Yirilis

100.00

100.00

Mulleri

83.40

70.00

Caribbea

66.60

70.00

Hydei

50.00

50.00

Bipectinata

16.70

10.00

Melanogaster

16.70

5.00

Caribbea

Caribbea

100.00

100.00

Mulleri

65.00

47.50

Yirilis

60.00

44.20

Bipectinata

50.00

35.90

Hydei

45.00

33.40

Melanogaster

40.00

21.70

Melanogaster ......

Melanogaster

100.00

100.00

Caribbea

87.50

80.60

Mulleri

75.00

42.90

Hydei

54.20

45.60

Virilis

45.80

22.32

Bipectinata

Less than 37.50

Less than 14.30

1932, 1934) and of Nelson and Birkeland (1929) have been used.
These authors worked with precipitation technics; their comput-
ing formulas have been applied herein to the complement fixation
reaction. The values were calculated on the basis of the highest
dilution of reactivity and on the basis of the total number of
pluses, i.e., the strength of reactivity. These figures should not
be interpreted as representing the relations that exist between
the fly species, or as representing the actual percentage of likeness
or unlikeness between any two species. Rather they show the
extent to which several antigens react with a given antiserum,
when compared with the homologous antigen-antibody reaction.
For example, the virilis antigen reacts with the viriiis antiserum
at a dilution arbitrarily designated as 100%, whereas mulleri

Dec., 1938]

Cumley & Haberman: Drosophila

413

antigen reacts at a dilution only 83.4% as great, and melanogaster
antigen reacts at a dilution only 16.7% as great as the dilution at
which the virilis antigen reacted. The chief value of these per-
centage relationships is that they indicate the serological ranks
assumed by the various antigens.

Discussion

The reliability of these data is dependent upon several factors,
of which a few will be considered. The standardization of the
various reagents is of paramount importance. In this work the
antigens were standardized in the manner previously mentioned.
The amboceptor and complement were properly titrated, and
controls for the amboceptor, complement, and sheep cells were
carried with each set of tests. The antisera were considered
variables ; the antigens were accepted as constants. Several
authors have suggested more exact standardization procedures,
including lipoid extraction of antigens (Boy den 1936 ; Moritz
1934; Becker 1932), globulin extraction of antigens (Nelson and
Birkeland 1929), determination of protein and nonprotein nitro-
gen content of antigens (Boy den 1934; Eisenbrandt 1936), and
the use of buffered saline (Boyden 1926). The value of these
presumably more exact procedures becomes evident only after
tests have been made with the native unaltered antigens. This
paper treats only of these latter materials. Other methods will
be discussed in later publications.

As an antigen Drosophila presents inherent difficulties which
possibly bear upon the reliability of these tests. The intestinal
contents of the flies should be eliminated from the antigens. Sev-
eral months of intensive effort failed to yield bacteria- and yeast-
free flies in quantities large enough for making antigens. Some
success has been attained in producing flies relatively free of food
and yeasts.

Another factor which should influence the reliability of these
tests is the possible presence of natural antibodies to Drosophila
in the serum of the rabbits. All of the rabbits used in this inves-
tigation were found to be free of any such natural antibodies.
Furthermore, three control animals were tested. Two of these
animals had never been- immunized to foreign material. The third

414

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVi

had been immunized previously to staphylococci. The two unim-
munized animals showed no complement-fixing antibodies; while
the third showed the presence of complement-fixing antibodies in
low dilutions. This may be explained as a nonspecific reaction
due to sharing of antigen complexes or to the presence of similar
antigenic factors in both Staphylococcus and Drosophila, or to
the presence of staphylococci in or on the drosophilas used as the
test antigen.

Conclusion

The complement fixation reaction can be used in differentiating
the antigens of various Drosophila species. The results of the
present investigation, although not entirely consistent, reveal
roughly the serological ranking of the various species under con-
sideration. Greater reliability probably will proceed from the
use of more purified and better standardized reagents than were
employed in the tests reported herein. Other experiments are
now in progress which make use of more refined procedures.

Summary

1. Methods and data regarding the preparation of Drosophila
antigens and antisera were offered.

2. The complement fixation reaction was used in comparing the
reactivity of several antigens to different antisera, and the results
were presented in Table 6.

3. From the data in Table 6, the percentage of antigen-anti-
body reactivity was calculated. These calculations were based
upon the highest antiserum dilution at which complement was
fixed, and upon the total number of +’s recorded in the tests.
These methods are modifications of the Boyden and of the Nelson
and Birkeland computation technics. The new calculated values
were recorded in Table 7.

4. The values in Table 7 were indicated as revealing the ranks
assumed by the various antigens with reference to a given
antiserum.

5. A discussion was given of the reliability of the complement
fixation reaction in differentiating Drosophila species.

Dec., 1938]

Cumley & Haberman: Drosophila

415

Acknowledgment

The authors wish to acknowledge the aid and advice received
from Professors J. T. Patterson and W. S. Stone of the Depart-
ment of Zoology and Professor V. T. Schuhardt of the Department
of Bacteriology of The University of Texas.

LITERATURE CITED

Becker, H. J., 1932. Die Immunization mit pflanzlichen Lipoiden und die
Storung der Verwandtschaftsreaktionen durch Lipoide. Bot.
Archiv., 34: 267-286. (Taken from Boyden, A. A., 1936. Serology
and biological problems. Sigma Xi Quart., 24: 152-160.)

Boyden, A. A., 1926. The precipitin reaction in the study of animal rela-
tionships. Biol. Bull., 50 : 73-107.

, 1932. Precipitin tests as a basis for a quantitative phylog-

eny. Proc. of the Soc. for Exp. Biol, and Med., 29 : 955-957.

, 1934. Precipitins and phylogeny in animals. The Amer.

Nat., 68: 516-536.

, 1936. Serology and biological problems. Sigma Xi Quart.,

24: 152-160.

Brown, P. M., and Heffron, H. M., 1928. Serum diagnosis and Rhopalocera.
Jour, of the N. Y. Entomol. Soc., 36: 165-168.

Eisenbrandt, L. L., 1936. Precipitin reactions of Helminth extracts. Proc.
of the Soc. for Exp. Biol, and Med., 35 : 322-325.

Irwin, M. R., and Cole, L. J., 1936a. Immunogenetic studies of species and
of species hybrids in doves, and the separation of species-specific
substances in the backcross. Jour. Exp. Zool., 73: 85-108.

, 1936b. Immunogenetic studies of species and of species

hybrids from the cross of Columba livia and Streptopelia risoria.
Jour. Exp. Zool., 73: 309-318.

Irwin, M. R., Cole, L. J., and Gordon, C. D., 1936. Immunogenetic studies
of species and of species hybrids in pigeons, and the separation of
species-specific characters in backcross generations. Jour. Exp.
Zool., 73: 285-308.

Levit, S. G., Ginsburg, S. G., Kalinin, V. S., and Feinberg, R. G., 1936.

Immunological detection of the Y-chromosome in Drosophila melano-
gaster. Nature, 138; 3480: 78-79.

Martin, S., and Cotner, F. B., 1934. Serological studies of moth proteins
with special reference to their phylogenetic significance. Ann. of
the Entomol. Soc. of America. 27 : 372-383.

Moritz, O., 1932. Prinzipien und Beispiele der Andwendung phytosero-
logischer Methodik. Planta, 15: 647-696.

Nelson, C. I., and Birkeland, J. M., 1929. A serological ranking of some
wheat hybrids as an aid in selecting for certain genetic characters.
Jour, of Ag. Res., 38, 3: 169-181.

416

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

BOOK REVIEW

A Catalogue of the Original Descriptions of Bhopalocera Found
North of the Mexican Border. Edited by F. Martin Brown.
Part I — Hesperioidea, by E. L. Bell, October 4, 1938. Bul-
letin of the Cheyenne Mountain Museum, Colorado Springs,
Colorado. Vol. 1, No. 1. Price 50 cents.

This, the initial publication of the Cheyenne Mountain Museum,
is a happy augury for the future of that institution. Since the
Supplement to Skinner’s Catalog in 1904 there have been no gen-
erally available bibliographic publications on the whole Butterfly
fauna of North America, and in view of the enormous increase in
the number of names that has occurred since that date, the series of
which the present work is the beginning will fill a very great need.
All names applied to North American Butterflies are included,
with statements of the type localities and references to the original
descriptions. References to the original descriptions of the genera
are given ; and the genotypes are listed. Unfortunately no other
generic synonymy has been included.

Synonyms and aberrations are rightly classed together as
invalid names ; but these should be printed in italics rather than
in capitals. Subspecies (race) names have been indented prop-
erly under the species names, but it would be better to prefix
“ (a) , ” 1 ‘ (b) , ’ ’ etc., to these, as is usually done in such lists. Most
annoying to workers is the use of abbreviated and incomplete
bibliographic references. In this respect the present work is bet-
ter than many; but there is room for improvement. To the spe-
cialist such references as “Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist.,” “Jahrb.
nass Ver.,” “Contrib.,” “Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wein. (sic),” etc., may
be intelligible ; but to the majority of users of a work such as this
they are a source of worry. I personally believe that all biblio-
graphic references should be given without abbreviation ; and that
in separate publications the name of the publisher and the place
of publication should always be included. It would also be better
if the volume numbers were printed in bold-face type.

The above criticisms deal with comparatively minor points, how-
ever, and merely represent the eternal tendency of the human
mind to strive for an unattainable perfection.

Alexander B. Klots

Dec., 1938]

Sabrosky: Chloropidae

417

TAXONOMIC NOTES ON THE DIPTEROUS FAMILY
CHLOROPIDZE. I1

By Curtis W. Sabrosky
Michigan State College

During the course of studies on the classification of a group,
there is a gradual accumulation of miscellaneous items, new spe-
cies, synonymy, etc., which cannot properly be included under
the specific titles of other papers, or which are brief additions or
corrections to them. The following notes on the Dipterous
family Chloropidae are presented herewith, since they are not
pertinent to generic revisions now in progress.

Oscinella mallochi Sabrosky. New name.

Equals 0. halterata Malloch 1913 nec Lamb 1912.

Malloch (1913, Ins. Insc. Menstr., I, p. 47) described Botanobia
( Oscinis ) halterata from Washington, D. C., and it was recorded
as such by the writer in his recent synopsis of the Nearctic spe-
cies of Oscinella and Madiza (1936, Annals Ent. Soc. Amer.,
XXIX, p. 724). However, the use of Oscinis halterata by Lamb
(1912, Linn. Soc. London, Trans. (Zool.), XV, p. 343; Chloro-
pidae of the Seychelles Islands) preoccupies the name. I there-
fore propose mallochi for the American species, in honor of the
describer, J. R. Malloch, who has contributed so much to the
study of the Chloropidae of the world.

Haplegis fossulata (Loew)

Chlorops fossulata Loew. 1863. Berl. Ent. Ztschr., VII, p.
43. (Cent. Ill, no. 82.)

Chloropisca atra Curran. 1926. Amer. Mus. Novitates, 220,
p. 3. New synonym.

In a recent review of the Nearctic species of Chloropisca (1936,
Canad. Ent., LXVIII, pp. 170-177), the writer recorded speci-
mens of C. atra from Texas, personally compared with the types

1 Journal Article No. 293 (N.S.) from the Michigan Agricultural Experi-
ment Station.

418

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

in the American Museum, from Arecibo, Porto Eico. At the
time, doubt was expressed of the generic position of the species.
Upon seeing one of the specimens, Mr. Malloch very kindly called
my attention to the fact that the species is really Haplegis fossu-
lata Loew, described from Cuba. The synonymy suggested by
Malloch was confirmed from my notes, which I had overlooked,
on the type of fossulata. The species differs in important re-
spects from the four Palsearctic species of Haplegis in my col-
lection, and should probably be assigned to some other genus.

The species appears to be quite widely distributed around the
Gulf of Mexico, for in addition to the type localities in Cuba and
Porto Eico, and my records from Texas, Mr. Malloch wrote me
that he has seen specimens from Mexico and the Panama Canal
Zone, and Curran has recorded it from Jamaica. Becker (1912,
Chloropidse V, p. 148) recorded it from Paraguay, but his
description differs in a few particulars.

Chloropisca species

Since the publication of my review of Nearctic Chloropisca
(op. cit.), the known distribution of the several species has been
notably extended. The following localities are worthy of record
in this connection :

C. appropinqua: Alamogordo, N. Mex. ; Cheyenne, Oklah., June
7, 1937 ; numerous scattered localities in Utah.

C. grata: Gull Lake, Alberta; Hendersonville, N. C. The
latter is the first specimen from south of Pennsylvania to be seen
by the writer, although a record from Florida is in the literature.

C. ohtusa: Appanaug, E. I., June 22, 1912 (C. W. Johnson).
The species is so seldom found in collections that any record is
worthy of note.

C. parviceps: Swarthmore, Pa., July 18, 1909; Falls Church,
Va., June 20, July 12, Aug. 9, and Sept. 7 (N. Banks) ; Norwich,
Vt., July 8, 1908 (C. W. Johnson). The species was previously
known to me only from Illinois and Indiana, but these eastern
records indicate that it has a much wider distribution. It seems
rather uncommon.

C. pulla: A number of additional records have confirmed the
writer’s view that the species has a wide distribution: Antioch,
Calif, (far western record) ; Narrows, Mt. Desert, Maine (north-

Dec., 1938]

Sabrosky: Chloropid^e

419

eastern record); Chain Bridge and Plummer’s Island, Md. ;
Natchez, Miss. ; Riverton, N. J. ; Cloudcroft, N. Mex. ; Adiron-
dacks, N. Y. ; Andrews and Bryson City, N. C. ; Dallas, Tex. ;
Spanish Fork, Ogden, Midvale, and Woodscross, Utah; Falls
Church and Rosslyn, Va.

C. pullipes: Pingree Park, Colo.; Wallowa Lake, Ore. (a con-
siderable extension northward of the known range) ; Blanding,
Logan and Monticello, Utah.

C. rubida: Kiger’s Island, Ore. (northwestern record) ; Zion
and Logan Canyon and Butlerville, Utah.

Chloropisca annulata (Walker)

Chlorops annulata Walker. 1849. List of the specimens of
Dipterous insects in the collection of the British Museum,
Part IV, p. 1119. (Martin’s Falls, Canada.)

Chloropisca variceps (Loew). 1863. Berl. Ent. Ztschr., VII,
p. 46. New synonym.

Chlorops annulata Walker (nec Adams 1904) has long been a
species incerta. Osten Sacken’s Catalogue (1878) listed it with
the note “probably Chloropisca- Loew,” but Becker (1912) in his
monograph of the Nearctic Chloropidae believed it to be a Diplo-
toxa or Anthracophaga.

According to the type (British Museum), it is a Chloropisca,
as Loew surmised, and it is the northern species which Loew
described as variceps. Walker’s name has the right of priority,
although a change is unfortunate because of the long established
use of variceps following Loew’s clear characterization.

Additional records : Chatham and Douglas Lake, Mich. ; High-
rolls, N. Mex., May 29, 1902 ; Trenton, Currant Creek, Roosevelt,
Logan and Nephi, Utah.

Chloropisca bistriata (Walker)

Chlorops l)istriata Walker. 1849. List, etc., Part IY, p. 1120.
(Martin’s Falls, Canada.)

Chlorops bistriata; Osten Sacken. 1878. Catalogue, p. 209.
(Note by Loew: “apparently Chlorops in the narrower
sense.”)

420

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLVI

Chloropisca bistriatus; Aldrich. 1905. Catalogue, p. 633.
(Synonym of C. assimilis Macq.)

Chloropisca glabra var. clypeata Malloch. 1914. Canad. Ent.,
XLVI, p. 119. New synonym.

Examination of the type of bistriata in the British Museum
has revealed that it is the form known as clypeata Malloch. In
reviewing Nearctic Chloropisca (op. cit .), I discussed the status
of clypeata and concluded by calling it a variety of C. glabra,
at least pending further data.

An additional character noted by Malloch will be found useful
in separating bistriata from glabra:

Fore metatarsus black, occasionally yellow at the extreme base.

glabra (Meig.)

Fore metatarsus, and usually part of the second tarsal seg-
ment, yellow bistriata (Walk.)

Additional records: Ft. Kent, Maine; E. Lansing, Mich. ; Fay-
etteville, N. C. ; Holderness, N. H. ; Delaware Water Gap, N. J. ;
Falls Church, Va. ; Madison and Wazeka, Wis.

Elachiptera (= Crassiseta v. Roser) species with reddish body
color.

In studying specimens of Elachiptera with reddish body color
from scattered localities from Florida to Paraguay, it was im-
possible to determine species from the generalized descriptions.
A recent study of the types2 has made possible a better though
still incomplete understanding of their identity. In view of the
close similarity among the types and the small amount of ma-
terial available, however, I hesitate to do more than suggest
tentative conclusions on their status. Of the many published
records, it is impossible to say which species was before the
recorder without a reexamination of the actual specimens.

Elachiptera eunota Loew and E. melampus Becker (possibly a
melanic form of eunota) have the thorax chiefly dark reddish,
but the more extensive black areas and the entirely black tri-
angle and antennae will prevent inclusion of these species.

2 The examination of types in European museums was made possible by a
Grant-in- Aid from the Permanent Science Fund of the American Academy
of Arts and Sciences.

Dec., 1938]

Sabrosky: Chloropidje

421

Key to the Reddish Species of Elachiptera of the Western Hemisphere

1. Scutellum black, with four long, yellow tubercles; triangle small, not

extending beyond the middle of the front punctulata Becker

Scutellum yellow to reddish, tubercles small or absent; triangle long,
approaching the fore margin of the front 2

2. Mesonotum thinly pollinose, the pollen somewhat denser on the disk,

appearing as a broad stripe between the dorsocentral lines.

pollinosa Sabrosky, n. sp.
Mesonotum shining, not pollinose, except for a narrow band on the
posterior slope immediately before the scutellum 3

3. Antennal arista slender throughout most of its length, broad and flat only

at the base if at all, long haired; only the apical scutellar tubercles

evident 4

Arista sword-shaped, equally broad nearly to the apex, with short hairs
(cf. note under attenuata ) ; South America 5

4. Arista slender throughout, only slightly thickened basally ; thorax entirely

reddish yellow; hind tibiae yellow flavida Will.

Arista moderately broad and flat basally, strongly attenuated so that the
apical third is quite slender; mesonotum conspicuously black marked;
hind tibiae blackish attenuata (Adams)

5. Both subapical and apical scutellar tubercles distinct rubida Beck.

Only the apical tubercles distinct sublineata (Beck.)

Elachiptera punctulata Becker

Elachiptera nigroscutellata Becker. 1912. Ann. Mns. Nat.
Hung., X, p. 80.

Elachiptera punctulata Becker. 1912. Op. cit., X, p. 645.
(Nom. nov., = nigroscutellata, preoc.)

No published records are known to me, and the type locality
was given only as “North America.” The type has been ex-
amined, in the Winthem Collection in Vienna. It is quite unlike
the other species, resembling E. costata Lw. because of the large
scutellar tubercles, and it is included here only because of the
general color of the body.

Elachiptera pollinosa Sabrosky, new species.

Equals E. flavida Duda nec Williston (misident.).

Slender species, agreeing with attenuata in general habitus and charac-
teristics. It differs from attenuata and the other reddish species by the
pollinose mesonotum.

Head yellow, the occiput, triangle and antennae darker and the cheeks
whitish, only the arista, narrow tip of third antennal segment, ocellar tubercle
and a Y-shaped occipital spot black. Front only slightly wider than an eye,

422

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

anteriorly truncate, the sides parallel. Triangle smooth and polished, not
pollinose, not touching the eyes at vertex and nearly reaching the anterior
margin of the front, the sides very slightly convex; a row of distinct but
pale and slender hairs arise in fine punctures on the triangle near each side,
and arch over the triangle. Occiput convex behind each eye, but somewhat
concave mesally. Eyes sparsely pale pubescent, large, suboval, the posterior
border nearly straight, long axis slightly oblique. In profile, the front pro-
jects only slightly beyond the eyes, but the face is receding because of the
short cheeks. Cheeks narrow, only \ to ti the height of the third antennal
segment and 1/7 the height of an eye. Face concave, the median ridge
slightly developed on the upper portion. Oral opening, palpi, and proboscis
small. Antennae comparatively large and prominent, porrect ; third antennal
segment reniform, much broader than long. Arista somewhat thickened and
densely long pubescent, but not broadened and flattened. A row of distinct,
pale orbital hairs and numerous pale hairs on the front ; inner verticals and
erect, cruciate ocellar bristles short and inconspicuous; outer verticals and
cruciate erect postverticals conspicuous by their length and darker color;
vibrissal hair strong.

Thorax and scutellum deep yellow to reddish, the notum darker, a narrow
black area at the neck opposite the occipital spot, and in some specimens a
narrow blackish stripe laterad of each dorsocentral line. Thorax subshining,
the notum and scutellum thinly but distinctly covered with bright yellowish
gray pollen, which is somewhat denser between the dorsocentral lines and
appears as a broad median stripe in well preserved specimens. The humeri
and pleura, except for a small area on the upper part of the mesopleura,
polished and not pollinose. A few pale hairs set in fine punctures on the
notum and scutellum, with irregular rows of divergent hairs on the median and
dorsocentral lines, and a single irregular row of reclinate hairs on the inter-
vening areas. Bristles prominently developed, blackish : 1 + 1 notopleural, 1
postalar, 1 posterior dorsocentral, and 1 apical scutellar. Scutellum flat-
tened on the disk, apically subtruncate, the apical bristles on black, enlarged
bases. Subapical bristles inconspicuous, one pair slightly developed.
Metanotum orange.

Abdomen of the type not in good condition ; in other specimens yellow with
black basal corners and a median dorsal black stripe which occupies about i
of the dorsal aspect of segments three to five, narrower on the first and
second. Lateral margins of the tergites infuscated.

Legs yellow, the fore tarsi and the terminal segment or two of the mid and
hind tarsi blackened. Sensory area distinct, on hind tibia.

Wings hyaline, yellow-tinted, veins brown. Second and third costal sectors
subequal, varying slightly. Veins three and four divergent from the base.
Anterior cross-vein near the middle of the discal cell, and only ^ the length of
the hind cross-vein. Ultimate sector of fifth vein slightly longer than the
penultimate sector of fourth vein.

Length, 1.75-2 mm.

Dec., 1938]

Sabrosky: Chloropid^e

423

Holotype, J1, Villarica, Paraguay, August, 1937 (F. Schade).
Allotype, Villarica, May, 1937 (Schade). Paratypes: same

data as allotype ; J*, Gualan, Guatemala, Jan. 20, 1905 ( J. S.
Hine). Type, allotype and parallotype in the author’s collec-
tion, male paratype in Hine Collection, Ohio State University.

The specimen from Guatemala may be questioned because of
the distance from the type locality, but I am unable to separate
it from the Paraguayan examples.

One male, Petropolis, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, May, 1934 (R.
Uete) may possibly belong here, with characteristically pollinose
mesonotum, but the arista is broad and flat, presenting a much
different appearance.

Duda (1930, Folia Zool. Hydrobiol., II, p. 81) described flavida
Williston as having thickly pollinose mesonotum, but the type of
flavida (British Museum) has the disk polished and without
pollen. The type of ruficollis Frey has not been studied, but it
was described as possessing a shining thorax and probably equals
sublineata (Becker).

Elachiptera flavida Williston

Elachiptera flavida Williston. 1896. Ent. Soc. London Trans.,
1896, p. 417. (St. Vincent.)

Oscinis mitis Williston. 1896. Op. cit., p. 424. (St. Vin-
cent.) -New synonym.

Close to attenuata in general appearance, having the polished
mesonotum without pollen on the disk. The arista is only slightly
thickened and flattened toward the base, however, and is quite
slender throughout most of its length. The mesonotum and
pleura are entirely reddish yellow, with no sign of black striping,
and the back of the head is only slightly infuscated centrally.
The mesonotum has numerous pale hairs set in fine punctures,
with two rows of punctures between the median and each dorso-
central row. Legs yellow. In general color, proportions and
bristles, it agrees quite well with the description of E. pollinosa.

There is considerable doubt of the extent to which this name
may be applied. Although there are published records of its
occurrence from Chile and Peru to Porto Rico, Cuba, and
Florida, I have seen no specimens from these and other regions
which entirely agree with the series of four cotypes in the British

424

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlyi

Museum, from the Island of St. Vincent. It is possible that
flavida and attenuata are really the same species, widely dis-
tributed and variable in the extent of color and the development
of the arista, in which case the former name has priority. How-
ever, fully matured topotypic specimens of attenuata are so dis-
tinct in the pattern on the occiput, mesonotum, and hind tibiae
that I believe the concept requires recognition.

The four cotypes of 0. mitis were compared directly with those
of flavida. Although the aristae are missing on all specimens of
mitis , the similarity otherwise is so great that there seems to be
no question of the synonymy.

Elachiptera attenuata (Adams)

Crassiseta attenuata Adams. 1908. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
XVI, p. 152. (San Jose de Costa Eica.)

Elachiptera pilosa Duda. 1930. Folia Zool. Hydrobiol., II,
p. 81. (San Jose, Costa Eica.) New synonym.

Similar to E. pollinosa, but not pollinose. Fully matured
specimens are conspicuously marked with black fore tarsi, distal
segment or two of mid and hind tarsi, distal portion of fore
tibiae, and the hind tibiae blackish, a black line in each dorso-
central position and one on the lower rim of the notopleura. The
occiput is broadly blackened on its central area, and usually the
area between the black central area and each eye is also infus-
cated so as to appear as a broad black band reaching from eye to
eye. The arista is somewhat broadened and flattened at the base,
but strongly attenuated so that the distal third is slender. The
abdomen is generally black to black-brown, only the membranous
venter and ofttimes a median dorsal spot at the base, orange.

The type of attenuata has not been located, although I have
examined the collections of Adams, the Hough Collection, and
the Snow Collection at the University of Kansas, in which the
types of Adams’ species were usually deposited. However, the
description mentions the distinct features of the arista 11 rapidly
attenuated on outer third,” the two sublateral black lines on the
mesonotum, and the infuscated tarsi and hind tibias. These fea-
tures are also characteristic of the long type series (5 J1, 3 J) of
E. pilosa Duda (same type locality as attenuata) and of other
Costa Eican and Central American material which I have seen.

Dec., 1938]

Sabrosky: Chloropid^:

425

The relative status of flavida and attenuata is discussed under
the former heading.

Distribution : Costa Rica: Farm La Caja near San Jose (H.
Schmidt), type series of E. pilosa (Zool. Mus., Hamburg) ; 2 2,
same locality and collector, and 3 J1, 3 2, labeled only “Costa
Rica, Knudsen 1920” (Naturhist. Mus., Vienna). Cuba: Sole-
dad, Feb. 14, 25, and Mar. 2, 1925 (Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard
Univ. ) ; Paso Real, April 23, 1923, and Marianao, April 15, 1923
(Hine Colin., Ohio State Univ.). Guatemala: Los Amates, Jan.
16-20, 1905 (Hine Colin.).

Specimens from Brownsville, Texas, June 11-16, 1933 (Mus.
Comp. Zool.), Everglades, Florida, Aug. 11, 1930 (Snow Colin.,
Kansas Univ.), and Lakeland, Florida, May 6, 1916 (Cornell
Univ. Colin.) are recorded here with some doubt. The arista is
broadened and flattened nearly to the tip, the occiput is infus-
cated only centrally, and the mesonotal striping is not distinct;
otherwise the specimens agree with atienuata.

Published records : specimens have been recorded as attenuata
from Ormond, Florida (Johnson, 1913, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
Bui., XXXII, p. 87), and from Jamaica (Gowdey, 1927, Dept.
Agr. Jamaica, Ent. Bui., IV), and as flavida from Cuba, Porto
Rico, and several localities in Florida. It is probable that some
at least of these records may properly be referred to attenuata ,
but the exact status could be determined only by checking the
original specimens.

Elachiptera rubida Becker

Elachiptera rubida Becker. 1912. Op. cit., X, p. 179.

The broad arista and the presence of distinct subapical scutel-
lar tubercles seem to be the only tangible characters for sepa-
rating the species from attenuata , although a long series might
reveal consistent differences in size and proportions. The female
holotype (Tacna, Peru, Nov. 27, 1902 ; Schnuse Colin., Dresden)
has a longer and broader arista than in West Indian and Central
American material, and the mesonotum seems to be broader in
proportion to its length, presenting a stouter appearance.

Elachiptera sublineata (Becker)

Melanochceta sublineata Becker. 1912. Op. cit., X, p. 181.

(Paraguay.)

426

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Melanochceta ruficollis Frey. 1918. Ofvers. F. Vet.-Soc. Forh.,
LX (A), p. 23. (Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.) New synonym ( ?).

It seems quite probable that this is really a synonym of
slender-bodied E. attenuata, which it resembles greatly. The
type of sublineata (Hung. Nat. Mus., Budapest) has the arista
slightly but equally broadened nearly to the tip, although by no
means as broad as in E. rubida, and the back of the head has
only the central infuscation; otherwise it agrees with attenuata.

The type of ruficollis Frey has not been examined, and I hesi-
tate to place it in synonymy merely from the general description.
It was separated from sublineata, however, only by the dubious
character of the relative extent of black on the fore-legs, abdo-
men and thorax, and will probably prove to be the same species.

The published records of sublineata from Argentina (Malloch,
1934, Dipt. Patagonia & S. Chile, Brit. Mus., VI, p. 419) and
Paraguay (Duda, 1930, Konowia, VIII, p. 166) are probably
correct.

Ceratobarys eulophus (Loew)

Inasmuch as this species is almost identical in appearance with
Crassiseta flavida, differing notably by the possession of a dis-
tinct hind tibial spur and darker legs, it is appropriate to record
the distribution for comparison with that of flavida.

The available records are confined to southern United States,
ranging from Texas to Florida and up into North Carolina. The
type is from Texas, and Malloch ’s revision of Hippelates (1913,
U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc., XLVI, p. 263) recorded it from Plano and
College Station, Texas, as well as from Georgia. Becker (1912)
added a record from Opelousas, La. In addition to these pub-
lished localities, I have seen specimens from the following :

Florida: Hilliard, Aug. 19, 1930 (R. H. Beamer; on Hyperi-
cum densiflorum ) (Snow Colin., Kansas Univ.) ; Georgia: Pratts-
burg, July 25, 1930 (Kansas Univ.), and Billy’s Island, Okefe-
nokee Swamp, June, 1912 (Cornell Univ.) ; Louisiana: New
Orleans, Feb. 23, 1923 (Mus. of Zool., Univ. of Mich.), New
Orleans, May 28, 1905 (Hine Colin., Ohio State Univ.), and
Opelousas, Mar., 1897 (Hough Colin., Field Mus.) ; North Caro-
lina: Raleigh, late July (N. C. Dept. Agr. Colin.) ; South Caro-
lina: Manning, May 2J9-30, 1914 (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.).

Dec., 1938]

Sabrosky: Chloropid.®

427

Tricimba Lioy ( Notonaulax Becker)

The recent discovery of the type of Tricimba trisulcata Adams
in the Hough Collection (at present at the Field Museum in Chi-
cago) prompted an examination of Nearctic species in the genus,
with a determination of the status of this long-lost type.

As Malloch has already noted, the generic synonymy under
Tricimba is still in confusion, and no attempt will be made to
list it here. I may point out, however, that Hammaspis, erected
by Duda for the single species spinigera Malloch, and accepted
by Malloch as a subgenus of Tricimba, is really an absolute syno-
nym of Tricimba Lioy sensu strictu. Malloch placed spinigera
as a synonym of lineella Fallen, and while I believe that the two
are distinct (c/. discussion under spinigera) , they are closely
related and are certainly congeneric. Since lineella was long ago
(Enderlein, 1911) selected as the genotype of Tricimba, the
genus Hammaspis is an absolute synonym by virtue of a con-
generic genotype.

Duda has proposed several generic names for species which
were included in Tricimba sensu lain, but I shall not attempt to
pass upon their scope or validity at this time. His genera
Aphanotrigonum (for Tricimba trilineata Meigen) and Conio-
scinella (including faintly furrowed species) may well include
some of our American species, of which there are several having
only slightly deepened lines of punctures on the mesonotum.
The species which I have considered here under Tricimba have
three deeply incised furrows on the mesonotum.

Becker (1912), in his monograph of the Nearctic Chloropidge,
found two species of Tricimba in North American material, the
European cincta Meigen and a new species from Washington
State, brunnicollis. He saw no specimens of Oscinis trisulcata
Adams, and included it in his key to Oscinella as a striped spe-
cies. In Nearctic material submitted to me for determination,
five species are recognized tentatively, pending an opportunity
and sufficient material to investigate their specific and varietal
relationships. The European and Nearctic species are so similar
that one must compare them carefully in analyzing our fauna.
Wherever possible, determined Pahearctic material was studied;
in other cases, the characteristics were drawn from detailed
descriptions by European students of the family.

428

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLVI

Key to the Nearctic Species of Tricimba

1. Notopleural bristles 1 + 1; four yellow, spine-like marginal scutellar

bristles, subequal in length and equidistant from each other, each
situated on a small black tubercle slightly ventrad of the margin of the
scutellum; one row of hairs between the median and each dorsocentral
row : .« . spinigera Mallochs

Notopleural bristles 1 + 2; scutellar bristles not as above, the apical
scutellars approximated and distinctly longer than the subapicals;
several rows of hairs between the median *and each dorsocentral
roAV 2

2. Humeri, propleura and scutellum with entirely black ground color ;

scutellum somewhat conical, with distinct epical scutellars and 2—3
pairs of short, indistinct subapicals; all femora and the hind tibiae
more or less infuscated in the males, somewhat paler in the females.

'brunnicollis Becker

Humeri and propleura black, the scutellum with orange apex; scutellum
somewhat conical, with well-developed apical and one pair of scarcely
distinct subapical bristles; legs yellow ...... cincta Meigen

Humeri and propleura partly or entirely yellow to orange, at most reddish
brown; scutellum with yellow apex 3

3. Humeri and propleura yellow; scutellum conical, broadly yellow at the

apex, with well-developed apical but indistinct subapical bristles ; legs
yellow occidentalis Sabrosky, new species

Humeri black above, the lower half and the propleura generally orange,
occasionally reddish brown; scutellum broader and rounded apically,
with long apical and two to three pairs of long, well-developed sub-
apical bristles; legs yellow, hind femora with a median black band,
middle femora with a black spot on the postero-ventral surface.

trisulcata Adams

Tricimba spinigera Malloch

Tricimba spinigera Malloch. 1913. Ins. Insc. Menstr., I, p.
60. (D. C., Md.)

Hammaspis spinigera ; Duda. 1930. Folio Zool. Hydrobiol.,
II, p. 76. Holotype of Hammaspis.

Tricimba ( Hammaspis ) lineella ; Malloch. 1934. Dipt. Pata-
gonia & S. Chile, Brit. Mus., VI, fasc. 5, p. 425, 426. Ham-
maspis accepted as subgenus ; spinigera a synonym of line-
ella Fallen.

2 Since this paper was written the writer has seen two specimens, from Isle
Royale, Mich., Aug. 3-7, 1936 (C. W. Sabrosky), and Atherton, Mo., May 7,
1916 (C. F. Adams), which have the scutellum as in Fig. 1, though with the
first pair of subapical bristles slightly divergent. These may be recorded
as typical lineella Fallen, may be distinguished from spinigera Malloch by
the above figures.

Dec., 1938]

Sabrosky: Chloropid^e

429

After a detailed study of European material, I believe that
Malloeh ’s name should be retained for the American species,
based upon differences in the scutellum and its bristles. In
other particulars the species are almost identical, and are con-
generic.

In both species, the marginal scutellar bristles are short, stout,
and yellow or whitish-yellow. In lineella ( cf . Fig. 1), the bases

of the apical scutellars are closely approximated, and the bristles
are strongly convergent ; there are two pairs of subapical scutel-
lar bristles, of which the posterior pair is parallel and directed
posteriorly, and the anterior pair is slightly divergent; the sub-
apicals are even shorter than the short apical bristles. A more
striking appearance is presented by the scutellum of spinigera
(Fig. 2), which bears only one pair each of apical and subapical
marginal bristles, subequal in length, equally spaced on the mar-
gin, and so directed as to give a radiate appearance to the
scutellum. A marked difference will also be noted in the shape
of the scutellum, and in its length in proportion to the length of
the bristles.

Distribution of spinigera: eastern United States, from Maine
to Georgia, and west to Kansas and Texas. In addition to the
type series, I have seen specimens from the following unrecorded
localities :

Georgia: Black Rock Mountain, Rabun County, May 20-25,
1911 (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) ; Illinois: Urbana (U. S. Nat.
Mus.) ; Indiana: Lafayette (U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Iowa: Mt. Pleas-
ant, Feb. 19, 1932 (Iowa Wesleyan Colin.) ; Kansas: Manhattan,
Sept. 27, 1933 (on flowers of aster) and Oct. 1, 1933 (Author’s
Colin.) ; Maine: S. W. Harbor, Sept. 6, 1922 (Boston Soc. Nat.

430

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

Hist.) ; Maryland: Plummer’s Island, April 8, 1914 (U. S. Nat.
Mus.) ; Michigan: Battle Creek (U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Missouri:
Atherton, April 30, 1902 (Ark. Univ. Colin.) ; Texas: Cameron
County, Aug. 3, 1928 (Snow Colin., Kansas Univ.) ; Virginia:
Falls Church, June 10, Oct. 7 (Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard
Univ.).

Tricimba brunnicollis (Becker)

Notonaulax brunnicollis Becker. 1912. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung.,
X, p. 103.

This is the darkest species of the four closely related forms
aside from spinigera. It would seem to be close to the European
cincta var. apicalis von Roser, with dark scutellum and the
femora more or less infuscated. I have seen no specimens of the
latter, however, and since Becker recognized brunnicollis as a
good species, it should be recorded as such, at least for the
present.

In the males which I have seen, all femora, and the hind tibiae
centrally, are infuscated, whereas in the females (including the
types) the legs are somewhat paler and the femora are only
slightly infuscated. In good specimens, many of the hairs on the
front are set in brown spots slightly darker than the surrounding
color.

Distribution : far western, according to present records. Cali-
fornia: 2 J1, 5 $, Del Norte County, May, 1910 (Deutsches Ent.
Mus.) ; Oregon: Josephine County, 1910 (Deut. Ent. Mus.) ;
Washington: Copalis, July 25, 1931 (Snow Colin., Kansas
Univ.), Friday Harbor, July 2, 1905 (type series, U. S. Nat.
Mus.), also a paratype, same locality, July 19, 1905, in Melan-
der’s Collection.

The specimens recorded as brunnicollis from Kansas by Sa-
brosky (1935, Amer. Ent. Soc. Trans., LXI, p. 256) do not repre-
sent the species, as I recognized when I had an opportunity to
study Becker’s type.

Tricimba cincta (Meigen)

Becker, in monographing the Nearctic Chloropidae, recorded
specimens from many widely separated localities under the name
of Meigen ’s European species, and the practice has been con-

Dec., 1938]

Sabrosky: Chloropid.®

431

tinued by later authors ( e.g Aldrich, 1913, Mono Lake, Calif.;
Gibson, 1917, Ottawa, Ontario and Aweme, Manitoba ; Johnson,
1925, New England List; Leonard, 1926, New York List).

The study of a long series of determined European specimens
from four different sources, including Dr. 0. Duda who recently
monographed the Chloropidse for Lindner’s extensive work on
Palsearctic Diptera, has failed to assure me that the name can be
applied so generally in this country. It is possible that the con-
cepts which I have recognized under occidentalis and trisulcata
may ultimately be found to be races or varieties of cincta, but
until more definite information is available it seems advisable to
give them separate recognition. The distinctive characters are
stated in the key, those of cincta being taken from determined
European material and checked with Duda’s detailed redescrip-
tion.

Specimens from eastern United States differ from typical
cincta in the shape and proportion of the scutellum, the develop-
ment of scutellar bristles, and somewhat in color. Fortunately,
no new name is required for the concept, since I find from
the type that O’scinis trisulcata Adams is this eastern spe-
cies. Likewise, some western specimens differ so conspicuously
in the color of the humeri and propleura that it is necessary to
separate them from typical cincta ( cf . occidentalis). A few
western specimens agree well with European material of cincta,
and are therefore recorded as such.

Distribution of cincta: western. British Columbia: Gold-
stream to Downie Creek, Selkirk Mts., Aug. 7-11, 1905 (Cornell
Univ. Colin.) ; California: Berkeley Hills, Alameda County,
April 20, 1908 (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.).

The status of published records of cincta is uncertain. I have
checked the specimens upon which Johnson based his New En-
gland records, and they can be referred to trisulcata Adams.
It is probable that all of the eastern records refer to Adams’
species, but the proper placing of the western records is unknown
to me at present.

Tricimba occidentalis Sabrosky, new species.

Close to Tricimba cincta Meigen, but characterized by conspicuously yellow
humeri and propleura, and pale brown to yellow thoracic bristles.

$ . Head yellow, the back of the head and the vertical triangle black, gray

432

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

dusted; clypeus black; all bristles of the head pale yellow, short and incon-
spicuous ; eyes with minute pale pubescence ; front wider than an eye, brown
on the posterior third, thickly beset with short, pale yellow hairs; antennae
brown at the base of the arista ; face slightly concave in profile ; height of the
cheeks slightly less than the breadth of the third antennal segment and about
one-fourth the height of the eyes.

Mesonotum black, densely gray dusted, with numerous short, pale hairs
and pale bristles ; notopleurals 1 + 2,1 postalar, 1 posterior dorsocentral ; the
three impressed lines of punctures as in cincta; humeri, propleura, and the
apex of the scutellum broadly, deep yellow, the posterior portion of the
notopleura also yellowish; remainder of the pleura black, polished below, the
mesopleura and pteropleura gray pollinose; metanotum shining black;
scutellum (Eig. 3) rather conical, long and narrow, the length subequal to

the basal breadth, with a pair of distinct, well-developed apical scutellar
bristles and several pairs of subapicals which are scarcely distinguishable from
the discal hairs.

Abdomen dark brown above, the membranous venter and the two basal
segments orange except for a spot in each anterior corner of the second
segment.

Wings as in cincta, the second costal sector approximately twice as long
as the third sector, third and fourth veins subparallel, slightly diverging near
the apex of the wing, the outer cross-vein oblique. Halteres yellow.

Legs, including all coxae, entirely pale yellow; sensory area on hind tibiae
elongate.

Length, 1.5-2 mm.

Holotype, 5, Giant Forest, California, July 28, 1929 (R. H.
Beamer). In the Snow Collection, University of Kansas. Para-
types, 5, two, Orange County, Calif., July 14, 1929 (P. W.
Oman) ; one, Palo Alto, Calif., Oct. 20, 1894 (R. W. Doane) ;
one, Hood River, Oregon, July, 1931 (R. H. Beamer). In the
University of Kansas and the Author’s Collection.

Dec., 1938]

Sabrosky: Chloropid^e

433

I have seen no specimens of the European humeralis Loew, but
from the description it would seem to be similar in general ap-
pearance to both occidentalis and trisulcata, having the humeri,
part of the notopleura, and the apex of the scutellum yellow.
Humeralis differs from both species, however, in that the cheeks
are as broad or broader than the third antennal segment, and the
triangle has a glabrous, shining black spot on the triangle an-
terior to the median ocellus. The relationship to cincta var.
flavipila Duda is not clear, but if flavipila differs from cincta
only by the pale bristles, as described, then occidentalis is still
distinct because of the yellow humeri and propleura.

Tricimba trisulcata (Adams)

Oscinis trisulcata Adams. 1905. Ent. News, XVI, p. 111.

Oscinella trisulcata ; Becker. 1912. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung.,
X, p. 118.

Tricimba trisulcata; Malloch. 1913. Canad. Ent., XLV, p.
178.

Notonaulax cincta ; Johnson. 1925. List of the Diptera of
New England.

The holotype of trisulcata, which I have before me, was found
in material received for study from the Hough Collection, at
present in the Field Museum in Chicago. It is a Tricimba, close
to cincta Meigen. As noted under cincta, and in the key, there
are some differences which appear to warrant specific recogni-
tion. Adams’ name is available and should therefore be used
until the question can be settled satisfactorily. The paler humeri
and propleura, the broadly rounded scutellum (Fig. 4), the
longer apical and the two to three pairs of long subapical scutel-
lar bristles, and the distinct pattern on the legs (at least in
matured specimens), distinguish the species from European
material of cincta which I have examined.

The type is obviously somewhat teneral, and it is therefore
difficult to detail the characteristics from this specimen alone.
The characters used in the key are evident, however, and there is
no difficulty in associating eastern material with it. The abdo-
men is broken making it impossible to determine the sex.

Distribution: eastern. Kansas: Abilene, Aug. 30, 1932

434

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLVI

(Author’s Colin.) ; Louisiana: Opelousas, March, 1897 (type,
Hough Colin.) ; Maryland: long series, Plummer’s Island, May
14, 26, June 8, Aug. 25, 1914, all but one labeled “At light”
(U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Massachusetts: Holliston, Sept. 8 (Mus.
Comp. Zool.), Brookline, Sept. 24, Dedham, Sept. 4, and Auburn-
dale, June 28, the latter two recorded by Johnson (1925) as
Notonaulax cincta (Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.) ; New Hampshire:
Mt. Monadnock, June 22, 1917, recorded by Johnson as N. cincta
(Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.) ; South Dakota: Elk Point, June 19,
1924 (S. Dak. State Coll.) ; Virginia: Falls Church, May 14 and
Aug. 28 (N. Banks Colin., Mus. Comp. Zool.), Rosslyn, July 11,
1913 (U. S. Nat. Mus.). A lone specimen from Batesburg, S. C.,
Aug. 24, 1930 (R. H. Beamer) (Snow Colin., Kansas Univ.)
differs slightly, and is recorded here with some doubt.

Tricimba seychellensis Sabrosky. New name.

Equals Tricimba trisulcata Lamb (Notonaulax) , preoccupied.

Notonaulax trisulcata Lamb. 1912. Linn. Soc. Zool., Trans.,
XV, p. 338.

I find that the use of trisulcata Adams (1905) in Tricimba
preoccupies Lamb’s use of the name for a species from the Sey-
chelles Islands in the Indian Ocean. I therefore propose seychel-
lensis to replace the homonym.

Dec., 1938]

Milne: Trichoptera

435

THE “METAMORPHOTYPE METHOD” IN
TRICHOPTERA

By Margery J. Milne

Randolph-Macon Woman’s College, Lynchburg, Virginia

The case-building habit in Trichoptera makes possible a cer-
tainty in associating larvae and adults not found in life history
studies of other aquatic orders. Every caddis worm builds a
case before pupation, and walls itself up within the enclosure.
The shed larval skin slowly disintegrates until, at emergence
time, only the sclerites remain, balled up at the posterior end of
the chamber. In a pupa about to transform (easily known by
its dark eyes and dark wing pads), the palpi, ocelli and spurs of
the adult are readily studied, and more important, the imaginal
genitalia are relatively firm and may be carefully dissected out
for comparison with identified pinned adults. The pupal skin
itself bears an armature of specific form, and by it, younger pupae
may easily be associated. The larval sclerites remaining in the
case are not impossible to separate and manipulate with forceps
into an understandable orientation. On these sclerites are the
most reliable characters for identification of larvae.

Thus a single pupa just prior to emergence, together with the
larval sclerites in its case, offers the student the following: (1)
The adult genitalia, spurs, palpi and ocelli, by means of which
the species may readily be identified with known adults. (2) The
pupal armature, by means of which other pupae may be associ-
ated. (3) The larval sclerites, the hard parts of the preceding
instar, through study of which larvae may be linked with much
certainty to the adult on which the specific name is based.

These advantages have not been emphasized in life history
studies on Trichoptera, and there is much doubt if the authors
of the numerous papers have used what I would like to call the
“ metamorphotype method.” A metamorphotype is a new unit,
here proposed, a comprehensive term for the specimen and its
parts which serve as proof of an association of stages in the life
cycle separated by a metamorphosis. Thus the pupal skin with

436

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

its enclosed, not-emerged adult bearing genitalia, and the larval
sclerites, all found in a single closed case of a trichopteran, would
constitute a metamorphotype. Too much stress can scarcely be
laid on the fact that this single specimen is entirely adequate to
link larval, pupal and adult stages of the species concerned, and
that there is no source of error in such an association, since all
are parts of one individual. This method is so much superior to
that of rearing larvae to adults that the latter is not worth while
in Trichoptera. The advantages might be listed: (1) No possi-
ble source of error in association of the several stages. (2) Pos-
sible permanence of each metamorphotype, in that it can be de-
posited in a well recognized museum where future workers are at
liberty to consult and check the determination of the species of
adult parts, and the characters on which other pupae and larvae
are linked to it by identification. (3) No complicated field work
involving cages in running water, or special laboratory facilities
are needed. The collector simply preserves quantities of ma-
terial while in the field, works it over at his leisure, and keeps
separate the cases containing nearly mature pupae, placing each in
an individual vial. Thus weather and disturbing animals and
disease have no opportunity to upset careful planning, a feature
which will appeal strongly to those who have spent weeks rearing
out a few species. A flying visit to a locality suffices to get many
associations, and visits repeated weekly during a summer may
yield almost every species in a region.

It must be emphasized that emergence of a pupa is a scientific
calamity if associations, not perfect specimens, is the goal in
mind. Only if the rearing be based upon a single specimen can
the association be stated to be indisputable, and there must be
proof that all materials relating to an association belong to the
same specimen. The metamorphotype method seems to be the
only answer to these demands. Where a metamorphotype is
mentioned or described in publication, it is only fair to later
workers to give it a serial number, mention the name of the
authority identifying the species, and deposit the specimen, fully
labelled, in an interested (preferably a national) museum,
stating in the description the location of the material.

The point of view herein expressed is definitely that of the

Dec., 1938]

Milne: Trichoptera

437

laboratory and museum rather than that of the field, and in this
way may not be as palatable at first glance to ecologists and eco-
nomic entomologists as would a treatment of the subject less
influenced by considerations of possible synonomy and misidenti-
fication. However, it is the large number of errors in applying
names to larvae which has made work published to date of little
proven worth and which necessitates re-association of most of the
species so far claimed as correlated for these instars. In none of
the published life histories is there any way of establishing be-
yond cavil that the larvag, pupae and adults belong even to the
same genus. In most cases, the gap between larva and pupa, or
between pupa and adult, is based upon an assumed solitary rear-
ing, but the conditions indicating the validity of the assumption
and the specimens upon which the decisions were made, have not
been made available for later verification. The method herein
proposed would obviate these difficulties.

438

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

OCCURRENCE OF A EUROPEAN SAWFLY ACAN-
THOLYDA ERYTHROCEPHALA (L.) IN
NEW YORK STATE

By Woodrow W. Middles auff
Cornell University

On April 22, 1938, I received from Dr. Albert Hartzell of the
Boyce-Thompson Institute several adult sawflies for identification.
These insects had been collected several days previously by Mr.
C. E. Porter at Scarsdale, New York, who reported a large number
of the adults flying about close to some Austrian pines. After
receiving the information that it is a pest of conifers in Europe
Dr. Hartzell and Mr. Porter returned to the same spot on April 28,
but were unable to find any additional specimens.

A search through the literature reveals that this insect was first
taken in the United States on May 7, 1925, by F. F. Smith and
A. B. Wells who took two specimens, both males, from a nursery
at Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia, Penna.1 They reported beating
the adults from pine and Cornus sp. The next record of this
insect was that made by Mr. F. A. Soraci2 who reported that Mr.
C. E. Cobb in mid-June, 1937, noted defoliation of several acres
of 5-12 foot red and Austrian pines ( Pinus resinosa and Pinus
nigra ) in a nursery at Franklin Lakes (Oakland), New Jersey.
The larvae were identified as Itycorsia zappei Rohw., but later,
after emergence of the adults they were identified as Acantholyda
erythrocephala (L.). The Division of Forest Insects Laboratory
at Morristown, New Jersey, also reported the larvae as feeding on
a 40 foot white pine ( Pinus strobus) at Convent Station (Morris-
town) New Jersey. Mr. Soraci states, “since that time, however,
the insect has been taken as far south in New Jersey as New Bruns-
wick and as far north as the northern-most corner of the State.
Larvag have also been taken as far east as Alpine in New Jersey.”

In so far as I can determine this is the first record of Acantho-
lyda erythrocephala (L.) being taken in New York State. The
indications are that it is spreading from Philadelphia northward,
although this may not be the case. Mr. R. B. Benson of the
British Museum kindly confirmed my identification.

1 Wells, A. B. 1926. Notes on Tree and Shrub Insects in S. E. Pa. Ent.
News 37: (no. 8) 254-258.

2 Soraci, E. A. 1938. Occurrence of a Sawfly (Acantholyda erythro-
cephala (L.) in New Jersey. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Yol. XLYI: (no. 3) 326.

Dec., 1938]

Richards: Review

439

REVIEW OF McDUNNOUGH’S NEW CHECK LIST
OF THE MACROLEPIDOPTERA

Check List of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States
of America. Part 1. Macrolepidoptera. By J. McDun-
nough. Chief, Systematic Entomology, Division of Ento-
mology, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario, Can-
ada. 1938. 6.85 x 10.25 in. Memoirs of the Southern Cali-

fornia Academy of Sciences, vol. 1, 275 p. Bound in paper.
$4.00.

This volume has been expectantly awaited by North American
lepidopterists for several years. It brings up to date the first
half of the now almost unobtainable Barnes and McDunnough
list of 1917, with the additions and nomenclatorial changes that
such involves. And, although from one viewpoint Dr. Mc-
Dunnough is right in referring to the list as a “thankless job,”
it is a necessary one and one from which all American lepidop-
terists will obtain much information and help. It covers the
butterflies, sphinxes, saturniids, etc., noctuoids, geometroids and
ends with the Uranioidea (Epiplemidse and Lacosomidas). There
is left then for the promised volume II the pyraloids, the true
“micro” families including the Cossidae and the primitive Hepi-
alidae, etc.

This list follows the gross sequence and is written in the same
style as the 1917 list. Widely different arrangements of genera
and species are found principally in the Noctuoidea (Phalae-
noidea) and Geometridae (moths), as one might expect from the
interests of the author. Much as individual lepidopterists might
prefer this or that change, the fact remains that the list is an
advance beyond the mere addition of names and nomenclatorial
changes that have appeared in the last twenty years. Some of
the shiftings are new, others foreshadowed by the author’s recent
published works. Lepidopterists are deeply indebted to the
author for what he has done here to facilitate and advance the
work.

By and large, he has been conservative about making changes,
and a number of the features the reviewer would prefer different

440

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

are really hang-overs from the style of old lists. For instance,
the sequence of families and superfamilies: it is questionable
where to place the Sphingidaa but it would seem better to pass
from the butterflies to the most nearly related group of moths,
namely the Cossidas — a family which in this arrangement is not
even to be found in volume I. Some of these examples of se-
quence really represent limitations imposed by a linear arrange-
ment but some certainly do not. For instance, why separate the
more related Saturnoidea, Bombycoidea and Uranioidea by inter-
spersing them with the Noctuoidea and Geometroidea ?

Another relic the reviewer deplores is the paucity of generic
synonymy. Even admitting that the citation of generic sy-
nonymy in a list might in some instances become complex, still
it does not seem consistent to give full specific synonymy and
omit the equally desirable generic synonymy.

More or less along this line is the habit, also a repeat from the
1917 list, of ignoring tribal and subgeneric groupings and names.
In a sense this is partly the outcome of the compiler’s use of
many small genera. It probably always will be considerably a
matter of individual opinion as to just what constitutes a genus
in distinction to a subgenus and tribe or supergenus. Strict uni-
formity may be unobtainable, even with a group of specialists
collaborating, but the reviewer does feel that regardless of
whether the genera be made large or small these other group
names, tribe (supergenus) or subgenus as the case may be, should
be included in some appropriate manner. Certainly if they are
to be accepted it would seem that they should be given with the
proper species in any list. Grote had an acceptable system for
giving what he considered subgenera (see his treatment of the
genus Agrotis in the 1875 list of Noctuidse).

Considerable dissention seems likely to arise over McDun-
nough’s refusal to follow the rules of synonymy and homonymy
strictly in some cases. The reviewer sympathizes with his view
and dislikes seeing well-known names shifted about or sunk as
homonyms. In a sense this shifting and changing of names is
part of the business of the taxonomist and he can adjust himself
without too much travail. But more than the taxonomist is in-
volved. The biological and economic literature is affected and

Dec., 1938]

Richards: Review

441

at times becomes a terrible muddle, and the biological and eco-
nomic worker who is in no sense responsible for the radical
changes in his bibliographies is frequently confused and justly
annoyed with nomenclature and thereby with taxonomists. The
prime example at the moment is Huebner’s “Erste Zutraege,”
acceptance of which would only shift established names about
and advance science not at all, but which would cause great con-
fusion in the taxonomic and non-taxonomic literature of this
economically very important group (especially with the old
names of “Noctuid” genera and even subfamilies). But even
so 1 1 the laws ’ ’ provide means that should be taken to ignore such
disrupting papers, and the reviewer joins the author in hoping
that the International Committee will invalidate Huebner’s
“Erste Zutraege” of 1808.

The reviewer would like to have seen a final list of names that
have been dropped as not of this fauna (such as was in the 1917
list but is not in this list). The reviewer would also like to see
included some symbol to designate “lost names,” similar to the
way doubtfully occurring species are indicated by an asterisk
(Examples: Agassizia urbicola Behr, Homophoberia cristata
Morrison, etc.).

In the Phalaenidse (Noctuidse) radical changes have resulted
from the abandonment of the Hampsonian artificial classification.
The result is an improved although by no means final sequence
which in many general respects reminds one of the old Grote
lists (1875, etc.) and hence the Smith and Dyar lists. Hamp-
son’s large series of volumes, the first world-wide revision, was
more usable because it followed a rigid albeit artificial scheme,
but it has to be replaced by more natural groupings even though
the new groupings cannot be so readily separated by a “key.”

The author and reviewer are both firm believers in habitus, and
this belief is being upheld by recent structural work that is
largely post-Hampson. One is wisely wary of the too rigid ad-
herence to the structure of genitalia, but at least in this family
the genitalia, female as well as male, are corroborating or being
corroborated by other characters to a large degree. Also, recent
work on the complexity of wing-pattern determination (Kuhn,
Henke, Feldotto, etc.) and its comparative morphology (Schwan-

442

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XL VI

witsch, Suffert, etc.) has given a concrete basis for appreciation
of wing-pattern and thereby of habitus.

The changes in this family affect the subfamilies as well as the
genera. Aside from the necessary changing of the names of the
Agrotinag to Phalaeninag, Poliinag to Hadeninae and Erastriinae to
Acontiinae, there is considerable alteration in the sequence of the
subfamilies from the 1917 list sequence (more similar to old
Grote, Smith and Dyar lists). First are the Pantheinae followed
by the Acronicta group which is split off as a separate subfamily.
Then come the Phalaeninae, then Hadeninag, then Cucculiinag, and
then the Amphipyrinag, a name used for the remainder of the
former Acronictinag after the removal of Acronicta and its few
close relatives. This subdivision of the old Acronictinag is highly
desirable but still further subdivision of the Amphipyrinae seems
inevitable. Then the Heliothinae are segregated as a distinct sub-
family and given a better position adjacent to Heliothodes,
Palada, Axenus, etc., of the Amphipyrinag. Then the Catocalinae
and Erebinae of Hampson have been intermingled in one sub-
family, the Catocalinae, as Miss Prout, the reviewer and some
others have been claiming for years that they should. The
Hypeninag of the 1917 list is split into three subfamilies. Of
these the Herminiinse (Herminiini plus Heliini of Smith) is
abundantly distinct as has been pointed out by Forbes; the
Rivulinag while not entirely satisfactory yet seems a good split
at least tentatively ; the Hypeninag as here restricted more or less
merge into the lower Catocalinag and some may prefer to include
them there. World-wide revision is needed in all the quadrifid
groups as they reach their greatest development in the tropics of
both hemispheres. This brief resume of the subfamilies leads
me to re-emphasize the desirability of the use of tribal names
because more degrees of groupings are clearly needed within the
subfamilies to present the desired pictures.

The final subfamily given for the Phalaenidae is the Hyblaeinag.
This follows both Hampson and all former American lists but is
indubitably incorrect as was first pointed out by Forbes and has
been agreed to by J. H. Comstock, Busck, Heinrich and others.
The absence of a tympanum, the genitalia and the pupa are all
definitely not of this family. The Hyblaeidag must be removed

Dec., 1938]

Richards: Review

443

either to the Pyralidoidea (Forbes) or to the true micros (Busck
and Heinrich). In a sense this makes little difference to Ameri-
can lepidopterists as the single species recorded must be very
rare here — the reviewer has never seen one from this country.

Incidentally, it is noted that although the name of the family
has been changed from Noctuidee to Phalaenidae, the name of the
superfamily has been left as Noctuoidea. This does not seem
right.

Many genera of the Phalaenidae obviously need revision but we
cannot blame the author for such present unsatisfactory listings
of species. An admirable example of this is the genus Acronicta
where what was listed as thirteen species in the 1917 check list
are now grouped under two following Benjamin’s revision of this
section of the genus whereas the rest of the genus remains in its
previous state. There are many other examples : Raphia, Benia ,
Gabara, etc., etc.

The reviewer has made no attempt to search for specific errors
but might cite the following random notes: “Panula” scindens
(#3555) should be moved to Isogona as suggested by Barnes
and Benjamin and as confirmed by recent examination of authen-
tic material. Under #3547, lunearis should be cunearis. Under
#3563, capticola should be capiticola. Under #3695, henloa
should be heuloa. TJmbralis (#3700) should be transferred to
Plathypena. Citata (#3701) should be transferred to Anepi-
schetos, and also (according to Schaus) minualis Guenee is a
prior name for this species. Anephischetos (p. 128) should be
Anepischetos. Sangamonia (#3800) is a synonym or at most
a Mississippi valley race of medialis (#3798), and inferior
(#3799) seems no more than a southern race of caradrinalis
(#3797). Athyrma (p. 124) is badly misplaced (the reviewer’s
fault for not suggesting a better when recording it from North
America) ; it should go with Massala and Epidromia (p. 122).

This list, and Part II to follow, will be the constant reference
for all American Lepidopterists for a long time — the bible of the
amateur, the index to collections and the starting point for subse-
quent work on the North American fauna. It is indispensable.

A. Glenn Richards, Jr.

College of the City of New York

444

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. XLYI

DISTRIBUTION OF THE SAWFLY (ACANTHOLYDA
ERYTHROCEPHALA L.) IN NEW JERSEY

During the past summer an effort was made by the New Jersey Depart-
ment of Agriculture cooperating with the Laboratory of the Division of
Forest Insects of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine at
Morristown, N. J., to establish the extent of the infestation by the sawfly
Acantholyda erythrocepiiala (L.)J Employees of the New Jersey Depart-
ment made observations along with their regular work of nursery inspection
and Gipsy moth scouting with the result that the scouting was not especially
intensive. There are given below records of captures of this insect in New
Jersey, but it should be understood that these are not complete. It is
thought that the southern limit of the infestation is well defined. All of the
material was determined by Mr. C. L. Griswold of the Division of Forest
Insects.

Date Locality Host Collector

July

20,

1938

Bound Brook

Pinus

strobus

F. A. Soraci

June

23,

1938

Harbourton

Finns

resinosa

W. Nestle

Aug.

9,

1938

Chester

( e

i i

F. A. Soraci

< (

9,

1938

Hackettstown

c i

t c

F. A. Soraci

( c

9,

1938

Oak Ridge

( (

( c

H. Ames

1 1

9,

1938

Washington

( c

strobus

H. Ames

i (

23,

1938

Livingston Park

( (

mughus

F. A. Soraci

l c

23,

1938

Swartswood

C (

resinosa

M. J. Raftery

( (

25,

1938

Mendham

1 1 resinosa
and P. strobus

H. Ames

Sept.

2,

1938

Norwood

Pinus

resinosa

F. A. Soraci

Aug.

30,

1938

Ringwood Manor

( i

C (

R. E. Franklin

Sept.

23,

1938

Clinton

( (

( (

W. Nestle

Sept.

29,

1938

Phillipsburg

t (

mughus

W. Nestle

Oct.

3,

1938

Blairstown

( c

resinosa

R. E. Franklin

Oct.

5,

1938

Fort Lee

i (

strobus

F. M. Schott

Oct.

11,

1938

South Plainfield

( (

nigra

M. Raftery

Sept.

7,

1938

Harrington Park

( (

resinosa

F. M. Schott

Sept.

8,

1938

Stockholm

1 1 resinosa
and P. strobus

H. Ames

Sept.

23,

1938

Caldwell

Pinus

resinosa and
P. strobus

C. E. Cobb

Sept.

22,

1938

Ridgewood

Pinus

nigra

F. M. Schott

Oct.

19,

1938

Frenchtown

C i

strobus

W. Nestle

Oct.

19,

1938

Flemington

1 1

resinosa

W. Nestle
F. A. Soraci

i Soraci, F. A., Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XLY 1, No. 3, 326. Sept. 1938.

Dec., 1938]

Chamberlin: Buprestid^

445

NEW BUPRESTIDiE FROM CALIFORNIA1

By W. J. Chamberlin, Ph.D.

Forest Entomologist, Oregon State College

At the time Polycesta cyaneous was described2 a very limited
number of specimens was available although a considerable series
came to hand just as the completed manuscript was being sub-
mitted for publication. These were set aside and were never
critically examined until recently. Careful examination has
revealed that the specimens described as P. cyaneous represented
two quite distinct species. The males were all P. cyaneous as
described, while some of the females were what is described below
as Polycesta tularensis. The figure, page 44, Journal New York
Entomological Society, Yol. XLI, labeled cyaneous is correct
as to the male but the female is tularensis. Also, another error
occurs in the same article under the figure at the top of page 44 ;
velasco is credited to Lee. whereas the species was described by
Gory as stated on page 38.

Polycesta tularensis, new species.

Male : broadly elongate, color of the entire body bluish black more shining
beneath, thorax a trifle wider than the elytra at the base. Front slightly
concave with a median, elevated smooth line running from the clypeal suture
to the vertex. Prothorax with a wide, rather deep median depression, along
the bottom of which extends an elevated smooth, shining line; depression
flanked on either side by elevated, finely granulated areas marked by scat-
tered deep round punctures, balance of thoracic surface very irregular and
with very coarse, deep punctures; sides angulated, widest just behind the
middle.

Elytra with second and fourth costae high, cristiform, smooth, others nearly
obsolete. Intervals with two parallel rows of large deep punctures, inter-
spaced and surrounded by smaller ones. Sides nearly parallel for almost two-
thirds, thence rapidly converging to the tip. Elytral tips with numerous
quite prominent spines and the extreme tip of each elytron terminating with a
large acute spine.

1 Published as technical paper No. 267 with the approval of the director of
the Oregon Experiment Station. A contribution from the Dept, of Ento-
mology.

2 1933 Chamberlin, W. J. A synopsis of the genus Polycesta, etc. Journ.
N. Y. Ent. Soc. XLI pp. 32-45.

446

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

Prosternum elevated, shining, with a few scattered shallow punctures be-
tween the coxae, first transverse abdominal suture sinuate so that the center is
bowed cephalad. Last ventral quite triangular, tip with a very faint in-
dentation and a short elevated keel extending nearly one-half the distance to
the base. Length 15—20 mm.; width 6.5—8 mm.

Female as described for Polycesta cyaneous but a series shows the size to be
much larger on the average. The majority are from 20 to 22 mm. in length
and 8 to 9 mm. in width.

Type locality : Springville, Tulare County, California, August
— collected by F. T. Scott. Type and allotype in author’s collec-
tion, paratypes in Mr. Scott’s collection and in collections of the
California Academy of Science.

The species is quite near P. cyaneous but is readily distin-
guished by its larger size, distinctly bluish color, angulated thorax,
the smooth median line on the front, the median line of the pro-
thorax and the acuminate spine at the tip of each elytron; all
serve to distinguish this from other species of the genus.

Since the female P. cyaneous previously described is in reality
the female of tidarensis the following descriptions of the allotype
P. cyaneous is given.

P. cyaneous female allotype : Color dull rusty black, shape same
as in the male ; sides of thorax rounded, slight median depression
without line, front flat without elevated line. Scutellum very
prominent, bulbous, shining black ; elytra striate punctuate as in
the male, spines at tip of elytra smaller and extreme tip without
prominent acuminate spine.

Last ventral broadly, evenly, rounded, length 14 to 18 mm. ;
width 5.8 to 7 mm. Type locality same as for the male.

HIPPOMELAS

As now constituted (Leng’s Catalogue of the Coleoptera) this
genus contains rather a heterogeneous group of species. The
characters heretofore separating Hippomelas and Gyascutus being
either sexual, variable, or very minute it is perhaps best to leave
the genus as now constituted, until someone who has access to the
types will revise the entire groups.

The following new species is very distinct.

Hippomelas pacifica, new species.

Male: color dull black with only a very faint tinge of brown. Body
elongate, sides quite parallel, thorax roughly, deeply sculptured, the irregular

Dec., 1938]

Chamberlin : Buprestid.®

447

elevations smooth and jet black; depressions rather coarsely punctate with a
faint bronze tinge. Sides of elytra nearly parallel three-quarter, thence
rounded, tips slightly truncate. First two striae faintly evident. Elytra dis-
tinctly transversely carinulate in the humeral region, faint indication of serra-
tions near tip. Dorsal surface with scattered, very fine pubescence. Ventral
surface with scattered, longer, silver pubescence — Prosternum elevated rough-
ened with large pores. Last ventral truncate. Front tibia curved; tarsi of
all legs about 4/5 as long as tibia.

Antennae extend to middle of the thorax, first segment almost as long as two
and three combined, first 3 quite cylindrical, serrate after third with segment
4 distinctly wider than any of the others. Last segment entire with a few
bristle-like hairs. Length, male 10.7 mm.; width 3.6.

Female: color dull black with distinct greenish reflections. Thorax as in
male, sub-equal in width to elytra. Elytra quite parallel two-thirds then
gradually narrowed, serrate near tips, which are slightly indentate with two
small lateral teeth.

Antennas as in male except that the terminal segment has the process
common to other species of this genus.

Prosternum very much roughened and dull in color. Venter with faint
greenish tinge.

Front very much roughened in both sexes, carina above antennae prominent
and sharp. Antennae inserted very close to the eyes. Female, length 13.9
to 19 mm. ; width 4.9 to 6 mm.

The smaller size, dull color, roughened thorax and prosternum
and the transverse carinulate elytra all serve to distinguish this
species from all others of the genus, none of which the new species
resembles.

Described from four specimens, one male and three females as
follows :

Type male, Rolinda, Fresno County, California, VI-12-27.

Allotype and paratype, Mendota, Cal., VII-7.

Another female collected at Kettleman, Kern Co., California,
on sage brush, VI-11-33.

All specimens were submitted by Roy S. Wagner who has the
paratypes.

Dec., 1938]

Allard: Cicadas

449

NOTES ON SOME CICADAS IN VIRGINIA AND
WEST VIRGINIA

By H. A. Allard

On July 10, 1932, the writer climbed to the top of Mary’s Rock
in Rappahannock County following the trail from Panorama.
Near the top, around 3500 feet, a solitary cicada was singing in
some dwarfed oak trees and low enough to be within reach. It
was carefully approached and caught by a quick grasp of the
hand. This diminutive little cicada proved to be Okanagana
rimosa Say, the identification being made by Mr. Paul Oman, of
the U. S. National Museum, and confirmed by Dr. Wm. T. Davis,
of Staten Island, N. Y. While its singing was distinctive, un-
fortunately notes made at the time describing the character of its
song cannot now be located.

It may be stated, however, that this cicada has not hitherto
been reported from Virginia, although a key to the genera of
Virginia cicadas by Wm. T. Davis in his paper “An annotated
list of the Cicadas of Virginia with description of a new species ’ ’
(Journal New York Entomological Society, Vol. 30, 1922),
included the genus Okanagana, since he thought it probable that
it would be found in the mountains.

The range of Okanagana rimosa is one of the widest of all our
North American cicadas, extending from Nova Scotia to British
Columbia south to New York and Pennsylvania in the east and
Nevada in the west.

It is possible that this cicada is not common even in the moun-
tains of Virginia, for the writer has not since heard any song
which could be assigned to this species, although large sections
of the mountain areas of the Blue Ridge, the Massanutten and
the Alleghenies have been traversed at all seasons of the year.

Tibicen robinsoniana Davis

The writer for some years had heard this cicada singing in
various localities in Virginia before he was able to secure a speci-

450

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

men and establish its identification. As Davis has suggested in
his paper, above referred to, the song of this cicada has an Orthop-
teran character. As a matter of fact the writer on his first
acquaintance with its singing believed he had located a group of
katydids which he had never heard in song before, and discussed
the matter on this basis with the late Mr. A. N. Caudell, of the
U. S. National Museum. However, in later years a glimpse of a
singer that flew when its song terminated indicated that these
puzzling musicians were cicadas.

On August 14, 1937, the writer traversed the high sharp ridge
of the Massanutten range which takes its origin from the Fish
Hatcheries in Powells Fort Valley and extends southward. The
crest of this ridge here separates Shenandoah County from War-
ren County on the east and has an altitude of about 1800 feet.
The cicadas Tibicen robinsoniana were singing noisily throughout
this area during the hot sunny hours of the day. The next day a
trip was made up the steep slopes of the southernmost terminus
of Short Mountain in the Massanutten range. This ridge lies
just east of the little town of Mount Jackson in Shenandoah
County. The day was hot and sunny, and these cicadas were
singing in small groups or as solitary individuals throughout the
deciduous oak woods covering this slope. They appeared to be
especially noisy in the zone between 2000 to 2500 feet here.
Until this time the writer had had no success in securing one of
these wary cicadas, but on this day on Short Mountain a well-
directed throw with a club at a musician singing on an oak limb
perhaps 20 to 25 feet from the ground so stunned the creature
that it fell fluttering to the gound and was quickly taken. This
was identified by Mr. Paul Oman as Tibicen robinsoniana a name
applied by Mr. Wm. T. Davis in 1922, in the paper previously
referred to, from material taken in Nelson County, Virginia.
Until this time this species had somehow been overlooked by col-
lectors and taxonomists.

Since its characterization by him as a new species in 1921,
T. robinsoniana has been taken in Missouri (1923) and in Ten-
nessee (1926).

This interesting cicada appears to be rather generally distrib-

Dec., 1938]

Allard: Cicadas

451

uted in Virginia. It has been reported from Nelson County and
Frederick County near Winchester by Mr. Davis. The writer
has heard its unmistakable song in colonies near Warrenton,
Fauquier County, and at various points in Powells Fort Valley
and high up along the steep ridges of the Massanutten range, all
in Shenandoah County. This cicada also extends its range west-
ward across the Great Valley into the high Alleghenies of West
Virginia, where the writer made an unsuccessful attempt to cap-
ture a singer on August 20, 1937, on a small oak tree near the
entrance to Gunpowder Cave in the Smokehole country, Pendleton
County, at the 2500 foot contour. He is reasonably sure he heard
individuals and small colonies singing at several points around
Clarendon in Arlington County in June, 1937.

While this cicada cannot be considered common judging from
the prevalence of singing colonies and individuals, it is probably
rather widely distributed in Virginia; just what its distribution
is in West Virginia cannot be told from the single record made
by the writer in the mountainous area of Pendleton County.

The writer’s observations of this cicada incline to the belief
that it is more abundant in or near mountainous territory, or
in the higher Piedmont.

A few words may not be amiss concerning its distinctive song,,
for once heard and fixed in memory it can never be confused with
any other cicada song. As Mr. Davis has written, there is some-
thing strongly Orthopteran in its quality and delivery. To me-
it suggests at a distance the lisping notes of some katydid with an
intermittent song rather than the song of a cicada. It is in reality
a continuous song when heard near at hand, each louder pulsation,
the “Zape, ” “Zape” of Davis, being connected by a series of
minor ticks or rasps, so that it can be written as zape z-z-z-z-
zape z-z-z-z, continued for several minutes. The minor ticks of its;
song appear to follow a strong muting of the zape almost to the
point of extinction by closure of the opercula brought about by
downward movements of the abdomen in the singing of cicadas.

The minor ticks connecting the louder pulsations of the song
of Tibicen robinsoniana can only be distinguished near at hand.
At a distance one hears only the series of major pulsations leading

452

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. XLVI

one to believe that it is a strictly intermittent song like that of
some species of Neoconocephalus, when in reality it is not.

Tibicen lyricen var. engelhardti Davis

On August 22, 1937, the writer found a dead female of this
species on the ground near the entrance to Gunpowder Cave on
Cave Mountain, Pendleton County, West Virginia, at about 2500
feet. This appears to be well distributed in the mountain areas
of Virginia.

Dec., 1938]

Haskins & Enzmann: Drosophila

453

ON A CHARACTERISTIC SOMATIC MODIFICATION
INDUCED BY ADVERSE ENVIRONMENTAL
CONDITIONS IN DROSOPHILA

By C. P. Haskins and E. V. Enzmann
The Biological Laboratories, Harvard University, Cambridge,
Massacpiusetts, and The Haskins Laboratory, Schenectady, New York

It has long been known that the time interval required for the
metamorphosis of cyclorrhaphic Diptera, which is constant under
standard conditions and characteristic for each species, varies
considerably with changing environmental conditions. The varia-
tions of this interval with temperature have been investigated
repeatedly and found to be of the same order of magnitude as
the rate changes of many other biological processes with tempera-
ture changes.

The fluctuations in time required for the metamorphoses of
these insects, induced by such agents as scarcity of food, are of
a different order of magnitude than either those due to tempera-
ture variations or genetic differences, and are generally much
larger. In our own experiments we were able to extend the time
required for a complete cycle from egg to imago in Drosophila
to 55 days, as compared with the average time of 9 to 12 days
required under favorable conditions (20 to 50 larvae per pint
bottle of corn meal-molasses-agar-yeast culture at 26° C.). The
effect is definitely proven as due to lack of food by collateral ex-
periments in which larvae were reared on filter paper to which a
measured amount of food was added at intervals in the form of
known quantities of yeast cells. Experiments with infected cul-
tures, where the growth of Aspergillus Penicillium , or bacteria
interferes with the multiplication of yeast cells, are of lesser
value, because the fly larvae consume mycelia, spores, and bacteria
in large quantities and in this way overcome to some extent the
scarcity of yeast food. Furthermore larvae fed on such abnormal
diet produce imagos showing various types of morphological
abnormalities other than the one reported below.

The most convenient method next to that of rearing flies on

454

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

filter paper is that of increasing the number of eggs set out to
hatch in a given culture. In a test series made by this method
it was found that the average length of time required for meta-
morphosis was roughly proportional to the egg density in culture
at the start.

At very high egg densities (over 2000 eggs per culture) a small
percentage of individuals completed metamorphosis in normal
time, another small fraction with a small delay, while about 90
per cent lived abnormally long as larvge, some as much as 60 days,
or longer than the normal average life span of Drosophila ( cf .,
Crozier and Enzmann, 1937 ) . Such long-lived larvae were slowed
down in their development and cell differentiation. Thus the
first instar and all the internal changes which ordinarily take
place within 12 to 24 hours after hatching from the egg, were
found delayed for as long as 2 weeks. During the later instars
the underdevelopment of the fat body was the most conspicuous
sign of lack of nutrition. If the larva pupated at all both pupa
and imago were abnormally small.

Superficially the emerging flies were normal and they produced
offspring of normal size and structure. A closer examination
however revealed that nearly half of all flies produced after a
period of metamorphosis exceeding 30 days had abnormal eyes.

The abnormality is a characteristic and constant feature and
consists of the destruction of the normal hexagonal pattern of
the facets, a diminution of facet number leaving irregular empty
spaces on the eye rim, and finally the production of a number
of abnormally large facets of deep red color. The term ‘‘blistered
eye” has been applied to this peculiar somatic modification.

We are at present unable to give an explanation of the processes
which lead to the production of blistered eyes. The deep red
color of the enlarged facets in wild stock, as compared with the
lighter red in normal-sized facets, suggests that the process of
their formation is similar to the formation of “twin-spots” in
Drosophila eyes (Haskins and Enzmann, in press), which is prob-
ably due to non-disjunction or similar processes as has recently
been discussed by Jones (1937) who investigated twin spotting
in Zea mays. The enlargement of the facets in our starved flies
suggests polyploidy. In the somatic mosaics of diploid and tetra-

Dec., 1938]

Haskins & Enzmann: Drosophila

455

ploid cells described in plant material by many observers, the
tetraploid cells are often found to be of' larger size. No definite
statement can be made regarding polyploidy in blistered eyes until
chromosome counts are available.

The problem is of sufficient importance to be investigated fur-
ther. Two points especially need further research : (1) does arti-
ficial delay of otherwise relatively rapidly dividing cells induce
a tendency to chromosomal aberrations in other forms where
direct examination of the chromosomes is easy and rapid; (2)
would it be possible to induce the blistered eye modification by
such an agent as colchicine, which is known to induce polyploidy
in plant material ?

LITERATURE CITED

Crozier, W. J., and Enzmann, E. V. 1937. Concerning critical periods in
the life of adult Drosophila. J. Gen. Physiol., 20, 595-602.
Haskins, C. P., and Enzmann, E. V. In press. A comparison of the
frequency of X-ray induced twin mosaics and white mosaics in
Drosophila.

Jones, D. F. 1936. Atypical growth. Amer. Nat., 70, 86-92.

Jones, D. F. 1937. Somatic segregation and its relation to atypical
growth. Genetics, 22, 484-523.

'

Dec., 1938]

PeCHUMAN: TABANIDiE

457

ADDITIONS TO THE NEW YORK STATE LIST
OF TABANIDZE

By L. L. Pechuman
Cornell University, Ithaca, New York

Since the appearance of ‘‘A List of the Insects of New York”1
in 1928, many new records in the various groups of insects have
been secured. This is especially true of the Tabanidse. The
writer has made extensive collections of this group in western,
central, and southeastern New York, and has secured many speci-
mens collected in other parts of the state. A total of about two
thousand specimens were collected and examined.

Not all new localities for the various species are given in the
following list. Only those localities which extend or fill in gaps
in the range of the species are included. All species new to the
state are indicated by an asterisk (#). The collector’s name is
in italics and follows the locality. Abbreviations for the various
collectors are: F. C. Baker, Bkr ; S. Bettini, Bti; F. S. Blanton,
Blant ; W. G. Bodenstein, Bodstn ; C. R. Crosby, Cy ; H. Dietrich,
Dt ; R. H. Flower, Fir; J. G. Franclemont, Frclt ; H. C. Hallock,
Hlk; K. Y. Krombein, Krom; C. G. Lincoln, Lcn; C. E. Palm,
Pm; L. L. Pechuman, Peck; W. D. Sargent, Sgt ; C. Tongyai,
Tongyai; H. K. Townes, Townes; F. W. Trevor, Trev. The co-
operation of all collectors is gratefully acknowledged.

All species of the genus Tab anus on which new records are based
were determined by Dr. Alan Stone, and certain changes in
nomenclature are based on Dr. Stone’s manuscript notes.2 The
writer greatly appreciates this assistance. Determinations in all
other genera are by the writer.

1 Leonard, M. D. A list of the insects of New York. Cornell Univ. Agr.

Exp. Sta. Mem. 101. Tabanidae: 754-758. 1928.

2 Since this paper was written Dr. Stone’s revision of the Nearctic Tabaninae

(U. S. D. A. Misc. Pub. 305. 1938.) has appeared. Stone gives three species

of Tabanus not previously recorded from New York, frontalis Walk, from
Peru, sublongus Stone from Ithaca, and vivax O. S. (not of authors) from
Trenton Falls. He also places in the genus Atlyotus O. S. four New York
species previously placed in Tabanus , bicolor Wied., ohioensis Hine, pemeticus
John., and thoracicus Hine.

458

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Yol. xlyi

Stonemyia Brennan

Stonemyia Brennan replaces Buplex Ansten of the 1928 list.

S. tranquilla (0. S.). Ithaca, Peek.

Goniops Aldrich

G. chrysocoma (0. S.). Allegany St. Pk., Krom.

Chrysops Meigen

C. cestuans Van der Wulp. Replaces C. moerens Walk. The
specimens from N. Fairhaven, Lakeside Pk., and Olcott on
which some of the 1928 records were based are C. callida ;
specimens on which the remaining locality records for this
species in the 1928 list were based were not available for
study. Additional records are : N. Fairhaven, Bkr ; Cana-
darago L., Townes.

C. callida 0. S. Lockport, Peck ; Oak Orchard Swamp, Peck ;
Bear Mt. St. Pk., Peck ; Patterson, Peck ; Yonkers, Peck ;
Babylon, Plant ; Belmont Lake St. Pk., Bodstn.

C. carbonaria Walk. Babylon, Blant.

C. delicatula 0. S. Oswego, Lcn & Pm ; Belmont Lake St. Pk.,
Bodstn ; Babylon, Blant ; Islip, Blant.

C. dimmocki Hine. Babylon, Blant.

C.excitans Walk. Constantia, Trev ; Artist’s Brook, Dt ; Bol-
ton Landing, Tongyai.

C. frigida 0. S. Connecticut Hill, Hlk; Constantia, Trev ;
Childwold, Dt; Patterson, Peck.

C. fuliginosa Wied. Pelham Bay Pk., N. Y. City, Dt.

C. geminata Wied. Lockport, Peck ; Patterson, Peck ; Babylon,
Blant.

C. inda 0. S. Lockport, Peck ; Chafee, Frclt; Oswego, Krom ;
Constantia, Trev; Babylon, Blant.

C. lateralis Wied. Crystal Lake, Catt. Co., Frclt; Connecticut
Hill, Hlk; Oneonta, Townes; Felt’s Mills, Bodstn.

C. lugens Wied. Mahopac Falls, Peck. Brewster, Peck.

C. mitis 0. S. Labrador Lake, Peck ; McLean, Peck ; Mallory-
ville, Peck ; Canadarago Lake, Townes; Mt. Whiteface, Dt;
Artist’s Brook, Dt.

Dec., 1938]

PeCHUMAN: TABANIDiE

459

C. moecka 0. S. Lockport, Peck ; Gasport, Peek ; Oak Orchard
Swamp, Peck ; Patterson, Peck ; Armonk, Peck.

C. montana 0. S. Tonawanda, Krom ; Bear Mt. St. Pk., Peck ;
Babylon, Plant.

*C. pikei Whit. Belmont Lake St. Pk., Bodstn.

C. pudica 0. S. Babylon, Blant • Riverhead, Plant.

C. sackeni Hine. Lockport, Peck ; Monroe, Peck ; Shokan,
Townes ; Bear Mt. St. Pk., Peck • Patterson, Peck.

*C. skermani Hine. Lake Sacandaga, Sgt ; Hancock, Townes ;
Bear Mt. St. Pk., Peck ; Mt. Ivy, Peck; Putnam Co., Peck ;
Allegany St. Pk., Townes.

C. sordida 0. S. Artist’s Brook, Dt.

C. striata 0. S. Lockport, Peck ; Oak Orchard Swamp, Peck ;
Babylon, Blant.

C. univittata Macq. Chaf ee, Frclt • Rochester.

Tabanus Linnaeus
T. acteeon 0. S. Patterson, Peck.

T. affinis Kby. Silver Bay, Tongyai ; Poughkeepsie, Townes ;
Patterson? Peck.

T. carolinensis Macq. Ithaca, Peck ; Belmont Lake St. Pk.,
Bodstn.

T. catenatus Walk. Replaces T. orion 0. S. Canajoharie,
Townes ; Hancock, Townes ; Bronx, N. Y. City, Peck.

T. cinctus Fab. Troy, Fir.

T. coffeatus Macq. Shokan, Townes.

T. epistates 0. S. Buffalo, Krom ; Lockport, Peck ; Monroe,
Peck ; Arthursburg, Peck.

T. fairckildi Stone. Replaces vivax of authors, not Osten Sacken.
Peru, Dt.

T. illotus 0. S. Malloryville, Peck ; Churubusco, Dt.

*T. lineola Fab. var. scutellaris Walk. Oswego, Krom ; Peru, Dt.
*T. metabolus McD. McLean.

T. minusculus Hine. McLean, Hlk.

T. nigrescens P. d. B. Lockport, Peck.

T. nudus McD. Black Brook, Dt.-

pemeticus John. Lake Tear on Mt. Marcy, W. T. M. Forbes.

460

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. xlvi

T. reinwardtii Wied. Lockport, Peck ; Pelham Bay Pk., N. Y.
City, Peek.

T. recedens Walk. Bronx, N. Y. City, Peek.

*T . sackeni Fairch. Ithaca, Peek ; Poughkeepsie, Townes ; Yon-
kers, Peck.

T. sparus Whitn. Belmont Lake St. Pk., Bodstn.

T. stygius Say. Lockport, Peek ; Poughkeepsie, Townes.

*T. subniger Coq. Ithaca, Bti; Oneonta, Townes.

T. sulcifrons Macq. Crystal Lake, Catt. Co., Frclt & Peck ;

Chafee, Frclt ; Lake Mohonk, Townes.

T. super jumentarius Whitn. Bear Mt. St. Pk., Peek ; Yonkers,
Peek.

T. thoracicus Hine. McLean, Hlk.

T. trepidus McD. Ithaca ; Oswego, Krom ; Armonk, Peek.

T. trispilus Wied. Lockport, Peek ; Oswego, Krom ; Pough-
keepsie, Townes ; Armonk, Dt.

*T. typhus Whit. Ithaca, Cy ; Oswego, Lcn & Pm ; Rockland Co.
T. vicarius Walk. Replaces T. cost alls Wied.

INDEX TO NAMES OF INSECTS AND PLANTS IN
VOLUME XLVI

Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, snbgenera, species,
subspecies, varieties and new names are printed in italics.

Acantholyda excitans, 458

erythrocephala, 326, 438, 444 frigida, 458

Acentropus

niveus, 338
Agelena

naevia, 147
Apanteles

melanoscelus, 26
Atymna

castanea, 236
distinct a, 239
gigantea, 238
Atymnina, 240
elongata, 241

Calliephialtes
notanda, 171
Centeter

cinerea, 211
Ceratobarys

eulopkus, 426
Chloropisca

annulata, 419
appropinqua, 418
bistriata, 419
grata, 418
obtusa, 418
palla, 418
parviceps, 418
pullipes, 419
rubida, 419
Chlorops

annulata, 419
Chrysops

callida, 458
carbonaria, 458
delicatula, 458
dimmocki, 458

fuliginosa, 458
geminata, 458
inda, 458
lateralis, 458
lugens, 458
mitis, 458
mcecha, 459
montana, 459
cestuans, 458
pikei, 459
pudica, 459
sackeni, 459
shermani, 459
sordida, 459
striata, 459
univittata, 459
Cicada

delicata, 300
marginata, 294
transversa, 296
Cirrospilus

inimicus, 27
Coenomyia

ferruginea, 291
Coniontis

ovalis, 191
Copidosoma

gelechiae, 169
Crambus

hortuellus, 230
Creophilus

villosus, 49
Crophius

albidus, 316, 318
angustatus, 318
bohemani, 318

461

462

Journal New York Entomological Society

[Vol. XLYI

convexus, 316, 318
costalis, 319
costatus, 318
diruptus, 318, 319
disconotus, 319
neidemanni, 319
impressus, 319
leucocuemis, 313, 319
ramosus, 315, 319
scabrosus, 319
sell war zi, 319
Cyrtologus

helena, 237

Dasypogon

abdominalis, 20
seta, 20
agalla, 17
laticeps, 20
nitida, 16
Datana

drexelii, 230
Dexia

ventralis, 211
Diatraea

crambidoides, 159
Diceroprocta
alacris, 295

campechensis, 297
bakeri, 298
bicosta, 295
delicata

aurantiaca, 300
tepicana, 298
Dicymbium

elongatum, 68
Dimmockia

pallipes, 25
Dioctria

oeulata, 17
Discocephala
affinis, 18
calva, 15
deltoides, 19
longipennis, 18
minuta, 17

nitida, 16
oeulata, 17
rufiventris, 20
Drosophila

bipectinata, 403
caribbea, 403
funebris, 403
hydei, 403

melanogaster, 401, 403
mulleri, 403
sulcata, 403
virilis, 403
Dugesiella

crinita, 40
Elachiptera

attenuata, 424
eunota, 420
flavida, 423
pollinosa, 421
punctulata, 421
rubida, 425
Erigone

antennata, 55
Euphthiracarus

crassisetce, 122
depressculus, 120
flavus

pulchrus, 122
punctulatus, 121
Eurypelma

calif ornica, 31
Eurytoma

bolteri, 173
Exartema

ferriferanum, 23
Gelechia

trialbamaculella, 230
Gndthonaroides, 84
pedalis, 84
Gnorimo schema

gallsesolidaginis, 155
Goniops

chrysocoma, 458
Gonomyia

cervaria, 334
Graphium
ulmi, 232

Index

463

Haplegis

fossulata, 417
Harpalus

cautus, 191
Hermadas

nubilipennis, 230
Herrera

laticapitata, 304
lugubrina, 303
compost elensis, 303
Hippomelas

pacifica, 446
Holcocephala

abdominalis, 20
affinis, 18
bullata, 19
calva, 15
deltoidea, 19
divisa, 18
nitida, 16
oculata, 17
spinipes, 13
stylata, 14
Hoplophorella
thoreaui, 130
Hoplophthiracarus
paludis, 123
Hydrangea

arborescens

grandiflora, 23

Itycorsia

zappei, 326, 438

Lagoa

crispata, 230
Lasioptera

murtfeldtiana, 44
Laspeyresia

packardii, 230
Latrodectns

mactans, 191
Leptinotarsa

decemlineata, 194
Limonia

laudanda, 330
stonei, 328

Mantispa

fusicornis, 147
Mayana

costata, 313, 318
dirupta, 313, 318
Melanocbseta

ruficollis, 426
Microbracon

furtivus, 174
Microgaster

epagoges, 25
gelecbise, 172
Mineola

vacinii, 230
Molopbilus

conscriptus, 337
lictor, 336
luxuriosus, 335
Moodna

ostrinella, 230

Oberea

myops, 229
Okanagana

aurora, 305
pallidula, 307
nigra, 308
rimosa, 306
sugdeni, 306
tanneri, 305
Oribotritia

banksi, 116
Oscinella

mallochi, 417
Oxyearenus

scabrosus, 313

Pachylomerus

carabivorus, 35
Panehlora

cubensis, 229
Peronea

minuta, 230
Phthiracarus
anonymus

amicus, 126
boresetosus, 125

464

Journal New York Entomological Society [Vol. XLVI

brevisetae, 129
bryobius, 127
compressus, 126
olivaceus, 129
setosellus, 128
setosus, 129
sphaerulus, 129
Phtiracarulus
Icevis, 112
Proarna

cocosensis, 302
Protoplophorini, 111
Protoribotrita

canadaris, 115
Pseudotritia
ardua, 116

curticephala, 1L8
simplex, 118
Phtiracarulini, 112
Pinus

nigra, 326, 438
resinosa, 326, 438
strobus, 326
Polycesta

tularensis, 445
Polymera

ominosa, 333
sordidipes, 332
Popillia

japonica, 203
Porosagrotis

orthogonia, 22
Prosena

siberita, 211
Pseudcepameibaphis
essigi, 218
glauca, 220
tridentatae, 217
xenotricliis, 221
zavillis, 221

Rhagoletis

mendax, 230
pomonella, 230
Rhopobato

vacciniana

Samia

cecropia, 27
Schistocera

americana, 41
Sciastes, 75

acuminatus, 75
concavus, 76
microtarsus, 77
simplex, 78
terrestris, 79
truncatus, 81
ur sinus, 83
vicosanus, 83
Scirites

pectinatus, 70
Scironis, 72
tarsalis, 72
Scolopembolus
littoralis, 63
melacrus, 64
Scolytus

multistriatus, 232
scolytus, 232
Scotinotylus

antennatus, 55
Scotoussa, 87

bidentata, 87
Scylaceus, 91
obtusus, 93
pallidus, 91
Scyletria, 89
inflata, 89
jona, 90
Shannonomyia

bogotensis, 331
Sinoria, 73

repidula, 73
Sisicottus

montanus, 57
montigenus, 60
penifusiferus, 62
Sisis, 66

rotundus, 66
Sisyrbe, 86

rustica, 86
Sitalcas, 74
ruralis, 74

Index

465

Smilia

castanea, 235
Smodix, 94

reticulata, 95
Spilocryptus

extermatis, 27
Steganacarus
striculus

diaphanus, 130
Stonemyia

tranquilla, 458

Tabanus

actseon, 459
affinis, 459
carolinensis, 459
catenatus, 459
cinctus, 459
coffeatus, 459
epistates, 459
fairchildi, 459
illotus, 459
lineola, 459
metabolus, 459
minuseulus, 459
nigrescens, 459
nudus, 459
pemeticus, 459
recedens, 460
reinwardtii, 460
sackeni, 460
sparus, 460
stygius, 460
subniger, 460
sulcifrons, 460
superjumentarius, 460
thoracieus, 460
trepidus, 460

trispilus, 460
typhus, 460
vicarius, 460
Taracticus

acidulatus, 180
guerrerensis, 184
nigrimystaeeus, 183
nigripes, 185
octopunctatus, 188
paulus, 189
ruficaudus, 186
similis, 187
vitripennis, 181
Tibicen

cultriformis, 294
lyricen

engelhardti, 452
marginalis

pronotalis, 292
paralleloides, 294
robinsoniana, 449
Tipula

carizona, 328
bogotana, 327
multimoda, 328
Tortilia

viatrix, 320
Tortrix

argyrospila, 25
Trsematosisis

bispinosus, 65
Tricimba

brunnieollis, 430
cincta, 430
occidentalis, 431
seychellensis, 434
spinigera, 428
trisulcata, 427, 433

The

New York Entomological Society

Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated June 7, 1893
Certificate of Incorporation expires June 7, 1943

The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month
(except June, July, August and September) at 8 p. m., in the American Museum of
Natural History, 77th Street and Columbus Avenue.

Annual dues for Active Members, $3.00; including subscription to the Journal, $4.50.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to
the treasurer.

Officers for the Year 1938

President , DR. WM. MOORE American Cyanamid Co., New York, N. Y.

Vice-President, DR. H. T. SPIETH .......... College of the City of New York, N. Y.

Secretary, LUCY W. CLAUSEN American Museum of Natural History

Treasurer, PAUL T. RICHARD American Museum of Natural History

Librarian, F. E. WATSON American Museum of Natural History

Curator, A. J. MUTCHLER American Museum of Natural History

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Wm. T. Davis Dr. F. E. Lutz Dr. Wm. Procter

H. F. Schwarz Henry Bird

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE

Harry B. Weiss Dr. C. H. Curran John D. Sherman, Jr.

E. L. Bell

PROGRAM COMMITTEE

Dr. Herbert Ruckes Dr. C. H. Curran Frank A. Soraci

AUDITING COMMITTEE

Dr. J. L. Horsfall Max Kisliuk, Jr. G. B. Engelhardt

Henry Dietrich

FIELD COMMITTEE
A. S. Nicolay

William P. Comstock

DELEGATE TO TEE N. Y. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
William T. Davis

JOURNAL

of the

NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

Published quarterly by the Society at N. Queen St., and Mc-
Govern Ave., Lancaster, Pa. All communications relating to
manuscript for the Journal should be sent to the Editor, Harry B.
Weiss, 19 N. 7th Ave., Highland Park, New Jersey; all subscrip-
tions to the Treasurer, Paul T. Richard, American Museum of
Natural History, New York, N. Y. Orders for back issues should
be sent to the Librarian, Frank E. Watson, American Museum of
Natural History, 77th St. and Columbus Ave., New York, N. Y.
The Society has a complete file of back issues in stock. The Society
will not be responsible for lost J ournals if not notified immediately
of change of address. We do not exchange publications.

Terms for subscription, $3.00 per year, strictly in advance.

Please make all checks , money -orders , or drafts payable to
New York Entomological Society.

Twenty-five reprints without covers are furnished free to
authors. Additional copies may be purchased at the following
rates :

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp. 24 pp. 32 pp.

25 copies $2.40 $5.22 $5.58 $5.58 $9.00 $9.60

Additional 100's .. . .60 1.44 1.92 1.92 3.00 3.00

Covers 50 copies, $2.00; additional 100’s, $1.50.

Half-tone prints 1% cents for each half-tone print.

Authors whose papers are illustrated with text figures or
full page plates will be required to supply the electroplates or
pay the cost of making the same by the Journal and also to
pay the cost of printing full page plates on coated paper, when
advisable.

.

I

7